(中考英语)初中英语中考复习资料汇编:语法、词组、句型、作文及知识点全套(474页可打印)
资源预览文档简介为自动调取,内容显示的完整度及准确度或有误差,请您下载后查看完整的文档内容。
初中英语中考复习资料汇编语法、词组、句型、作文及知识点大全一名词(一)知识概要名词的概念在不同的语法教课书中有不同的解释和分类方法,但就实际应用来讲还是不要过分地追求其理论概念,而更多的要把注意力放在其应用上来。我们不妨把它分为两大类:专有名词与普通名词。顾名思义,专有名词是指:个人、事物、机关等所专有的名称,如,theGreatWall,America…它们是不能随意变动的。而普通名词中则包括个体名词,如pen,worker…它表示单一的个体人或事物;集体名词,如:family,class,team,它表示的是由若干个个体组成的集合体;物质名词,如:water,paper…它表示的是一种物质,原材料;而后一种是抽象名词,如:work,time…它表示着一种在实际生活中看不见、摸不到,但却与实际生活紧密相关的某些动作、状态、品质的抽象概念。见下表。名词一览表种类专有名词London,John,theCommunistPartyofChina普通名词类名词nurse,boy,worker,pencil,dog,table集体名词class,family,army,police,team,people物质名词water,steel,glass,cotton,wood,sand抽象名词happiness,love,work,life,courage,honest功用主语MyfamilyisnowinNewYork.表语Hisfatherisascientist.宾语Weloveourgreatmotherland.宾语补足语HemadeLondonthebaseforhiswork.定语Thegirlsaremakingpaperflowesrs.状语Thecarcosthim1000dollars.同位语MrBrown,afamousscientist,willcomehere.,名词在使用中的难点在于名词的数,即可数名词与不可数名词的实际应用。不可数名词不能用数字计算,所以它通常只有单数形式。它包含有专有名词、物质名词、抽象名词等,如:English,air,water,cotton,work…可数名词是可以用数量加以计算的名词,所以它具有单数形式和复数形式两种。可数名词复数形式的构成规律是:1.一般情况加s,如:pen—pens,doctor—doctors,boy—boys,其读音规则是在清辅音后读[s],在元音和浊辅音后读[z]。如:map—map,boy—boys.2.在以s,sh,ch,x结尾的名词后面加es,如:bus—buses,class—classes,其读音为[iz]。3.以ce,se,ze,(d)ge结尾的名词加s,其读音为[iz]。4.以辅音字母加y结尾的名词,要将y变为i再加es,读作[z],如:factory—factories,country—countries,family—families.但要注意的是以元音字母加y结尾的名词的复数形式只加s,如:boy—boys,day—days。5.以o结尾的名词的复数形式一般要加es,但如果o前面是元音字母或外来词,缩写词以o结尾的则只加s,如:tomato—tomatoes,hero—heroes;photo—photos,radio—radios,piano—pianos6.以f或fe结尾的名词的复数形式要将f或fe变为v再加es,如:knife—knives,leaf—leaves,但有些例外的词如roof的复数形式是roofs。7.不规则名词的复数形式是要单个记忆的,它没有规律可循,如:man—men,woman—women,child—children,foot—feet,tooth—teeth,mouse—mice8.单复同形的名词有:fish,sheep,deer…9.单数形式但其意为复数的名词有:people,police等。名词还有格的变化,其主格可作主语,宾格可作宾语。还有所有格,用来表示人或物的所有,以及领属关系。表示有生命的名词的所有格其单数形式是加's其复数形式是s',如其结尾不是s的复数形式仍加's,如:astudent'sroom,students'rooms,Children'sDay.在表示时间、距离、世界、国家……名词的所有格要用's,如:atwentyminutes'walk.但无生命名词的所有格则必须用of结构,如:thecapitalofourcountry,thecolouroftheflowers(二)正误辨析[误]Pleasegivemeapaper.[正]Pleasegivemeapieceofpaper.,[析]不要认为可以数的名词就是可数名词,这种原因是对英语中可数与不可数名词的概念与中文中的能数与不能数相混淆了,所以造成了这样的错误,因paper在英语中是属于物质名词一类,是不可数名词。而不可数名词要表达数量时,要用与之相关的量词来表达,如:twopiecesofpaper.[误]Pleasegivemetwoletterpapers.[正]Pleasegivemetwopiecesofletterpaper.[析]paper作为纸讲是不可数名词,而作为报纸、考卷、文章讲时则是可数名词,如:Eachstudentshouldwriteapaperonwhathehaslearnt.[误]Myglassesisbroken.[正]Myglassesarebroken.[误]Iwanttobuytwoshoes.[正]Iwanttobuytwopairsofshoes.[析]英语中glasses—眼镜,shoes—鞋,trousers—裤子等由两部分组成的名词一般要用复数形式。如果要表示一副眼镜应用apairofglasses而这时的谓语动词应与量词相一致。如:Thispairofglassesisverygood.[误]MayIborrowtworadioes?[正]MayIborrowtworadios?[析]以o结尾的名词大都是用加es来表示其复数形式,但如果o前面是一个元音字母或外来语时则只加s就可以了。这样的词有zoo—zoos,piano—pianos.[误]ThisisaMary'sdictionary.[正]ThisisMary'sdictionary.[析]如名词前有指示代词this,that,thesethose,及其他修饰词our,some,every,which,或所有格时,则不要再加冠词。[误]Therearemuchpeopleinthegarden.[正]Therearemanypeopleinthegarden.[析]可数名词前应用many,few,afew,alotof来修饰,而people是可数名词,而且是复数名词,如:Thepeopleareplantingtreeshere.[误]Iwantafewwater.[正]Iwantalittlewater.[析]不可数名词前可以用alittle,little,alotof,some来修饰,但不可用many,few来修饰。[误]Thankyouverymuch.Yourfamilyisverykindtome.[正]Thankyouverymuch.Yourfamilyareverykindtome.,[误]Tom'sandMary'sfamilyarewaitingforus.[正]Tom'sandMary'sfamiliesarewaitingforus.[误]I'msorry.Ihavetogo.Tom'sfamiliesarewaitingforme.[正]I'msorry.Ihavetogo.Tom'sfamilyarewaitingforme.[析]集合名词如果指某个集合的整体,则应视为单数,如指某个集合体中的个体则应视为复数。如:Myfamilyisabigfamily.WhenIcamein,Tom'sfamilywerewatchingTV.即汤姆一家人正在看电视。这样的集合名词有:familyclass,team等。[误]Don'teattoomuchmeats.[正]Don'teattoomuchmeat.[误]Foodinthatrestaurantisverygood.[正]Thefoodinthatrestaurantisverygood.[析]物质名词是不可数名词,在使用中不可以加s,即它没有复数形式。也不可加不定冠词。但如果用于特指某一物质时可以加定冠词。如:Idon'tlikedrinkingcoffee,butthecoffeeinthatcupisreallygood.[误]Pleasegivemetwowaters.[正]Pleasegivemetwoglassesofwater.[正]Pleasegivemetwocoffees.[析]物质名词如要加计量时,一定要加量词,如:twocupsoftea,twoglassesofwater,aglassofmilk,aloafofbread,apieceofbread,aboxofsugar,abowlofrice,abottleoforange,abagofearth例:I'lltellyouapieceofgoodnews.但只有coffee可以用coffees来取代manycupsofcoffee.[误]Canyougivemethenewspaperoftoday?[正]Canyougivemetoday'snewspaper?[析]加's构成所有格的名词一般应指有生命的人或物。如:Mary'shair,但在英文的习惯用法中对时间、距离等名词的所有格多用's来构成而不用of结构。如:afiveminutes'walk.[误]Pleasemakearoomfortheladyintheschoolbus.[正]Pleasemakeroomfortheladyintheschoolbus.,[析]英语中更多的名词是含有多种用法和多种含意的,如:room为可数名词时为“房间”,如:IliveinRoom5.而room为抽象名词时为空间上面一句话应译为“请给老妇人在校车上留个地方。”这样的词还有:glass玻璃glasses眼镜stone石头astone一块石头time时间twotimes两次wood木头woods树林[误]Thereisaflowersgardenbehindmyhouse.[正]Thereisaflowergardenbehindmyhouse.[析]名词除了在句中作主语、宾语、表语外,还可以用来修饰另一个名词,这时作修饰词的名词一般要用单数形式,如:shoefactory(鞋厂),postoffice(邮局),eveningpaper(晚报),nightschool(夜校),headmaster(校长),alawschool(法律学院)。但也有例外,如:agoodstrain(货车),sportsmeeting(运动会)。[误]Mymotherboughttwofishesforsupperthismorning.[正]Mymotherboughttwofishforsupperthismorning.[析]英语中有些名词单复同形,如:fish,deer,sheep,Chinese(中国人),means(方法)。所以应讲onefish,twofish,oneChinese,twoChinese.如果讲Therearefivefishesinthepool.应译为池中有五种鱼而不是五条鱼。[误]Maryexpressedherthanktoherboyfriend.[正]Maryexpressedherthankstoherboyfriend.[析]英语中有些名词只有复数形式,如:thanks,greens,而有些词单数形式与复数形式有不同的词意。如:clothes为衣服,而cloth则是布,sand沙子,而sands是沙滩。[误]Iofferedmysonmycongratulationonhissuccess.[正]Iofferedmysonmycongratulationsonhissuccess.[析]英语中表示祝贺的词虽有单数形式,但一般要用其复数形式。如握手为shakehands.[误]WehavefiveGermaninthismeeting.[正]WehavefiveGermansinthismeeting.[析]英国人Englishman的复数形式为Englishmen,而German则要加s,因为它不是由国名与man的组合词。[误]TherearetwoAsinthisword.[正]TherearetwoA'sinthisword.[析]在大写字母缩写形式的复数表达法中应加s,但如字母是A、I时,为了防止与As和Is相混,则要用's即A's,I's,[误]Therearethree6sandtwo3sinmytelephonenumber.[正]Therearethree6'sandtwo3'sinmytelephonenumber.[析]在小写字母与数字的复数形式表达法中要用's[误]Wehavemanywomanteachersinourschool.[正]Wehavemanywomenteachersinourschool.[析]一般组合名词变为复数形式时只将词中心词变为复数如:halfbrother—halfbrothers(同父异母或同母异父的兄弟)daughterinlaw—daughtersinlaw,(儿媳)但要注意的是:mandriver—mendrivers(男司机)womandoctor—womendoctors(女大夫)grownup—grownups(成年人)但是boystudent—则变为boystudents[误]Physicsareverydifficulttolearn.[正]Physicsisverydifficulttolearn.[析]虽以s结尾但只能用作单数名词有:科学,学科名字:Physics.Mathematicspolitics游戏名称:bowls专有名称:NiagaraFalls(尼亚加拉瀑布)其他名词:news(消息,新闻)[误]Thereisapeopleintheroom.[正]Thereisapersonintheroom.[正]Thereisamanintheroom.[析]people是复数名词,不可用作单数,如要用来讲一个人时应用aperson,aman,awoman。同样的词有police.要讲一个警察时则要用apoliceman,apolicewoman。[误]Whereismyshoe?[正]Wherearemyshoes?[析]常常只用作复数形式的词有trousers,pants,shorts(短裤),socks(袜子),shoes,gloves(手套)。但如果只找其中的一个则要指明,这时还是应用单数形式。如:Where'smyleftglove?(我左手的手套在哪?)[误]Ipaidfivepenniesforthesweet.[正]Ipaidfivepenceforthesweet.[析]英语中便士有两个复数形式pence用来表达一定数量的钱。而pennies是指一个个的硬币,如:Iwanttochangethisnoteforpennies.我想把这纸币换成硬币。(即一便士一个的硬币)。[误]Therearemanyfruitintheshop.[正]Therearemanyfruitsintheshop.,[析]物质名词为不可数名词,但是用来表示种类时则可以用作可数名词,这里应译为各种各样的水果。[误]Thereisanewcar.ItisJone'sandMary's.[正]Thereisanewcar.ItisJoneandMary's.[析]有生命名词的所有格,如果是单数名词则加's如:Mary'scar.如果是以s结尾的复数名词则只在s后面加’如:teachers'offices.如果是复数名词但不是以s结尾,则只加’s,如:children'spalace组合名词的所有格是在最后一个词尾加's如:girlfriend—girlfriend'ssomeoneelse—someoneelse'saweekorthree—aweekorthree's如名词后有同位语时,则应加在同位语的词尾上,如:Itismygirlfriend,Mary'scar.要注意的是当两个名词并列时,如表示归两人共同所有,则在最后一个名词后面加's,如果表示分别所有则在两个名词后分别加's,如:ThisisMaryandJone'shome.即Mary与Jone是一家人。这是他们共同的家。而TheseareMary'sandJone'shomes.则应译为这里是Mary的家与Jone的家。[误]Itisreallybeautiful.Itisaworkofnature.[正]Itisreallybeautiful.ItisaNature'swork.[析]无生命名词的所有格应用of结构。但是's形式的所有格可用于以下无生命的名词:表示时间的词:today'snewspaper,atwentyminutes'walk,anhour's,rest表示长度的词:threemetres'distance,aboat'slength,twentymiles'journey表示重量的名词:twopounds'weight价格名词:twodollars'worth拟人化的名词:Nature'swork,nature'slesson(大自然的教训)及国家、机关、团体、城市等机构性名词:theuniversity'slibrary[误]Heisanoldfriendofmyfather.[正]Heisanoldfriendofmyfather's.[析]这是英语中的一种习惯用法而不要根据语法去推理。如:ThispenisTom's.[误]Myfatherisagoodcooker.[正]Myfatherisagoodcook.[析]一般动词加上er后则转意为执行该动作的执行者,如:teach(教)—teacher(老师),think(想)—thinker(思想家),drive(开车)—driver(司机),sell(卖)—seller(卖物者)……但不能总是以此类推,比如cook是动词“做饭”。而cook也可作为名词“厨师”讲,而cooker则为厨具,餐具,即锅、碗、勺等做饭用具。[误]Theyoungisdancingthere.[正]Theyoungaredancingthere.,[析]英文中用定冠词加上形容词表示一类人时应按复数名词,如:therich富人,thepoor(穷人),thewise聪明人,但如果用定冠词加形容词来表示事物则要用作单数名词,如:Thebeautifulisstillhere.美丽的风景依旧。[误]Thestoriesofthebookwaswrittenmanyyearsago.[正]Thestoriesofthebookwerewrittenmanyyearsago.[析]这句话的真正主语应是stories,所以应用复数谓语动词。[误]ThisisoneoftheEnglishChinesedictionary.[正]ThisisoneoftheEnglishChinesedictionaries.[析]oneof意为“……之一”,of后面的名词要用复数形式。[误]Let'sgotouncleWangforsupper.[正]Let'sgotouncleWang'sforsupper.[析]uncleWang's意为“王叔叔家”,doctor's意为“医院或私人诊所”。[误]Ithinkwewillmakeafriendwitheachother.[正]Ithinkwewillmakefriendswitheachother.[析]makefriends为习惯用法,即交朋友。[误]Iwanttotellyoumuchpiecesofgoodnews.[正]Iwanttotellyoumanypiecesofgoodnews.[析]news为不可数名词,但加了量词之后则要用many来修饰量词,因量词是可数名词,或可以说Iwanttotellyousomegoodnews.因some即可用在可数名词前,也可用在不可数名词前作形容词,如:Iwanttotellyousomepiecesofgoodnews.[误]Theteacherwithfivestudentsarecominghere.[正]Theteacherwithfivestudentsiscominghere.[析]要注意由with引出的介词短语不是本句的主语,这与连词and有很大的区别,如:Theteacherandfivestudentsarecominghere.这里由介词引出的短语仅仅是teacher的修饰语。[误]Therearealotofinformationhere,butwedon'tneedthem.[正]Thereisalotofinformationhere,butwedon'tneedit.[析]information为不可数名词,而用作代替它的词要用it而不能用them.[误]Manyastudentmakethesamemistakeintheexam.[正]Manyastudentmakesthesamemistakeintheexam.[析]manya加可数名词单数,作主语时其谓语动词应用单数形式,但其意为许多学生。,[误]Thechildrenwearverygoodclothtogotoschooltoday.[正]Thechildrenwearverygoodclothestogotoschooltoday.[析]英文中cloth,clothes,clothing是易混之词:cloth是物质名词,意为“布”,没有复数形式,而clothing是指衣物的总称,也没有复数形式。clothes是指衣服,但没有单数形式,如:Thisclothingisneededinwarmcountries.Herclothesaremadeoffinecloth.英文中的dress则指较正规的服装,如:aschooldress校服,aneveningdress晚礼服。[误]IliketostudytheEnglish.[正]IliketostudyEnglish.[析]作为一种学科名词前不要用冠词,而作为某一特指学科则要加冠词,如:Iliketostudyhistory.IliketostudythehistoryofAmerica.[误]TheBrownsisgoingtovisitChina.[正]TheBrownsaregoingtovisitChina.[析]定冠词加姓加s,则意为“Brown先生一家人”。所以应用复数谓语动词。此句应译为:Brown先生一家将要访问中国。(三)例题解析1.LucyandLily___inthesameclass.A.amB.isC.areD.be[答案]C.[析]由and连接两个单数名词作主语时应按复数名词来搭配谓语动词。2.Whichisthe___tothebusstop,please?AroadBwayCstreetDaddress[答案]B.[析]这是考察同意词辨析,road是指较宽阔的大道,意为“乡间公路”,而street意为道路两边的建筑物较高,可视为街道之意,而way则多为要到达某地所要经过的途径,还可引深为方式、方法。而address则为“地址”。如:Thereisacarrunningalongthecountryroad.Iliveat105Parkstreet.CanyoushowmethewaytotheNationalMuseum?3.Hurryup!Thereis___timeleft.AlittleBalittleCfewDafew[答案]A.,[析]因time作为时间讲为不可数名词,所以不可用few,afew来修饰。另外,英文的表达法与中文不同,中文讲,快点,时间不多了,而英文要讲,快点,没时间了。因此,要用little而不用alittle.4.Howmany___canyouseeinthepicture?AtomatosBtomatoesCtomatoDthetomato[答案]B.[析]用Howmany提问时,其名词要用复数形式,而tomato的复数要加es.5.— ___isthemeat.Please?— Tenyuanakilo.AHowmuchBHowmanyCHowoldDHowlong[答案]A.[析]由对话的答语可看出其问句问的是价格。钱数作为整体、价格讲时,不论其值是多少都是不可数名词,要用howmuch提问。6Theboy'snameisJamesAllenGreen.Sohisgivennameis___.AJamesAllenBAllenGreenCJamesGreenDMr.Green[答案]A.[析]英文的习惯与中文不同,中文是姓在前名字在后,而英文则是姓在最后,其第一个名字是由父母所起的,中间的名字可能是父母、教父所起的,但都可称作givenname,而姓在英文中是familyname.7Shanghaiisoneofthebiggest___inourcountry.AcityBcity'sCcitysDcities[答案]D.[析]复音字母以y结尾的单词的复数形式要把y变成i再加es。oneof加名词的结构中的名词应用复数。8Wouldyoupleasepassme___?Atwopaper BtwopapersCtwopiecesofpaperDtwopiecesofpapers[答案]C.[析]paper是不可数名词,如讲一张、两张纸时,要用量词piece.9September10this___Day.ATeacherBTeachersCTeacher'sDTeachers',[答案]D.10Ionlyhave___breadforlunchtoday.AabitBabitofClittleDfew[答案]B.11“Whatwouldyoulike,Ann?”“I'dliketwo___.”AglassofmilkBglassesofmilkCglassofmilksDglassesofmilks[答案]B.12Thereisn't___paperinthebox.Willyougoandget___forme?Aany,someBany,anyCsome,someDsome,any[答案]A.[析]any用于否定句与疑问句,但如果要表达说话者真心实意希望得到肯定答复时,问句中要用some而不要按一般语法规律用any.13June1stis___.AChildren'sdayBchildren'sDayCChildren'sDayDchildren'sday[答案]C.14Theseforeignfriendsare___.AGermanBGermenCGermanyDGermans[答案]D.15Allthestudentsarebusy,so___ofthemwillgotothecinema.AmanyBlittleCafewDfew[答案]D.[析]student是可数名词,而few用于可数名词,意为:几乎没有学生去电影院。16Therearethree___andseven___inthepicture.Adeers,sheepsBdeers,sheepCdeer,sheepDdeer,sheeps[答案]C.[析]deer与sheep均是单复同形的名词。17Whoseroomisthis?It's___.AmyBKike'sandJohn's,CourDKikeandJohn's[答案]D.[析]因为room为单数,所以不可能是Kike的一间与John的一间,应为二者共用的一间房子。二、冠词(一)知识概要冠词在英语中只有3个词,分为两类:不定冠词a与an,定冠词the。a用在以辅音开始的单数名词前,an用于以元音开始的单词前。不定冠词用来表示一类事物中泛指的某一事物,而定冠词则用于特指的某一个或某些事物,可用于不可数名词、可数名词单数及可数名词复数前。(二)正误辨析[误]Thisbuildingisanuniversity.[正]Thisbuildingisauniversity.[析]a用于以辅音音素开始的单词前,而an用于以元音音素开始的单词前,而不是元音字母开头的单词前。university的第一个音素是[j],所以用a而不要用an。又如:Thereisa“n”intheword.是错句,应为:Thereisan“n”inthe,word.因字母n的发音的第一个音素是元音。要注意的还有hour因其第一个字母h不发音,所以应该用anhour。例如:Ineedanhourtofinishthework.Itisausefuldictionary.ItisaEuropeancountry.Iboughtausedcar.[误]Ineedaumbrellabecauseitlookslikeraining.[正]Ineedanumbrellabecauseitlookslikeraining.[析]因umbrella的第一个音素是元音,所以应用an.常用的情况有:anoldman,anEnglishteacher,anelephant,anidea,anhourago,anhonestboy…。[误]“Canyouhelpme”“Sorry,I'minhurry.”[正]“Canyouhelpme”“Sorry.I'minahurry.”[析]不定冠词的主要用法如下:1.用来表示一类人或事物,如:Sheisateacher.2.指某一类人或事物中的一个,如:Anelephantisbiggerthanahorse.3.泛指某一人或事物,如:Amaniswaitingforyouattheschoolgate.4.相当于“one”的概念,如:Ijustboughtanewdictionary.5.其主要的难点是用在固定词组中:如:haveawalk/arest/alook又如:inahurry匆匆忙忙makeaface作鬼脸dosomebodyafavour帮某人忙anumberof=many又如:haveagoodtime(玩得好)haveacold(感冒)haveaheadache(头痛)haveabreak=havearest[误]Iboughtthedictionaryyesterday.Adictionaryisverygood.[正]Iboughtadictionaryyesterday.Thedictionaryisverygood.[析]在文章中第一次提到某物时用不定冠词,而第二次提到时用定冠词。[误]Pleaseturnofflightsbeforeyouleave.,[正]Pleaseturnoffthelightsbeforeyouleave.[析]虽然是第一次提到某物但说话双方均知其所指,也应用定冠词。[误]Therearenineplanetsaroundasun.[正]Therearenineplanetsaroundthesun.[析]世上独一无二的天体等名词前应加定冠词,如:theearth,themoon,thesun,thesky,thesea.[误]Iliveonasecondfloorofthisbuilding.[正]Iliveonthesecondfloorofthisbuilding.[析]在序数词,形容词最高级前要用定冠词。如:Heistheoldestinthefamily.[误]Iwanttolearnthesecondlanguagethisterm.[正]Iwanttolearnasecondlanguagethisterm.[析]在序数词的含意不是顺序中的第一第二,而其意在于再学一个,再来一个时,应用a,本句的意思应为:这学期我要学一门第二外语。[误]Mississippiisoneofthelongestriversintheworld.[正]TheMississippiisoneofthelongestriversintheworld.[析]在河流名称前应加定冠词,如:theYellowRiver(黄河)。[误]Look,thereareAlp.[误]Look,therearetheAlp.[正]Look,therearetheAlps.[析]具体的某一座山不加定冠词,如:MountainTai.但在山名称前加定冠词后,其山名要加s,来表示山脉。theAlps即为阿尔卑斯山脉。如:TheAlpsareinthecenterofEurope.[误]Timesisoneoftheoldestnewspapersintheworld.[正]TheTimesisoneoftheoldestnewspapersintheworld.[析]报刊名称前应加定冠词。[误]Richarenotalwayshappy.[正]Thericharenotalwayshappy.[析]在形容词前加定冠词表示一类人,而在姓的前面加定冠词,姓后加s表示某一家,如:TheturnersaregoingtomovetoNewYork.[误]Iliketoeatbreadforbreakfast.Breadsellsinthisshopisverygood.[正]Iliketoeatbreadforbreakfast.Thebreadsellsinthisshopisverygood.[析]物质名词特指时也应加定冠词。,[误]Thesunrisesineast.[正]Thesunrisesintheeast.[析]在方向、方位前应用定冠词,如:intheeast,inthewest,inthenorth,inthesouth,inthedirection及inthepast,inthefuture[误]Doyouknowwhoinventedtelephone[正]Doyouknowwhoinventedthetelephone[析]在特定和专有事物或名称前要加定冠词,如:theEnglishChannel英吉利海峡thePanamaCanal巴拿马运河theSuezCanal苏伊士运河[误]Wouldyoupleasebuysomefoodforthesupper[正]Wouldyoupleasebuysomefoodforsupper[析]泛指一日三餐前无定冠词。[误]Iliketoclimbthemountainintheautumn.[正]Iliketoclimbthemountaininautumn.[析]一年四季前不用定冠词,如:Springisthebestseasoninayear.[误]Sometimesmyparentscometoschooltoseeme.[正]Sometimesmyparentscometotheschooltoseeme.[析]有些名词被用作其本身原来所含目的时不加冠词,如:gotoschool上学,leaveschool(辍学),afterschool(放学),但如果当建筑物讲时应加冠词,如例句中其父母来校不是上学,而是看望孩子,则要加定冠词。又如,Hewasinhospitalfortwodays.(他在医院住院两天了。)而:Hewenttothehospitaltoseehismother.他去医院看望他的母亲。[误]Iboughtasamedictionaryasshebought.[正]Iboughtthesamedictionaryasshebought.[析]在惯用法thesame,theonly,thevery前的定冠词不可换为不定冠词。[误]Thepolicecaughtthethiefbyhisarm.[正]Thepolicecaughtthethiefbythearm.[析]这是英文表达法与中文的明显不同之处,也是初学者极易忽视之处。在英语中的某些动词,如:catch(抓),take(拿),strike(打),pat(拍),hit(击),hold(握),pull(拉)…动词后应加人,再加介词on,by,in,,with…之后要加定冠词,再加人体的某一部位。这时的定冠词千万不要换作his,her,their,等词。[误]Hewaspaidbyhour.[正]Hewaspaidbythehour.[析]by和计量单位之间要有定冠词。这句话应译为:他的工资是按小时计算的。[误]IwenttoNewYorkbyhiscar.[正]IwenttoNewYorkbycar.[正]IwenttoNewYorkinhiscar.[析]by仅仅与交通工具相连表示应用某种工具,而加了别的修饰词后其前面的介词也应作相应的转换。如:bycar(坐小汽车)bytaxi(坐出租车)bybike(骑自行车)bywater(乘船)byair(乘飞机)bysea(乘船)[误]Marybegantolearnhowtoplaypianowhenshewasthree.[正]Marybegantolearnhowtoplaythepianowhenshewasthree.[析]在乐器前要加定冠词,而在球类游戏之前则不要加冠词,如:Theyliketoplaybridgewhentheyarefree.(他们空闲时爱打桥牌)[误]Thelittleboywantedtogotocinema.[正]Thelittleboywantedtogotothecinema.[析]英语中虽有一些名词与goto连用时不加定冠词,以表示该名词的内涵,如:gotoschool(上学),gotobed(睡觉)等,但去看电影则例外,要用gotothecinema.这也是语言的一个特点。[误]Iliveat105theLakestreet.[正]Iliveat105LakeStreet.[析]街道名称前不用冠词。[误]NextsummerholidayIwillgotocountrytoliveonafarm.[正]NextsummerholidayIwillgotothecountrytoliveonafarm.[析]country既作国家讲也作乡村讲。作乡村讲时,一定要加定冠词,而且只有单数形式,作国家讲时则可有复数形式。如:Japanisacountry.Japan,China,IndiaareAsiancountries.[误]Thepicturelooksbetteratthedistance.[正]Thepicturelooksbetteratadistance.[析]atadistance意为“离开一定距离”。而inthedistance为“远方,远处”。这样常用的词组有:asarule(照例),inahurry(匆忙)inthemorning/afternoon(上/下午)inthesun(在阳光下)intherain(雨中)inthesameway(同样)intheshade(在阴凉处)inthedaytime(白天)intheend(最终)ontheotherhand(换句话说)onthecontrary(相反)[误]Thelittleboyandgirlwalkalongthestreetahandinahand.[正]Thelittleboyandgirlwalkalongthestreethandinhand.[析]这是英语中的习惯用法,如:bitbybit(逐渐)dayafter(by)day(一天又一天)dayandnight(日日夜夜)facetoface(面对面)fromAtoZ(自始至终)fromtimetotime(再三)handinhand(手拉手)shoulderbyshoulder(肩并肩)(三)例题解析1MrLiis___oldworker.AaBanCsomeD/[答案]B.[析]an用于元音音素开始的单词前。2Englishis___usefullanguagein___world.Aan,theBa,theCthe,/D/,the[答案]B.[析]因useful的第一个音素是[j],它是辅音音素。,3What___interestingbookitis?AaBanCtheD/[答案]B.[析]这是感叹句,因为移到原一般句前面的强调部分中有可数名词book,所以应加冠词,而interesting的第一音素是元音所以要加an。4Hewillbebackin___hour.A/BtheCaDan[答案]D.[析]因hour的首字母h不发音。5Thereis___mapintheclassroom.___mapisonthewall.Aa,ABthe,TheCa,TheDthe,A[答案]C.[析]在文章中首次提到某人或某物时用不定冠词,而第二次再提到该物或人时应用定冠词。6Lookat___picture!There's___houseinit.Aa,aBthe,theCa,theDthe,a[答案]D.[析]虽然是第一次提到,但在句中的语言是让对方看某一特定的图画,所以应选择D。7Thereis___orangeinthebottle.AaBanCtheD/[答案]D.[析]这里的orange是指桔汁而不是一个个的桔子。8Beijingis___capitalofourcountry.AtheBanC/Da[答案]A.[析]capital之后有of结构则要用定冠词。9IfyouworkhardatEnglish,you'llget___“A”inthetest.AanB/CtheDa[答案]A.[析]因字母A的第一音素是元音。10Heusuallygoestoschoolon___foot.AaBanCtheD/,[答案]D.[析]onfoot意为走路上学,是习惯用法。三、代词(一)知识概要英语中代词可以分为人称代词、物主代词、反身代词、指示代词、疑问代词、不定代词。人称代词主要有主格和宾格之别。请看下表人称我你他她它我们你们他们 主格iyouhesheitweyouthey宾格meyouhimheritusyouthem物主代词分形容词性物主代词和名词性物主代词两种。请看下表,人称我的你的他的她的它的我们的你们的他们的形容词性myyourhisheritsoursyourthey名词性mineyourshishersitsoursyourstheirs反身代词可见下表人称我你他她它我们你们他们 反身代词myselfyourselfhimselfherselfitselfourselvesyourselfthemselves指示代词主要有this,that,these,those疑问代词有:who,whomwhose,what,which,还有疑问副词when,how,where,why。不定代词在初中课本中主要有some,any,many,much,each,neither,other,another,all,both,one,none,either…(二)正误辨析[误]Tom'smotheristallerthanmy.[正]Tom'smotheristallerthanmine.[析]形容词性物主代词可以作定语,也就是讲它可以作形容词,如:mybook,而这句话的意思是:汤姆的妈妈比我的妈妈高。比较的对象是mymother,也就是mine。[误]Wehavealotofhomeworktodotoday.Soweneedtwoorthreehourstofinishthem.[正]Wehavealotofhomeworktodotoday.Soweneedtwoorthreehourstofinishit.[析]在应用代词时,要注意人称,格与数的一致性。这里it所代替的是不可数名词homework,所以应用it。[误]Heandyoushouldgotothelibrarytoreturnthebooks.[正]Youandheshouldgotothelibrarytoreturnthebooks.[析]这主要是英语习惯上的用法。当两个以上的人称代词并列时其排列顺序一般为you,he,she,I,而复数时为we,you,they:如男女并列时,应先男后女,如:Heandshe…如果在表示不好意思,承担责任时,单数时用,I,he,she,you,复数时用They,you,we,如:TomandIaregoodfriends.You,heandImustgotoplaythegameforourteamthisafternoon.We,youandtheyhavebeentherebefore.I,heandyouhavetopayforit.[误]Heorhisbrotherisdoingtheirhomework.,[正]Heorhisbrotherisdoinghishomework.[析]由either…or,neither…nor,or连接两个主语时,如果两主语是单数时,用单数代词,如两主语是复数时,用复数代词,如:Eitherteachersorstudentswanttodotheirbesttohelptheoldman.如是一单一复两名词时,一般将单数名词放在前,复数名词放在后,要用复数代词,如:Theteacherorhisstudentswillcleantheirclassroomtogether.[误]Hisbrotheristallerthanhim.[正]Hisbrotheristallerthanhe.[析]than是连词,其后应视为省略句,thanheis.所以要注意区分其主格与宾格的用法。Ilikeyouasmuchasshe.[正]Ilikeyouasmuchasher.[析]as…as其后也应看作是省略句。应为asIlikeher.所以应用宾格。而第一句应译为我像她那样喜欢你。两句语法都是对的但含义不同。[误]Myselfdidityesterday.[正]Imyselfdidityesterday.[正]Ididitmyselfyesterday.[析]反身代词不可作主语,但可以用作主语的同位语。[误]Takecareofourselves.[正]Takecareofyourselves.(yourself)[析]祈始句的主语应看作第二人称you.[误]Pleasebringyourdaughterwithyourself.[正]Pleasebringyourdaughterwithyou.[析]反身代词不能作介词宾语,除非是由不及物动词与介词组成的动词短语,如:Theoldwomanspoketoherself.[误]Makeyourselfhome.[正]Makeyourselfathome.[析]这是英语中的习惯用法,意为“像在家里一样”。这样的用法还有:enjoyoneself玩得开心makeyourselfathome像在家中一样helpyourselftosomething自己拿某物lostoneself迷路seatoneself就坐dressoneself穿衣[误]— Who'sthisspeaking.— That'sMary.,[正]— Who'sthatspeaking.— ThisisMary.[析]在电话用语中,this指讲话人自己,而that指对方。[误]Thedaysinsummerarelongerthanthisinwinter.[正]Thedaysinsummerarelongerthanthoseinwinter.[析]在比较句中往往为了避免重复,可以用that或those取代前面提到的事物,如是单数时用that,复数时用those,如:TheweatherinBeijingishotterthanthatinChangChun.[误]Itissoagoodbookthateveryonelikestoread.[正]Itissuchagoodbookthateveryonelikestoread.[正]Itissogoodabookthateveryonelikestoread.[析]在可数名词单数时可用so+形容词+不定冠词+名词+that从句,也可用such+不定冠词+形容词+that从句。在不可数名词或可数名词复数时,只用such,如:ItissuchgoodweatherthatIwanttogoswimming.TheyaresuchgoodbooksthatIwanttobuythemall.在many,much,few,little这4个词前仅能用so,如:Shehassomuchmoneythatshecanbuyeverythingshewants.而在so与that之间仅存形容词时,则不能用such,如:Sheissosweetthateveryonelikesher.[误]Iwanttobuyasamedictionaryasyours.[正]Iwanttobuythesamedictionaryasyours.[析]same与定冠词the是固定搭配不可更改。这样的用法还有allthesame(仍然)。[误]— Ihopeshemightpasstheexam.— Idon'thopeso.[正]— Ihopeshemightpasstheexam.— Ihopenot.[析]在作肯定回答时,Ithinkso.Ihopeso.Ibelieveso.但作否定回答时为:Idon'tthinkso.Ihope/believenot.[误]— Hestudiedveryhardthisterm.—Soshedid.[正]—Hestudiedveryhardthisterm.—Sodidshe.[误]—Englishisdifficulttolearn.—Soisit.[正]—Englishisdifficulttolearn.—Soitis.[析]在对话中如果某一动作同时适用于两个主语,这时在答语中要用缩写且要用倒装句。如第一组句,即studiedhard既适用于he,也适用于she.但答语仅仅是对前句的重复,即仅仅是第一句的缩写时则不要用倒装句。如第二组句子为:英语难学。答语为:是的,难学。这时缩写的答语不要用倒装句。[误]Everyoneshoulddoone'sbest.,[正]Everyoneshoulddohisbest.[析]one作代词时,它的复数形式是ones,所有格形式是one's,反身代词为oneself.如果讲Oneshoulddoone'sbest.则是对句。如果one与别的词组成其他词,如:someone,anyone,everyone或onlyone则要用his/her,来作其所有格形式。[误]—Whowonthegame?—None.[正]—Whowonthegame?—Noone.[析]由who提问的句子的否定回答中的简略说法是noone,而由Howmany提问的句子的否定回答中的简略语是None.如:Howmanybooksarethere?None.[误]Therearemanytreesoneithersidesofthestreet.[正]Therearemanytreesoneithersideofthestreet.[正]Therearemanytreesonbothsidesofthestreet.[析]either作代词时由两个含意,其一是两者中随便哪一个,如:Youcantakeeither.其二是两者中的每一个。但要注意的是either后要加单数名词,如果作主语则谓语动词也要用单数形式。[误]EitheryouorIareright.[正]EitheryouorIamright.[析]在either…or,或neither…nor连接两个主语时,其谓语动词要与和其相近的那个主语相配。[误]Ihavethreesisters.Neitherofthemisadoctor.[正]Ihavethreesisters.Noneofthemisadoctor.[析]neither用于两者中无一是,而none则用于多于两者中的人或事物无一是。[误]Hedoesn'tlikeBeijingopera.Idon'tliketoo.[正]Hedoesn'tlikeBeijingopera,Idon'tlikeeither.[析]either作为“也”讲时,要用于否定句中,而too则用于肯定句中。[误]Welikeboththislittleboy.[正]Webothlikethislittleboy.[析]both作同位语时,它在句中的位置有:在be动词之后,如:Wearebothstudents.在实意动词之前,如:Theparentsbothwanttogotothecinema.用于第一助动词之后,如:WehavebothreadtheseEnglishnovels.使用时要注意以下句子的实际含意:Bothofusarenotright.应译为:我们俩不都对。Neitherofusisright.才应译为:我俩都不对。又如:Ican'tgiveyoubothofthe,books.意为:两本书我不能全给你,而Ican'tgiveyoueitherofthebooks.才为:两本书我全不能给你。[误]Weeachhasaticketfortheconcert.[正]Weeachhaveaticketfortheconcert.[析]each作句子主语时其谓语动词要用单数形式,如:EachofuswantstolearnEnglishwell,但each作同位语时,则应以原名词的数为准。[误]Everyofushastopasstheexam.[正]Eachofushastopasstheexam.[析]every只可作形容词,不可作代词,而each既可作形容词,又可作代词,在作形容词时each侧重强调个体,而every则侧重于全体。[误]Everyoneofusshoulddohouseworktwohoursaday.[正]Everyoneofusshoulddohouseworktwohoursaday.[析]everyone不可与of结构相连接使用,而everyone则可以这样用。[误]IshouldreadEnglisheveryday.[正]IshouldreadEnglisheveryday.[析]要注意的是everyday是“每天”,而everyday则是形容词为“日常的”。如:everydayEnglish日常英语,everydaylife日常生活。[误]Therearetreesoneverysidesofthestreet.[正]Therearetreesoneachsideofthestreet.[析]every用于三者或三者以上的每一个,而each用于二者或二者以上的每一个。因为街道只有两侧,所以只能用each而不能用every.[误]Allmyparentsareengineers.[正]Bothmyparentsareengineers.[析]all用于三者或三者以上的全部,而both则用于两者的全部。[误]Allofstudentsmightmakesomemistakes.[正]Allofthestudentsmightmakesomemistakes.[正]Allstudentsmightmakesomemistakes.[析]非特指的名词前可用all但不可用allof结构,也就是讲allof结构后面的名词前一定要有定冠词。其他与all有关的习惯用法还有:alltheyearround,allweek,allday,allwinter,[误]Theallvillagewasflooded.[正]Allthevillagewasflooded.[析]all作修饰语时要用在所有修饰词之前。[误]Thepostofficeisonothersideofthestreet.[正]Thepostofficeisontheothersideofthestreet.[析]单数可数名词如在泛指某一个时用another,而特指时则要用theother,因街道只有两边,而不在这边必定是在另一边,所以要用特指。请参考下表的用法以便于记忆。 单数复数泛指another形容词作定语作名词another代词otherothers特指theother形容词theother代词theothertheothers[误]TherearetenstudentshereWherearetheothersstudents?[正]Therearetenstudentshere.Wherearetheothers?[正]TherearetenstudentshereWherearetheotherstudents?[析]theothers=theotherstudents.[误]Theoldmanhastwosons.Oneisateacher,anotherisadoctor.[正]Theoldmanhastwosons.Oneisateacher,theotherisadoctor.[析]another用于泛指,如:Isitfarfromheretothestation?I'msorry.Ihavenoidea.Onemaysayitisquitenear;anothermaysayitisfarfromhere.但在特指时则要用theother.它可以用作定语,theotherone,也可以用作代词theother,但theother用作代词时它的含意一定是单数。如果指三者或者三者以上的情况时,则要用one…another…theother.或者one…asecond…thethird…[误]Somepeoplelikesports.Theotherslikereading.[正]Somepeoplelikesports.Otherslikereading.[析]在泛指的复数名词前用some…others…others…来表示某些人……某些人……某些人……。[误]Pleaseremembertowatertheflowerseachotherday.[正]Pleaseremembertowatertheflowerseveryotherday.[析]everyotherday为每隔一天。是习惯用法,不要随意改动。又如:ontheother,hand另一方面。[误]Manyknowhim,butfewlikeshim.[正]Manyknowhim,butfewlikehim.[析]few用于可数名词,意为几乎没有,但few作主语时谓语动词则要用复数形式,而afew为有一些。[误]Youhavefewfriends,haven'tyou?[正]Youhavefewfriends,haveyou?[析]little与few用于句中时,均要按否定句看待。[误]Muchofwhatyousaidaretrue.[正]Muchofwhatyousaidistrue.[析]much用于不可数名词,作主语时用单数谓语动词。而many用于可数名词,它作主语时用复数形式的谓语动词。[误]Thisroomisenoughlargeforthestudentstolivein.[正]Thisroomislargeenoughforthestudentstolivein.[析]enough可以用作代词,如:Thereisenoughofthefood.又如:Enoughhasbeendoneforthework,但enough还可以作形容词来修饰名词,这时enough可以放在名词之前,也可放在名词之后,如:moneyenough与enoughmoney都是对的。但当enough作副词修饰形容词时,则只能置于形容词之后了。[误]Iwantanybookstoread.Doyouhaveany?[正]Iwantsomebookstoread.Doyouhaveany?[析]按照语法any用于疑问句和否定句,而some用于肯定句。[误]Wouldyoulikeanythingtodrink?[正]Wouldyoulikesomethingtodrink?[析]在由wouldyoulike发出的问句中,表达了说话者真心实意要为对方提供些饮料,或在说话者想得到对方的肯定答复时,在疑问句中要用some而不用any。[误]Someonewanttomeetyou.[正]Someonewantstomeetyou.[析]不定代词应被看作单数,即使用and连接两个不定代词,也要看作单数,如:Anyoneandeveryonehastheright.任何人,每一个人都有这样的权力。[误]NewYorkismuchcolderinwinterthanbefore.,[正]ItismuchcolderinNewYorkinwinterthanbefore.[析]it常常用在英文的句子中来代表时间、距离、天气、自然现象,或用在句中作形式主语或宾语,如:Itisteno'clocknow.(代时间)Itisfarfromheretotheairport.(代距离)Itisveryhot.(代天气)ItisverydifficulttolearnEnglishwell.(作形式主语)Wefounditverydifficulttoanswerthequestion.(作形式宾语)[误]Becareful.Don'tdrinktoomany.[正]Becareful.Don'tdrinktoomuch.[析]这里much所代的应是饮料或水,所以应为不可数名词。(三)例题解析1Theseare___books.Yoursareoverthere.AIBmyCmeDmine[答案]B.[析]这里应用形容词性物主代词。2—___isshe?—Sheisateacher.AWhatBHowCWhoDWhere[答案]A.[析]这里的四个疑问词放在问句中全都成立,但其意义不同。Whatisshe?应译为“她的工作是什么?”或“她是做什么的?”而Howisshe?应译为“她身体如何?”而Whoisshe?应译为“她是谁?”其答语应为“她叫什么名字。”而Whereisshe?应为“她在什么地方?”由答语决定了这道题的选择。3___iswrongwithmywatch.Ithasstopped___.ASomething,workingBSomething,toworkCAnything,workingDAnything,towork,[答案]A.[析]因为是肯定句所以应用Something,其后由于表停止工作了,则stop后要用动名词。4Mary,help___tothebananas,please.AyouByourCyourselfDyourselves[答案]C.[析]helponeselftosomething为“自己拿某物”。yourself为“你一个人”,而yourselves为“你们”。5—___doyougotoschooleveryday?—Bybus.AHowBWhyCWhenDWhere[答案]A.[析]这题的答案是由问句决定的。6Myskirtis___popularthan___.Amuch,herBmuch,hersCmore,herDmore,hers[答案]D.[析]因句中有than,所以应选用比较级,而than后要选用名词性物主代词。7—CanyouspeakEnglish?—Yes,butonly___.AfewBafewClittleDalittle[答案]D.[析]因会讲某种语言的多少要用alittle,把它看作不可数名词对待,此答语为:是的,但仅仅会讲一点。8Mr. Smithisanoldfriendof___.AIBmeCmyDmine[答案]D.[析]这里应选名词性物主代词,这也是英语的一种习惯用法,而不要选择my。9“___doyouhearfromyourparents?”“Aboutonceamonth.”AHowlongBHowmanyCHowoftenDHowmuch[答案]C.,[析]Howoften问的是某一动作发生的频率,即在单位时间内发生多少次。10MrGreenwouldn'tsay___atthemeeting.AeverythingBnothingCanythingDsomething[答案]C.[析]在否定句中应用anything11“Mum,Ann'scomingtonight.Let'sgiveher___toeat.”“Goodidea!”AanythingniceBniceanythingCsomethingniceDnicesomething[答案]C.[析]肯定句中用something而不用anything,不定代词的修饰词应放其后而不要放在其前面。12—Whenshallwemeet,thiseveningortomorrowevening?—Idon'tmind.___timeisOK.ASomeBNeitherCEitherDBoth[答案]C.[析]因如选用both则名词要用复数名词,也要用复数谓语动词,由于答语前有Idon'tmind则决定不能选择neither.13Thisisnotherkite, but___.Ahe'sBhimCheDhis[答案]D.[析]要注意“他的”名词性物主代词与形容词性物主代词是同形的。14Don'tworry,Mum!___newsisgoodnews.I'msuredaddywillcomebacksoon.ANoBManyCThoseDTwo[答案]A.[析]这是一条谚语,即没有消息就是好消息。15Maryhassixapples.Herbrotherhasthree.Shehas___applesthanhe.AfewBmanyCmoreDfewer[答案]C.[析]由于是比较级,根据题意应选“多于”而不是“少于”。16Thereisn't___intoday'snewspaper.Aanythinginteresting,BsomethinginterestingCnothinginterestingDinterestinganything[答案]A.[析]由于句子是否定句,应选择anything,而且不定代词的修饰语应放在其后面。17September10this___Day?ATeacherBTeachersCTeacher'sDTeachers'[答案]D.[析]教师节Teachers'Day,儿童节Children'sDay,妇女节Women'sDay18—InEngland,peopleeatalotof“takeaway”food.Whataboutpeopleinyourcountry?—___ASowedo.BWedoso.CSodowe.DWesodo.[答案]C.[析]在答语中用简略方式表达上文的一个动作同样适用于另一个主语时,则要采用倒装句,但如果仅仅是对上句的重复则不要倒装。19—Shallwegointothatshopandhavealook?—Sorry.Iwon't.Ihave___todothere.AeverythingBanythingCsomethingDnothing[答案]D.[析]这个答案的选择应由上下两句对话内容作出决定。20—Oh,dear!Whobroketheglass?—___Sam___Bruce.Itwasthecat.ABoth,andBNot,butCNeither,norDEither,or[答案]C.[析]neither…nor意为既不……也不……21Thestudentsarehavingagoodtimeinthepark.Somearedrawingbythelake.___areclimbingthehill.AOthersBOtherCAnotherDTheother[答案]A.[析]这里因为是代替复数名词,所以应用名词性的复数代名词。,22Sheisnotanurse.I'mnot___.AalsoBeitherCneitherDtoo[答案]B.[析]在否定句中该用either,而不用too和also.23Ihavetwopencils.Oneisred,___isblue.AtheotherBanotherCothersDtheothers[答案]A.[析]两者中的另一个应为特指。而且应为单数形式的代名词。而another是泛指单数代名词。others是泛指复数代名词,而theothers是特指复数代名词。24Sorry,Ican'tansweryourquestion.Iknow___aboutthesubject.AlittleBalittleCfewDafew[答案]A.[析]中文讲我对此知道的不多,而英文中要用little。其含意为否定句。25Mysisterdoesn'tlikeskating___.ASodoIBSoIdon'tCNeitherIdon'tDNeitherdoI[答案]D.[析]这是表达上面否定句中的动作,也同样不适合于第二个人。所以要用neither,并要采用倒装句。26Yesterdaymorningtherewereonlythreeboysinourroom,___.Ayou,heandIBI,youandheChe,IandyouDyou,Iandhe[答案]A.[析]这是若干人称代词并列时的顺序问题。请参看辨析中的例子。27Allthestudentsarebusy,so___ofthemwillgototheconcert.AmanyBlittleCafewDfew[答案]D.[析]student为可数名词。28Theteachergave___studentanewbook.AnobodyBbothCeachDany,[答案]C.[析]both其后的名词应为复数,而any用于疑问句和否定句中只有each可以修饰单数可数名词。29Blackisneitherateacher___aworker.AorBeitherCnorDand[答案]C.[析]neither…nor为“既不……也不……”的固定搭配。30Ourteachergaveus___onstudying.AmanyadvicesBsomeadvicesCanadviceDsomeadvice[答案]D.[析]advice为不可数名词。some可用于可数或不可数名词之前。31Therearetwoforeignfriendsinthepark.One___isfromJapan,isfromAmerica.AotherBothersCtheotherDtheothers[答案]C.[析]因为是两者中的一个,所以另一个应用单数特指代词。32Arethere___onthetable?AsomecupsBanycupCsomecupDanycups[答案]D.[析]此句是疑问句,应用anycups,因提问时的be动词用的是are。33I'vejustboughtfivestamps.OneisaGermanstamp,___areAmericanstamps.AtheotherBtheothersCotherDothers[答案]B.[析]此空应填入主语。又因其范围已定,所以应选特指的代名词。theother只能用作单数,而others是泛指复数代名词,故只能选B。34Itwas___finedaythattheywenttothepark.AasoBsoaCsuchaDasuch[答案]C.[析]在单数可数名词前可以有两种表达法,即such+不定冠词+形容词+可数名词单数形式,如:suchagoodday,或者用so加形容词+不定冠词+可数名词单数,如:sogoodaday.35Atthattimethetrainwasslowandnoisy.So___peoplelikedtakingtrains.,AlittleBalittleCfewDafew[答案]C.[析]这是英文的表达法与中文不同之处。中文讲只有少数人喜欢坐火车,英文要选用“few”。36Wemusthelpandunderstandeach___.AotherBanotherCothersDtheother[答案]A.[析]eachother意为“互相”,是习惯用语。37___isdifficulttowalkonthemoon.AManBOneCThatDIt[答案]D.[析]这里的真正主语应为不定式towalkonthemoon.而形式主语只能用it.38Janehassentseveralletters,but___ofthemhavebeenanswered.AallBbothCeitherDnone[答案]D.[析]severalletters意为“若干信件”,应看作多于两者,则在A、D中作选择,仅D符合句意。39Idon'tknow___aboutthenewheadmaster.AsomethingBeverythingCnothingDanything[答案]D.[析]否定句中应用anything.40___ofthestudentsinthewholeclasscoulddothisphysicsquestion.ANoBNoneCNotDNeither[答案]B.,四、形容词、副词(一)知识概要形容词的用法很活跃,在英语中用处也很多,但英语中修饰可数名词和不可数名词的修饰语和词组有时不同,要特别加以注意。下面将初中学习阶段中遇到的修饰可数名词的词和词组归纳如下:many,no,several,some,afew,alot,lots,plenty,plentyof,alotof,alargenumberof,enough。而修饰不可数名词的词或词组如下:much,no,some,alot,agreatdeal,lots,plenty,alotof,plentyof。其中some,no,alotof,plentyof既可修饰可数名词又可修饰不可数名词。英语中形容词与副词有原级、比较级、最高级之分,其规则如下:构词法原级比较级最高级加er,或estTallyoungtalleryoungertallestyoungest只加r或stnicelargenicerlargernicestlargest,重读闭音节末尾只有一个辅音字母时双写该字母加er、estbigfathotbiggerfatterhotterbiggestfattesthottest不规则变化的形容词或副词:原级比较级最高级goodbetterbestWellbetterbestbadworseworstbadlyworseworstmanymoremostmostmoremostlittlelesslestfarfartherfurtherfarthestfurthestoldolderelderoldesteldest要注意的是许多形容词同时又是副词,如:back,all,alone,either,far,high,slow等。而有些形容词则要经过一定变化才能转为副词,其规律如下:,构词法形容词副词一般加lyCarefulkindcarefullykindly尾是y时将y变成i加lyHappybusyeasyHappilybusilyeasily其他trueterriblefullpossibleshywholetrulyterriblyfullypossiblyshylywholly在学习过程中要注意其变化。此外并不是所有副词都可以修饰比较级和最高级形容词。能修饰比较级的有:much,yet,far,still,agreatdeal,even和alittle.能修饰最高级的有:thevery,muchthe,far等。(二)正误辨析,[误]Theyounglikesplayingfootballverymuch.[正]Theyounglikeplayingfootballverymuch.[析]定冠词加形容词表示一类人,应作复数看待。而定冠词加形容词表示抽象事物时则要看作单数,如:Thebeautifulisnotalwayskindness.美丽并不总代表善良。[误]Thedangerhasgone,sotheworstareover.[正]Thedangerhasgone,sotheworstisover.[析]意为:"危险已经过去,最困难的状况已结束。"用定冠词加最高级形容词作主语时应看作单数形式。[误]Itisthegoldageoftheyoung.[正]Itisthegoldenageoftheyoung.[析]golden在英语中多用于比喻,如:goldenhair金发,guldenvoice金嗓子。而gold多用于表达金质的,如:agoldbar金条,agoldcoin金币,但goldfish金鱼例外。[误]Sheisawarmheartwoman.[正]Sheisawarmheartedwoman.[析]英语形容词的构词法很多,其中之一是由形容词,或数词,加名词加ed构成,如:warmhoarted热心肠的,whitehaired白毛的[误]Thereisanalivefishinthepool.[正]Thereisalivingfishinthepool.[析]在初中范围内所学到的以a字母开头的形容词一般不能作定语,只能作表语。如:Thefishisalive.(鱼还活着)这样的形容词有:alive,alike,alone,asleep,afraid,awake等。[误]Theillmannearlydied.[正]Thesickmannearlydied.[析]ill一般不作定语来形容某人有病,而要用sick,但作表语时则都可以。如:Heisillsick,ill作定语时则另有他意,如:illluck(厄运),illnature(天性恶劣),illtemper(心绪不好)[误]Ihaveimportantsomethingtotellyou.[正]Ihavesomethingimportanttotellyou.[析]不定代词something,anyone,somebody…在用形容词修饰时,形容词应放其后。但要注意thing则不是不定代词,不符合上述规律。如:Ihaveanimportantthingtotellyou.,[误]I'llbefreeonnextSunday.[正]I'llbefreenextSunday.[析]在表达将来时的时候:nextSunday,nextweek,nextyear或lastSundaylastweek,lastyear前都不加介词。[误]Thegirlistwoyearold.[正]Thegirlistwoyearsold.[正]Sheisatwoyearoldgirl[析]由连字符连接若干名词、数词……组成的形容词,在学习时要记住两点,其一是这些词中的名词都不要用复数形式,如:twothousandwordreport(两千字的报告);其二是这样构成的形容词只能作定语,即用于名词之前,而不能作表语。[误]TheforeignerslikethoselittlebeautifulChinesepaintings.[正]TheforeignerslikethosebeautifullittleChinesepaintings.[析]在名词前若有几个形容词作修饰语时,其顺序如下。1.指示代词,定冠词2.数量词3.性质词4.大小5.形状6.老少,新旧7.颜色8.材料但要注意的是英语的习惯是一个名词前的形容词一般不要多于三个。如:Whataprettylittlewhitehorse!ThosefirstfewshortEnglishstorieswerenotdifficulttounderstand.[误]ThebestwaytolearnEnglishgoodistospeakwithEnglishmaneveryday.[正]ThebestwaytolearnEnglishwellistospeakwithEnglishmaneveryday.[析]good是形容词,这里是修饰动词speak的,所以应用副词well,但well作形容词讲时只作身体好。如:Heiswell.(他身体很好)。Heisgood.(他是个好人)。[误]Thechildrenplayonthegrassnappyly.[正]Thechildrenplayonthegrasshappily[析]多音节y结尾的形容词变为副词时应将y变为i再加ly.[误]Theteacherlookedangryatthestudents.[正]Theteacherlookedangrilyatthestudents.,[析]英语中感观动词后面要接形容词,这时它是修饰主语的,如:Thefoodsmellsgood.食物闻起来很香。Theteacherlookedangry老师看起来很生气。而此句的意思为:"老师生气地看着学生",所以应用副词形式。[误]Heworkedwithmefriendly.[正]Hewasfriendlytome.[析]不是所有结尾是ly的词都是副词,但friendly是形容词,这样的词还有lovely,lonely,costly,lively…monthlyweekly…。但其中有些词既是副词,又是形容词,如:early,hourly,monthly…[误]Youcanspeakfreeinfrontofyourfriends.[正]Youcanspeakfreelyinfrontofyourfriends.[析]free作为形容词意为"自由的,有空闲的,免费的"。作为副词讲则是"免费"之意。而freely作为副词则是"自由的,随便的"。这些要注意的词还有:hard努力,艰苦hardly几乎不late迟,晚lately最近的,最新的near近nearly几乎like像likely几乎[误]Theymusthavearrivedtillnow.[正]Theymusthavearrivedbynow.[析]bynow是用于表达到目前为止某一动作已经发生,所以应用瞬间动词。而tillnow是强调某一动作一直持续到现在,所以一定要用持续性动词。musthave+过去分词是对过去某一事情所作的肯定推测。[误]Someonecalledyourightnow.[正]Someonecalledyoujustnow.[析]justnow有两个意思,其一是"刚才",其二是"现在",而rightnow只能用于现在的状态。just则用于完成时态,如:Ihavejustfinishedmyhomework.[误]MyfatherwillbebackfromAmericaatpresent.[正]MyfatherwillbebackfromAmericapresently.[析]presently有两个意思:其一是最近,不久,其二在美语中是现在之意,与atpresent相同。而forthepresent为暂时,如:IteachEnglishintheschoolforthepresent.[误]I'llbebackatthemoment.[正]I'llbebackinamoment.[析]atthemoment其意为"现在,当时",而inamoment意为"马上过一会",与inaminute意思相近。,[误]ThetrainfromShanghaiwillarrivehereintime.[正]ThetrainfromShanghaiwillarrivehereontime.[析]ontime为"准时",而intime有两个含意。其一是"及时",如:Thedoctorarrivedintime。其二是"将来,终究"。[误]Imetanoldfriendsometimeslastmonth.[正]Imetanoldfriendsometimelastmonth.[析]Sometime过去,或者将来某时。Sometimes有时如:SometimesIgotoschoolbybus.Sometime一些时间如:Ineedsometimetodomyhomework.Sometimes几次如:IwenttoShanghaisometimesthismonth.attimes有时,偶尔atalltimes经常someothertime改天[误]Ihadmetanoldfriendthreedaysago.[正]Ihadmetanoldfriendthreedaysbefore.[正]Imetanoldfriendthreedaysago.*ago用在时间状语中时,主句中谓语动词一般用过去时,而before用于时间状语时则主句的谓语动词宜用完成时态。[误]Hestudiedveryhard.andattheendhepassedtheexam.[正]Hestudiedveryhard,andintheendhepassedtheexam.[析]intheend=atlast意为"最终,终于",表达经过若干努力而达到的结果。而attheend是在某事的结束时如何如何,如:Attheendofclass,theteachergaveussomestorybooks。[误]Iwillcomeheretohelpyoueachthreedays.[正]Iwillcomeheretohelpyoueverythreedays.[析]everythreedays为"每三天",即每隔二天,而everyotherday为每隔一天。[误]Hedidn'tgotothecinemayesterday.andIdidn'tgo,too.[正]Hedidn'tgotothecinemayesterdayandIdidn'tgoeither.[析]英语中表示"也",有4个字,also,aswell,too,either,但either用于否定句中,而前3个用于肯定句中。在肯定句中too与aswell一般要用在句尾,而also则可用于句中。如:Shewenttothepartyandherboyfriendwenttheretoo.又如:I'vealsoreadherothernovels.,[误]Weshouldhelpthepoorgirlinanyway.[正]Weshouldhelpthepoorgirlinanyway.[析]anyway为"不管怎么"讲,"无论如何",如:Whataterribleaccident,anywaynoonewashurt.anyway为"任何方式"。这种常见的错误还发生在以下几组词中,如:everyday日常的everyday每天faraway遥远的faraway远离altogether总计alltogether一块,大家一起already已经allready全准备好了[误]Youcancometothedoctor'satanytime.[正]Youcancometothedoctor'satanytime.[析]anytime是副词而anytime中的time是名词。[误]Shesaidnearlynothing.[正]Shesaidalmostnothing.[析]nearly与almost的含意相近,在很多场合可以互换,但在否定词前用almost。[误]Therearetoomuchmistakesinyourhomework.[正]Therearetoomanymistakesinyourhomework.[析]toomuch后接不可数名词,如:Thereistoomuchwaterfortheflowers.而toomany后加可数名词,muchtoo后面加形容词,如:ItismuchtoodifficulttolearnEnglishwell.[误]Itislateenoughthatwecangohomenow.[正]Itislateenoughforustogohomenow.[析]要注意的是enough后面一般不接从句而接不定式,或不定式的复合结构:forsomebodytodosomething。[误]Thetwinsareveryalike.[正]Thetwinsaremuchalike.[析]用a为首字母的形容词不能用very修饰,一般要用much来修饰。[误]-Howlongdoeshewritetohisparents?-Onceaweek.[正]-Howoftendoeshewritetohisparents?-Onceaweek.,[析]英文与中文表达法不同,隔多长时间办一次某事,实际上问的是该事发生的频率,所以要用howoften。[误]AssoonasIarriveinNewYork,I'llcallupyou.[正]AssoonasIarriveinNewYork,I'llcallyouup.[析]当动词词组的宾语是人称代词时则一定要放于动词之后,如果是名词则可以放在词组其后。如:IwanttowatchTV.PleaseturnontheTV.也可以讲:PleaseturntheTVon.[误]Hedrovequicklyhisnewcar.[正]Hedrovehisnewcarquickly.[析]副词在句中的位置很活,但主要有以下几种用法:①实意动词之前,如:Hequicklygivemetheanswer.②在be动词之后,如:Thelittleboyisoftenlateforclass.③第一助动词之后,如:Thisbookhasalmostbeenfinished.④在单独使用的be动词和助动词之前,如:Canyouhelpmethisafternoon?Icertainlycan.但是无论如何也不能将副词置于动词与宾语之间,如果是宾语从句或是很长的名词词组作宾语则才可以这样用:Heheardclearlywhattheteachersaid.[误]Thechildrencamelateyesterdaytothecinema.[正]Thechildrencamelatetothecinemayesterday.[析]表示一定长度的时间的副词不应放于句中,可放于句尾。如果表示强调则可放于句首。[误]Youhavefewnewbooks,haven'tyou?[正]youhavefewnewbooks,haveyou?[析]英语中的数量形容词有两组。修饰可数名词的有few(很少,几乎没有),afew(有一些,几个);修饰不可数名词的有little(很少,几乎没有),alittle(有一点,有一些)。要注意的是当few和little用于句中时应看作否定句,而afew和alittle用于句中时则应看作是肯定句。 [误]Hespentquitelittlemoneyonhisfood.[正]Hespentquitealittlemoneyonhisfood.[析]quitea为一固定用法,其意为"十分,相当,所以"。quiteafew=many,quitea,little=much而onlyalittle=little,onlyafew=few.[误]Doyouwanttohavemanybread?[正]Doyouwanttohavesomebread?[析]some与any都可以用作形容词、副词或代词,在一般情况下,some用于肯定句,any用于疑问句和否定句,但在希望得到肯定答复时,应用some。其次是some可以用来修饰可数名词和不可数名词。[误]Pleasetellmewheretheshoesshopis?[正]Pleasetellmewheretheshoeshopis.[析]在用名词作修饰词来修饰另一名词时,这个作修饰词的名词应用单数形式,如:ashoeshop鞋店afruitshop水果店abookshop书店apostoffice邮局apolicestation警察局abusstop汽车站[误]Heisweakatphysics.[正]Heisweakinphysics.[析]在表达擅长于作某事时用begoodatsomething,而其反意词为bebadatsomething,但beweakinsomething。[误]Thisdictionaryisworthtobuy.[正]Thisdictionaryisworthbuying.[析]beworth后可接动、名词表达值得作某事,又可接价格、金钱表示值多少钱。[误]Don'tafraidofthat.[正]Don'tbeafraidofthat.[析]afraid在英文中是形容词而不是动词。这样的词组还有:beafraidof害怕becarefulof小心becertainof有把握,确定besureof确信begladof高兴besickof厌恶befondof喜欢[误]Theworkhasalreadybeendonewell.,[正]Theworkhasalreadybeenwelldone.[析]well与badly作副词时,表示好坏,如果句子是被动语态,则应放在过去分词之前,如:Thismachinehasbeenbadlydamaged.如果句子是主动语态,则应放于句末,如:Ididmyhomeworkwell.[误]Weareyetintheclassroomnow.[正]Wearealreadyintheclassroomnow.[析]already主要用于肯定句,而yet多用于否定句和疑问句中,如:Didyoufinishit?No.notyet.[误]Look.Herecomeshe![正]Look!Herehecomes![误]Look!Herethebuscomes![正]Look!Herecomesthebus![析]在句子开头用Here时,如主语是人称代词则不要用倒装语序,如果主语是名词则要用倒装语序。[误]Sheismyoldersister.[正]Sheismyeldersister.[析]elder和eldest是用来指家庭中兄弟姐妹的长幼关系,而older,oldest则是指岁数大多少,如:SheisthreeyearsolderthanI.[误]I'mtired.Ican'tgofurther.[正]I'mtired.Ican'tgofarther.[析]far有两个比较级farther较远的,further进一步的,如:Doyouneedanyfurtherexplanation?你需要进一步的解释吗?当然它也有两个最高级。farthest和furthest.[误]IwenttoBeijingUniversityfiveyearsbefore.[正]IwenttoBeijingUniversityfiveyearsago.[析]ago常与过去时连用,而before则多与完成时连用。[误]-Haveyoufinishedyourhomework?-No,notalready.[正]-Haveyoufinishedyourhomework?-No,notyet.[析]仍然有三个英文字可以表达它们是already,yet与still。要注意的是already经常用于肯定句中,如Thebushasalreadygone。而yet多用于疑问句和否定句中,如:Haveyou,finishedyourhomeworkyet?而still则常用于主语与谓语动词之间,如:Westillcan'tdecidewhattodo.但也有时用于be动词之后,如:Heisstillhere.[误]HeisveryhigherthanIam.[正]HeismuchhigherthanIam.[析]much可以用来修饰比较级,而very则用来修饰形容词原级,如:I'mverytired.[误]-CanIwalktothestation?-You'dbetternot.Itisveryfar.[正]-CanIwalktothestation?-You'dbetternot,Itisalongway.[析]for一般用在疑问句与否定句中,如:Howfarisitfromheretothestation?又如:Itisn'tfar.[误]I'veeverbeentoAmerica.[正]I'vebeentoAmericaonce.[析]once多用于肯定句,而ever则用于疑问句,否定句,及条件状语从句中,如:HaveyoueverbeentoLondon?[误]-Couldyoupasstheexamthistime?-No,Iamnotafraidso.[正]-Couldyoupasstheexamthistime?-No,I'mafraidnot.[析]在肯定的答语中我们可以用so来代替上句所讲的事件,如:Doyouthinksheisagoodstudent?YesIthinkso,/Ihopeso,/Ibelieveso/I'mafraidso.但在否定的答语中,英语口语的习惯用法则有所不同,如,Idon'tthinkso而在hope,belive与afraid后则常用not,如:Ihopenot.[误]Shedidn'tworkenoughhard,soshecouldn'tpasstheexam.[正]Shedidn'tworkhardenough,soshecouldn'tpasstheexam.[析]enough可以作名词用,如:EnoughhasbeensaidforhowtolearnEnglishwell.(对于如何学好英语已经讲的足够多了。)另外它可以作为形容词,如:Ihaveenoughmoney(ormoneyenough)tobuythisdictionary.注意enough作为形容词时即可放于名词前又可放于名词后,在初中范围的考题中多用于名词之前。如果enough作为副词用,那么它一定要放在被修饰的形容词或副词之后。[误]Youcan'tbeverycareful.,[正]Youcan'tbetoocareful.[析]此句话的含意是你如何小心也不过分。too…to的用法是"太……以至于不能作某事"。但在实际应用时也常常将后面的to省去,如:Itistooexpensiveforme.那对我来讲是太贵了。[误]Heisgoodpastfifty.[正]Heiswellpastfifty.[析]well作为副词用时除用于"好"之外还有"大大地、远远地",等意。往往有人对下面两句的对或错有争议;Heiswell.Heisgood.其实这两句都是正确的表达法,只不过其含意不同。Heiswell是"他身体不错",而Heisgood则为"他是个好人"。[误]Sheisnotashalfcleverasherbrother.[正]Sheisnothalfascleverasherbrother.[析]在as…as结构中要将修饰形容词的数量词倍数及nearly,almost,exactly…等置于第一个as之前。[误]HeissameageasTom.[正]HeisthesameageasTom.[析]thesame…as是固定的用法,其中定冠词the是不可省也不能换成别的词的。[误]Motherandherdaughterareexactlylike.[正]Motherandherdaughterareexactlyalike.*like作为介词,其意为"像",应用于looklike,belike,soundlike,其后要加宾语。而alike是形容词,或副词,如:YouandIthinkalike.Thetwinsaredressedalike。但alike仅作表语而不能用于名词前作定语。[误]Whoistallerofthetwo?[正]Whoisthetallerofthetwo?[析]两者的比较级之前要加定冠词。[误]IhavelessbooksthanTom.[正]IhavefewerbooksthanTom.[析]less是,little的比较级,而fewer是few的比较级。less后应加不可数名词而fewer后是可数名词。[误]Therearethreegirlsinmygroup.TheclevererisMary.[正]Therearethreegirlsinmygroup.ThecleverestisMary.[析]在两者之间应用比较级,在三者之间或三者以上的范围内应用最高级。[误]Theboysatthereasquietashissister.[正]Theboysatthereasquietlyashissister.[析]as…as的用法要注意的是:①在其中间应加形容词或副词的原级,而不可加比较级,也有的语法书中称为同级比较。②要根据句意决定是加形容词还是副词,这要看它具体是修饰动词还是名词而定,如:Heisasgoodashisfriend.[误]Theharderyoustudy,andyoucanlearnmore.[正]Theharderyoustudy,themoreyoucanlearn.[析]英文中如果要表达越来越怎样,在初中范围有两种表达法:①比较级+and+比较级。②定冠词+比较级……,如:Thenightsaregettinglongerandlonger。要注意的是多音节形容词的比较级前要加more,这样的用法是:moreandmore加形容词,如:Thegirlisgrowingmoreandmorebeautiful.[误]StudyingphysicsisnotsointerestingastolearnEnglish.[正]StudyingphysicsisnotsointerestingaslearningEnglish.[析]在作比较时,英语一般要求对比的两部分结构应一致。如用动名词,应都用动名词,用不定式时则都用不定式。但有时在后一个不定式前的符号to可以省略。如:Torepairtheoldoneisasmuchexpensiveas(to)buyanewone.[误]Thegirlismoreclevererthantheboy.[正]Thegirlismuchmoreclever(muchcleverer)thantheboy.[析]clever有两个比较级:cleverer和moreclever,要注意的是不能用比较级来修饰比较级。clever的两个比较级也各有不同之处,如用在两种不同性质的比较时多用moreclever,如:Heismorecleverthanhonest.(他的聪明要远远超过其诚实。)[析]Theboyisthetallesttothethree.[正]Theboyisthetallestofthethree.[析]最高级的范围要用of加复数形式或加集合名词。[误]Thisbookisoneofthemostusefuldictionary.[正]Thisbookisoneofthemostusefuldictionaries.,[析]在oneof后面最高级形容词后要加可数名词复数。[误]ThisdictionaryisthemuchbestoneoftheEnglishChinesedictionaries.[正]ThisdictionaryismuchthebestoneoftheEnglishChinesedictionaries.[析]在修饰最高级时应用far/byfar/much加the加最高级。但very例外,如:Heistheverybestplayerintheteam.[误]ShanghaiisbiggerthananyothercitiesinChina.[正]ShanghaiisbiggerthananyothercityinChina.[析]在比较级中表示比较对象时如用anyother其后一般要加单数名词。[误]MostofstoriesinthisbookarewritteninEnglish.[正]MostofthestoriesinthisbookarewritteninEnglish.[正]MoststoriesinthisbookarewritteninEnglish.[析]"大多数"一词的表达法有mostofthe+名词,或most+名词。当用前一种结构时,其后面的定冠词不可少。[误]Thetemperatureofthatroomishigherthanthisroom.[正]Thetemperatureofthatroomishigherthanthatofthisroom.[析]比较级用于两句话之间时,比较的部分不可省略掉,但为了避免重复,一般都要用that代替前面的单数名词,而用those代替前面的复数名词,如:Thebooksinthatboxarebiggerthanthoseinthisbox。[误]Heisnomorehere.Maybeheisathome.[正]Heisnolongerhere.Maybeheisathome.[析]nomore在现代英语中多译为:"从此再也不会了",如:Hisvoiceisnomorehere.他已经去世了,他的声音不可能再出现了。而用nolonger表达目前的状态。要注意下面几组句子的实际含意:Thisroomisnocleanerthanthatone.即两间屋子都不干净。(两者都不干净)Thisroomisnotcleanerthanthatone,即这屋子不如那间干净。(前者不如后者干净。即一间干净,一间不干净。),(三)例题解析1IthinkChineseis___thanmaths.A.interestingBmoreinterestingC.mostinterestingD.themostinteresting[答案]B.[析]在有than作比较的句子中应用形容词的比较级。2-WhatdoesLucylikebetter,singingordancing?-Singing.ofcourse.She'sknownto___it.A.begoodatB.begoodforC.bebadatD.bebadfor[答案]A.[析]begoodat为固定搭配,意为"擅长作某事"。初中英语中有些这样的固定用法应记牢,而不能似是而非。如:begoodat,bebadat,bepoorin,beweekin,befitfor3TheHuangHeRiverisoneof___inChina.A.ThelongriverB.thelongestriverC.thelongestriversD.thelongerriver[答案]C.[析]在oneof+定冠词+最高级之后的名词应用复数形式。4Thegirlwas___afraid___shethrewherbagaway.A.so,thatB.too,toC.too,thatD.enough,to[答案]A.[析]so…that为"如此怎样以至于如何",此句意思是:小女孩如此害怕以至于扔下包跑掉了。而too…to的意思为"如何如何,以至于不能作某事"。但to的后面是动词原形,而不是从句。5Itwas___yesterdaythantoday.A.hotB.hoterC.hotterD.thehottest[答案]C.[析]用than表达比较的句中应用比较级。,6Whichsubjectdoyoulike___,EnglishChineseormaths?A.bestB.wellC.betterD.good[答案]A.[析]在两者之间应用比较级,而在三者之间或三者以上用最高级。7Noneofthestudentswatchedit___.A.carefulenoughB.enoughcarefullyC.carefullyenoughD.enoughcareful[答案]C.[析]首先应判定是选用用来修饰名词的形容词还是用来修饰动词的副词。这里是修饰watch这一动词,应选用副词。当enough用来修饰副词或形容词时应放于被修饰的形容词或副词之后。8___sheeats,___she'llbe.A.More…fatB.Themore…fatterC.More…thefatterD.Themore…thefatter[答案]D.[析]the+比较级表示"越来越……"本句应译为:她吃得越多,她就会越胖。9Idon'tthinkEnglishis___Chinese.A.asimportantasB.notimportantasC.notsoimportantD.importantas[答案]A.[析]think+宾语从句时,应采用否定主句的形式,如:中文讲,"我认为你不对",英文应为:"我不认为你对"。Idon'tthinkyouareright.所以不能选答案B。而C、D均为不正确的表达法。10MissGaoisagoodEnglishteacher.Thestudentsinherclass___English.A.areinterestedinB.areinterestinginC.areinterestedatD.areinterestingto[答案]A.[析]过去分词常用来修饰人,而现在分词常用来修饰物,如:aninterestingbook,实际上过去分词含有被动之意,如:interested其含意是"被……所吸引,感动"。而interesting则为"使人感兴趣的",如:aninterestingman一个有趣、风趣的人。11Thetwinsaretogethermostofthetime.Sotheyneverfeel_.A.aloneB.lonelyC.happily,D.friendly[答案]B.[析]alone意为"独自的,一个人的",它只能作表语不能作定语。Iamnotaloneindoingsuchathing.而lonely意为"寂寞的,孤单的",如:Theoldmanfeltlonely.要体会两个词的区别,如:Theoldmanlivedalone,buthedidn'tfeellonely.12Whata___cough!Youseem___ill.A.terrible,terriblyB.terribly,terribleC.terrible,terribleD.terribly,terribly[答案]A.[析]terrible是形容词,而terribly是副词,第一个空是修饰名词的,所以应填入形容词。第二个空ill是形容词,这里terribly是用来修饰ill的。13Thetwofriendswere___pleasedtoseeeachotherthattheyforgoteverything.A.soB.tooC.veryD.much[答案]A.[析]这里用的是so…that的固定搭配。14Whichis___,LiLei'sboxorHanMeimei'sbox?A.heavyB.heavierC.moreheavierD.theheaviest[答案]B.[析]两者之间用比较级,三者或以上用最高级。15Youdon'tlikethesamecoloursandIdon'tlikethem,___.A.tooB.alsoC.eitherD.neither[答案]C.[析]在否定句中也应用either,而不要用too,因too用于肯定句中。16Jimis___atallhislessons.AndI'msurehe'lldovery___intheexams.A.well,goodB.good,wellC.well,wellD.good,good[答案]B.[析]good为形容词,如:Heisgood.他是个好人。而well作为身体状况的好坏讲时是形容词,如:Heiswell为他身体不错,而作为其他意思时为副词,如:HespeaksEnglishwell.17Youlook___thanbefore,why?A.morethinB.morethinnerC.muchmorethinD.muchthinner,[答案]D.[析]多音节形容词才用more或most加形容词来表示其比较级或最高级,而thin的比较级为thinner。18Let'sgooutforsuppernow.I'mvery___.A.hungryB.angryC.tiredD.thirsty[答案]A.[析]hungry-饿,angry-生气,tired-紧,疲劳,thirsty-口渴。要注意名词的词义。19-Canyouunderstandme?-Sorry,Ican___understandyou.A.hardlyB.almostC.evenD.ever[答案]A.[析]hardly为一否定词,用在句中时应被看作是否定句。在答语中Sorry决定了其意为"听不明白",所以只能选hardly。20"___doyouwritetoyourpenfriend?""Abouttwiceamonth."A.HowoftenB.HowsoonC.HowmuchD.Howlong[答案]A.[析]howoften用来提问某一动作经多久就要发生一次,也就是提问发生的频率。howsoon是问从现在起还有多久。21ChangjiangRiveris___riverinChinaA.longB.longerC.longestD.thelongest[答案]D.22I'llwork___Ican.A.sohardlyasB.sohardasC.ashardlyasD.ashardas[答案]D.[析]hard可用作形容词和副词,如:Thedeskwasmadeofhardwood又如:Itisraininghard。而hardly是副词,其词义是"几乎不",如:HardlydidIsleeplastnight.我昨晚几乎没有睡觉。而且hardly用于句首时要采用倒装语序。as…as即可以用于肯定句,也可以用于否定句,但so…as则只能用于否定句中。23Itisvery___tolistentohim.A.interestedB.interestingC.interestedinD.interest[答案]B.,[析]interest作为名词有两个词义,①兴趣,②银行中所讲的利息。而其形容词interesting是"使人感兴趣的",而interested是"感兴趣的"如:HeisinterestedinEnglish.24Thingsare___worsethanIthought.A.moreB.fewC.veryD.much[答案]D.[析]只有much可以修饰比较级。25Itisoneo'clock,butherfatherhasn'tcomeback___.A.alreadyB.stillC.tooD.yet[答案]D.[析]完成时的否定句尾要用yet,而already则用于肯定句。26ComradeChenis___olderthanI.A.veryB.moreC.muchD.quite[答案]C.[析]只有much可以修饰比较级。可以修饰比较级的词还有much,far,evenalittle,byfar等。27Shedidherhomework___.A.carefullyB.carefulC.careD.careless[答案]A.[析]这里应填入副词,而careless是由care加less后辍得来的,less意为"没有",是否定之意,如:careless-不小心,homeless-无家可归。而carefully为副词。28Theycan'tanswerthequestioninJapanese;wecan'tanswerit,___.A.alsoB.tooC.eitherD.neither[答案]C.29-Howareyourparents?-Theyarevery___,thankyou.A.goodB.kindC.wellD.happy[答案]C.[析]由问句得知其询问的是身体如何,所以well作为身体状况不错时应视为形容词。30Peterruns___inourclass.A.thefastB.fasterC.fastestD.mostfast[答案]C.[析]副词的最高级前可以加定冠词,也可以不加定冠词。31Wewereall___gladthatwesanganddanced.,A.suchB.soC.veryD.quite[答案]B.[析]在so与that之间只有形容词时不可用such。32Katesings___Joan.A.aswellasB.asgoodasC.sogoodasD.asbetteras[答案]A.[析]这里well为副词,意为"唱得好"。33Thiseggsmells___,thoughitlooksallright.A.goodB.wellC.badDbadly[答案]C.[析]smell为系动词,其后应加形容词,而不是副词。同样的词,还有sound,feel,seem、become(变成)等等,如:Icefeelscoldinwinter.34Waitaminute,Ihave___totellyou.A.somethinginterestedB.somethinginterestingC.interestingsomethingD.anythinginteresting[答案]B.[析]修饰不定代词的修饰词要放在不定代词之后。35Ishallvisityou___nextyear.A.sometimesB.sometimeC.sometimeD.sometimes[答案]B.[析]sometimes有时,sometime某一时刻,sometime一段时间,sometimes若干次36Mysistersaidshewouldtrytospeak___Englisheveryday.A.alittleB.afewC.litttleD.few[答案]A.[析]little修饰不可数名词,而alittle意为"一些,一点"。37Ihave___friendshereandIoftenvisitthem.A.fewB.littleC.afewD.alittle[答案]C.[析]afew意为"有些",few后面要加可数名词复数。38Ofallthesebooks,doyouthink,whichoneis___?A.interestingB.muchinterestingC.moreinterestingD.themostinteresting[答案]D.[析]Ofallthesebooks是用来表示最高级的范围,五、连词(一)知识概要连词是一种在句子与句子之间,短语之间以及名词等其他词语之间起连接作用的虚词,它不能单独作句子的成份。按其意义可分为并列连词和从属连词两大类。并列连词连接的双方是对等的。常有的并列连词有and,both…and,either…or,neither…nor,notonly…butalso,aswellas等。但如果连接的两部分意义不趋向一致,意义有转折的并列连词有:but,however,while(而),only(只不过)。还有表示选择关系的并列连词,如:or,orelse,otherwise…再有的是连接双方,互为因果,或表示前因后果的连词有:for,so,therefore(因此),then等。从属连词在初中范围内常常用来连接名词性从句,如:that,if,whether,其次用来连接状语从句。其中有原因状语从句,常用的连接词有:whenwhile,as,since,before,after,once,assoonas,until,till连接条件状语的连词有:if,unless,aslongas等,而原因状语的连接词有because,since,as,nowthat(既然)。目的、结果、方式、比较、地点等状语从句的连接词有:sothat,so…that,such…that,as…as,than,where…它们在句子与文章中几乎无处不见。具体用法见下表。连词用法一览表种类功用例句并列连词连接具有并列关系的词HeknowsneitherEnglishnorFrench.短语Areyougoingbybusoronfoot?分句Marywasagoodgirl,butshehadoneshortcoming.从属连词引导:状语从句I'lldoitasyoutoldme.Youwillbelateunlessyouhurry.连接代词和连接副词主语从句Whathesaidprovedtrue.Whenwe'llstarthasnotbeendecidedyet.表语从句Thisiswhyhedidn'tcomeyesterday.Thatiswherehelives.宾语从句ThemanaskedmewhichIlikedbest.Ican'tunderstandwhysheissolate.关系代词和关系副词定语从句Nicotineisadrugthatgetsoneintothehabitofsmoking.HecamelastnightwhenIwasout.,(二)正误辨析[误]Bothmyparentsarenothere.Theywenttotheconcertjustnow.[正]Neitherofmyparentsishere.Theywenttotheconcertjustnow.[析]在英语中both一般用于肯定句中,如用于否定句中,其意义也不同于汉语,如:Bothofusarenotright.在英语中应被理解为"我们俩不都对。"而Neitherofusisright。才能被理解为"我们俩无一正确"。[误]Heorhisparentshassometicketsforthefilm.[正]Heorhisparentshavesometicketsforthefilm.[析]由or连接两主语时,谓语动词应与相临近的那一个主语保持一致。[误]Youshouldstudyhard,andyouwon'tpasstheexam.[正]Youshouldstudyhard,oryouwon'tpasstheexam.[析]or作为连词,这里的意思为"否则"。又如:Hurryup,oryou'llbelateforschool.[误]Thoughheispoor,butheisreadytohelpothers.[正]Thoughheispoor,heisreadytohelpothers.[正]Heispoor,butheisreadytohelpothers.[析]"虽然……但是"是中文中的常用结构,但在英文中用了"虽然"则不要用"但是",用了"但是"则不能再用"虽然",二者只可用其一。[误]EitheryouorIareonduty.[正]EitheryouorIamonduty.[析]either…or连接两个主语时,其谓语动词与相临近的一个主语相呼应,这也叫作就近原则。类似的用法还有or,neither…nor,notonly…butalso等。[误]TomisourEnglishteacherandteachingEnglishinourschoolnow.[正]TomisourEnglishteacherandisteachingEnglishinourschoolnow.[析]并列句中常常在后面的句子中作一些省略,以免重复,但不是所有词都可作任意的省略的。当你连接的是两个系动词时,后面的那个系动词不可省略,也就是讲连接的部分不可省略。[误]Myfatherlikesswimmingandtocollectstamps.[正]Myfatherlikesswimmingandcollectingstamps.[析]由并列连词连接的两个部分要保持相等的语法结构。如是动名词则都用动名词,如用不定式则都应用不定式,这是初学者要注意的一点。,[误]Myfatherisreadinganewspaper,Iamdoingmyhomework.[正]MyfatherisreadinganewspaperwhileIamdoingmyhomework.[析]两个并列句中间不可用逗号连接,要用并列连词来连接。[误]MyfatheraskedmethatifIwantedtolearnhowtodrive.[正]MyfatheraskedmeifIwantedtolearnhowtodrive.[析]宾语从句的连接词只能有一个不能重复使用。[误]WewillgobothtoBeijingandShanghai.[正]WewillgotobothBeijingandShanghai.[析]用both…and…作连接词时,其相连接的部分结构也要相同。[误]NotonlyMarybutalsoherbrothersisgoingtodance.[正]NotonlyMarybutalsoherbrothersaregoingtodance.[析]由notonly…butalso…连接两个主语时,其重点在其后面的那一个主语,所以谓语形式应采用就近原则。[误]Theteacheraswellashisstudentsarecoming.[正]Theteacheraswellashisstudentsiscoming.[析]由aswellas连接两个主语时,谓语动词与aswellas后面的名词无关,而与前面的名词相一致。[误]Tomdoesnotswimnorplayfootball.[正]Tomdoesnotswimorplayfootball.[析]nor主要用于连接句子的对等连词,如在否定句中连接某一部分时要用or,但要注意句子的含意,如:Thisanimaldoesnotlikeacoworahorse.这个动物既不像牛也不像马。Thisanimaldoesnotlikeacowbutahorse.这个动物不像牛而像马。[误]Forthereisnolightintheclassroom.Thestudentsmusthavegonehome.[正]Thestudentsmusthavegonehome,forthereisnolightintheclassroom.[析]由for引出的原因状语从句在使用时要注意不能将该从句置于句首,而应置于主句之后,并在主句与从句之间加一逗号。更要注意的是because,as,since与for4个表示原因的连词中because是因果关系,是最强的一个,而for是最弱的一个。有些语法书中干脆把for叫做并列连词[误]MybrotherwillpasstheEnglishexamisnoquestion.[正]ThatmybrotherwillpasstheEnglishexamisnoquestion.,[析]主语从句的引导词that是不可省略的。这一点不要和宾语从句的引导词相提并论。[误]Thismapwillshowyouhowwillyougettothehotel.[正]Thismapwillshowyouhowyouwillgettothehotel.[析]名词性从句作宾语从句使用时,最重要的一点是要用陈述语句。特别要注意的是那些使用双宾语的动词,如:tell,ask,show…[误]Whiletheclockstruchten,allthelightswentout.[正]Whentheclockstruckten,allthelightswentout.[析]while是强调两个动作在同时进行中,如:WhileIamdoingmyhomework,myfatherisreadinganewspaper.而这里的when是"正当某某时刻","就在这一时间点上",其重点强调在某一特定时刻某动作的发生。[误]WhileIwaswalkingalongthestreetyesterday,Imetanoldfriend.[正]WhenIwaswalkingalongthestreetyesterday,Imetanoldfriend.[析]这里用when表达在一个动作的进行中,另一个动作突然发生了。正在进行的动作用一进行时态,而突然发生的动作用一般时态。[误]WhileIheardthebadnewsIfeltsad.[正]WhenIheardthebadnews,Ifeltsad.[析]while不能表达一点儿的时间,即瞬时某一时间点。[误]Afterschoolsomestudentsplayfootball,orothersgotothelibrary.[正]Afterschoolsomestudentsplayfootball,whileothersgotothelibrary.[析]while在此处意为"而,然而"。[误]Shesangwhenshewalkedalongthedarkstreet.[正]Shesangasshewalkedalongthedarkstreet.[析]as用于句中时,其要点是强调两个动作的同时进行。这里用when虽然不能讲是语法上的错误,但则看不出来小女孩因独自走黑暗的街道因害怕而唱歌的心情。[误]Ifinishedmyhomeworkuntiltwelveo'clocklastnight.[正]Ididn'tfinishedmyhomeworkuntiltwelveo'clocklastnight.[正]Ididmyhomeworkuntiltwelveo'clocklastnight.[析],until用在句中时其含义是某一动作一直持续到某时结束,那么句中的动词则一定要用持续性动词,如果要用瞬间,或截止性动词时一定要用否定句式。因截止性动作的否定式应看作是持续性的动作。如离开leave是瞬间动作,因一出门即为离开了,而不离开则是长时间的。[误]IhavestudiedEnglishwhenIwastwelve.[正]IhavestudiedEnglishsinceIwastwelve.[析]since引出的时间状语从句是表达了一个时间点,而这个时间点是主句动作的启始点,所以主句一般要用完成时态。[误]Becausehedidn'tstudyhard,sohedidn'tpasstheexam.[正]Hedidn'tpasstheexambecausehedidn'tstudyhard.[析]because与so在英文中两者不能并用的,只能在句中用其一。[误]Hewassuchexcitedthathecouldnotspeak.[正]Hewassoexcitedthathecouldnotspeak.[析]so与such的用法可以分为四种情况,①用于单数可数名词之前,其格式是such+不定冠词+形容词+单数可数名词,如:Itissuchabeautifulbookthateverychildlikesit.也可以用so,其格式是so+形容词+不定冠词+单数可数名词,如:Itwassobeautifulabookthateverychildlikesit.②在不可数名词前或可数名词复数前这时只能用such,如:Itissuchgoodweatherthatwewanttoswim.又如:Theyaresuchgoodstudentsthattheycanpasstheexameasily.③在few,little,much,many这4个字前只能用so而不能用such,如:IhavesomuchmoneythatIcanbuyeverythingIwant.④当that前只有形容词或副词时,这时只能用so,如:Sheissobeautifulthateveryonelikesher.HeransofastthatIcouldn'tkeepupwithhim.[误]Hegotupearlierthismorningsoastothathecouldcatchthefirstbus.[正]Hegotupearlierthismorningsoastocatchthefirstbus.[正]Hegotupsoearlierthathecouldcatchthefirstbus.[析]so…that与sothat的用法有相同之处,那就是其后接从句,而soasto其后要接不定式,即动词原形。这样的词组还有:inorderto。[误]Iwanttobuysamestampthatyouhave.[正]Iwanttobuythesamestampasyouhave.[析]thesame…as(that)这是个固定用法,在same前的定冠词是不能少的。而thesame…that意为"我要的就是那一个"。而thesame…as为"要的是和……一样的东西"。[误]BeforeIdonotgiveyoutheanswer,I'llaskyousomequestions.[正]BeforeIgiveyoutheanswer,I'llaskyousomequestions.[析],这种错误是由于受中文的影响。在中文中可以讲"我没给你答案前"。而英文用了before就不要再用否定句了。(三)例题解析1WeboughtGrannyapresent,___shedidn'tlikeit.A.butB.andC.orD.so[答案]A.[析]由于句意的原因,应选择转折连词。2Runquickly,___we'llmisstheearlytrain.A.andB.butC.soD.or[答案]D.[析]or这里应译为:否则。3I'llgivethebooktohim___hecomesback.A.sinceB.assoonasC.beforeD.until[答案]B.[析]assoonas引出的时间状语从句应用一般现在时表示将来要发生的动作。4Don'tcrosstheroad___thelightturnsgreen.A.whenB.whileC.untilD.as[答案]C.[析]until应译为"直到……才",因为前面的祈使句为否定句。又如:Shedidnotgotobeduntilhermothercameback.应译为"直到她妈妈回来她才睡觉"。5MissGaohasbeenateacher___1990.A.beforeB.afterC.sinceD.in[答案]C.[析]因为主句为完成时,所以应用since表示该动作的启始点。6-Whichwouldyoulikebetter,tea___milk?-Tea,please.A.butB.andC.orD.with[答案]C.[析]在疑问句与否定句中应用or来表示一种选择。7Welovespring___there'sbeautifulflowerseverywhere.A.thoughB.butC.orD.because[答案]D.[析]因为这里表示的是因果关系。8Pleaseleave___7∶00,thenyou'llbeabletoget___thereearlier.A.till,inB.from,/C.before,/D.behind,to[答案]C.[析]before为在7∶00之前离开。,9Theteacherdidn'tbeginthelesson___allthestudentsstoppedtalking.A.untilB.afterC.ifD.because[答案]A.[析]这句应译为"直到所有的学生都停止讲话老师才开始上课"。因begin为瞬间动词,所以应用否定句。10Bettydidn'tgotoseethefilmyesterday___shewasill.A.butB.untilC.ifD.because[答案]D.[析]这里是表示因果关系,所以应用because。因为她病了所以未去看电影。11Youmuststartrightnow,___you'llmissthetrain.A.forB.andC.soD.or[答案]D.[析]or译为"否则"。本句句意为:你必须马上走了,否则要赶不上火车了。12___heisachildofsix,hecanreadandwrite.A.WhoseB.IfC.ThoughD.Because[答案]C.[析]这种状语从句在英语中称为让步状语从句,应译为:虽然他才是个6岁的孩子,他却可以读书和写字。13Ilikefish,___chicken,___eggs.A.and,andB.and,withC./,andD.and,/[答案]C.[析]在有若干个名词或动词出现时,每一个词之间只用逗号连接,只在最后两个词之间加and。如:Theoldmanpassedthestreet,wentintoashopandboughtsomefood。14Takethisdictionarywithyou___youmayuseitinclass.A.whenB.inordertoC.butD.sothat[答案]D.[析]sothat应译为"为的是"。本句句义为:带上字典,为的是在上课时可能有用。而inorderto其后应接动词不定式,如:Takethisdictionarywithyouinordertouseitinclass。15Ihope___willbefinetomorrow.A.itB.whatC.whetherD.when[答案]A.,[析]hope后接的是宾语从句,而且宾语从句中少主语,应用it来代替天气。16___shewasnotwell,Idecidedtogowithouther.A.ThoughB.AsC.WhenD.Becauseof[答案]B.[析]as这里应译为"由于"。全句意为:由于她不舒服,我决定不带她去了。而becauseof其后不能接从句只能接宾语。如:Becauseoftheheavyrain,wedecidednottogo。17Myauntboughtme___manystorybooksthatIspentalotoftimethem.A.such…onB.such…inC.too…inDso…on[答案]D.[析]因many前只能用so来修饰,所以只能选择D选项。而spend…onsomething为在某事上花费时间或钱。如:Shespentalotofmoneyonherclothes。18Motherwascooking___she___aknockatthedoor.A.when,listentoB.while,listenedtoC.while,heardD.when,heard[答案]D.[析]when在这里应译为:就在那时,那一刻,那一瞬间。19Speakslowly,___wecanunderstandyou.A.andB.orC.ifD.because[答案]A.[析]and这里是并列连词,应译为:请讲慢些这样我们就会明白你的意思。20You'lllearnEnglishwell___youputyourheartintoit.A.ifB.soC.untilD.or[答案]A.[析]本句译为:如果你将心放在学习上,你就会将英语学好。这里的语法现象是从句中用一般现在时表示将来。21Iwon'tletyouin___youshowmeyourpass.A.untilB.forC.sinceD.because[答案]A.22Shedidn'tgotoschool___shewasill.A.whyB.becauseC.whereD.but[答案]B.,六、介词(一)知识概要介词在英语中用法很活,也无一定规律可循。在初中范围内还应学一个记住一个,特别是那些和动词的特殊搭配。这样长期下去不断学习自然会总结出一套自己的规律来。下面是一般的规律,可帮助学习时参考,千万不要作为定律去背诵,照搬。介词表示时间表示地点方位表示原因方式其他about大约在……时间aboutfiveo'clock在周围,大约多远aboutfivekilometres关于、涉及talkaboutyouabove高出某一平面abovesealevelacross横过walkacrossthestreet对面acrossthestreetafter在……之后aftersupper跟……后面oneafteranother追赶runafteryouagainst背靠逆风againstthewall,againstthewind反对beagainstyouamong三者以上的中间amongthetrees,at在某时刻atten在小地点attheschoolgate表示速度athighspeed向着,对着atmebefore在……之前beforelunch位于……之前sitbeforemebehind位于……之后behindthetreebelow低于……水平belowzero不合格belowthestandardby到……时刻,在……时刻之前byfiveo'clock紧挨着sitebysite乘坐交通工具byair,bybick被由wasmadebyusduring在……期间duringtheholidaysfor延续多长时间,forfiveyears向……去leaveforShanghai为了,对于begoodforyoufrom从某时到……某时frommorningtillnight来自何方fromNewYork由某原料制成bemadefrom来自何处whereareyoufromin在年、月、周较长时间内inaweek在里面intheroom用某种语言inEnglish穿着inredinto进入……里面walkinto除分divideinto变动turnintowaternear接近某时nearfiveyears在……附近neartheparkof用某种原料制成bemadeof属于……性质amapofU.S.Aon某日、某日的上下午onSundayafternoon在……上面onthedesk靠吃……为生liveonrice关于abookonPhysicsover渡过一整段时间workovernight在上方,overthedesk超过,高于overfivepairspast超过某一时刻tenpastfive经过某地walkpasttheparksince从某时以来since1980原因Sinceyouwereillthrough经过某一时期throughhislife通过、穿过某地throughtheforesttilluntil直到某时为止tillfiveo'clockto差多少时间fivetoten问,到,去往toShanghai面对面facetoface给予giveabooktomeunder在……下面underthedesk少于underten在……管制之下undertherulewith用某种工具withapen带着,具有withmewithout没有withoutair,(二)正误辨析[误]Wegottothetopofthemountainindaybreak.[正]Wegottothetopofthemountainatdaybreak.[析]at用于具体时刻之前,如:sunrise,midday,noon,sunset,midnight,night。[误]Don'tsleepatdaytime[正]Don'tsleepindaytime.[析]in要用于较长的一段时间之内,如:inthemorning/afternoon,或intheweek/month/year.或inspring/supper/autumn/winter等等。[误]WevisitedtheoldmaninSundayafternoon.[正]WevisitedtheoldmanonSundayafternoon.[析]inthemorning,intheafternoon如果在这两个短语中加入任何修饰词其前面的介词都要改为on,如:onacoldmorning,onthemorningofJuly14th[误]Hebecameawritterathistwenties[正]Hebecameawritterinhistwenties[析]这句话应译为:他在20多岁时就成了作家。在某人的一段生活时间段中要用介词in来表示,而在具体岁数时用at来表示。[误]HewenttoNewYorktofindajobinsixteenyearsold.[正]HewenttoNewYorktofindajobatsixteen.[析]在具体年岁前用at,如:attheageof12,atyourage,等等。[误]Wewenttoswimintheriverinaveryhotday.[正]Wewenttoswimintheriveronaveryhotday.[析]具体某一天要用介词on,又如:onNewYear'sDay[误]I'mlookingforwardtoseeingyouonChristmas.[正]I'mlookingforwardtoseeingyouatChristmas.[析]在节日的当天用on,而全部节日期间用at,Christmas是圣诞节期间,一般要有两周或更长的时间。[误]Ihaven'tseeyouduringthesummerholidays.[正]Ihaven'tseenyousincethebeginningofthesummerholidays.[析]during表示在某一段时间之内,所以一般不与完成时搭配,如:Ivisitedalotofmuseums,duringtheholiday.而for表示一段时间,可以用于完成时,如:Ihaven'tseeyouforalongtime.而through用来表示时间时则为"整整,全部的时间"。如:Itrainedthroughthenight.而since则是表达主句动作的起始时间,一般要与完成时连用。[误]Atenteringtheclassroom,Iheardthegoodnews.[正]Onenteringtheclassroom,Iheardthegoodnews.[析]On加动名词表示"一……就"。本句的译文应是:我一进入教室就听见这个好消息了。又如:onhearing…一听见,onarrival一到达就……(on表示动作的名词)[误]Inthebeginningofthebook,therearesomeinterestingstories.[正]Atthebeginningofthebook,therearesomeinterestingstories.[析]atthebegining与attheend都是指某事物的开始与结束部分,均不指时间范围,而inthebeginning则是指开始一段时间。intheend=atlast是指"最终,终于"之意。[误]Tilltheendofnextweek.Iwillhavefinishedthiswork.[正]Bytheendofnextweek.Iwillhavefinishedthiswork.[析]by引起的时间状语表示了动作的截止点,其意思为"不迟于某一时刻将工作做完",所以主句一般是完成时态。当然可以有将来时态,如:I'llbetherebyfiveo'clock.而till则表达其一动作一直持续到某一时刻,但句中的动词一定要用持续性动词,而瞬间的截止性动词应用其否定句式,如:Iwon'tfinishthisworktill(until)nextweekend.[误]HecametoLondonbeforelastweekend.[正]HehadcometoLondonbeforelastweekend.[正]HecametoLondontwoweeksago.[析]before一般要与完成时连用,而ago则与一般过去时连用。[误]IhavestudiedEnglishforthreeyearsginceIhadcomehere.[正]IhavestudiedEnglishforthreeyearssinceIcamehere.[析]since用来表达主句动作的开始时间,所以其引出的从句中应为过去时,而不能用完成时态[误]Icanhelpyourepairthisbike.Youwillgetitaftertwohours.[正]Icanhelpyourepairthisbike.Youwillgetitintwohours.[析]中文经常讲两小时之后来取,两天内会修好,而这个介词在英文中要用in而不要用after。其原因有二,①after多用于过去时,如:IarrivedinNewYork.Afterthreedays,Ifoundajobinthebank.②after加时间是表达一个不确定的时间范围,如:afterthreedays,,即三天之后的哪一天都可以。所以在许诺若干时间内会完成某事时,一定要用介词in。[误]Threedaysafterhedied.[正]Afterthreedayshedied.[正]Threedayslaterhedied.[析]after与later都可以用来表达一段时间之后,但它们所处的位置不同,after在时间词前,而later在时间词后。[误]Shehidherselfafterthetree.[正]Shehidherselfbehindthetree.[析]after多用来表达某动作之后,所以有的语法书中称它为动态介词,如:Irunafterhim.Afterfinishingmyhomework,Iwenttoseeafilm.而behind则多用于静态事物之后。[误]Thereisabeautifulbirdonthetree.[正]Thereisabeautifulbirdinthetree.[析]树上长出的果实,树叶要用on,而其他外来的人、物体均要用inthetree.[误]ShanghaiisontheeastofChina.[正]ShanghaiisintheeastofChina.[析]在表达地理位置时有3个介词:in,on,to。in表示在某范围之内;on表示与某地区接壤;to则表示不相接。如:JapanistotheeastofChina.[误]IarrivedatNewYorkonJuly2nd.[正]IarrivedinNewYorkonJuly2nd.[析]at用来表达较小的地方,而in用来表达较大的地方。at常用于attheschoolgate,athome,atabusstop,atthestation,atthecinema,atasmallvillage。[误]HelivedinNo.3BeijingRoad.[正]HelivedatNo.3BeijingRoad.[析]在门牌号码前要用at,并要注意它的惯用法:attheendofthestreet,atthefootofthemountain,atthetopofthepage。[误]ThereisacolourTVsetatthecornerofthehall.[正]ThereisacolourTVsetinthecornerofthehall.[析]在屋内的角落应用in,而墙的外角用at,如:Thereisatreeatthecornerofthestreet.[误]ThisweekendI'llstayinUncleWang's.[正]ThisweekendI'llstayatUncleWang's.,[析]要注意英文的特殊表达法,如:atatailor'sshop(裁缝店)=atatailor's,atthedoctor's(去看病)atthebookseller's(在书店)atuncleWang's(在王叔叔家)[误]Doyouknowthereissomegoodnewsontoday'snewspaper?[正]Doyouknowthereissomegoodnewsintoday'snewspaper?[析]在报纸上的新闻要用in,而在具体某一版上,或某一页上则要用on。[误]TheschoolwillbeginonSeptember1st.[正]SchoolwillbeginonSeptember1st.[析]这里的school应看作不可数名词泛指学校的课程,即开学之意。要注意,有些活动场所当表达正在从事该种活动时不要加冠词,如:attable(吃饭),WhenIcametoTom'shome,theywereattable.还有:atdesk(学习),atwork(工作)atschool(上学),inhospital(住医院)atchurch作礼拜如加上定冠词则另有他意,如:attheschool即在学校工作或办事,inthehospital即在医院工作或去看望病人。[误]Inmywaytothestation,Iboughtanewspapertokilltime.[正]Onmywaytothestation,Iboughtanewspapertokilltime.[析]译文为:在去车站的路上我买了份报纸,为的是消磨时光"在……的路上"应用onone'sway…。而intheway有挡道之意,如:Pleasemovethechairitisintheway。[误]Look,thedoorisopen,Maybesomeonebrokeinto.[正]Look,thedoorisopen,Maybesomeonebrokein.[正]Look,thedoorisopen,Maybesomeonebrokeintotheoffice.[析]in是表达一个静止状态,在与break连用时其后不加介词宾语,而into则是动态介词,与break连用时要加介词宾语。[误]I'llleaveBeijingtoShanghaitomorrow.[正]I'llleaveBeijingforShanghai.[正]I'llleaveforShanghai.[析]leavefor是离开某地去某处的固定搭配,不可将for改为别的介词。这样的搭配还有:startfor动身前往某处,setoutfor,sailfor。[误]I'msorry.Ihavetogetoutthebusatnextstop.[正]I'msorry.Ihavetogetoutofthebusatnextstop.[析]getin,与getout是两个相反的词组。getin为上车,而getout为下车,但语法家认为这里的in与out为副词,所以其后不能接名词,我们可以讲We'dbettergetin.或We'dbetterget,out.还有一组词组有关上下车:geton/off(atrain,aship,astruck)getinto/outof(acar,taxi…)[误]BecarefulThetemperatureofthewaterisninetydegreesoverzero.[正]Becareful.Thetemperatureofthewaterisninetydegreesabovezero.[析]over与above在作为比某物高的意思时有时可以互换。但在垂直方向上的高矮时,即正上方时则要用above.而泛指上方时用over.[误]Thereisanoldstonebridgeabovetheriver.[正]Thereisanoldstonebridgeovertheriver.[析]over还有一意为"跨越,横跨"。[误]TheDeadSeaisunderthesealevel.[正]TheDeadSeaisbelowthesealevel.[析]在垂直下方要用below.也就是讲above与below互为反意词,over与under也是反意词。[误]Thereisabigtreeinthefrontofthehouse.[正]Thereisabigtreeinfrontofthehouse.[析]infrontof是在物体外部的前面,而inthefrontof是在物体内部的前面,如:Thedriversitsinthefrontofthebus.[误]Ittookthemtwodaystowalkacrosstheforest.[正]Ittookthemtwodaystowalkthroughtheforest.[析]across作为介词有两个主要意思:①横过,如:Iwanttowalkacrossthestreet.②对面,如:Thereisapostofficeacrossthestreet,而through多用于三维空间中的穿越。across则多用于平面上的横过。如:Thelittlegirlranacrosstheroomtomeethermother.[误]Thesunsetstowardthewest.[正]Thesunsetsinthewest.[析]towards也可用作toward,它主要表达朝向某方向运动,但不一定到达,如:Herantoward(s)themountain.而在表示方位east,west,north,south时,其前面要用in。要注意的是这4个词可以用作副词,如:Iwentsouth.也可用作名词,如:Iwenttothesouth.也可用作形容词,如:IwenttothesouthpartofChina.[误]Doyouhavenootherclothesexceptthose?[正]Doyouhavenootherclothesbesidesthose?,[析]beside是"在……旁边",如:Thestudentsstoodbesidetheirteachers.而besides是"除……之外,不仅……而且……,除了……以外还有……",如:IstudiedEnglishbesidesFrench,whenIwasincollege.而except则是从同一类物体中去掉某一部分,如:IcomehereeverydayexceptSunday.而exceptfor是指去掉不同种类的事物,如:Theroomiscleanexceptfortwochairs.而exceptthat则要加从句。[误]CanIwritetheexampaperwithink?[正]CanIwritetheexampaperwithapen?[正]CanIwritetheexampaperinink?[析]with后要加拿得起来放得下的工具,而墨水、颜料等原料则要用in。[误]I'mearliertoday.Icameherebyhiscar.[正]I'mearliertoday.Icamehereinhiscar.[析]在交通工具前加介词by,但不能再有任何指示代词或冠词,否则要改换相应的介词。bytaxi=inataxibytrain=inatrainbybicycle=onabicyclebyship=onashipbyboat=inaboatbybus=onabusbyplane=onaplanebyair空运byland陆运bysea海运onfootonhorsebackbyphonebyletterbyradiobyairmailbyhand[误]AlotofFrenchwinesaremadeofgrape.[正]AlotofFrenchwinesaremadefromgrape.[析]madeof是指由原材料到成品过程中原材料未发生质地的变化,而发生了某种变化则要用from,如:Thedeskwasmadeofhardwood.[误]ThisisagooddictionaryinEnglishgrammar.[正]ThisisagooddictionaryonEnglishgrammar.,[析]关于某方面的书籍、报告等有两个介词,其中on表示某专业用书,about则为某方面的普通读物,如:Thisisabookaboutphysics.即物理科普知识。[误]Doyouhavethekeyofthedoor.[正]Doyouhavethekeytothedoor.[析]keytothedoor门的钥匙。相同用法还有answertothequestion,entrancetothehighway,dangertohealth.千万不要用of。[误]TodayalotofChinesepeoplehaveinterestofcollectingstamps.[正]TodayalotofChinesepeoplehaveinterestincollectingstamps.[析]haveinterestin是在某方面有兴趣。[误]Ididn'tdomyhomework,sotheteacherwasangrytome.[正]Ididn'tdomyhomework,sotheteacherwasangrywithme.[析]beangrywith其后接人,而beangryat其后接事。如:Hewasangryatwhatshesaid.[误]Hewasgoodforskating.[正]Hewasgoodatskating.[析]begoodat为"擅长某事",而begoodforsomebody为对某人很好。[误]Itwasgoodtoyoutohelpmylittleboy.[正]Itwasgoodofyoutohelpmylittleboy.[析]这句话应译为:你真太好了,帮助了我的小孩。而begoodtosomebody是对某人态度好。如:Hermotherisgoodtoeveryone.[误]Myparentswereverypleasedatme.[正]Myparentswereverypleasedwithme.[正]Myparentswereverypleasedatmystudying.[析]bepleasedwith后加somebody,而bepleasedat后加something。[误]Heisagreewithme.[正]Heagreeswithme.[误]Heagainstsme.[正]Heisagainstme.[析]同意agree为动词,而反对against则为介词。在使用中一定要注意。[误]Ihaven'theardlettersfromhim.[正]Ihaven'theardfromhim.,[析]hearfrom即为:从某人处得到信件。不要再加letter了。[误]Teacher.MayIcallatyouthisweekend?[正]Teacher.MayIcallonyouthisweekend?[析]作为"拜访"讲callat其后接地点,如:MayIcallatyourhomethisweekend?而callon其后接人。[误]Doyouknowthegirlonwhite?[正]Doyouknowthegirlinwhite?[析]inwhite为穿一身白。与in有关的词组有:inbed(睡觉),inhospital(住院),inahurry(匆匆忙忙),indanger(危险中),injoy(高兴),ingoodhealth(身体好),inlove(恋爱),introuble(困境),与之相反的是outof,如:outoftrouble(摆脱困境),outofdate(过时了),outoforder(出故障)[误]Helookedatmeatsurprise.[正]Helookedatmeinsurprise.[析]surprise的用法一般有三种。①用于句首,Toone'ssurprise,如:Tomysurprisehesucceeded.②besurprisedat,如:Iwassurprisedatthenews.③用于句尾insurprise.[误]Shedidn'tcometoschoolbecauseofshewasill.[正]Shedidn'tcometoschoolbecauseshewasill.[析]becauseof后接名词,如:Thegamewasputoffbecauseoftherain.(三)例题解析1-Thankyou___thebeautifulflowers!-Notatall.AinBonCatDfor[答案]D.[析]由于某事向某人道谢应用for。2Canyouanswerthisquestion___English?AbyBinCwithDfrom[答案]B.[析]in表示用语言、声音、或材料,如:Heansweredthequestioninalowvoice.3Look___themap___China___thewall,please.Aafter,of,inBat,of,inCafter,in,onDat,of,on,[答案]D.[析]lookat为"看",而onthewall为"在墙表面挂着",而inthewall则是"在墙内",如:Thereisholeinthewall.墙上有个洞。4-WhendidMrGreenarriveinLondon?-Hearrivedthere___theeveningofDecember6th.AatBinConDto[答案]C.[析]intheevening/afternoon这两个词组不论是在其前或后加上任何修饰词都应将介词换为on,如:onacoldmorning,onaspringmorning等。5Wewontherelayrace.Andtherewasabigsmile___ourteacher'sface.AoffBnearConDbetween[答案]C.6Thetwinsgotonwell___theirclassmates.AtoBinCwithDabout[答案]C.[析]getonwellwith与人相处很好。7-Pleaseremembertocometomybirthdayparty.-Isee.I'llcome___Saturdayevening.AinBatConDfor[答案]C.8 Let'shurry,orwe'llbelate___schoolA toB atC withD for[答案]D.[析]belatefor,而comelateto,如:Don'tcomelatetoschool9 Theywillhaveamathstest___twodaysA forB atC inD after[答案]C.[析]三天之内应用in,而不要受中文影响用after,afterthreedays是个不定的时间范围,即没有一个准确的时间。5天、6天、10天全是afterthreedays。10 Mybrotherjoinedthearmy___A 1989,MarchB inMarch,1989,C March,1989D 1989,inMarch[答案]B.[析]在月份、年、前用介词in,而日子前用on。11 Hecouldn'tworkoutthemathsproblem___yourhelpA withoutB underC forD with[答案]A.[析]在某人帮助下应用with,如:WiththehelpoftheteacherIpassedtheexameasily 而要是没有你的帮助则用withoutyourhelp12 Grannytookonelookatus___herglassesA byB throughC onD in答案]B.[析]through为穿过……。13 Wehadourbreakfast___aquarter___sevenA /,toB in,toC at,toD on,to[答案]C.[析]具体时间点前用at,而差几分几点用to,这里应译为:我在差一刻七点吃的早饭。14 IlearnFrench___theradioeverydayA onB inC fromD at[答案]A.[析]从收音机中听到某事应用词组ontheradio。15 It'sgoodmannerstowait___lineA inB onC atD with[答案]A.[析]inline为排队。16 HowmanyEnglishwordshadyoulearnt___lastterm?AbytheendofBattheendofCtotheendofDtilltheendof[答案]A.[析]bytheendof为动作的截止时间,与完成时态相配合17 Themanagerwasverysatisfied___hisworkA inB onC aboutD with,[答案]D.[析]besatisfiedwith为固定搭配。18 JohnhitJack___faceA ontheB intheC onhisD inhis[答案]B.[析]英文中的某些动词其后要接人,然后加介词+the+身体部位,如:Hecaughttheboybythearm。19 Iwasborn___thenight___September15,1978A in,onB at,onC at,inD on,of[答案]D.[析]在时间前加介词时应以最小的时间单位为准。20 It'sabadmannertolaugh___peoplewhentheyare___troubleA over,inB at,inC in,atD at,for[答案]B.[析]laughat嘲笑某人,laughover笑着谈论某人或某事,introuble陷入困境。21 Ican'tdothisworkwell___Tom'shelpA underB forC withoutD from[答案]C.22 Don'tshout___theoldwoman。 Youshouldbemorepolite___herA to,atB at,toC in,forD from,for[答案]B.[析]shoutat为"冲某人喊叫",而bepolitetosomebody为"对某人和气。"23 Wemustbestrict___ourselves___everythingA with,inB in,withC with,toD to,of[答案]A.[析]bestrictwith对某人严格要求。24 Hewenttothefootballmatch___lunchlastSundayA toB withoutC behindD between[答案]B.[析]withoutlunch未吃午饭。25 Thepeople'sRepublicofChinawasfounded___1949A withB onC sinceD in[答案]D.[析]在年代前用in。因句子是过去时而不是完成时,所以不能用since。,26 MrBlackgottoHangzhou___afewdaysA inB afterC onD at[答案]B.[析]这句话应译为:几天之后Mr Black到达了杭州。而不是在几天之内一定要做完某事,所以选B。27 -Hastheteachergivenyouanyadvice___yourEnglishstudy?-Yes,hehasA fromB withC onD in[答案]C.[析]给予某一方面问题的忠告其介词用on。28 Youmaydepend___him Heis___honestmanA on,aB in,anC on,anD at,the[答案]C.[析]dependon为"依靠某人或某事",而honest的首字母h不发音。29 ___myjoy,IcananswerthisquestionA WithB ToC ByD For[答案]B.[析]Toone'sjoy意为"使我高兴的是。"30 Theteacheraskedthestudentstolook___thewordinthedictionaryA forB atC upD after[答案]C.[析]lookfor寻找,lookat看,lookafter照顾,lookup查字典。31 Alittlemonkeyisplaying___atreeandtherearealotofbananas___itA on,onB in,onC on,inD in,in[答案]B.[析]树上长出的果实为onthetree 而其他外来之物要用inthetree,表达在树上。32Igotoschool___buseverymorning.A.inB.byC.onD.at[答案]B.[析]by后直接加交通工具,表示乘某种交通工具去某地。33Noonelikesaperson___badmanners.,A.withoutB.onC.outofD.with[答案]D.[析]withbadmanners有不良习惯的人。34Thepolicemanwassurprised___thenews.A.intoB.forC.atD.outof[答案]C.[析]besurprisedat对某事吃惊。35Hehadtosellnewspapers___seven.A.atanageofB.attheagesofC.attheageofD.atageof[答案]C.[析]attheageof在几岁时。36Thelittlegirlcouldn'thelp___whenshesawalargedog.A.criedB.tocryC.cryingD.cries[答案]C.[析]couldn'thelp+动名词表示情不自禁地去做某事,或禁不住做某事。37Jackwasborn___March1st,1978.A.onB.inC.atD.of[答案]A.[析]日期,时间前的介词按其表达语中的最小单位计算。38Edisonwasveryinterested___sciencewhenhewasaboy.A.toB.onC.inD.about[答案]C.[析]beinterestedinsomething对某事感兴趣。39Theteacherwasverysatisfied___heranswer.A.inB.onC.forD.with[答案]D.40Thestoryhappened___Beijing.A.inB.withC.forD.on[答案]A.七、数词(一)知识概要数词用来表示人或物的数目多少和顺序。所以数词主要有两种:基数词,用于计数,如:one,two…而序数词用于表示位置先后或次序,台:firstsecond…其构成法如下:阿拉伯数字基数词序数词简写序数词,1onefirst1st2twosecond2nd3threethird3rd4fourfourth4th5fivefifth5th6sixsixth6th7sevenseventh7th8eighteighth8th9nineninth9th10tententh10th11eleveneleventh11th12twelvetwelfth12th13thirteenthirteenth13th14fourteenfourteenth14th15fifteenfifteenth15th16sixteensixteenth16th17seventeenseventeenth17th18eighteeneighteenth18yh19nineteennineteenth19th20twentytwentieth20th21twenty-onetwenty-first21st30thirtythirtieth30th40fortyfortieth40th50fiftyfiftieth50th60sixtysixtieth60th70seventyseventieth70th80eightyeightieth80th90ninetyninetieth90th100a(one)hundredhundredth100th104onehundredandfourhundredandfourth104th1000a(one)thounsandthounsandth1000th10000tenthounsandtenthounsandth10000th1000000onemillionmillionth1000000th,基数词与序数词都有一定的构成方法,但都有特殊例外的几个字,所以除了要学会一般构成法之外,还要特别记熟一些例外。因它们在考试中出现的频率很高。1基数词构成结构21~99的两位数字,在10位和个位之间加连字符构成,如89-eighty-nine.101~999的三位数字,由hundred加and再加二位数或未位数字,如:101-onehundredandone,223-twohundredandtwenty-three.四位以上数字,应从个位起向前数三位加逗号,读作thousand,再数三位加第二个逗号,读作million,再数三位加逗号,读作billion,其读法如下:1001-onethousandandone5386-fivethousand,threehundredandeighty-six要注意的是hundred,thousand,million与billion的用法。①前面有别的基数词时,即若干个百、千、百万、十亿时,其本身都不要加s,如:threehundredstudents。②若表示成百,成千或数百,数千时,前面不能有基数词,但其本身要用复数形式,然后+of+名词复数。如:thousandsandthousandsof。(成千上万)2序数词的构成法序数词除first,second,third以外,其余一般在词尾加th构成,除一般略有差异的各别数词外,很容易掌握。其二位数或多位数只将后面的个位数字改为序数词,其前面各位数字均不改变,都用基数词。3其他数字表示法小数的小数点读作point,零读作o[u]或zero,小数点后面的数字按个位基数词依次读出。分数分子用基数词,分母用序数词,当分子大于1时,分数要在序数词上加s,但1/2用onehalf,14用aquarter.13读作onethird而23读作twothirds。百分数(%),读作percent(percent),但不论是多少均用作单数形式不能加s。表示日期有两种说法和四种写法,如:2月1号英语表达法为:thefirstofFebruary而美语为February(the)first,但其书写上可有四种写法① February1②February1st③1stFebruary④1/2。倍数的讲法有所不同。两倍用twice,而三倍以上用序数词加times,如:HehasthreetimesasmanybooksasIhave.(二)正误辨析[误]1107shouldbereadasathousandahundredasseven.[正]1107shouldbereadasonethousandonehundredandseven.[析]在读数字时,如:and前只有百或千时,用onehundred/onethousand还是ahundred/athousand全是可以的。但如果文有百又有千时,则只能用one不要用a。如果没有and时,如:1100也只能读作onethousandonehundred或elevenhundred.,[误]Idroveabouthalfmile.[正]Idroveabouthalfamile.[析]半小时为halfanhour,半天为halfaday,半镑为halfapound,尽量避免用halfayear,halfamonth,要用sixmonths,twoweeks或fifteendays要注意的是HalfoftheworkisdoneHalfofthebooksaresold.当Half作名词时,其谓语动词要看of后面的名词而定。如名词是不可数名词则用单数谓语动词,如是复数名词时,则要用复数谓语动词。要注意的是一个半的表达法,如:Oneandahalfapplesisleftonthetable.其名词要用复数,但谓语动词则要用单数。[误]60studentsareplayingontheground.[正]Sixtystudentsareplayingontheground.[析]在句首的数字要用文字而不要用阿拉伯数字,如数字过大则应放于句中,用阿拉伯数字。如:Thereare166studentsplayingontheground.[误]Hebecamefamousaroundfiftyyearsold.[正]Hebecamefamousinhisfifties.[析]inhisfifties50多岁时,而inthefiflies在50年代。[误]Thereareabouttwothousandsworkersinourfactory.[正]Thereareabouttwothousandworkersinourfactory[析]几千,几百的表达法是基数词加thousand或加hundred,而且均不要加s。这样的单位还有dozen(打),score(20年)等。[误]Inthemorningtherearehundredofoldpeoplewalkinginthepark.[正]Inthemorningtherearehundredsofoldpeoplewalkinginthepark.[析]当表达数百,数千时,要用hundredsof和thousandsof这一结构。[误]Theclassbeginsateighta.m.[正]Theclassbeginsat8a.m.[析]与符号或与缩写的字母连用时一定要用数字,如:43%,67,No.2…[误]Twofifthofthebooksaresoldout.[正]Twofifthsofthebooksaresoldout.[析]分数表示法,分子用基数词,分母用序数词,但分子大于1时,分母要在序数词后加s。[误]TomwasbornonJulyeighteen.,[正]TomwasbornonJulyeighteenth.[析]月日的表达法有美语和英语两种。美语July18读作Julyeighteenth英语July18th读作Julytheeighteenth[误]I'llgotoschoolat7∶30a.m.inthemorning.[正]I'llgotoschoolat7∶30a.m/at7∶30inthemorning.[析]a.m即表达在早上之意,不要再用inthemorning.[误]Thefilmwillbeginatthreequarterspastone.[正]Thefilmwillbeginatonequartertotwo.[析]大于30分钟时不要使用past,而要用差多少不到几点的to来表达。[误]Threetimethreeisnine.[正]Threetimesthreeisnine.[析]times此处作为"乘"讲一定要加s。英语中乘除法表达式如下:算法种类例句加法一般Fiveandsixiseleven.正式Fiveplussixis(equals)eleven.减法一般Eighttakeawayfourleaves(is)four.FourfromEightleaves(is)four.正式Eightminusfourequals(is)four.乘法一般Threefoursaretwelve3×4=12正式Threetimesfourequals(is)twelve.一般Twointofouristwo.正式Fourdividedbytwoequalstwo.(三)例题解析1-Howmanystudentsarethereinyourschool,Mike?-Thereareover___studentsinourschool.A.twothousandsB.twothousandsofC.twothousandD.twothousandof[答案]C.[析]有基数词在前面时thousand,hundred等词不能加s,也不能加of结构,只有在thousandsof时才可以使用。,2Johnliveson___floor.Hedoesn'tusealifttogoupanddown.A.nineB.theninthC.ninthD.aninth[答案]B.[析]序数词前加定冠词,nine与ninth的拼写上有一个e字母相差别。3WuDongwonthegirls'___raceintheschoolsportsmeetinglastweek.A.100metresB.100metresC.100metreD.100metre[答案]D.[析]数词、名词、形容词等词用连字符连接成的形容词中,名词都不要加s,如:Ihavetowriteatwothousandwordreport.而且由连字符组成的形容词只能放于名词前,不能放于名词后,作后置定语,或用在be动词后作表语。4Thereare___studentsinourschool.A.fourhundredtwentyB.fourhundredandtwentyC.fourhundredstwentyD.fourhundredsandtwenty[答案]B.5-Howmanydaysarethereinayear?-Thereare___.A.threehundredsandsixtyfiveB.threehundredssixtyfiveC.threehundredandsixtyfiveD.threehundredsixtyfive[答案]C.6Wehavelearnedabout___Englishwords.A.ninehundredsB.ninehundredC.ninehundredofD.ninehundredsof[答案]B.7Autumnis___seasonoftheyear.A.thirdB.thethreeC.thirdsD.thethird[答案]D.8Theyarelearning___now.A.LessonEightB.theeightlessonC.LessonEiththD.Eighthlesson,[答案]A.[析]第几课,第几个门……,在英语中有两种说法,①LessonTwo,GateTwo但要注意每一单词的首字母要大写。②thesecondlesson,thesecondgate首字母不要大写,并要注意有些缩写的读法。如:p.8-第8页(pageeight)$8.50-8.5美元(fivedollarsandfifty)电话号码66164532-(six,six,one,six,fourfive,three,two)9Theboywassohungrythatheate___.A.threebowlsofricesB.threebowlofriceC.threebowlofricesD.threebowlsofrice[答案]D.[析]rice是不可数物质名词,而bowl是可数名词。10Thereare___monthsinayear.A.twelveB.twelfC.twelvethD.twelfth[答案]A.八、动词(一)知识概要动词在语言中是必不可少的一部分。它的语法现象也较多,但在初中范围主要有以下几方面问题。①时态:初中范围主要有一般现在时,一般过去时,现在完成时,过去完成时,将来时与过去将来时六种时态。②语态:主动语态与被动语态。③助动词和情态动词。④非谓语动词,也就是不定式,动名词及现在分词的用法。时态主要掌握以下几种时态的应用要点和习惯用法。1一般现在时:主要有以下三方面,①用来表示状态,特征或不受时间限制的客观存在和真理。如:Matterexistsinthreestates物质有三态。又如:Theearthmovesaroundthesun②,表示习惯性和经常发生的动作,如:Ioftengotobedat9∶30③在时间、条件等状语从句中表示将来要发生的动作,如:AssoonasIgetthereI'lltelephoneyou.2一般过去时:① 主要用于表达过去时间内发生的动作或存在的状态,如:Iwasilllastweek②过去经常发生的动作或习惯性动作,如:Iusedtogetupatsix.3一般将来时:用于表示将要发生的动作,其构成方式①用will(shall)+动词原形来表达将来在某一时间内要发生,或经常、将要发生的动作或状态,如:SchoolwillbeginonSepember1st②用begoingto+动词原形,用来表示不久将要发生或打算去作的动作。如:I'mgoingtoswimthisafternoon③be+现在分词,也就是用某些动词的现在进行时表示将来,如:I'mcoming。这些动词只限于:go,come,leave,start,move,sail,arrive,reach,getto等动词。④在状语从句中用一般现在时表示将来。4现在进行时:用于表示现在正在进行的动作,如:Whatareyoudoingnow?要注意的是表示状态,情感的某些词没有现在进行时,这些动词有:like,have(有),love,know,understand,remember,forget,see,hear,smell,taste,feel,wishhope,expect…5过去将来时:用来表达从过去某时间点上看将要发生的动作,如:Hetoldmehewouldcometomyparty6现在完成时与过去完成时:现在完成时的两个用处是:① 用来表达在过去开始的动作持续到现在,如:I'vestudiedEnglishfortwoyears②用来表达过去发生的事但它影响到现在,如:Ihaven'thadmybreakfast.soI'mhungrynow现在完成时与过去完成时的区别在于动作的截止时间,现在完成时所表达的动作截止于现在,而过去完成时所表达的动作截止于过去。如:Ihaven'tseenmyoldteacherforalongtime我好久未见到我过去的老师了。是指到目前截止。如果加上一句话,则将变为过去完成时,如:YesterdayIsawmyoldteacher.Ihadn'tseenhimforalongtime.因为我好久未见他这一情况截止于昨天。还要注意的一个问题是截止性动词可以有完成时,但不能与表示一段时间的状语连用,如:WhenIgottoschool,theclasshadbegun如果一定要讲开始几分钟了则要换用表示状态,或延续性动词,如:WhenIgottoschool,theclasshadbeenonforfiveminutes语态:英语中只有主动语态与被动语态之分。主动语态,句子中的主语是动作的执行者,如:Ibrokethewindow而被动语态句子中的主语是主动语态句子中的宾语,如:Thewindowwasbrokenbyme被动语态主要用于,动作的执行者不明确,或没有必要说出来,如:TheNewbuildingwasbuiltlastweek关键要注意的是在主动语态中有省略不定式符号to的动词,在被动语态要还原,如:主动语态Isawhimcomein.被动语态Hewasseentocomein.,助动词和情态动词:助动词本身没有词义,它只不过与实义动词一起构成谓语动词,形成了时态、语态、构成了疑问句,否定句,以及用来加强语气。而情态动词则表达一种可能、必要、允许、愿望、猜测……的意图、倾向。也用来表示语气的委婉和祝愿。初中阶段主要有:can,could,may,might,will,would,must(haveto),shall,should。最后要谈论的是非谓语动词,非谓语动词分为不定式,和动词的ing形式,(即现在分词和动名词)。虽然在初中范围,这一项不是语法重点,但还是要花一定时间去学习,为的是打下良好的基础。为进一步学习提供良好的条件。不定式在句中可以作主语、宾语、表语。如:Toseeistobelieve.(百闻不如一见)Hewanttoseeafilm还可以作补足语,如:Hewantsmetoleave.也可以作状语,如:IcomeheretolearnEnglish.动名词也可以起到上述作用,如:Seeingisbelieving.Ilikeswimmingverymuch.而现在分词多用于作定语、补足语、状语,如:Thegirldrivingacarishersister.(定语)Didyounoticehishandshaking?(宾语补足语)Hearingthenoise,westoppedtalking.(状语)(二)正误辨析[误]Shelaiddownandsoonfellasleep.[正]Shelaydownandsoonfellasleep.[析]考试中常出现的是易混动词lay放,lie躺,lie说谎。它们的过去时、过去分词和现在分词变化如下:lay(放)laid,laid,laying(及物动词)lie(躺)lay,lain,lying(不及物动词)lie(说谎)lied,lied,lying[误]Pleaseriseyourhand.[正]Pleaseraiseyourhand.[析]rise是不及物动词,其后不能接宾语,如:Thesunrisesintheeast.而raise是及物动词。[误]Iliketoswimverymuch,butIdon'tlikeswimmingthisafternoon.[正]Ilikeswimmingverymuch,butIdon'tliketoswimthisafternoon.[析]like作为"喜欢"讲时,可以接动名词也可以接不定式,但接动名词时多表达一种习惯性动作。而接不定式则侧重于表达一次性、特殊性的动作。但要注意的是like与would连用时则一定要接不定式,如:Wouldyouliketogowithme?再有一点要注意的是,like作为介词"像"讲时,只能用分词作其宾语。[误]Stop!Didyoulistentoastrangevoice?,[正]Stop!Didyouhearastrangevoice?[析]hear的侧重点是听到、听见什么,而listento的侧重点为听的倾向,如:listen!Doyouhearsomeonecallinghelp?这样的词还有look与see。它们的侧重点也不同,look重于"看"的倾向,而see重于看见没看见。[误]Didyouwatchsomefilmrecently?[正]Didyouseesomefilmrecently?[析]英语中see与watch各有不同的用处,see用于看电影、剧目,而watch用作看电视和看球赛。[误]Look.Abeautifullamphangedfromtheceiling.[正]Look.Abeautifullamphungfromtheceiling.[析]hang有两个含义,①"挂",它的过去时与过去分词是hung,hung;②"绞刑",这时它是规则动词,其过去式与过去分词则为hanged,hanged。[误]HowlongcanIborrowthisbook?[正]HowlongcanIkeepthisbook?[析]"借"在英文中有三个词,①借入,即borrow,如:MayIborrowsomebooksfromthelibrary?②借出,如:Icanlendmybiketoyou.③借多久要用keep,因为borrow与lend都是截止性动词,而keep是延续性动词。如HowlongcanIkeepit?[误]Wehavewonyourclass.[正]Wehavebeatenyourclass.[析]win是及物动词,其后面的宾语应是比赛、战争、奖品、奖金。而beat的宾语,应是人、队、班级等等,如:Wewonthegame.[误]Ileftmykey.[正]Iforgotmykey.[正]Ileftmykeyathome.[析]leave是"丢下",其后一定要接地点状语,而forget其后不要接地点状语。[误]Oh!It'srainingoutside.Pleasebringtheraincoatwithyou.[正]Oh!It'srainingoutside.Pleasetakethisraincoatwithyou.[析]bring为"带来"如:Nexttimebringyourlittlesisterhere.而take为"带走",fetch为"去某处取什么回来",如:Pleasefetchsomecoffeeforus要熟记的是在初中课文中与take有关的词组,如:takeaway拿走takeback收回takedown取下takeoff脱下take…out拿出,takeplace发生takeholdof拿住takepartin参加takeaseat坐下takeone'splace替代takealook看看takeone'sturn轮流takeamessage捎信takecareof照看takeiteasy别着急takeone'stime慢慢来takeone'stemperature测量体温[误]Thepolicemanreachedhisgun.[正]Thepolicemanreachedforhisgun.[析]reach作"到达"讲时是及物动词,如:Ireachedthehotelat8∶30但作"伸手去拿",则要用reachforsomething。作为"到达"讲时还有arrive(in+大地方)(at+较小的地方)和getto.要注意的是与get有关的词组有:getback回来getin收割getinto进入getoff下车geton上车getout出去getup起床getto到达getreadyfor=bereadyforgetonwellwith与人相处融洽get加比较级为变得如何,例如:getcolderandcolder.[误]Thisdictionaryspentmefivedollars.[正]Thisdictionarycostmefivedollars.[析]英文中的"花费"有4个spend,cost,take和pay,其中spend与pay所在句中的主语应为人,如:Ispenttwohoursindoingmyhomework.Ipaidfivedallarsforthebook.而cost与take的主语则是事物,如:Ittakesmetwoyearstofinishthisbook.[误]InsummerIalwayssleepwiththewindowsopened.[正]InsummerIalwayssleepwiththewindowsopen.[正]Ialwayssleepwiththewindowsclosed.[析]要注意open是动词也是形容词,而close则要用其过去分词作形容词。[误]Pleasewaitaminute.I'mhavingonmyclothes.[正]Pleasewaitaminute.I'mputtingonmyclothes.[析]英语中的穿衣服要分状态,是什么样的穿着打扮,还是穿衣服的动作两类动词。表示穿着状态的词有haveon,wear,在用法上haveon不宜用进行时态,它多用一般时态,如:Shehasonanewschooldress.而wear则多用进行时来表示状态,如:Sheiswearinganewsweater.在表示动作的词中puton是常用的一词。dress用作动词当"穿衣"讲时其后宾语不应接衣物,而要接人,如:Mychildrenwereveryyoungtheycouldn'tdressthemselves.在表示穿着状态时用其过去分词当形容词,如:Heisdressedinwhite.[误]Mycomputercan'tbegin.Couldyoufindsomeonetohelpme?[正]Mycomputercan'tstart.Couldyoufindsomeonetohelpme?[析]begin与start均可指"开始",而且常常可以互换,如:Schoolbegins(starts)at8a.,m.但是在两种情况下不宜用begin而要用start,①当作机器开动、发动讲,如:Mycarcan'tstart.Theremustbesomethingwrongwithit.②作为"旅途开始"讲,如:Weshouldhavetostartearly.Therewasalotoftrafficontheroad.[误]I'mverygladbecauseIhavefoundedmylostkey.[正]I'mverygladbecauseIhavefoundmylostkey.[析]find是不规则动词,它的过去式和过去分词是found,found,而found又是另外一词"建立",它是规则动词,其过去式与过去分词是foundedfounded,如:ThePeople'sRepublicofChinawasfoundedin1949.[误]Please.Let'sspeakinEnglish.[正]Please.Let'sspeakEnglish.[正]Please.Let'stalkinEnglish.[误]CanyouspeakitEnglish?[正]CanyousayitinEnglish?[析]英文中"说"有4个常用词say,tell,speak,talk.其中不及物动词有speak和talk,如:Iwanttotalkwithyou.Wearetalkingaboutthenewfilm.而speak其后接语言时是及物动词,其他情况是不及物动词。say与tell是及物动词,其中tell常用双宾语,如:Tellusastory.但用于讲实话或谎话时也用单宾语。如:Tellthetruth.[误]CanyousayJapanesefromChinese?[正]CanyoutellJapanesefromChinese?[析]tell…from为固定词组,即分辨两者的不同。[误]Excuseme,didIsteponyourfoot?[正]Oh,sorry,didIsteponyourfoot?[析]excuseme用于未打扰对方前,以提醒对方注意的用语,而sorry则是由于自己已做的事向对方道歉。[误]Wouldyoucarefortoswimwithus?[正]Wouldyoucaretoswimwithus?[析]carefor后接不定式时,要省略for,或换用名词,如:Wouldyoucareforacupoftea.carefor作"照顾"讲时与lookafter相同。在初中阶段学习与for有关的词组有:askfor请求callfor接人,请人carefor关心goinfor从事answerfor负责lookfor寻找,waitfor等待sendfor请人payfor付款searchfor寻找leavefor去某地preparefor准备thanksomebodyforsomething为某事向某人道谢。[误]Areyouunderstandingit?Yes,Igottoit.[正]Doyouunderstandit?Yes,Igotit.[析]understand这一词没有进行时态,如同感观动词love、hate…Igotit是美语,即Iunderstoodit。要记住get作为"到达"讲时是不及物动词,如:I'llgettotheschoolat8a.m.初中范围常用与to有关的动词词组如下:belongto属于cometo苏醒pointto(at)指着getto到达referto谈到stickto坚持leadto导致turnto翻到lookforwardto期望agreeto同意[误]Themeathasgonebadly.[正]Themeathasgonebad.[析]英语中go,get,become,turn作为转变时,其后接形容词,这时这些动词应被看作系动词。[误]Theteachersaidtheearthmovedaroundthesun.[正]Theteachersaidtheearthmovesaroundthesun.[析]如果主句的谓语动词是现在时,其宾语从句可以是任何时态。如果是过去时,则宾语从句中的时态应与之呼应。但地球围绕太阳转是不随时间而变化的客观事实,所以还应用一般现在时态来表达。[误]I'llcometoseeyouassoonasI'llbeback.[正]I'llcometoseeyouassoonasIamback.[析]在状语从句中要用一般时来表示将来,如:Ishouldtellhimwhenhecameback.[误]Iwanttoknowwhetheryoucometomypartytomorrowornot.[正]Iwanttoknowwhetheryouwillcometomypartytomorrowornot.[析]在宾语从句中则要用将来时表示将来的动作。要注意的是如果宾语从句中仍有状语从句时,依然要用一般现在时表示将来,如:Iwanttoknowifitrainstomorrowyou'llcomehereornot.[误]Whatdidyoudoateightlastnight?[正]Whatwereyoudoingateightlastnight?[析],在描述过去某一具体时刻的动作或从某时到某时一段时间内正在进行的动作要用过去进行时,如:IwaswashingclothesfromeighttillnoonlastSunday[误]Myclassmatescametoseeafilmyesterday.Ididn'tgowiththem,becauseIhaveseenitbefore.[正]Myclassmatescametoseeafilmyesterday.Ididn'tgowiththembecauseIhadseenitbefore.[析]现在完成时与过去完成时的相同之处是其动作均开始于过去的某一点,它的差别在于该动作是截止到什么时候。如动作截止到现在用现在完成时;如动作截止到过去,用过去完成时。例如:I'velearntEnglishforthreeyears.(到现在为止)又如:BeforeIwenttocollege,IhadlearntEnglishforthreeyears.(动作截止到上大学那时,即截止于过去)[误]I'mfeelingwellnow.[正]Ifeelwellnow.[析]瞬间动词有些无进行时态,它们是:表示思维状态的词:believe,feel,forget,imagine,know,mean,need,prefer,remember,understand,want表示感情的动词:care,like,dolike,love,mind,hate,fear表示状态的词:belong,own感观动词:feel,hear,see,smell,taste[误]Whenhaveyoudonethiswork?[正]Whendidyoudothiswork?[析]when提问的是一个时间点不可用于完成时态的问句中。[误]ThisisournewEnglishteacher.Hehasgonetomanyforeigncountries.[正]ThisisournewEnglishteacher.Hehasbeentomanyforeigncountries.[析]havegoneto是到某地去了,此人现在不在这里。havebeento是到过某地,现在此人在说话现场。[误]Ihaveborrowedthisbookfortwoweeks.[正]Ihavekeptthisbookfortwoweeks.[析]截止性动词有完成时态,但不可和与表达一段时间的时间状语连用。如:WhenIgottothecinemathefilmhadbegun.但要讲WhenIgottothecinemathefilmhadbeonforfiveminutes这样的用法还有buy,join,die,如:Iboughtthisbookyesterday.我昨天买的这本书。Ihavehadthisbookfortwodays.这本书我已买了两天了。Ijoinedtheclubtwoyearsago.两年前我加入了这个俱乐部。Ihavebeeninthisclubfortwoyears.我加入这个俱乐部已两年了。Myfatherdiedfiveyearsago.我父亲是5年前去世的。,Myfatherhasbeendeadforfiveyears.我父亲已去世5年了。[误]Haveyouunderstoodthelessons?[正]Doyouunderstandthelessons?[析]有些动词不易用完成时态,它们是understand,think,believe,know(知道)[误]ItwassaidthattheSecondWorldWarhadbrokenoutin1939.[误]ItwassaidthattheSecondWorldWarwasbrokenoutin1939.[析]在讲述过去的历史事件时,总要用过去时而不要用完成时,而且happen,breakout,takeplace作为发生讲时均没有被动语态。[误]WhenIwalkedalongthestreet.Ihappenedtomeetanoldfriend.[正]WhenIwaswalkingalongthestreetIhappenedtomeetanoldfriend.[析]在一个长动作发生或进行的过程中,某一突然事件发生,这时长动作应用进行时(现在进行时或过去进行时),而突发性动作用一般时(一般现在时或一般过去时),如:Whenmyfatherisreadinganewspaperthetelephonerings.[误]Pleasebuyabookforme.[正]Pleasebuymeabook.[正]Pleasebuyabooktome.[析]在接双宾语的动词后面的两个宾语,一个是直接宾语,一个是间接宾语,如:Buymeabook中me是间接宾语,而abook是直接宾语。如果将直接宾语前置,其后应加to,如:Tellmeastory.Tellastorytome.Givemeabook.Giveabooktome.[误]Hewasseencomeintothebookstore.[正]Hewasseentocomeintothebookstore.[析]在主动语态中,有时可以加不带to的不定式作宾语,如:Isawhimcomeintothebookstore.但如果变为被动语态时,则要将省略的to还原。当然这些动词还可以加动名词作宾语,如:Isawhimcomingintothebookstore,如变为被动语态时,则没有变化。如:Hewasseencomingintothebookstore.[误]Hownicethebookis!Isitsoldwell?[正]Hownicethebookis!Doesitsellwell?[析]有些动词可以表示一种动作,但也可以用来表示某种性质,表示动作时可用被动语态,在表示性质时则不可用被动语态。如:Thisbooksellswell.这本书畅销。,Thiscardriveseasily.这车容易驾驶。Theseclotheswasheasily.这些衣服好洗。在作上述表达时,不要用被动语态。而要讲:Thiskindofbookwassoldout.(这种书卖完了)Theseclotheswerewashedbythewashingmachine.这时要用被动语态,因为它描述的是具体动作。[误]MustIdoitnow?No.youmustn't.[正]MustIdoitnow?No,youneedn't.[析]need用在疑问句和否定句中常用作情态动词,其后接不带to的不定式。由must提问的问句作答语时,如是肯定的要用must,否定的要用needn't,即为没有必要。在肯定句中常用作实意动词,如:Ineedtowaitformyboy.[误]Isthisbookyours?Yes,It's.[正]Isthisbookyours?Yes,Itis.[析]在肯定的回答中不要用缩写形式,而在否定的回答中可以用缩写形式,如:No.Itisn't.[误]I'llhavemybikerepairtomorrow.[正]I'llhavemybikerepairedtomorrow.[析]have+人+动词原形或现在分词意为:让某人作某事,如:Myfatherhadmetolearnhowtodrive,或Myfatherhadmedoingmyhomeworkfrommorningtillmighthave+物+动词的过去分词为某件事被别人完成。如:Ihavemyhaircut.我去理发。而不是自己理发。如果讲我想自己作某事,则用Iwanttorepairmybikemyself.[误]I'llgetmybrotherrepairthebikeforyou.[正]I'llgetmybrothertorepairthebikeforyou.[析]have与get的用法有相同之处,也有不同之处。相同之处,如:havesomethingdone,也可用getsomethingdone,或have(get)somebodydoingsomething但不同之处在于havesomebodydosomething在用get时则要用getsomebodytodosomething。[误]IhavetostudyonSaturdaybutIhaven'ttostudyafullday,[正]IhavetostudyonSaturday,butIdon'thavetostudyafullday.[析]haveto不得不,而don'thaveto为其否定式。[误]IsTomintheclassroom?No.Hemustn'tbeintheclassroom,becauseIsawhimtalkingwithourteacherintheofficejustnow.[正]IsTomintheclassroom?No.Hecan'tbeintheclassroombecauseIsawhimtalkingwithourteacherintheofficejustnow.[析]must加动词原形表达一种比较肯定的推测,而表示否定的推测则要用can't。[误]Mygrandpaisovereightybutheisabletoreadwithoutglasses.[正]Mygrandpaisovereighty,buthecanreadwithoutglasses.[析]can(could)多用于表达客观的事实,主观能力,而beableto则多用于表达主观的意愿。[误]Shedoesn'tanswerthedoorbell.Sheshouldbeasleep.[正]Shedoesn'tanswerthedoorbell.Shemustbeasleep[析]should用于现在时态的句子中应译为"应该",如:Youshoulddoyourhomeworkrightaway.而must加动词原形表示一种推测。[误]Doyouliketogowithus?[正]Wouldyouliketogowithus?[析]Doyoulike…问的是习惯,如:Doyoulikeswimming?而wouldyoulike是一次性的邀请。[误]Iamusedtogetupearlyinthemorning.[正]Iamusedtogettingupearlyinthemorning.[析]usedto共有三种用法,①表示过去的习惯,如:Iusedtolivewithmyparents.②表示过去的习惯延续到现在,如:Iamusedtoswimmingintheriver.③用于被动语态,如: Oilisusedtocook[误]Toplaywiththechildrenareveryinteresting.[正]Toplaywiththechildrenisveryinteresting.[析]不定式作主语时,应视为单数主语,特别是两个不定式用and作连词作主语时,如指的是一件事也应用单数谓语动词。如:Togetupearlyandtogotosleepearlyisgoodforyourhealth.[误]Heaskedmedomyhomeworkalone.,[正]Heaskedmetodomyhomeworkalone.[析]某些动词要求不定式作其宾语或宾语补足语,它们是:asksomebodytodosomething要求某人做某事。tellsomebodytodosomething告诉某人做某事还有prepare准备,decide决定,happento碰巧,seem似乎。[误]hetoldmetodriveacar.[正]Hetoldmehowtodriveacar.[析]要学会疑问词加不定式的用法,特别要注意的是what是疑问代词,而how是疑问副词。如:Iwanttoknowwhattodo.(我想知道干什么)。Iwanttoknowhowtodoit.(我想知道如何去作)。要注意的是howtodoit中的it是不可少的,因how是疑问副词,不能作及物动词的宾语,而what是疑问代词,可做do的宾语,所以whattodo后不要加it。[误]Iamverygladmeetingyou.[正]Iamverygladtomeetyou.[析]许多形容词后加不定式,这样用时形容词多是用来描述人物的感情、态度,如:glad,happy,pleased,lucky,sorry,sad,upset,ready,careful,surprised。[误]I'mtoogladforseeingyou.[正]I'mtoogladtoseeyou.[析]这句话不能按照too…to的句型翻译为:我太高兴了以至于不想见你。而应译为:见到你太高兴了。又如:Sheistoohonesttotellthetruth应译为:她很诚实,不会不讲实话。[误]Tomistooyoungnottojointhearmy.[正]Tomistooyoungtojointhearmy.[析]这是too…to的正常用法,太如何如何以至于不能如何。[误]Iwenttothehospitalforseeingmyoldfriend.Hewasillinhospital.[正]Iwenttothehospitaltoseemyoldfriend.Hewasillinhospital.[析]在句中表示某动作的目的时,要用不定式而不能用for加动名词。[误]Couldyouhelpmetofindachairtosit.[正]Couldyouhelpmetofindachairtositon.[析]当不定式作后置定语时,将不定式放于名词之后。如果不定式中的动词是不及物动词,则其后面的介词不要省略。如:Isatonthechair.这样的用法还有:Iwanttofindaroomtolivein.Iwanttofindapentowritewith.[误]Whenmotherwasaboutleavingthebabycriedsuddenly.,[正]Whenmotherwasabouttoleavethebabycriedsuddenly.[析]beaboutto是表达较近的即将发生的动作,可用来表示将来时,或按计划、安排的事。[误]Thisworkisdifficulttobedone.[正]Thisworkisdifficulttodo.[析]在不定式作宾语时,下列情况常用主动语态表示被动。①句子的主语即是不定式动作的执行者,如:Ihavealotofletterstowrite.②句中的宾语是不定式中动作的执行者,如:Couldyoufindmeajobtodo?③在形容词之后的不定式,如:Englishisdifficulttolearn.[误]Wouldyouliketoseeafilmwithus?Yes,I'dlove.[正]Wouldyouliketoseeafilmwithus?Yes,I'dloveto.[析]在口语简答语中要将不定式符号保留,如:Ihadto(不得不作)I'mgoingto(打算作)Iusedto(过去习惯作)I'dloveto(喜欢作)Ihopeto(希望作某事)I'llbegladto(高兴作)[误]Didyouseesomeonetodothisworkforme?[正]Didyouseesomeonedothisworkforme?[析]在感观动词之后常接不带to的不定式。这些词是see,lookat,watch,hear,listento,feel,notice。[误]Hewasseenpreparethiscar.[正]Hewasseentopreparethiscar.[析]在被动语态中要将主动语态句中省去的不定式还原回来。[误]PleaseLetmychildtotryitagain.[正]PleaseLetmychildtryitagain.[析]在make,have,let后加不带to的不定式作宾语补足语。[误]Whynottodoitagain?[正]Whynotdoitagain?[析]Whynot,you'dbetter后接不带to的不定式,如:You'dbettergo.但要注意的是它的否定式是You'dbetternotgo.[误]Whenheheardthenewshecouldn'thelptocry.[正]Whenheheardthenewshecouldn'thelpcrying.[析]can'thelp+现在分词表示情不自禁作某事。[误]Inautumn,thestreetisalwayscoveredwithfallingleaves.,[正]Inautumn,thestreetisalwayscoveredwithfallenleaves.[析]现在分词作定语有正在的含义,如:fallingleave正下落的叶子。而过去分词作定语fallenleaves是落地的叶子。过去分词含有已经完成的意思。[误]Doyouhearsomeonesingintheoffice?[正]Doyouhearsomeonesingingintheoffice?[析]感观动词可用不带to的不定式来作宾语补足语,表达一个动作的全过程或已结束的动作,而用现在分词表示一个正在进行中的动作。[误]Iwanttoshopsomefoodforsupper.[正]Iwanttobuysomefoodforsupper.[正]Iwanttogoshopping.[析]shop作买东西讲时,要用goshopping,其后不要加所购买的东西。这样的用法还有:goboating划船gosailing航海goskating滑冰goshooting射击godancing去跳舞gofishing钓鱼goswimming去游泳……不要用错,也不要改为其他式,因为这是习惯用法。[误]Whentheteachercameintotheclassroom,thestudentsstoppedtotalk.[正]Whentheteachercameintotheclassroom.thestudentsstoppedtalking.[析]stoptodosomething是停下来去做某事,而stopdoingsomething则是停止做某事。[误]Ididn'trememberclosingthedoor,sothethiefcameintotheroomdirectly.[正]Ididn'tremembertoclosethedoor,sothethiefcameintotheroomdirectly.[析]remember后接不定式是记着去做某事,即该动作并没有完成。而remember后接动名词则表明该动作已经作完了。如:Doremembertoturnoffthelight,beforeyouleave.即在你离开前记着去关灯。而关灯的动作并没有做。Iremembermeetingyousomewhere.我记得在某处见过你。而相见一事已经作完了。相同用法还有forget。[误]WhenIfinishedtodothisworkIwouldgotoplayfootball.[正]WhenIfinisheddoingthisworkIwouldgotoplayfootball.[析]在英语中有些动词后要接动名词作宾语。在初中范围主要有两个动词finish和enjoy,千万不要与like相比。因为like作动词"喜欢"用时,其后接动名词表示习惯性动作,接不定式表示一次性特殊的动作,而wouldyoulike后面则一定要用不定式。[误]Whenhefinishedhishomework,hewentonplayingthefootball.[正]Whenhefinishedhishomework,hewentontoplayfootball.[析]goontodosomething是做完一件事紧跟着做另一件事。而goondoingsomething,是在做一件事的过程中被打断后接着再继续做这件事。[误]He'sbusytopreparehislessons.[正]He'sbusypreparinghislessons.[析]bebusy后加doing而不能接不定式。(三)例题解析1MrZhangaskedme___thewordsagain.A.readB.readsC.toreadD.reading[答案]C.[析]asksomebodytodosomething要求某人作某事。2You___playontheroad.It'sdangerous.A.mustn'tB.mayC.canD.must[答案]A.[析]must用于否定句表示禁止做某事。3MrBrown___inBeijingsince1993.A.workB.worksC.workedD.hasworked[答案]D.[析]句中有since引导的时间状语,因此句中要用完成时态。4I___aletterwhenmymothercamein.A.writeB.amwritingC.waswritingD.willwrite[答案]C.[析]当母亲进来时是一个瞬时的动作,而写信是一个长动作,所以写信这个动作应用过去进行时态,表示在写信过程中发生的另一个短动作。5It'snotanimportantparty,youneedn't___.A.payforitB.wearitoutC.tryitoutD.dressupforit[答案]D.[析]payfor-为某物,某人付款,wearout-穿坏,磨破,tryout-选拔,挑选,而dressup-梳妆打扮。6CanI___abikefromhim?A.lendB.returnC.giveD.borrow[答案]D.[析]borrowsomethingfrom…为向某人某处借某物。而lend,return,give后面的介词应用to。7-MustIstayathome?-No,you___.A.mustn'tB.needn'tC.maynotD.cannot[答案]B.,[析]needn't为"没有必要必须做某事",而mustn't为"禁止做",cannot为"不能做"。根据题意是:你不一定待在家里。8-Howlonghaveyou___here?-Abouttwomonths.A.beenB.goneC.comeD.arrived[答案]A.[析]havebeenhere是个状态,可以与后面的长时间状语连接,而其他三个动词都是瞬间动词。9Stamps___bypeopleforsendingletters.A.useB.usingC.usedD.areused[答案]D.[析]这里是被动语态,意为邮票被人们用来发信。10TheradiosaysTianjinwillbe___tomorrow.A.rainsB.rainC.rainedD.rainy[答案]D.[析]rainy为形容词作表语。11Ifyoudon'tknowthisword,___inthedictionary.A.lookforitB.lookatitC.lookafteritD.lookitup[答案]D.[析]lookup查字典,与look有关的词组有:lookabout四周环视lookafter照顾lookaround周围,四处看lookat看lookback回顾lookfor寻找lookforwardto期待lookout当心looklike看上去像12Myfathertoldme___playonthestreet.A.notB.tonotC.nottoD.didnot[答案]C.[析]不定式的否定式是nottodosomething.13Thereisgoingto___anEnglishpartythisevening.A.beB.hasC.haveD.is,[答案]A.[析]这里是therebe无生命的"有"加助动词的句型,即therewillbe,而没有therehave的句型。14There___nobusstopherelastyear.A.isB.wasC.areD.were[答案]B.[析]lastyear为去年,所以用过去时。而therebe句型的单复数要看be动词之后离之最近的名词是单数还是复数。如:Thereisapenandtwopencilsonthedesk.15Ourschoolwillholdasportsmeetingifit___tomorrow.A.isn'trainB.rainsC.won'trainD.doesn'train[答案]D.[析]在状语从句中应用一般时态来表示将来。16Bikesmustn't___everywhere.A.beputB.beputtedC.putD.putting[答案]A.[析]这里是被动语态。与put有关的词组如下:putaway放好putoff推迟uton穿上putout扑灭putdown放下17NeitherLiLeinorHanMeimei___Harbin.A.havebeentoB.hasbeentoC.havegonetoD.hasgoneto[答案]B.[析]hasbeento是去过某处。18It'scoldtodayyou'dbetter___morecoats.A.putonC.toputonD.totakeoff[答案]A.[析]'dbetter其后加不带to的不定式,而puton为"穿上"。19Henry___abirthdaycardforSamyesterday.A.hasboughtB.buysC.boughtD.willbuy[答案]C.[析]因句中的yesterday为表达过去的时间状语,所以应用过去时态。20WhenIgottothefactory,theworkers___aboutthefilim.A.aretalkingB.talkedC.weretalkingD.havetalked,[答案]C.[析]状语从句中所用的动词为过去时,则主句中也要与之呼应。而工人们在谈论电影为一长时间的动作,所以要用过去进行时。21Nohurry,please___yourtime.A.takeB.bringC.carryD.catch[答案]A[析]takeone'stime慢慢来别着急。22Ienjoy___thelightmusic.A.tolistentoB.listeningtoC.hearingD.tohear[答案]B.[析]enjoy与finish其后只能接动名词作宾语补足语。23Please___assoonasyougetthere.A.ringmeupB.ringupmeC.wakemeupD.wakeupme[答案]A.[析]ringup打电话,而wakeup唤醒。英文中有很多动词词组如其宾语是代词时,一定要放在动词与介词之间。24WhenI___,Iwanttobeateacher.A.growsupB.growupC.shallgrowD.grewup[答案]B.[析]growup长大。而状语从句要用现在时表示将来,即使主句也用的是一般现在时,但它含有将来之意。25Icalledhimandhe___tohaveatalkwithme.A.stopB.stopsC.stopedD.stopped[答案]D.[析]这是由and连接的两个并列句,所以时态应保持一致。26-Wouldyouplease___meanevaser,Lucy?-Certainly.Hereyouare.A.borrowB.lendC.borrowedD.lent[答案]B.[析]wouldyouplease其后接不带to的不定式即动词原形,而borrow为"借入"而lend为"借出"。27Trees___inspring.,A.plantB.wereplantedC.shouldbeplantedD.shouldplant[答案]C.[析]should用于一般现在时态中表示应该,而此句又是被动语态。28-Where'syourfather?-He___toParis.A.goB.goesC.wentD.hasgone[答案]D.[析]hasgone是已去某处了,不在这里了。所以强调过去的动作影响到现在。29-MustIfinishmyhomeworkinclassnow?-No,you___.Youcandoitathome.A.mustn'tB.maynotC.needn'tD.can[答案]C.[析]needn't表示没有必要一定要这样做。由must提问,肯定句用must,否定句用needn't.30Thankyouverymuchfor___yourbook___me.A.lending,toB.lent,toC.borrow,fromD.borrowing,from[答案]A.[析]for是介词,要用动名词作介词宾语。31TheGreatGreenWallwillstopthewindfrom___theearthaway.A.blowingB.blow.C,blowsD.toblow[答案]A.[析]stop…fromdoingsomething.阻止某人或某物作某事。32ThestudentswillgototheWestHillFarmbybike,ifit___finetomorrow.A.willbeB.isC.shallbeD.was[答案]B.33Ourteacheralwaystellsus___inthestreet.It'stoodangerous.A.don'tplayB.nottoplayC.toplayD.notplay[答案]B.[析]不定式的否定式为nottodo。34Englishisausefullanguage.It___widelyintheworld.A.isspokenB.wasspokenC.canspeakD.willspeak[答案]A.[析]本句为被动语态。35Thekiteisflyinghighinthesky.It___abird.,A.looksatB.lookslikeC.looksforD.looksafter[答案]B.[析]looklike像……,其中like为介词。36-Look!What'sWangPingdoingoverthere?-She___underabigtree.A.singsB.sangC.hassungD.issinging[答案]D.37You___seeadoctor.You'vegotabadcold.A.willB.aregoingtoC.hadbetterD.could[答案]C.[析]hadbetter最好,意为一种真心的劝告。38Yourradioistooloud.Wouldyouplease___?A.turndownitB.turnitdownC.toturndownitD.toturnitdown[答案]B.[析]wouldyouplease后面加动词原形。39Couldyoutellmeifit___tomorrow?A.rainsB.israiningC.willrainD.rain[答案]C.[析]if从句是宾语从句,而不是状语从句。所以还是要用将来时,而不能用一般现在时表示将来。40Suddenlyoneofthebags___thetruckandlandedinthemiddleoftheroad.A.felloutB.felldownC.felloffD.willbe[答案]C.[析]falloff掉落,与off有关的词组有seeoff送行giveoff散发shutoff关闭kickoff踢掉turnoff关闭getoff下车jumpoff跳下showof炫耀takeoff脱下payoff付清41He___atthisschoolsincetwoyearsago.A.wasB.hasbeenC.isD.willbe[答案]B.[析]since引导的时间状语应与完成时相呼应。42Shedoesn'tknow___.A.whentodoB.whattodoC.howtodoD.wheretodo[答案]B.[析]when,how,where均为疑问副词,而what为疑问代词,又因do是及物动词需要宾语。如用疑问副词时应为whentodoit,howtodoit,wheretodoit.43Mustolderpeople___topolitely.A.speakB.spokenC.bespokeD.bespoken[答案]D.[析]这句话的主动语态应为Peoplemustspeakpolitelytoolder,people对年龄较大的人讲话应有礼貌。44Teachersusuallyasktheirstudents___loudlyinclass.A.tospeakB.speakC.speaksD.spoke[答案]A.[析]asksomebodytodosomething要求某人作某事。45-WhereisMrZhang?-Look!He___onabigmachineoverthere.A.worksB.workedC.isworkingD.hasworked[答案]C.[析]由look,liston等词开始的句子一般要用现在进行时态。46There'safootballmatch.Please___theTVatonce.Let'swatchtogether.A.turnonB.takeoffC.turnoffD.goon[答案]A.[析]turnon打开。与turn有关的词组有:turnagainst背叛turnon打开turn+颜色变为某种颜色turnoff关闭turnover翻转turnto翻到某页turninto变为turnup向上翻47Pleasetellmewhere___haveourpicnictomorrow.A.wewillB.willweC.willD.willyou[答案]A.[析]where引导的从句是宾语从句,而不是状语从句。48We___Englishforthreeyearsalready.AndwecanspeakalittleEnglishnow.A.learnB.havelearnedC.haslearnedD.willlearn[答案]B.[析]for+表示一段长度的时间词,应与完成时相呼应。49Atlast,LinFengmadethebaby___andbegintolaugh.A.stoptocryB.stopcryingC.tostoptocryD.tostopcrying[答案]B.[析]makesomebodydo(ordoing)something,stopdoing意为停止做某事。50Ourclassroommust___cleaneveryday.A.keepB.tokeepC.bekeptD.tobekept[答案]C.[析]应为被动语态。51Ihearthere___asportsmeetinginourschoolnextweek.A.isgoingtohaveB.willhaveC.isgoingtobeD.aregoingtobe,[答案]C.[析]这是hear的宾语从句是therebe句型。而且是用了begoingto形式。52It'sgettingcolder,Peter.You'dbetter_thiscoatwithyou.A.bringB.carryC.takeD.get[答案]C.[析]bring带来,take带走。53Ourclassroomiscleanandtidy.It___everyday.A.cleansB.iscleaningC.cleanedD.iscleaned[答案]D.[析]这里表达的是经常的一种状态,所以应用一般现在时的被动语态。54Ifyouarenotcarefulinthestreet,acarmay___you.A.hurtB.hitC.runD.catch[答案]B.[析]hit撞上,碰上,击中55Thefarmerswerebusy___readyforthenextyear.A.gotB.gettingC.togetD.get[答案]B.[析]bebusy后应用动词的ing形式。第二篇句法一、主要句式(一)知识概要初中所学的句型一般要分为陈述句、疑问句、祈使句和感叹句。陈述句中有肯定句与否定句之分。其中可以分为以下五种:①主语+不及物动词。如:Iarrivedatsixlastnight.②主语+及物动词+宾语,如:IboughtagoodEnglishChineseDictionaryyesterday.③主语+及物动词+间接宾语+直接宾语,如:PleasetellmeastorybeforeIgotobed.这样可加双宾语的句子有buy,tell,give,ask,pass,teach.④主语+及物动词+宾语+宾语补足语,如:Ifounditimpossibletodoit.Pleasekeeptheclassroomcleanandtidy.⑤主语+系动词+表语,如:TomisanAmericanboy.Thegrassturnedgreeninspring.在初中常见的句型中有Therebe…句型,表示存在某种事物,如:Thereisamaponthewall其be动词的形式要与其后面相近的那个名词相一致。要注意的是这种句型加入助动词后,也要保持be动词,不要换用have,如:Thereisgoingtobeameeting,tomorrow.在句子结构中要注意主谓一致的问题,即句子的主语与谓语动词要相呼应。要注意的有如下几点:①用and连接两个主语时一般应视为复数,但如一人身兼两职时则要用单数谓语动词形式,如:Asingeranddanceriscomingtoourparty.asingeranddancer既歌唱又可舞的演员。而asingerandadancer则要译为:一位歌唱家和一位舞蹈家。②有些以s结尾的名词谓语动词要用单数,如:Thenewsisgood(news为不可数名词)。③有量词时应按量词的数量计算;如:ThispairofglassesisgoodMyglassesarebroken.④有些形单却意为复数的名词,如:Peoplearecominghere这样的词还有Police,如果要讲一个警察时,应讲apoliceman。两个警察为twopolicemen。又如apolicewoman,twopolicewomen⑤ 所有不定代词each,either,neither,one,theother,nobody,nothing,anyone,anything,someone,something…要作为单数如:Someoneiswaitingforyou在并列句中表示联合关系的连词有:andnotonly…butalso, neither…nor, either…or如:Mysisterandmyparentsaregoingtothecinema。表示转折关系的并列连词有:but和yet,如:Sheisagoodstudent,butshedidn'tpassthefinalexam.又如:Ithinkthenewsisstrange,yetitistrue表示选择关系的连词有:or,either…or,如:Hurryup,oryouwillbelateforschool表示因果关系的并列连词有:for,so如:Theystudiedveryhard,sotheyallpassedtheexam在初中范围复合句中主要有状语从句和宾语从句(名词性从句)两种,而定语从句(形容词性从句)要在高中讲述,为了使同学阅读文章方便,我们将在下面另一章予以介绍。我们首先来看宾语从句。① 在及物动词的后面可以接一个名词来充当宾语,如:Iknewtheman,而这时也可以用一个句子来充当宾语,如:Iknewthathewasagoodman这时宾语从句的连接词有that,(that只在从句中起联接作用,不在句中充当语法成分,既不是主语也不是宾语,所以在口语中常常被省略。如:Iamsure(that)shehaspassedtheexam②if,whether它们在宾语从句中只起连接作用,不起语法作用,当作是否讲。从句中有ornot结构时,要用whether,如:Iaskhimif(whether)hehashadhislunchIaskshimwhetherhehashadhislunchornot ③ what它在宾语从句中除了作连接词外,还要作主语或宾语成份,如:Idon'tunderstandwhatyousaid(what作said的宾语)。又如:Iaskedhimwhatmadehimsick(what在宾语从句中作主语)。④ who,它也和what一样,在句中除作连接词外,可以充当句中的成份,如:Iknowwhosheislookingfor?⑤ whose如:Iwanttoknowwhosebookthisis?⑥ which如:Doyouknowwhichbookismine?在连接词中还有4个常用的连接副词,① how它的应用最广,如:howmuch,howmany,howlong,howsoon,howold…。如:Howmuchdoesitcost?② when它只是连接时间状语,如:Pleasetellmewhenthemeetingwillbegin?③ where,它连接地点状语,如:Whereareyoufrom?④ why它要连接的是原因状语从句,如:TheteacheraskedwhyTomdidn'tcometoschool.在考试中常见到的考点是:宾语从句的时态与主句时态的呼应问题。① 主句谓语动词如果是现在时或将来时,宾语从句的时态可以是任何所需要的时态,如:Iknowhedidn'tcome.我知道他没来。Iknowhewillcometomorrow我知道他明天来。IknowhehasgonetoLondon我知道他已去伦敦了。 ② 主句中的谓语动词若是过去时,宾语从句也要用过去时态中的某一种。比如:一般过去时,过去进行时,过去将来时,过去完成时。除了在表达宇宙中的客观真理时,不能用现在时态。如:IwantedtoknowwhenhewouldcomeTheteachertoldmetheearthmovesaroundthesun状语从句主要有时间状语从句,其连接词有:after,before,when,as,assoonas,until(till),while,since,by其中较难掌握的有以下几点:① until(till)直到,在用until表达时间状语的句子中,主句中的动词是要十分小心去选择。如动词是持续性动词,它要用肯定句,如:Istudiedharduntil12o'clocklastnight.如果动词是瞬间截止性动词,则要用否定句,如:Hedidn'tgotobeduntilhismothercameback② 由since,for,by,before来引导的时间状语从句。since引导的时间状语是动作的开始时间,如:IhavestudiedEnglishsince1990而由by引导的时间状语通常是动作的结束时间,如:Ihadlearned25Englishsongsbytheendoflastterm而before则多用于完成时,ago则多用于一般过去时,如:HehadfinishedhisworkbeforetwelveyesterdayIleftmyhometowntwoyearsago③ 在状语从句中用一般现在时或一般过去时表示将来。它们可能是主句用一般将来时,从句用一般现在时,如:Ifitrains,theywon'tgotothepark onSunday也可以主句是一般过去时,从句用一般过去进行时,如:Hesaidifitrainedthenextdayhewouldnotgotothepark考试中常见的考点有:要学生区别是条件、时间状语从句还是宾语从句,因在宾语从句中该用什么时态用什么时态,如:Iwanttoknowifhewillcomeheretomorrow在宾语从句中的条件状语从句与主句的关系,如:Iwanttoknowifitrainshewillcomeheretomorrow在原因状语从句中主要是① because,应译为"因为"。它表达的因果关系最强,如:Hedidn'tpasstheexambecausehedidn'tstudyhard② since应译为"既然",如:SinceyouwereillyesterdayIleftsomenotesonyourdesk③ as应译为"由于",如:Asitistoohotwe'dbettergoswimmingsince与as所表达的因果关系远比because弱得多。而for表达的因果关系最弱。它不能用于句首,如:Hestudieshard,forhewantstogotocollege在比较状语从句中有同级比较as…as,如:Thisbookisasgoodasthatone要注意的有两点:① as…as中间要用原级而不是比较级。② 用形容词还是副词,如:MarywritesascarefullyasTom而其否定句为notas(so)…as,如:Theydidn'tworkso,hardaswedid,而不同级比较用比较级加than,如:HeisyoungerthanIam要注意的是表示"越来越"这一概念时有两个句型:① 比较级+and+比较级,如:ThedaysaregettinglongerandlongerThelittlegirlisbecomingmoreandmorebeautiful② 定冠词the+比较级+the+比较级,如:Theharderyoustudy,themoreyoucanlearn方式状语中要注意的是as(连词)与like(介词)的区别。as作为连词其后接从句,如:PleasedoitasIdidit但后面的句子常作省略,如:PleasedoitasI而like是介词,其后要接的是宾语,如:Pleasedoitlikeme结果和目的状语从句主要有so…that,sothat,inorderthat等几种用法。① so…that用在单数可数名词前,so+形容词+a+名词+that,如:Sheissobeautifulagirlthateveryonelikesher或用such+a+形容词+名词+that,如:Sheissuchabeautifulgirlthateveryonelikesher② 在不可数名词或可数名词复数前只能用such,如:Itissuchgoodweatherwewanttogoforapicnic又如:Theyaresuchgoodplayersthattheyshouldwinthegame. ③ 在much,many,few,little之前只能用so,如:IhavesolittlemoneythatIcan'tbuyit④ so…that之间只有形容词时,则不能用such,如:ItissogoodthatIwanttobuy⑤ sothat其后接从句,如:IgotupearliersothatIcouldcatchthefirstbus(二) 正误辨析[误]Thestoriesinthatbookwaswrittenmanyyearsago[正]Thestoriesinthatbookwerewrittenmanyyearsago.[析]作主语的名词、代词或不定式、动名词,它们往往要带有修饰词,这些词可能是形容词,也可能是短语,但谓语动词还是要取决于这个主语的数,要记住的是一个名词不可能在同一句中作两个不同的语法成份,如:book作了of的介词宾语则不可能再作主语了。[误]Toreadmanybooksaregoodforyou[正]Toreadmanybooksisgoodforyou[析]不定式作主语应该看作单数主语。[误]Whathesaidareright[正]Whathesaidisright[析]从句作主语一定要按单数主语看待。[正]Therichisnotalwayshappy[误]Thericharenotalwayshappy[析]形容词+定冠词表示一类人,谓语动词应用复数,如:Theyoungareveryinterestedinstudyandsports,[误]Theschoolmasterandwriterarecoming[正]Theschoolmasterandwriteriscoming[析]本句应译为:校长兼作家就要来了。而Theschoolmasterandthewriterarecoming则要译为:校长和一个作家要来了。在英语表达法中确实有Thegirlandboyareplayingonthegrass这应译为:一个女孩,一个男孩在操场上玩。因为不可能这样两个概念作用在一个人身上。又如:thehusbandandwife夫妻二人。[误]Youorshegotogetsomewaterforus[正]Youorshegoestogetsomewaterforus[析]由or连接的两个主语应以离谓语动词近的那一个计算其数。这样的用法还有either…or,neither…nor,notonly…butalso也有人称作"就近原则"。[误]Theteacherwithalotofstudentscomeintotheclassroom[正]Theteacherwithalotofstudentscomesintotheclassroom[析]真正的主语是theteacher,而with短语是伴随状态,不影响主语的数。[误]Myglassesisbroken[正]Myglassesarebroken[误]Thispairofglassesaregood[正]Thispairofglassesisgood[误]Thesekindsofbutterisgood.[正]Thesekindsofbutteraregood[析]英语中有些名词只有复数形式,如:glasses眼镜,shorts短裤等。如没有量词在前时,要用复数谓语动词,但有了量词之后则要按量词的单复数计算。[误]Oneoftheboysaregoingtotakepartinthematch[正]Oneoftheboysisgoingtotakepartinthematch[析]Oneof结构应以one来计算主语的数。[误]Halfoftheworkaredone[正]Halfoftheworkisdone[误]Halfofthebooksisread[正]Halfofthebooksareread[析]在小于1的数量词作主语时,如:23,80%,0.35…+of+名词,这时主语的数应按of,后面的名词计算。如果名词是不可数名词或可数名词单数,则谓语动词要用单数,如名词是复数则要用复数谓语动词。[误]Eachsidesarefulloftrees[正]Eachsideisfulloftrees[误]Bothsideisfulloftrees[正]Bothsidesarefulloftrees[析]each,either其后都要加单数名词,而both后要加复数名词。如:each,either,another,little,alittle,much等作主语时,谓语动词全部要用单数形式。[误]Theboyseachhasanapple[正]Theboyseachhaveanapple[析]each作同位语时,不影响句子的主语。[误]Everyoneofushasaticketfortheconcert[正]Everyoneofushasaticketfortheconcert[析]everyone,someone,everybody…在作主语时都不能加of结构。[误]Girlslikedancingverymuch,butfewlikesplayingfootball[正]Girlslikedancingverymuch,butfewlikeplayingfootball[析]few虽然含意上是"几乎没有",但作主语时仍要当作复数。[误]Thenumberoftheworkersinthatfactoryaretwohundred[正]Thenumberoftheworkersinthatfactoryistwohundred[析]thenumberof意为:某某的数字是……如:thenumberofstudents学生人数,thenumberofplayers运动员人数。不论数字如何都应看作单数。而anumberof与many意思相同,其后加可数名词复数,谓语动词用复数形式。如:Anumberofstudentsareplayingonthegrass[误]Therestofthestudentsishere[正]Therestofthestudentsarehere[误]Therestoftheworkaredone[正]Therestoftheworkisdone[析]therestof的用法与2/3,一半,80%+of的结构一致,of后面为可数名词复数时用复数谓语动词,为不可数名词或可数名词单数时用单数谓语动词。这样用法还有lotsof,alotof,plentyof。[误]Thenewsintoday'snewspaperarenotbad,[正]Thenewsintoday'snewspaperisnotbad[析]有些以s结尾的名词要用作不可数名词,它们是:news,physics,mathematics,thanks,…[误]TheChineseiskindandfriendly[正]TheChinesearekindandfriendly[析]Chinese作为中文来讲是单数名词,但作为中国人讲是单复同形的名词。如:oneChinese,twoChinese…而TheChinese=ThepeopleofChina要用复数谓语动词。[误]ThisdictionaryistooexpensiveformeTendollarsareabigsumforme[正]ThisdictionaryistooexpensiveformeTendollarsisabigsumforme[析]表示一段时间,一笔金钱,一段距离,都应看作单数名词。[误]Whoaregoingtotakepartinourfootballmatch?[正]Whoisgoingtotakepartinourfootballmatch?[析]用who提问时,习惯上用单数谓语动词,但which则要视其情况而定,如:whicharebettertheseshoesesorthoseshoes?又如:whichisbetterthisoneorthatone?[误]Whatahotweatheritis![误]Howhottheweatheritis![正]Whathotweatheritis![正]Howhottheweatheris![析]感叹句是用来表达说话人的喜怒哀乐的感情。它由what与how作句子的开始,判定是用what还是用how的最好办法是将它们换为陈述句,比如:Whatthehotweatheritis!应转换为:Itisthehotweather那么句子的起点是单词it。再来看感叹句中it前有不可数名词weather,则只能用what。再看第二句Howhottheweatheris!转为陈述句时为:Theweatherishot这时句子的开始单词为theweather,再来看感叹句在theweather前只有形容词,所以应用how。至于是用whata还是what要看名词的具体情况而定,单数可数名词加whata其余的加用what。[误]Wehavetosingthis,havewe?[误]Wehavetosingthis,haven'twe?[正]Wehavetosingthis,don'twe?[析]在反意疑问句中除了标准的一些常规外,有一些例外:Let'sgohome,shallwe?,Letusgohome,willyou?Shehadtoleave,didn'tshe?Doyourhomeworkatonce,willyou?Thereisnotmuchgoodnewsintoday'snewspaper,isthere?Neitherofthemareright,arethey?Ithinkhewillcometothepartywon'the?think后的宾语从句,与其他宾语从句不一样,在初中只有这样一个较特殊的词。这样的句子的反意疑问句的主语要用宾语从句中的主语,其助动词要用宾语从句的助动词,而肯定还是否定要看主句谓语动词而定,如:Idon'tthinkheiscomingtoourparty,ishe?[误]Iwanttoknowwheredoeshelive[正]Iwanttoknowwherehelives[析]宾语从句中一律要用陈述语序,而不用疑问语序。[误]-Ihaven'tgotaticketforthefootballmatch-NorIhave[正]-Ihaven'tgotaticketforthefootballmatch-Nor(Neither)haveI[析]nor,neither用在简答否定句中时要采用倒装语序。在肯定句的简答句中则要用so,如:Idomyhomeworkveryquickly,SodoesMary[误]Look!Herethebuscomes![正]Look!Herecomesthebus![误]Look!Herecomeshe![正]Look!Herehecomes[析]在there,here打头的句子中,如果主语是名词,则要采用倒装语序;如果是人称代词则用一般语序。[误]DoyouwantMarytogotothecinemawithus?No,Idon'thopeso[正]DoyouwantMarytogotothecinemawithus?No,Ihopenot[析]我不这样想,可用Idon'tthinkso但hope的否定简答句只能用Ihopenot这是习惯用法。但这两个词的肯定简答句形是一样的,如:Ithinkso.Ihopeso,[误]ThatisdifficultforustolearnEnglishwell[正]ItisdifficultforustolearnEnglishwell[析]It这里的语法作用是形式主语,而真正的主语是后面的不定式。形式主语和形式宾语都要用it而不能用that,如:IthinkitdifficulttolearnEnglishwellit在这句中是think的形式宾语。(三) 例题解析1 There___apencilboxonthedesk.A.isB. areC.hasD.have[答案]A.[析]Therebe句形中的be动词要看其后面离它最近的名词而定,如:Therearetwobooksandapencilonthedesk但却可以讲Thereisapencilandtwobooksonthedesk2 Couldyoutellme___?A MrsKingwherelivesB wheredoesMrsKingliveC whereMrsKinglivesD MrsKingliveswhere[答案]C.[析]宾语从句中的疑问句要用陈述语序。3 Yourbrothercametoseeyou,___?A doesheB doesn'theC didheD didn'the[答案]D.[析]前句是肯定句,后面反意疑问句要用否定句,同时came为过去时态,所以应用didn'the4 It'sgettingcloudy,___?A does'itB doesn'titC isitD isn'tit[答案]D.[析]要区分's是has还是is,这里由getting得出's是is。5 ___keepmewaitingsolong.A NotB Won'tC Don'tD Notto[答案]C.[析]Don't+动词原形为祈始句的否定句。6 MrGreenhasn'tbeentoBeijing,___?A hasheB hasn'theC didheD didn'the,[答案]A.[析]此句has是助动词与过去分词构成现在完成时态。7 Youhaveyourlunchatschool,___?A haveyouB haven'tyouC doyouD don'tyou[答案]D.[析]这里的have是实意动词"吃",而不是助动词。8 ___sunnyday!Let'sgooutforawalk.A HowaB HowC WhataD What[答案]C.[析]这个感叹句是个省略句,其真实的句子应为Whatasunnydayitis!9 -Canyoutellme___?-SureShe'sanurseA whereisyoursisterB whereyoursisterisC whatisyoursisterD whatyoursisteris[答案]D.[析]who问的是姓名,如:Whoishe?HeisSmith或HeismyfatherWhat问的是职业,如:Whatishe?Heisateacher10 Johnlikeslisteningtotheradio,___?A doesheB doesn'theC doesn'tJohnD doesJohe[答案]B.[析]当名词作主语时,反意疑问句应用代词。11 NeitheryounorI___ontheteam.A areB wereC amD is[答案]C.[析]由neither…nor…作连接词作主语时,其谓语动词要与相临近的那个主语相呼应。12 ___deliciousfood!I'dlikesomemore.A whataB HowaC WhatD How[答案]C.[析]因food为不可数名词。13 ___thereacatunderthechair?A AreB IsC HasD Have[答案]B.,[析]这是therebe句型的疑问句。14 Couldyoutellme___?A whenthetrainwillarriveB whenthetrainarrivedC whendidthetrainarriveD whendoesthetrainarrives[答案]A.[析]could用于现在时疑问句表达了口气的委婉,并不是过去时态。且宾语从句要用陈述语句。15 -___badweather!-Yes,Butit'sgoingtobefinesoon,IthinkA HowB WhataC WhatanD What[答案]D.[析]weather为不可数名词。16 -Couldyoutellme___?-Yes,They___tothelibraryA wherearethetwins,havebeenB wherewerethetwins,havebeenC wherethetwinsare,havegoneD wherethetwinswere,havegone[答案]C.[析]havebeento是去过什么地方,而现在回来了。havegoneto是到某地去了,人现在不在这里。17 Goand___theTVquicklyThevolleyballmatchwillbeginrightaway.A turnoffB turndownC turnupD turnon[答案]D.[析]这是个祈使句,它由and连接两个动词。注意词组搭配的不同含义。18 Let'sgoforsometea,___?A shallweB willweC doweD don'twe[答案]A.[析]Let'sgo…,shallwe?Letusgo…,willyou?这是两个特殊的反意疑问句。19 Joan'sshort,___?,A wasn'tsheB hasn'tsheC isn'tsheD doesn'tshe[答案]C.[析]在此句中应视's为is,而不是has或was。20 Idon'tknow___toreadtheword.A whichB whatC whoseD how[答案]D.[析]因不定式toread中的read是及物动词,已有自己的宾语theword,所以应用疑问副词how。21 Hedidn'tgotoschool,___hewasill.A forB butC andD so[答案]A.[析]这里是表示因果的关系,从句表示原因,所以用for,放于句尾,且常常前面有一个逗号。so引起的是结果状语从句,如:Hewasonlytwelve,sohecouldn'tjointhearmy22 Theyoungwomancanhardlyrideabike,___she?A doesn'tB doesC can'tD can[答案]D.[析]hardly为否定词,所以应视此句为否定句。其后的反意疑问句应用肯定句。23 TomnevergoestothecinemaonSundays,___?A doesheB doesn'theC isn'theD ishe[答案]A.[析]never也是否定词,所以应将句子看作否定句。24 Mothersaidtohim,"Don't___onfootball."A spendtoomuchtimeB tospendtoomuchtimeC spendtoomanytimeD tospendtoomanytime[答案]A.[析]time作为"时间"讲为不可数名词,应用much来修饰。当作"次数"讲是可数名词,如threetimes三次,而Don't…这一句是祈使句的否定句。25 MrWhite,togetherwithsomeJapanesefriends,___visitourschoolthisafternoon.A aregoingtoB isgoingtoC haveD has[答案]B.,[析]句子的主语是MrWhite,而togetherwith…是伴随状况,不影响句子的主语。26 Thereislittlewaterintheglass,___?A isitB isthereC isn'titD isn'tthere[答案]B.[析]这是therebe句型的反意疑问句。27 Amperewasthinkingaboutamathsproblem,___?A didn'theB wasn'theC didheD ishe[答案]B.[析]这是进行时态的反意疑问句。28 Shehadagoodtimeyesterday,___she?A wasn'tB didn'tC hasn'tD isn't[答案]B.[析]had这里是实意动词而不是助动词。29 We'llmake___foryouinthefrontofthecar.A aroomB roomC roomsD somerooms[答案]B.[析]room此处为不可数名词,意为"地方,空间"。30 NeithershenorI___totheGreatwallbefore.A hasgoneB havegoneC havebeenD hasbeen[答案]C.[析]由neither…nor连接两个主语时,其谓语动词应与相临近的那个主语相呼应。31 Helpmecollectthesebooks,___?A areyouB willyouC doyouD shallyou[答案]B.[析]祈使句的反意疑问句应用willyou,而Let'sgo例外,其反意疑问句为shallwe?32 Thenumberofdeer,mountainlionsandwildroses___changemuchifpeopleleavethingsastheyare.A don'tB doesn'tC isn'tD didn't[答案]B.[析]thenumberof为"……的数量、数目",所以谓语动词用单数形式。而anumberof要加复数名词,其谓语动词也用复数。,33 She'shadbreakfast,___?A issheB isn'tsheC hasn'tsheD hasshe[答案]C.[析]这里的's应视为has34 Iwonder___.A whosebicycleisitB itiswhosebicycleC isitwhosebicycleD whosebicycleitis[答案]D.[析]wonder后的宾语从句应用陈述语序。35 Itisgoodforus___morningexercises.A doB todoC didD done[答案]B.[析]这里的it是形式主语,而真正的主语是不定式todo…36 Peterhassportsveryoften,___?A does,PeterB doesn'theC doesn'tPeterD doeshe[答案]B.[析]has这里是实意动词,而主语为名词时其反意疑问句中的主语要用代词。37 MrBlacksaid,"Jenny,don'tbelatetomorrow"MrBlacktoldJenny___.A don'tbelatetomorrowB didn'tbelatetomorrowC notbelatenextmorningD nottobelatethenextday[答案]D.[析]tell一般要加双宾语,其间接宾语是Jenny,直接宾语是不定式。而这里用的是不定式的否定形式。38 LiMeireadthenewspapertothegranny,___?A doessheB didn'tsheC didsheD wasn'tshe[答案]B.[析]read这里是过去时态,因其主语是第三人称单数,而read并未加s所以是过去时态。(read的过去时与过去分词都是read,只不过读音不同),二、定语从句(一)知识概要定语从句并不属于中考范围,但由于作者在多年的教学中体会到,这一语法现象影响了许多学生自学英语。这些学生一般是成绩较好的学生,想进行大量阅读来提高自己的英语水平,但总是碰到一些问题,百思不得其解。苦于自己的水平只限于初中水平,无法提高,但各种补习班又都是为一些水平较差的学生开设的,所以又投师无门。为了解决这部分学生的学习困难,也为那些有志青年铺平学习上的道路,特用这一节讲述定语从句,不是从语法上讲述,而是从阅读理解方面去讲述。可供同学们在学习时参考。这会对你的英语学习起到事半功倍的作用。对于形容词我们已十分熟悉了,如:agoodbook,形容词good用来修饰书book。我们也可以用一个句子来修饰名词,这种句子叫做形容词性从句,它起修饰名词的作用,又被叫做定语从句(Theattributiveclause)。但有一点不同的是这个从句不是像形容词那样放于名词前,而是放在名词之后。它所修饰的名词又被叫作先行词,如:Doyouknowthescientistwhogaveusthetalkthisafternoon?这句中的主句是Doyouknowthescientist?(你知道那位科学家吗?)而whogaveusthetalkthisafternoon(他今天下午给我们作的报告。)是定语从句。所以这两句话合为一体即是:你认识今天下午给我们作报告的那位科学家吗?这里scientist叫作先行词,而who叫作定语从句的引导词。who在定语从句中起主语的作用,who的数与它的先行词相同。又如:YoumustdoeverythingthatIdo这里先行词是everything,而thatIdo是定语从句,此句应译为:你必须作我所作的一切。that叫作定语从句的引导词,在句中作do的宾语。引导定语从句的引导词有关系代词:that,which,who,whom,whose和关系副词when,where,why,how。不论关系代词还是关系副词,都应放于先行词和定语从句之间,起联系作用,但它们都要在定语从句中起语法作用,充当一个成份。如关系代词在定语从句中不是作主语便是作宾语,而关系副词则是作状语。我们先来看关系代词的用法。① that的先行词可以是人也可以是物。如:Aplaneisamachinethatcanfly这里先行词是machine而that是关系代词,在定语从句中作主语。这句译为:飞机是一种会飞的机器。又如:Ilikethebook(that)youlentmeyesterday这里先行词是book,关系代词用that,它在定语从句中作lend(借)的宾语。要注意的是关系代词在定语从句中作宾语时可以省略,即:Ilikethebookyoulentmeyesterday② which关系代词的先行词只能是物。它在定语从句中作主语或宾语,如:Thebookshopisashopwhichsellsbooks这里shop是先行词,which,在从句中作主语。又如:Thebook(which)Ireadlastnightwaswonderful这里主句是Thebookwaswonderful而定语从句是修饰主句的主语book,即我昨晚读的那本书,which在定语从句中作read的宾语,可以省略。③ who,whom,whosewho在定语从句中作主语,whom是who的宾格,在定语从句中作宾语,而whose则是形容词性物主代词,在从句中作定语,如:ThemanwhovisitedourschoolyesterdayisanAmericanfriend昨天参观我们学校的人是一位美国朋友。Who在定语从句中作主语。又如:Who'sthatwoman(whom)youjusttalkedto?你刚才与之谈话的那个女人是谁?而whom作定语从句中介词to的宾语,可以省略,而在现代英语中,句首的whom也常常可用who代替。Thisisourclassmate,Mary,whosehomeisnotfarfromourschool这是我们的同学玛丽,她的家离我们学校不远。为了便于理解,我们来看看是如何将两句话并为一句话的。1. Isawtheman.HeclosedthedoorIsawthemanwho(that)closedthedoor2. ThegirlishappyShewontheraceThegirlwhowontheraceishappy3. ThestudentsarefromChinaTheysitinthefrontrowThestudentswhositinthefrontrowarefromChina(要注意的是先行词是students则who的数也应看作复数。)4. WearestudyingsentencesTheycontainadjectivedauseWearestudyingsentencesthat(which)containadjectivedause5. ThetaxidriverwasfriendlyHetookmetotheairportThetaxidriverwhotookmetotheairportwasfriendly6. ThebookwasgoodIreaditThebookthatIreadwasgoodThebookIreadwasgood7. ThepeoplewereveryniceWevisitedthemyesterdayThepeoplewevisitedyesterdaywereverynice8. ThemancalledthepoliceHiswalletwasstolenThemanwhosewalletwasstolencalledthepolice9. IcomefromacountryItshistorygoesbackthousandsofyearsIcomefromacountrywhosehistorygoesbackthousandsofyears10. IhavetocallthemanIpickeduphisumbrellaafterthemeeting,IhavetocallthemanwhoseumbrellaIpickedupafterthemeeting关系代词whom,which在定语从句中作介词宾语时,可以和介词一起放于先行词与定语从句之间,有时为了关系紧凑也可以将whom与which与先行词紧挨着书写,而将介词置于定语从句的后面,如:Thatwastheroominwhichwehadlivedfortenyears或可以写作:ThatwastheroomwhichwehadlivedinfortenyearsHewasthemanwhom(who)youwerelookingfor要注意的是此句的关系代词whom可以用主格取代,而lookfor是短语动词也不可将for放于定语从句之前。that作关系代词作介词宾语时,不能紧跟介词,而只能将介词置于定语从句的后面。如:Themanthatweweretalkingabouthascometoourschool这时不可用aboutthat…请看下面例句:1. ThemeetingwasinterestingIwenttoitThemeetingthatIwenttowasinteresting2. ThemanwasverykindItalkedtohimyesterdayThemanwhoItalkedtoyesterdaywasverykind3. ImustthankthepeopleIgotapresentfromhimImustthankthepeoplewhoIgotapresentfrom4. ThepicturewasbeautifulShewaslookingatitThepicturethat(which)shewaslookingatwasbeautiful5. ThemanisstandingoverthereItoldyouabouthimThemanwhoItoldyouaboutisstandingoverthere除关系代词外,还有关系副词,when,where,why,其中when用来指时间,在定语从句中作时间状语。如:IneverforgetthedaywhenIfirstcametotheGreatWall而where则指地点,如:Thisisthehousewheretheoldmanlives请看下面例句:1. ThecitywasbeautifulWespentourvacationthereThecitywherewespentourvacationwasbeautiful2. ThatistherestaurantIwillmeetyouthereThatistherestaurantwhereIwillmeetyou3. ThetownissmallIgrewupthere,ThetownwhereIgrewupissmall4. ThatisthedrawerIkeepmynewpapersthereThatisthedrawerwhereIkeepmynewspapers5. MondayisthedayWewillcomethenMondayisthedayWhenwewillcame6. 7∶05isthetimeMyplanearrivesthen7∶05isthetimewhenmyplanearrives7. 1960istheyearTherevolutiontookplacethen1960istheyearwhentherevolutiontookplace8. JulyisthemonthTheweatherisusuallythehottestthenJulyisthemonthwhentheweatherisusuallythehottest在定语从句中又可分为两大类定语从句,即限制性定语从句和非限制性定语从句。① 限制性定语从句是先行词在意义上不可缺少的定语,如果去掉的话,主句的意思就不完整,意义就表述不明。这种句型一般定语从句紧接先行词,如:Iwastheonlypersoninmyofficewhowasinvited② 非限制性定语从句。它与主句的关系不十分密切,只是对其附加说明,也就是讲即便去掉定语从句,句意也不受影响,仍然清晰明了。这样的定语从句要在它和主句之间加一逗号分开。且关系代词不引导这种非限制性定语从句,如:AbrahamLincoln,wholedtheUnitedStatesthroughtheseyears,wasshotonApril14, 1865atatheatreinwashingtonD. C. 又如:GalileolivedinthecityofPisa,wherethereisaleaningtowerabout180feethigh(二)正误辨析[误]Iwon'ttellyouthenameofthepersonwhoteachmeEnglish[正]Iwon'ttellyouthenameofthepersonwhoteachesmeEnglish[析]在定语从句中,关系代词作主语时,从它本身看不出其数的形式,这时要由它的先行词决定。这里who应由theperson单数决定,应该用单数谓语动词。又如:Iwhoamastudent,wanttofindasparetimejob这里的who应与I是一致的,所以其谓语动词应该用am。 [误]WetalkedaboutthethingsandthepeoplewhowemetduringtheSecondWorldWar[正]WetalkedaboutthethingsandthepeoplethatwemetduringtheSecondWorldWar[析]这里的关系代词不要用who,因为其先行词有两个一个是things(物),而另一个是people(人),这时既不可用who,又不可用which,因前者只能用于先行词是人的情况下,而后者则用于先行词是物的情况下,所以只能用that,因为它的先行词既可以是人又可以是物。[误]Thebook,thatIboughtyesterday,wasverygood[正]Thebook,whichIboughtyesterday,wasverygood[析]先行词与定语从句被逗号分割开来时,即作为非限制性定语从句。在非限制性定语从句中which,when,who,whom,where,when,whose等都可以和限制性定语从句中的作用一样,而独有that不易用于非限制性定语从句。[误]ThedictionarywhichIlentityesterdayisaveryusefultool[正]ThedictionarywhichIlentyesterdayisaveryusefultool[析]关系代词在定语从句中是要起语法作用的,它不是作主语就是作宾语。虽然在作宾语时它的位置由原来的宾语位置移到了句首,但它的作用依然存在,而且在原宾语位置上不能再出现宾语。[误]TheteacherIwanttolearnEnglishfromistheonewhichcomesfromAmerica[正]TheteacherIwanttolearnEnglishfromistheonewhocomesfromAmerica[析]theone,anyone,those作代词并且是指某人、物时,其关系代词不能用which应用who。[误]Thisistheroominthattheoldmanlives[正]Thisistheroominwhichtheoldmanlives[正]Thisistheroomwhichtheoldmanlivesin[正]Thisistheroomthattheoldmanlivesin[析]that不能紧跟在介词后作介词宾语,但如果介词不前置仍放于句尾,则可用that作引导词,而且可以省略。如:Thisistheroomtheoldmanlivesin[误]Icandoeverythingwhichisgoodforyou[正]Icandoeverythingthatisgoodforyou,[析]在先行词是all,much,little,something,everything,anything,nothing,none,theone等不定代词时,虽然它们指的是物体,但不要用which而用that作定语从句的引导词。[误]Theonlythingwhichthestudentscandoisstudyinghard[正]Theonlythingthatthestudentscandoisstudyinghard[析]在先行词前有only,any,few,little,no,all,oneof等词修饰时,虽然先行词指的是物,也不要用which作关系代词,而要用that。[误]ThisisthefirstAmericanfilmwhichI'veeverseen[正]ThisisthefirstAmericanfilmthatI'veeverseen[析]在先行词是序数词,或由序数词修饰时,其关系代词不可用which这样的用法还有在形容词最高级修饰的先行词之后,如:ThisisthebestbookthatIhaveeverseen[误]HeisfromAfrica,thatwecanseefromthecolouroftheskin[正]HeisfromAfrica,aswecanseefromthecolouroftheskin[析]当as或which引导非限制性定语从句时,它可能没有明确的先行词,它们所指代的是前面整个句子。如例题应译为他是从非洲来这个事情是可以从其肤色上看出的。三、常见习惯用语(一) 知识概要由于英语国家的语言习惯与中国的语言习惯有许多不同之处,所以造成了许多同学在做选择或书写,或与人交谈中造成误用中国方式来对英语的问句作解答。例如一个小女孩十分好看,可爱,外国人见到时会讲:Youaresobeautiful这时的答语应该是Thankyou如果外国人发现你的英语不错,他们会讲:YourEnglishisverygood这时中国人常常会说:不,我说的不好。这纯是一种礼貌的答语,但是不符合英语习惯。它正确的答语应是Thankyou虽然交际英语有一些规律可讲,但更重要的是学习外国的生活习惯,了解他们的文化背景,历史渊源,这样才能真正的学好一门外语。(二) 正误辨析[误]-WhatcanIdoforyou?-Yes,pleasehelpme[正]-WhatcanIdoforyou?,-I'dliketobuyasweater[析]WhatcanIdoforyou?这一问语实际上用于的情景很多,要根据具体情况而定。如在商店中售货员讲这句话应译为:您想要点什么?在其他场合也可以被译为:我能为您做些什么?它的答语应是直接讲出想让对方提供的帮助。[误]-Whichcolourdoyoulike?-Sorry,Idon'tlike[正]-Whichcolourdoyoulike?-Ipreferblue[析]由which来提问的问句是要回答具体的选择,而不能泛指,泛泛的回答。如Yes,Ilikeit[误]Doyouliketocomewithustonight?[正]Wouldyouliketocomewithustonight?[析]Doyoulike…问的是对方的习惯,如:Doyoulikeswimming?Doyoulikecollectingstamps?而wouldyoulike…则是一次性的邀请、提议。邀请的英语表达法还有如下几种:Shallwego?我们走吧!Let'sgo?让我们走吧!Howabouthavingacupoftea?喝杯茶如何?Whataboutacupofcoffee喝杯咖啡如何?Whynotbuyit?为什么不买呢?其肯定答语一般为Certainly,Yes,O.K. Allright,Withpleasure[误]Sorry,I'vekeptyouwaitingNotatall[正]Sorry,I'vekeptyouwaitingNevermind[析]"介意不介意"这一问法与答语在中英文中有所不同。如:-Doyoumindmysmokinghere?-_________A. Yes,doitpleaseB. No,ofcoursenotC. Yes,takeitpleaseD. No,youcan'ttakeit,这时正确的选择应是B。其意为:不介意,当然不。而A选项则自相矛盾了,它应译为:是的我介意,请抽吧。而D选项是:不介意,你不能抽。当向对方争求意见时,可以有以下问法:DoyoumindifIopenthedoor?Wouldyoumindmailingtheletterforme其答语如果是同意应为:Certainlynot,notatall而不同意时应为Yes,或I'msorry[误]What'sthatman?HeisMike[正]What'sthatman?Heisateacher[正]Who'sthatman?HeisMike(HeisMike'sfather)[析]由what提问是问的职业,由who提问问的是姓名或身份。[误]-Howmucharethey?-Halfakilo,please[正]-Howmanybananasdoyouwant?-HalfakiloPlease[析]Howmucharethey?问的是价格而不是实际物品的多少。[误]I'msorry,butisthisthewaytothepark?[正]Excuseme,butisthisthewaytothepark?[析]I'msorry是对已经做错了的事向对方道歉时的开始语。而Excuseme是在打扰对方之前表达歉意的话。[误]-Haveagoodtimetonight!-Youarethesame[正]-Haveagoodtimetonight!-Thesametoyou[析]Thesametoyou是表达我也祝您有个愉快的夜晚,它是美语中的习惯用法。[误]-What'stheproblem?-I'vegotaheadache[正]What'swrongwithyou?,I'vegotaheadache[析]What'swrongwithyou?是询问对方身体状态如何,而What'stheproblem?是问对方遇到了什么麻烦。[误]-Now,I'mbackCanIplay?-PerhapsYou'dbetterdoyourhomeworkfirst[正]-Now,I'mbackCanIplay?-I'mafraidnotYou'dbetterdoyourhomeworkfirst[析]Perhaps是表示对一种拿不准的事态的推论,如:AmIright?Perhaps而I'mafraidnot则表达一种不同意的态度。beafraid的几种用法有:I'mafraidthatyouareright其后直接加宾语从句。-Willyoucometomybirthdayparty?-I'mafraidnotIhavetogotoseemyfatherHeisinhospital其后+not,表示否定。-Sorry,Idon'twanttogotherealone,I'mafraidofthedog其后+名词,表示对某人,某物的害怕。Maryisafraidofmakingmistakesintheexam其后+of+动名词,表示害怕做某事。Maryisafraidtoseetheteacherbecauseshedidn'tdowellintheexam其后+不定式,表示不敢去做某事。[误]-Howsoonwillyoubeready?-Twodays[正]-Howsoonwillyoubeready?-Intwodays[析]此题关键是要根据情景,身临其境,要注意的是对方问了什么,就应答什么。或答了什么就应问什么。Howsoon问的是"还有多久才能作完",这时要用intwodays,即在两小时之内即可以作完。如用Howlong提问,则答语可以用twodays。[误]-WouldyoumindifIhavesometimeoff?-Idon'tmind-MondayandTuesdayofnextweek[正]-WouldyoumindifIhavesometimeoff?,-Whenexactly-MondayandTuesdayofnextweek[析]有的对话是复杂的,稍有不慎就有可能选错,而且英语中如选错了答案是不容易找出错来的。Idon'tmind是可以用来回答Wouldyoumind…这一提问的,但如仔细看一看则会发现我们要选用的不是陈述句而是疑问句。根据下面一句的答语来判定要用whenexactly?什么时间,这样才能与下句中具体的时间相符合。[误]SupposeyournameisTomThephoneringsandyoupickitupThefirstwordyousaywillprobablybe"Whoareyou?"[正]SupposeyournameisTomThephoneringsandyoupickitupThefirstwordyousaywillprobablybe"Hello?ThisisTomspeaking?"[析]在英语学习中,习惯用法实际上在某种情况,或某种意义上讲比语法更为重要。如果只从句子的角度上去分析,它们可能都是对的。比如,当你拿起电话时,如果你想知道对方是谁,可以问"Who'sthat(speaking)?"但不要讲"Whoareyou?"如果你想先介绍一下自己可以讲"Thisis××××speaking"而不要讲"I'm ××××"也不要讲"Mynameis×××××." 就语法而论,"Whoareyou?""I'm××××""Mynameis×××××"并不错,也是英语中可用的句子,但就打电话这一场合,就不宜用了。[误]-Doyouthinkit'sgoingtorainovertheweekend?-Idon'thopeso[正]-Doyouthinkit'sgoingtorainovertheweekend?-Ihopenot[析]由于初学者对实际英语口语中表达感情意愿的答语不熟悉,如在肯定答语中IthinksoIhopesoIbelieveso是相同的,但在否定句中却常用Idon'tthinkso但Idon'tbelieveso和Idon'thopeso则意为:我不信此事和我不希望此事发生。而Ibelievenot和Ihopenot则为:我想可能不会发生吧![误]-Isanybodythere?-No,BobandTomhaveaskedforleave[正]-Iseverybodythere?-No,BobandTomhaveaskedforleave[析]许多学生在写作和选择答语或问句时总要语法在前,而不是习惯用语在先。所以总是要拘泥疑问句中的不定代词,用anybody。但是Isanybodythere?,在英语中为:这里有人吗?而Iseverybodythere?为:全都到齐了吗?所以首先要考虑的是其答语。No,BobandTomhaveaskedforleave[误]-Yourhandwritingisverygood!-No,myhandwritingisverypoor[正]-Yourhandwritingisverygood!-Thankyou[析]中国人遇到别人称赞,总是以谦逊为美德。但英美人则往往认为自信是美德。所以当别人夸奖你或赞美你时,就应说:Thankyou又比如中国人见面时常讲Whereareyougoing?或Haveyouhadyourbreakfastyet?而英美人则认为你过多的干预别人的私生活了。而他们见面时往往问一些无关紧要的话,如:Hello!Howareyougoing?(你过得怎样)Morning!等。而goodmorning和Howdoyoudo则被认为是较正规的问候语,在日常生活中则十分少见。[误]WhenyouhavehaddinnerwithanAmericanfriendandwanttoleaveyoumaysay:"ExcusemeI'llgofirst"[正]WhenyouhavehaddinnerwithanAmericanfriendandwanttoleaveyoumaysay:"ExcusemeIhavetogo"[析]这两句答语都是正确的,其关键不是语法,而是习惯问题。如果在这样的场合你讲I'llgofirst朋友们会迷惑不解,而Ihavetogo则表示由于外界的特殊原因而造成的你要离去,而你本人则十分不愿做此事。[误]-Wouldyouliketocometodinnertonight?-I'dliketo,andI'mtoobusy[正]-Wouldyouliketocometodinnertonight?-I'dliketo,butI'mtoobusy[析]I'mtoobusy与I'dliketo在意义上正好相反。所以要用转折连词。这里考查了对词义合乎逻辑的表达能力。所以要强调语言环境,更要强调在语言的基础上的词语辨析。[误]-Where'sDeter?-Deterwillcomewithustonightbutheisn'tverysureyet[正]-Where'sDeter?-Determaycomewithustonightbutheisn'tverysureyet[析]由于but所引出的句子可以看出Deter的来与不来是十分不确定的,所以应用may来表达一个不肯定的事件。,[误]-Hi,haven'tseenyouforages!Youlookfine!-GreatYoulookwelltoo[正]-Hi,haven'tseenyouforages!Youlookfine!-ThanksYoulookwelltoo[析]要注意的是Great在口语中多表示惊叹,而Thanks则表示感谢对方的称赞。所以对情景谈话要有准确的判定,要根据情景,身临其境,上下对照,周密思考,弄清场合,注意英美人的风俗习惯,注重语义上的词语辨析,并要进行大量的语言实践练习,扩大实际交际能力。(三) 例题解析1 -Wouldyouliketohavesomerice?-_________.A Yes,IlikeB Yes,pleaseC ofcourseD Yes,Ihave[答案]B.[析]当对方对你发出邀请的问语时,如果你想接受则讲Yes,please如不想接受则用No,thanks2 -Nicetoseeyou-_________.A GoodmorningB Happytomeetyou,tooC Nicetoseeyou,tooD Pleasedtomeetyou,too[答案]C.[析]虽然A、B、D三个选项都可以作为某种问候语的答语,但英语中问候语的答语多用重复对方的话,以表达同样的心情。3 -Wouldyoupleasegivemesomewater?-_________.A Yes,IwouldB CertainlyC No,thanksD Yes,please[答案]B.[析]当对方发出十分礼貌的请求帮助的问语时,一般的回答是肯定的。而Yes,please为"是的,您请做某事吧"。这一含意显然不对。,4 -Thankyouverymuchforhelpingme-_________.A You'rewelcomeB Itdoesn'tmatterC NoneedD Don'tsaythat[答案]A.[析]You'rewelcome译为中文为:不用谢。而Itdoesn'tmatter则为:没关系。5 -Hello,LucyHowareyou?-_________Andyou?A Fine,thanksB Yes,IamC GladtomeetyouD Goodafternoon[答案]A.[析]在正常交往中一定要避免所问非所答。所以对Howareyou?的答语应为"很好,谢谢!"6 -Helpyourselftosomemeat-_________A Itsoundsnice.B Yes,please.C Yes,Let'shelpeachother.D Thankyou.[答案]D.[析]Helpyourselftosomemeat.你自己拿些肉吃吧。其意为主人劝客人不要客气,像在家里一样。7 -Oh,IamnotfeelingwellI'vegotacold-_________A Fine,Howareyou?B NevermindTakecareC Well,I'msuretogetweelsoon.D I'msorrytohearthat[答案]D.[析]这是美国、英国的习惯用语,而B、C则是中国人常讲的答语。8 -MeimeiyouspeakEnglishverywell,-_________.A No,Idon'tthinksoB ThankyouverymuchC NotgoodenoughD That'sallright[答案]B.9 -"Kate,couldyouanswerthetelephone,please?"-_________,MumI'llgetit.A Yes,IcouldB No,thanksC OKD Yes,butIhavenotime[答案]C.[析]要注意could用于口语中是为了讲话的口气委婉,但它不是过去时态,也不是助动词,而应看作情态动词。所以在答语中则不应这样用。10 -CouldyoulookafterPollyformewhilewe'reaway?-_________A No,thanks.B Withpleasure.C I'mnotafraid.D I'msureyouwill.[答案]B.[析]Withpleasure是英语中的一句十分客气的答语,用在当对方因你的帮助或你的许诺向你道谢时,表达自己十分乐意为对方效力的口气。11 -Hello!CouldIspeaktotheheadmaster,please?-_________A Holdon,please.B That'stheheadmaster,please.C Whoareyou?please.D SorryI'mnottheheadmaster.[答案]A.[析]holdon,please是指请对方等一等不要将电话放下的用语。如果要讲我就是的话不能用that,而要用this,在电话用语中that指对方,this指自己。12 -Happybirthday!-_________,A Thankyou.B Thesametoyou.C Goodluck.D Congratulations.[答案]A.[析]thesametoyou是同样祝贺对方的意思,不能用于生日这一祝贺语,除非两人的生日在同一天。13 -I'msorryIdon'tknowtheway,eitherYou'dbetteraskthatpolicemanforhelp-_________A Goodnight.B That'snothing.C Verywell.D Thankyouallthesame.[答案]D.[析]当向对方求助时,对方无能为力,这时的感谢语则为Thankyouallthesame意为不管如何还是要谢谢你。14 -Ifellandhurtmyleglastweek,SoIcan'tdoanything-_________.A I'msorryB Don'tworryC GoodluckD Badluck[答案]D.[析]如果用A则要用I'msorrytohearthat而不能单用I'msorry因I'msorry是向对方道歉。而badluck为真是不幸啊。15 -_________-IhavegotacoughA What'syourtrouble?B Whathaveyougot?C Whydidyoucomehere?D Haveyougotacough?[答案]A.[析]What'syourtrouble?多用于问对方有什么问题、麻烦或得了什么病。这种用语还有What'swrongwithyou?16 -Wouldyouliketogoshoppingwithme?,-_________A Yes,I'dloveto.B That'sright.C Yes,please.D Quitewell.[答案]A.[析]表示愿意作某事应讲:I'dlovetoI'dliketo17 -What'stheweatherliketoday!-_________A It'sniceforawalk.B Ilikeautumnbestofall.C Itwillbefinetomorrow.D It'srathercoldtoday.[答案]D.[析]本题要注意问的是什么,不要所问非所答。因问题是今天的天气怎样,所以只能选D18 -IsJanein,please?Iwanttospeaktoher-Sorry,sheisoutYou'dbetter_________.A visitherintheofficeB callherlaterC seeherthisafternoonD speaktoheryourself[答案]B.[析]callherlater晚些时候再来电话。19 -_________-Verywell,thankyou,andyou?A Howdoyoudo?B GoodmorningC Howareyouthesedays?D HowdoyoulikeEnglish?[答案]C.[析]本题是由答语来推断问话,所以应熟悉英语的问答习惯:Howdoyoudo?的答语应为Howdoyoudo?20 -Howisyourmother?-_________A Sheisold.B Sheisnobetterthanshewas.,C Sheiskindhearted.D Sheisinherforties.[答案]B.[析]Howisyourmother?问的是你妈身体如何,而B选项则是"她不比以前强"。而其他三个选项则是所问非所答。21 -Thankyouverymuchforyourhelp-_________.A You'rewelcomeB Pleasedon'tC There'snotroubleD No,no[答案]A.22 YourunclehastakenyoutothecinemaAfterwardsyouthankhimHesays"_________."A ItwasnothingB I'mgladyouenjoyeditC Don'tsayitD No,needn't[答案]B.[析]这是英语的答语,千万不要选A,因它是中文习惯的答语。23 -Thankyouforyourgoodpresent-_________.A It'snotgoodB No,noC MypleasureD Nevermind[答案]C.24 Whensomeonedidagooddeedforyou,youshouldsay_________.A.youaretoogoodB.It'sverykindofyouC.youareverykindD.I'llthankyou[答案]B.25 -IamverysorryIamlatefordinner-_________.A.No,youaren'tB.That'sallrightC.Yes,youareD.No,youdon't[答案]B.,[析]That'sallright没关系。26 -I'msorryifIhurtyou-_________.A I'msorryB It'snottrueC Itdoesn'tmatterD Don'tsaysorry[答案]C.27 -Ishouldhavegonetoseetheexhibitionwithyou-_________.A I'msorryB WhatapityC Itdoesn'tmattertomeD That'sterrible[答案]B.[析]Whatapity.真遗憾。第一句应为我真该和你一起去展览会。28 -Helpyourselftosomefish-_________.A YouareverykindB Yes,I'mhelpingmyselfC ThankyouD Yes,don'tworryaboutme[答案]C.29 -Areyouready?-______.A I'mverysorryB TrytobepatientC Notyet,waitaminuteD Doyouhavethetime,please?[答案]C.[析]notyet意为还没有完成。30 -Mum,Ihavepassedtheexam-_________.A That'sallrightB CongratulationsC YouareluckD Goodlucktoyou[答案]B.31 -IthinkIhavetoleaveIhopewecangettogetheragain-_________.A AllrightB That'sallright,C OKD Ihopeso,too[答案]D.32 MustIwaittillhecomesback?.A No,youneedn'tB No,youmustn'tC No,youmaynotD No,youcan't[答案]A.[析]must提问表示必须这样做吗?而肯定句要用must,表示必须做,而否定句则要用needn't表示没有必要做。33 -_________Ipayyouthehouserentrightaway?-Yes,youhavetodoitA ShallB WayC MustD Have[答案]C.34 -Don'tyouthinkthiscolouristoobright?-_________A Yes,Iagree.B Yes,butIdon'tthinkso.C Yes,ofcoursenot.D Yes,what'swrong?[答案]A.35 -Itwascoldyesterday-_________.A SowasitB SoitwasC IbelievenotsoD Ibelievenot[答案]B.[析]当答语只是重复对方讲的话时,则不用倒装。因soitwas即为:是的,天气昨天很冷。而当讲前面讲的动作也适合于另一个人时,则要倒装。如:IwenttothecinemayesterdaySodidI表示对方去了电影院,我也去了。36 -Whatdoyouthinkofthesong?-_________.A IlikemusicverymuchB IlikeittooC WithpleasureD Itsoundssweet[答案]D.[析]sound,在这里是系动词,为听起来很甜美。系动词后要用形容词,而不要用被动语态。37 Doyouliketeaorcoffee?_________.A Yes,IdoB ThankyouC That'sfineD Eitherwilldo[答案]D.[析]eitherwilldo为两者哪个都可以。38 Ilikeyoursweaterverymuch_________.A No,it'suglyB SorryC ThankyouD You'rewelcome[答案]C.[析]这是英美语言的习惯。39 Helikestravellingbytrain_________.A SodoIB IdosC IlikesoD Ilikeit,neither[答案]A.40 -Howdoyoulikeyourschool?-_________.A IlikeitverymuchB It'sverybeautifulC Idoesn'tlikeitD Verywell[答案]B.[析]Howdoyoulike…是问你们学校是怎样值得你热爱的。也就是为什么你热爱你的学校。41 Whataniceday!_________A You'reright.B No,isn'tit?C Yes,isn'tit?D Really?[答案]C.[析]Yes,isn'tit是的,难道不是个好天气吗?42 -Hello,_________?-ThisisDellaspeakingA WhoareyouB AreyouTomC WhoisthatD Pleasetellmewhoareyou,[答案]C.[析]电话用语中that指对方,而this指自己。43 -What'shelike?-_________.A HelikesEnglishB HeisoldC HeislikeafarmerD Heistallandthis[答案]D.[析]要区分What'shelike?如Whatdoeshelike?前者为:他长得什么样?而后者是:他喜欢什么。44 Howdidyoudoyourjob?Notverywell,_________.A I'msureB IamafraidC ThankyouD I'msorry[答案]B.[析]Iamafraid我恐怕是,我想是。45 -_________youraunt?-SheisaprincipalofamiddleschoolA WhatdoesB WheredoesC WhatisD Whomis[答案]C.46 -_________-HeismybossA What'stheman?B Whoistheman?C Howistheman?D Whatdoesthemando?[答案]B.47 -MayIhaveyourname?-_________.A No,noB You'repoliteC CallmeJohnD It'skindofyou[答案]C.48 -ShallImakecoffeeforyou?,-_________.A Yes,thankyouB No,don'ttroubleC Don'ttroublethis,thankyouD No,don'tmakeit[答案]A.49 -CouldyoushowmethewaytoMrBuown'soffice?-_________.A NotatallB I'msureC AllrightD Icandoit[答案]C.50 -Shallwegoswimmingtomorrowafternoon?-_________.A It'sverykindofyouB YouaresothoughtfulC That'sagoodideaD Yes,we'llgo[答案]C.四、完形填空与阅读(一) 知识概要,完形填空是一种在语意封闭的情况下考察学生阅读能力及掌握语言基础知识能力的综合性题目。学生应根据语义完整、语法正确的原则进行通篇阅读。借助文章的现成文字,通过逻辑思维,联系上下文,推断出可能的答案。然后再从所给选择答案中逐空选出在通读全文时脑海中已出现的答案填入空内。试推想在小学五六年级时去读"西游记","水浒传",你也并非每个字都认得,每句话都能真正理解。但你还是可以明了全文的意思,读得有滋有味。这就是语言能力。所以完形填空考查的就是你能否在缺字,不认得字、词语的情况下,能否全面理解文章的正确意思,然后选入适当的词语。在选择后还要前后彼此呼应反复验证所选答案。有时答案一时不易验证,不要急于顺序填写,可能在填出后面答案时,而得到前面的答案。有时则需运用所学的词法、句法、时态和固定搭配等知识对4个选项进行分析,比较、排除干扰项,确定正确的答案。待答案全部选定后,一定要复读全文以验证:① 所选答案是否能使全文流畅,逻辑推理是否正确。② 具体实事是否成立,前后关系是否理顺。③ 语法是否正确,其中包括时态的选择、词汇选择、固定搭配等。在通读全文时最好在可能的条件下将所选答案填入文章中,反复阅读。而不要在文章空中只写选项的代号,这样影响全文的理解,不易找出错误之处。在做完形填空时,应注意以下几点:(1) 重视首句,首段的开篇启示作用,读懂了第一句,或第一段有可能预测到全篇大意。(2) 一定要顾及上下文间的语意联系。在完形填空的设计中,一般是以语义为第一要素同时兼顾语法。有的4个选项单独填入这个单句中全是正确的,但拿到文中从下文联系起来看,则文理不通。为此要通篇考虑,顾及上下文的联系是十分重要的。(3) 要坚持语意第一的原则,而语法应放于第二位。完形填空形式上是一种单项选择式的考察。但实质上也是一种阅读能力和学生重建文意能力的考察。它一般是利用语法的正确性与内容排斥性的矛盾而命题的。所给答案大都是离开上下文均可说得通的。但语意上辩析、排斥才能找到答案。例如:IttookCharlieMuiseveralmonthstosaveupsevendollarsHewantedto______amodelplaneandwenttotheshopwiththemoneyA sellB buyC holdD bring这里肯定需要一个动词,所给答案也都是动词,但只能从意义上考虑而选B项。(4) 要认真注意细节,做到语法正确。一些答案在意义上讲都是正确的,但从线索上看要找出语法正确的答案。如:MrEvansisanoldmanofaboutsixtyHiswifediedafewyearsagoHischildren______himbythen.A leftB wouldleaveC haveleftD hadleft答案应为D。这句话正确的语意都是"离开",但仔细发现有bythen之说,由此可得出这是个动作的截止时间,应选为hadleft过去完成时态。下面再看一些例子。(1) 语意第一原则AyoungfatherwasvisitinganoldneighbourTheywerestandingintheoldman'sgardenandtalkingabout______.A treesB flowersC childrenD oldpeople那么他们谈论的中心是什么呢?可能是树、花,由于他们是在花园里谈论。但如果前后的段落配合看,则其谈论的也可能是孩子和老年人。这就是要求我们切勿望文生义。,(2) 语法正确,注意细节的原则在语意正确的前题下,还要根据学过的语法知识,及词语的固定搭配,选择正确答案。如:OnenightthedogbegantobarksuddenlyItmadeMrErens______①______tosleepHehadtogetupandtriedhis______②______tostopit,butthebeastwouldn'tstop,andkepton______③______① A gonotB notgoC nottogoD tonotgo② A wellB goodC betterD best③ A barkB tobarkC barkingD barked以上3个小题中所给答案从语意上都是正确的,这就要求选择语法正确的那一个。第一空中根据句子结构,要填一个宾语补足语。而动词make后面的定语补足语应省去不定式符号to,且其否定式+not,即不定式的否定式为nottodo,而省去to后则应为notdo.在动词前直接+not故应选B。而第二个空显然是一个固定搭配。语意上为:MrErens尽力地阻止狗叫,所以应选D。tryone'sbest是尽力而为之意。第三个空显然是keepondoingsomething连续不断之意,应选ing的动词形式。其答案为C。(3) 根据所给答案的不同词类,从不同角度分别考虑选择完形填空所给的词往往是不同类的,这就要求对不同词类作不同考虑。如果所缺的是动词,那么首先在选择语意正确的前提下,考虑动词的时态、语态和是否是要填入非谓语动词。若是介词或副词则要考虑是否固定搭配,以及介词、副词在结构和意义上的选择。若是连词,则应更多地从句子结构和上下文的连接上选择。若是代词,则应考虑性、数、格等方面,以及形容词和副词的比较级和最高级等。例如:AmanandhiswifehadasmallbarnearastationTheyoftenworkedlateintothenight,______①______peoplecametodrinktherewhiletheywere______②______trainsAttwoo'clockonemorning,onemanwasstillatatableinthesmallbarHewasasleepThebarman'swifewantedtoleaveShelooked______③______thebarseveraltimes,andeachtimethemanwas______④______thereThenatlastshewenttoherhusbandandsaidtohim,"You______⑤______thatmansixtimes,George,______⑥______heisn'tdrinkinganything"① A assoonasB becauseC soD though② A catchingupwithB gettingonC lookingafterD waitingfor③ A atB forC intoD outof④ A alwaysB oftenC stillD already,⑤ A havewokenB wakeC hadwokenD willwake⑥ A andB butC yetD too从文中看,第一选项,由于给了不同的连词,从意义选择应为B。第二选项均为分词形式,也应从语意上选择,其答案是D。第三选项给了四个介词,而into则是从外向里观看,所以应选C。第四项是副词still意为仍然,从意义上应选择C。而第五项所给的是同个动词,只是时态不同。从故事情景看,只能选完成时态A。而最后一个选项是连词,由于句意则只能用but转折连词。从目前完形填空初中阶段的考察看,除语意第一外,更多地选择了单词的用法及意义,动词的时态,短语和惯用法等。为此,要做好完形填空题目,除有较好的阅读能力外,更要有扎实的语言基础知识及日常生活的逻辑推理能力。阅读理解能力在教学大纲中有明确的要求。它是目前条件下考查学生英语运用能力的常规题型之一,也是分值最高的题型之一。学生的阅读理解能力如何,标志着学生继续深入学习的潜力有多大,它是集语法,词汇,逻辑推理背景知识于一体的综合语言能力的测试。它除对学生的阅读理解的正确性进行测试外,同时从阅读速度、技巧、文化背景常识等方面对学生进行测试。从近年各地中考题分析看,阅读类测试除为一般常规测试题型外,在试题中所占分值较大,为此应引起学生特别注意。如何做好阅读理解题呢?首先要求考生有足够的基础知识和较好的阅读速度以及技巧方面的训练。同时还要注意以下几个方面的问题。1 要了解阅读测试的重点如上所述,阅读过程是一个综合作用的过程,为此阅读的测试就不能仅将着眼点放在语言结构的测试上,而是通过看,通过阅读获取信息的能力。在阅读一篇文章时,我们首先会想到:① 文章说的是什么事情(即中心思想是什么)。② 事情发生的时间、地点、人物是什么。③ 作者所持态度如何。④ 结论是什么。有些说明性信息在文章中容易获取,如:时间、数字、地点、人物等。有些信息如作者的态度,事件的结论,中心思想,文章的标题,则需通过文中线索,说明信息等等去分析推断才能获取。而这些说明性及内隐性的信息正是阅读理解的测试重点内容。而其难点在于理解、推断、得出结论时,应从英语国家的风俗习惯、语言习惯、宗教信仰、民族问题等方面来考虑,而不是仅从中国人的语言习惯来作推论。这也是这方面的难点之一。例:JohndroveataxithroughthebusystreetsofBostoneverydayJohnwas____________A amanagerB adriverC apolicemanD adustman由此我们应能由driveataxi来得出结论约翰是位出租车司机而不是别的什么人。,例:MrsBarker'ssisterwasill ShehadsomeonetolookafterherfromMondaytoFriday,butnotattheweekend,soeveryFridayeveningMrsBakerusedtogoofftospendtheweekendatherhomeinaneighboringtown…ThismeantthatMr Baker…Firsthehadtodrivehomefromthestation ThenhehadtodrivehiswifetothestationtocatchhertrainWhowasill?____________A MrBakerB MrsBakerC Mr Baker'ssisterD MrsBaker'ssister从这些只言片语中可以看出有三个人物出场,而问题的设计是表浅的,只要细心即可。[答案]D.从中考阅读命题中,由于考虑到考生的能力有限,和大部分学生毕业的要求,语言结构的测试占很大一部分比重。但对于要考入重点中学的学生来讲,仅仅几分较高要求的题目可能会决定他们的升学命运。因为这一部分分值是往往使学生棘手的那些隐性问题的测试。如:Likemanyotherfamiliesin1870,KatieOlsonandherfamilyhadcometothegrassyplainsofKansas Katielikedtheprairieandtheirnewsoldhouse Butwithnofriendstoplaywith,shewasverylonely Besideshermotherandfather,shehadonlyherlittlebrother,Matt,forcompany ShemissedtheiroldhomeinWisconsir Thenonedayherfatherhadexcitingnews SomesettlershadboughtthefarmneartheOlson'sland Katiebecamesoexcitedonhearingthenewsthatshethoughtshemightburst ShebeggedherfathertoletherrideoverwithhimtogreettheirnewneighborsThetworodeacrosstheprairie TheyfoundMr andMrsLaskiwerehardatworkingbuildingtheirsodhome Katiewasdisappointed Shehadhopedtherewouldbesomechildrentoplaywith ButsoonMrLaskicalledout"Anna,andCarl, comeoutofthewagon"Aboyandagirl jumpeddownandcameovertoKatie Katiedidn'tbelieveit Herwishhadcometrue1 Whowasthemostimportantpersoninthestory?A MattB KatieC MrLaskiD AnnaandCarl2 WhatwasKatie'sprobleminthestory?A Shehadnofriend.B Shedidn'tlikeKansas.C Shecouldn'trideahorse.D Shedidn'tlikeAnnaandCarl.从上文中看,信息的获得不是直接的,而是必须通过整个文章的阅读,理清人物关系,掌握中心思想,才能作出正确的判定。如第一问故事中人物众多,但一直到读完才知,故事讲述了一个女孩Katie的事情。则她是故事的中心,所以应选择B 第二问是测试通过阅读是否了解了人物的心理情绪。这些信息必须通过线索,综合判定,从而其结论是A。,2 阅读理解的解题思路和方法阅读理解的测试点是在通过由于阅读所能够获取信息的能力上,所以解题思路的重点应放在:(1)通读全文,了解文章的主题和大意;了解作者的写作目的、对事件的态度上。Peoplesometimeschangetheirwayofdoingbusiness InavillageinAfrica,peopleareusingmoneyforthefirsttime They'redoingbusinesswiththeworldBeforethistribe(部落)usedmoney,peoplecametothemarketinthevillagetotrade(交易)thingstheyhadforthingstheyneeded NowpeoplemustusemoneytobuywhattheywantBeforeusingmoney,peoplehelpedoneanother Theirfatherwhowasheadofthefamily,gavefood,andclothingtohissonsandtheirfamilies Inreturn,thesonsworkedfortheirfather Nowpeoplenolongerworkforoneanotherfree Instead,theyarepaidfortheworktheydoWhenanewroadwasneeded.Everyoneinthevillagehelpedbuildit, Nowpeoplemustpaymoneytothevillagechief(首领)forroadsandschools Thechiefhiresworkerstobuildthesenewprojects MoreandbetterroadsandschoolsarebeingbuiltItisnoteasyforpeopletochangeawayofdoingbusiness Tochangefromtradinggoodstousingmoneytakestime① Thestorydoesn'tsayso,butitmakesyouthinkthat____________.A familymembersoftenquarrel(争吵)aboutmoneyB AfricansdonotchangetheirwayofdoingbusinessC AfricansrefusetousemoneyD familiesdonothelponeanotherinthesamewaynow[答案]D.② Onthewholethisstoryisabout____________A thelifeofsomeAfricansB changingfromgoodstousingmoneyC peoplehelpsoneanotherD buildingroadsacrossAfrica[答案]B.从以上的问题看,所设提问均不是对某个具体事实。而是真对整篇文章,由此可见通读全文,掌握中心和作者的态度的重要性。(2)要注重文句间的相互关系。既注重主要情节又不可忽视细节。中考中阅读命题很多情况下是对事件的某个细节而进行测试的。例:…onSaturdayafternoontheybeganwiththebackofthehouse ThenextSaturdayTom,wenttoafootballmatchwhilehiswifepaintedthefrontofthehouse Thenextdaytheyfoundtheycouldn'topenanyofthefrontwindows Theygetthemopenatlast,buttheybrokethreeofthesevenandtheywereveryexpensivetorepair① Theylastedforabout______daysA twoB threeC morethansevenD Lessthanseven[答案]A.② Theyhadtogetsomeonetomakerepairfor______windowsA sevenB fourC tenD three[答案]D.第一问中,如不分析第一句和第二句中的两个Saturday,很可能会选择答案C。事实上,他们只干了两个Saturday,而不是从这个星期六到下个星期六的7天时间。而第二问是他们弄坏了所有7个窗户中的3个,所以应选D。(3)特别注意首尾句在整个文章中的作用,以及它起到的启示和结论性作用。例:Manhasabigbrain Hecanthink,learnandspeak……butnoanimallearnswhenwespeak?Scientistsdonotreallyknow Theyonlyknowthatmancanspeakbecausehehasabigbrain这篇文章只要我们注意了首尾句,即可得出结论,它是讲述人类大脑与语言的关系的。人脑的其中一个作用是使他拥有语言,也就是和动物apes,dogs有了根本的区别。这样这篇文章的许多细节可以迎刃而解了。① Inwhatwayaremendifferentfromanimals?A Mencanunderstandthingsquickly.B Mencanlearn.C Menhavelearnedlanguage.D Menhavebrains.[答案]C.② Scientistsnowknow______A howchildrenlearntospeakB whyapescanlearnafewwordsC men'sbrainhelpshimtolearntospeak,D whathappenswhenmenspeak[答案]C.③ Whatisthetopicthewriterwantstotalkabout?A ape'slanguageB men'sbrainandlanguageC humanbrainD animals'learning[答案]B.以上只是做阅读练习中的一般分析,要取得优异成绩,还有赖于扎实的阅读基础和语言能力,以及平时的技巧训练和刻苦练习。要坚持每天至少读三四篇文章,以逐步提高自己的英语水平。(二)例题解析通读下面短文,掌握其大意。然后从短文后各题所给的四个选项中选择最佳的一项。Oncetherewasacleverfarmer Thoughhewaspoor,hedecidedonedaytotakethekingaroastgoose(烤鹅)asapresent Hehadnothad____1____tocatthatday,andsoonthe____2____oftheroastgoosebecametoomuchforhimas(当……时)he____3____ittotheking,soheateoneofitslegsWhenhecamebeforethekingandgavehimthegoose,theking____4____sawthatithadonlyonelegNow,theking____5____wasbornwithonebadleg,sohehadneverbeenableto____6____properly(正常地) Whenhesawthegoosewithonlyoneleg,hethoughtthefarmerhad____7____thistolaughathim Ofcoursehewasvery____8____ Thefarmerwastoldthatifanybodylaughedattheking,hewouldbe____9____atonce"Whereis____10____legofthegoose?"thekingasked"Allthegeese(goose的复数)inthis____11____ofthecountryhaveonelegonly,"thefarmeranswered"DoyouthinkI'mafool(傻子)?"thekingshouted"____12____,"saidthefarmer,"ifyoulookoutofthewindow,youwillseegeesewithonelegbythe____13____"Thekinglooked,andtherethegeesewere____14____ononelegbesidethewater Thekingatoncetoldoneofhismento____15____themwithabigstick,andofcourse,they____16____theirotherlegsandranaway"There,"saidtheking "Youwerelying(说谎) That____17____thatthegeeseherehavetwolegs,likeallother____18____inthecountry""Butitdoesn'tshowanything,"answeredthefarmer,"ifyour,menthrewabigsticklikethatatme,Iwouldgrowtwo____19____legsmyselftohelpmetorunaway____20____"1 A lessB allC littleD much2 A headB neckC smellD temperature3 A returnedB carriedC sentD handed4 A atonceB atlastC bythenD ontime5 A onceB reallyC himselfD yet6 A comeB walkC seeD eat7 A keptB doneC madeD found8 A sorryB worriedC sadD angry9 A helpedB killedC savedD covered10 A otherB anotherC thatD theother11 A cityB villageC farmD part12 A CertainlynotB OfcourseC That'snothingD Nevermind13 A holeB forestC lakeD house14 A swimmingB restingC flyingD lying15 A fillB lockC hitD keep16 A sentupB putdownC didwithD movedaway17 A showsB talksC seesD knows18 A geeseB animalsC legsD farmers19 A slowerB fasterC lessD more20 A moreslowlyB morecarefullyC fasterD earlier[答案]1 D2 C3 B4 A5 C6 B7 B8 D9 B10 D11 D12 A13 C14 B15 C16 B17 A18 A19 D20 C其中1选much是应能从文章字里行间中猜到的,它应为muchfoodtoeat 而将food省略。2要知道smell可以作系动词,但也可以作名词,而4则为多个短语的词语辨析:atonce立刻,atlast最终,bythen到那时为止,ontime准时。所以应为atonce 7则要熟悉英语的习惯用法,即干这件事要用do,而不用make 10之所以要用D则是因为鹅有两只腿,由于只剩一只而问另一只哪里去了,要用特指的定冠词。而other则为泛指的形容词,一般指复数,another虽然也指单数,但也应用于泛指的情况。而11题因其后有ofthecountry,,是在乡村的这个部分,所以只能用part country是不可数名词作"乡村"讲,作为可数名词则作"国家"讲。而作"乡村"讲时,前面的定冠词不可少。19则是要通读全文才知道鹅一只腿站立体息,而一被哄赶则放下另一只腿跑走了,人是两条腿站着,当被哄赶时那应是再长出两条腿奔跑着逃走。由此可见中考的难题越来越不在语法项,而在阅读和完形上用以选拔高质量的学生。Weweregoingtoplayateamfromacountryschool Theydidn'tcomeuntilthegametimearrived Theylooked____1____thanwehadthought Theywerewearingdirtybluejeans(仔裤)andlookedlikefarmboys WeeventhoughtthattheyhadneverseenabasketballbeforeWeallsatdown Wefeltthatwedidn't____2____anypractice(训练)againstateamlikethatItwasalreadysolatethatno____3____couldbegiventothemforawarmupThegamebeganOneofourboys____4____theballandheshot(掷)alongpasstoourforward(前锋) FromoutofnowhereaboyinadirtyTshirt____5____thepassandwithabeautifulform(姿势)heshotandgottwopoints(分)They____6____usThentheygotanother____7____ofpointsinaminuteSoonitwasallover Thecountryteam____8____usWecertainlylearnedthateventhoughateamisgood,thereisusuallyanother____9____alittlebetter Buttheimportantlessonlearnedwas:Onecan'ttellaman,orateam,bythe____10____1 A strongerB youngerC worseD less2 A getB tryC useD need3 A basketB spaceC ballD time4 A gotB playedC missedD carried5 A caughtB changedC startedD stopped6 A surprisedB keptC brokeD hit7 A halfB pairC groupD double8 A wonB savedC beatD joined9 A justB alreadyC aboutD almost10 A TshirtsB clothesC placesD points[答案]1 C2 D3 D4 A5 D6 A7 B8 C9 A10 B[析]在1题中可以看出stronger,youngerworse,less四个选项全可以选,语法是正确的。从文章开始到这里并看不出其原因为什么要选择C,这时只能将其选择空出往后面看,所以提醒考生要注意的是千万不要一一对完形填空作出选择,有很多情况,是后面的情景决定了前面的选择。当看到Weeventhoughtthattheyhadneverseenabasketballbefore和Wefeltthatwedidn'tneed(2)anypracticeagainstateamlikethat 则就肯定会得到第一个空的选项决不是比我们强壮,也不可能是少,更不可能是年轻、而是球技不佳,比我们差得很远。而5题是要仔细考虑才能得到正确的结论。这四个动词都可以用在篮球运动中,但要注意的是,其后面的名词是pass,在这里应译为"长传"。而这个长传这里决不是开始,而是被截住了。所以这里应用stopped。即"拦截了一个长传。"而caught的宾语应换为ball球就对了。B选项为"改变",用于这里就不合题意了。而7项虽然很多人都知道篮球规则,投一球按两分计算,但这里应选哪个词则拿不准了,主要在B选项与D选项之间发生了问题。不知double的真实意义是"加倍,翻一翻"之意,还是"一对,一双,两倍"之意。其困难点还有9项,它的选择应为just,这是由全文所决定的。它的意思是不论一个队多么好,总会有一个队会比你强出一点儿,哪怕是仅仅一点点。这也就是完形填空不易拿满分之处。这里要提醒大家的是:语言是十分灵活的,要经常不断地学习思考才会有所进步。Peterwasasmallboy Helivedwithhisparentsinasmallhousenearsomehills ThepeopletherewereallpoorOnenightitwasverydryandwindyWheneverybodywasasleep,Petersuddenlyheardsomenoise Itcameoutfromthekitchen(厨房) Hegotupandwalkedtothekitchen Hefoundthatthewoodbesidethestove(火炉)wasburning Therewasnowatertap(水龙头)inthehouse,sohecouldnotputout(扑灭)thefire Heshoutedloudlytowakeupeveryoneinthehouse Thenheranoutofhishouseandknockedonthedoorsofmanyhousestowakethepeopleup TheyalllefttheirhousesquicklyAtlastthefirewasputoutbythefiremen Manyhouseswereburnt Butnobodywashurtinthefire1 Peterlivedwithhis______A sistersB brothersC unclesD parents2 Onenighthefoundthat______besidethestovewasburningA thetableB thewoodC thedoorD thewindow3______ ,sohecouldnotputoutthefireA EverybodywasasleepB Hecouldn'tshoutloudlyC ThekitchenwasverybigD Therewasnowatertapinthehouse4 Peterknockedonthedoorsofmanyhouses______z,A towakethepeopleupB togetsomewaterC tofindhisclassmatesD tovisitthem5______ hurtinthefireA PeopleinotherhouseswereB Peter'sparentswereC NobodywasD Peterwas[答案]1 D2 B3 D4 A5 C[析]本题属于表层理解阅读考查题目,因为完成其答案所需要的信息基本上可以直接从文章中获取,并不太多的需要推理和对环境,习俗的分析与了解。例如1题可直接从文章中Helivedwithhisparentsinasmall…中获取。2题则可以从Hefoundthatthewoodbesidethestovewasburing获取答案。3题几乎是文章中的原句,Therewasnowatertapinthehouse 所以得分率会很高。4题也可从文章中:Thenheranoutofhishouseandknockedonthedoorsofmanyhousestowakethepeopleup 直接找出答案。5题的答案则可以从文章中最后一句获得,如:Butnobodywashurtinthefire。这样的阅读题目,是属于表层理解题目,也就是为了那些获取毕业成绩的分数所设计的。其目的在于对普通同学给予适当的分以求达到毕业之目的。这样的题目虽然容易,但还是要小心为好,不要粗心大意,以免不必要的丢分。"You'rejustintime,Joe We'regoingtoplaycowboys(牛仔)andIndians,andyoucanbetheIndians,"oneofmycousins(堂兄弟)said"HowmanyIndians?"Iasked"Oh,aboutathousand,"heanswered,andbeforeIcouldsayno,IwaspushedoutintothenightandbecameathousandIndians TwominuteslaterIwasrunninginthefieldswithagroupofcowboysbehind Theshoutsof"Afterthem Let'scatchthekillers!"andothersuchTVplaylanguagecameintomyearsasIranroundacornerandhurriedintomyGrandpa'scar"We'vegothim, boys Let'sgoandcatchhim!"Butnoonewantedtocometogetme Allofmycousinsexceptonewerealwaysveryfriendlywithme Itwasquietoutside AndIwentoutofthecartohavealookJustthenIheardashout,"Bringtherope(绳子),andwecanburnhim""OnlyIndiansburnpeople Cowboys…,"Istoppedjustintime Ihadalmostsaid,"Cowboyshang(绞死)people"Iwastiedtoatree,andthecowboyswerelookingforsomewoodwhenmydearmothercalled,"We'releavingnow""Untieme,"Ishouted "We'regoing""WhydidBobbywantmatches(火柴)?"Mumaskedwhenwewereinthecar "HewasaskingDadwhetherhehadany""Oh,hewasjustgoingtomatches?MATCHES?Areyousurehewantedmatches?"Motherwasquitesure,andIdidn'tsayanymore1 HowmanychildrenplayedtheIndians?,A Onethousand.B Onehundred.C Onegroup.D One.2 WhydidJoe'scousinsaythatJoewasjustintime?Because______A therewerenotenoughchildrenforthegameB thegamewasjustgoingtostartC noneofhiscousinswantedtobetheIndiansD theywerewaitingforJoe3 Joedidn'tsay"Cowboyshangpeople"outbecause______A hewastiedtoatreeB thatwouldmakethingsworseC hewascaughtbythecowboysD thatwouldmakethecowboysangry4 WhichofthefollowingisTRUE?A OneofJoe'scousinswaslookingformatches.B Daddidn'twanttogivethechildrenanymatches.C Bobbywantedtogetsomematchesfromhisfather.D Mumdidn'tthinkchildrenshouldplaywithmatches.5 Thenameofthestoryshouldbe"______"A JoeandhiscousinsB WhoknowswhatdangeriswaitingthereC CowboysandIndiansisafavouritechildren'sgameD HowcowboysandIndiansfoughtinthepast[答案]1 D2 C3 B4 A5 B[析]本文在阅读过程中会感到难度,而其问题与选项的设计更为困难。其难点不仅在于要阅读好文章,而且要对问题和问题中的选择项作深入仔细地阅读。如1题的问句之意是有多少个孩子在游戏中扮演印第安人。而文章中又有"HowmanyIndians?"Iasked当作者问到有多少印第安人时,其答语为"aboutathousand"这对于看不懂全文,而只认识个别单词的人就是一种很强的误导作用。因题目中问的是Howmany,而文章中的数字是athousand 但如果认真往下看则会发现:IwaspushedoutintothenightandbecameathousandIndians 我被推入了黑暗之中变成了一千个印第安人。所以文章暗示了一个小孩来扮演一千个印第安人。这种题目的得分率自然不会很高。紧接而来的2题则更困难,问题问的是Joe,的堂兄说他来的正是时候,是因为______。这是要认真去推理来判定的。由文中的句子andbeforeIcouldsayno…这显然暗示了作者并不想扮演这样的角色,所以可以推论是没有人愿意扮演这个角色,但正在这个时候Joe来了,而且不由分说把Joe推入了角色之中。而3题则更加困难,其题目之意是"Joe没有说出牛仔是绞死人"的这一句话是为了什么______。从文章中Joe被一群孩子追逐后被抓住,十分不高兴,想从中解脱出来。因其他孩子讲我们可以烧死他。所以Joe为了摆脱困境而要讲出的话是:"只有印第安人才烧人,而牛仔是用绳子绞死人。"后半句没有讲出来,是因为他看到如果要烧死人还需要找柴,找火柴,还是要一段时间的,但绳子就在他身上,如果绞死人那几乎是立刻马上之事。所以其答案选择了B。 这样的话可能会使事情更糟。4题的题目是简单的,即下面陈述中那个是真实的。由于中考英语答案是唯一的,所以只有一个是符合标准的。这时可以采用选取正确答案的方法,但实际上更好的办法是排除法。把不正确的排除后再对其他项进行对比,作出选择。这叫作所谓的排除法。首先排除的应是C选项,因文章中讲在他们上车回家的路上妈妈问他:"为什么Bobby要火柴,他问爸爸是否有火柴。"这里的爸爸显然指的是Joe的爸爸而不是Bobby的爸爸。而其他三个选项则都处于可选之例:如A项应为Joe的一个堂兄在找火柴。B项是爸爸不想给孩子任何火柴。D项是妈妈认为孩子们不应玩火柴。而B项,在文章中根本没有进述Joe爸爸的态度,所以应首先放弃,而D项是可以从推理中得到的,要不然他的母亲不会在车上问这个问题,但是文章中并未直接提出来,所以只有A是对的。因其妈妈讲Bobby是向Joe的爸爸寻找火柴。而5项则更是要全文反复阅读才可能领会到其中的原由的。文章的题目要概括全部文章内容,但更重要的是从中抽取最重要的,也就是作者的主要意图。从文章的最后两句,当作者反问他妈妈时说:"他真的在找火柴?火柴、你敢肯定他是在找火柴吗?"妈妈表示十分肯定,而作者再也不讲什么了。显然他感到如果玩下去危险的存在。所以其答案是B。这也就是中考中要求较高的题目,虽然分数不多但对要进入重点高中的学生来说,这是个关键问题,也就是成功与失败的焦点所在。例:Wespentadayinthecountryandpickedalotofflowers Ourcarwasfullofflowersinside!Onthewayhomewehadtostopattrafficlights,andtheremywifesawthebookshelfItstoodoutsideafurniture(家具)shop "Buyit,"shesaidatonce "We'llcarryithomeontheroofrack(车顶架) I'vealwayswantedonelikethat"WhatcouldIdo?TenminuteslaterIwastwentydollarspoorer,andthebookshelfwastiedontotheroofrack Itwastallandnarrow,quiteheavytooAsitwasgettingdarker,Idroveslowly Otherdriversseemedmorepolitethanusualthatevening Thepoliceevenstoppedtraffictoletus,through CarryingfurniturewasagoodideaAfteratimemywifesaid,"There'salonglineofcarsbehind Whydon'ttheyovertake(超车)?"Justatthattimeapolicecardidovertake Thetwoofficers(警官)insidelookedatusseriouslywhentheywentpast Butthen,withakindsmiletheyaskedustofollowtheircarthroughthebusytraffic Thepolicecarstoppedatourvillagechurch(教堂)Oneoftheofficerscametome"Right,sir,"hesaid"Doyouneedanymorehelpnow?"Ididn'tquiteunderstand"Thanks,officer,"Isaid "You'vebeenverykind Ilivejustdowntheroad"Hewaslookingatourthings:firstattheflowers,thenatthebookshelf "Well,well,"hesaidandlaughed "It'sabookshelfyou'vegotthere!Wethoughtitwas-ersomethingelse"Mywifebegantolaugh SuddenlyIunderstoodwhythepolicedrovehere Ismilcdattheofficer "Yes,it'sabookshelf,butthanksagain"IdrovehomeasfastasIcould1 Fromthestoryweknowthat______A thewriterwaspooranddidn'tbuythebookshelfforhiswifeB thewriter'swifedidn'tlikethebookshelfatallC thewriterwasalwaysgladtobuysomethingforhiswifeD thewriterwasnotverygladtobuythebookshelfforhiswife2 Whatmadethewriterthinkthatcarryingfurniturewas"agoodidea"?A HecoulddriveslowlyanditwassafeB OtherdriverswouldlethimgofirstC HiswifecoulduseanewbookshelfD Hecouldsavealotofmoneyandtime3 Whywerethepoliceandotherdriverssokindtothewriter?A BecausetheythoughtthewriterlikedstudyingverymuchandneededabookshelfB Becausetheydidn'tthinkitwaspolitetoovertakeacarwithabookshelfonitC Becausetheythoughtsomebodyinthewriter'sfamilyhaddiedandheneededhelpD Becausetheythoughtitwasdangeroustocarryabookshelfonacar4 Whydidthewriter'swifebegintolaugh?A BecausenowsheknewwhatmistakethepolicehadmadeB BecauseatlastherhusbandunderstoodwhythepolicehaddriventothechurchC Becausetheofficerwasalwayslookingattheflowcrsandthebookshelf,D Becausethepolicehadhelpedthemalot5 Whendidtheofficersbegintorealize(意识到)theyhadmadeamistake?A BeforetheyarrivedatthechurchB Beforetheyovertook(overtake的过去式)thewriter'scarC AfteroneofthemlookedattheflowersandthebookshelfcarefullyatthechurchD Afterthewriter'sfamilyleftthechurch[答案]1D2B3C4A5C[析]这篇文章有英国幽默的味道。英国的幽默是十分特别的,它一般都是讲述一个故事,但当结尾时仅几句话则道出天机来。对于这样的文章要从头认真看到尾,不要在考场中为了赶时间自认为是全懂了,其实则不然。造成不必要的丢分。从1题可以看出作者十分不情愿地为其妻子买了个书架呢。第二段则出现"Buyit"这样的祈使句。初学者不易看出里面的原委。要知道祈使句在对话中常常带有命令,或不客气之意,所以从这里开始已看出作者的情绪了。其后的WhatcanIdo?又是一句抱怨的话,"我还能作什么吗?"其后又是一句风趣的抱怨:TenminuteslaterIwastwentydollarspoorer即暗示十分不情愿地又花了20美元。所以其答案是D。其后2题则是推理题,从作者买了书架之后一连串的奇怪事情发生了。首先是其他的驾驶员开车对他十分的礼貌,甚至警察阻挡其他车辆让他先行。所以其答案是B。第3题则一句道破天机。因为前两件事已使作者感到奇怪了。后来警察竟然亲自驾驶汽车为他开道。而且警察并不知道他要去什么地方就把他带到教堂来了。这是因为英美人一生三件大事都要在教堂做:其一是出生时在教堂洗礼,其二是结婚,其三则是死亡。所以警察不问其由而将他带到教堂是为了帮助他。所以答案是C。当警察讲到Wethoughtitwas…ersomethingelse?时,显然有个词是不好意思讲出口的,所以道出了文章的真实情况。这时不难对5题作出答复其答案是C。附录中学生英语学习常见错误一览表Aa[误]IthinkitisanusefulEnglishdictionary.[正]IthinkitisausefulEnglishdictionary.,[析]在不定冠词a与an的用法中要注意的一点是:an用在以元音开头的词之前;而a则用在以辅音开头的词之前。要特别注意的是以u字母打头的单词,如useful,university等,其第一个音标是[j],所以要特别予以注意。[误]Ineedahourtofinishthisletter.[正]Ineedanhourtofinishthisletter.[析]要注意hour和honest的第一个字母不发音。[误]Myteacherisaunknownman,butheisaverygoodman.[正]Myteacherisanunknownman,butheisaverygoodman.[析]要注意以u打头的单词,它的发音为[]时,单数名词前要用an,如uncle等。[误]Thereisa"f"intheword"football".[正]Thereisan"f"intheword"football".[析]英文字母单独使用时,如其第一个发音是元音时,其前面的不定冠词应该用an而不是a.[误]Ihavealittlebrother.Heisa8yearoldboy.[正]Ihavealittlebrother.Heisan8yearoldboy.[析]要注意这些字母的第一个发音为元音,如eight,eleven等。able[误]Thisbikeisabletoberepaired.[正]Thisbikecanberepaired.[析]beableto主要表达某事或某人具有某种能力去作某事,应译为"有本领"、"有能力"、"可以"作某事,如:I'mabletoswimacrossthisriver.而can可以用来表示具有接受能力或吸收能力。如:Thisradiocanberepairedhere.about[误]Thisclassisabouttobeginjustnow.[正]Thisclassisabouttobegin.[析]要注意beaboutto是"将要"的意思,含有将来时之意,不要与表示过去时的时间状语连用。另外,beaboutto一般用作书面语,对应的口语是begoingto.abouton,about与on都可以作"关于"讲,但却有所不同,例如:Thisbookisaboutphysics.应译为"这是一本关于物理学的科普读物。"而:Thisbookisonphysics.则应译为"这是一本物理学方面的专著。"above[误]Thetemperatureisfivedegreesoverzero.[正]Thetemperatureisfivedegreesabovezero.[析]表达"在……上方"时,above与over是可以互换的,如:Theskyisabove(orover)ourheads.但是要表达在垂直方向上的上方时则应用above不可用over,如:Thesunhasrisenabovethehorizon.[误]ThereisoftenthickcloudabovetheSouthofChinainsummer.[正]ThereisoftenthickcloudovertheSouthofChinainsummer.[析]当表达覆盖之意时,只可用over而不能用above.[误]Thereisabridgeabovetheriver.[正]Thereisabridgeovertheriver.[析]用来表达"从……上方越过"时不能用above只能用over,如:Theplaneflewoverthecity.但要注意Thereiswaterfallabovethebridge.则应译为"在桥的上游有一个瀑布。"across[误]Heranacrossthewood.[正]Heranthroughthewood.[析]across是指某一动作在一平面内进行,而through则是指该动作在一三维立体空间的运动过程。如:Themancameinthroughthewindow.Hewalkedacrossthesquare.acrossacross的主要用法有两个。其一,意为"对面",如:Thereisaschooljustacrossthestreet.其二,意为"横过",如:Hewalkedacrossthestreet.afraid[误]Idont'tafraidofhim.[正]Iamnotafraidofhim.[析]要注意"害怕"afraid一词在英语中不是动词,而是形容词,要与be动词连用。after[误]Twoweeksafterheleft.,[正]Twoweekslaterheleft.[正]Heleftaftertwoweeks.[析]要表达"在多少时间之后",英语中有两种表达法,即:用later时,要时间在前,如threehourslater;而用after时要时间在后,如afterthreehours.[误]Myfatherwillbebackafterafewhours.[正]Myfatherwillbebackinafewhours.[析]受中文的影响,这个介词常常被误用。当你要表达在一段时间内某个动作可以完成时,一定要用in,而不能用after,因为after是指在某一时间之后。例如:Thisworkwillbedoneintwodays.即表明在两天内这一工作一定会做完。而如用了after,即表示在两天之后,完成的时间是不确定的。afterbehindafter多用于表示顺序的前后,如:ShewalkedinthelineafterTom.或用来表示"追赶",表示一种动态,如:HeranafterMary.而behind多用于强调先进与落后,如:Sheismuchbehindtheothergirlsinsewing.或者用于表达"迟于",如:Thetrainwastenminutesbehindthetimetable.或者与表示静态的动词连用,如:Shehidherselfbehindtheflowers.afternoon[误]Heworkedveryhardinahotafternoon.[正]Heworkedveryhardonahotafternoon.[析]习惯用的词组intheafternoon,如果加入任何修饰词后其前面的介词in都要改为on,不论其修饰词在前还是在后,如:HeswaminthisriverontheafternoonofJunelst.又如:AreyoufreeonSundayafternoon?against[误]Heagainstme.[正]Heisagainstme.[析]要注意against意为"反对",但它在英文中却不是动词,而是介词,如要讲反对某事或某人时则要加动词be,如:Heisagainstsomebody/something.againstforagainst意为"反对"、"不赞成";而for则意为"同意",为其反意词。如:Areyoufororagainsttheplan?age[误]Heistwentyyearsoldofage.,[正]Heistwenty.[正]Heistwentyyearsold.[正]Heisattheageoftwenty.ago[误]Tom'sfatherhasbeendeadfiveyearsago.[正]Tom'sfatherdiedfiveyearsago.[析]ago意为由说话时算起,若干时间以前。它只能和一般动词过去时连用,而不要与完成时连用。[误]YesterdayImetafriend.Wedidn'tseeeachotherforalongtimesinceweleftthecollegetwentyyearsago.[正]YesterdayImetafriend.Wehadn'tseeneachotherforalongtimesinceweleftthecollegetwentyyearsago.[析]要注意的是在本句是ago是用在由since引起的从句之中,只是从句应用过去时,但不影响主句的时态。agree[误]Doestheteacheragreetous?[正]Doestheteacheragreewithus?[误]Doesheagreewithourplan?[正]Doesheagreewithus?[析]agreewith指"同意某人的提议、建议、计划"等。如果要讲同意某项计划则要用agreeto,如:Doyouagreetotheplan?all[误]Theoldmanhastwosons.Allofthemareworkers.[正]Theoldmanhastwosons.Bothofthemareworkers.[析]all是指三者或以上的全部,而both则是指"两者都"。[误]Theallchildrenareplayingfootballnow.[正]Allthechildrenareplayingfootballnow.[析]all作修饰词时其位置要在所有的修饰词之前,不论这些修饰词是定冠词、指示代词、形容词或名词,或代词的所有格。[误]Youallareright.,[正]Youareallright.[析]all作同位语时其位置要置于be动词之后,实意动词之前,如:Theteachersallworkhard.或用于第一助动词之后,如:Theboyshaveallbeenwaitingfortheirmothers.almost[误]Nearlynobodythinksheisright.[正]Almostnobodythinksheisright.[析]nearly与almost是近意词,其含意差别不大,但是与否定词连用时要用almost,例如:Shebroughtalmostnomoneywithher.此句中的almost不能用nearly替换。alone[误]Theoldmanlivedlonebuthedidn'tfeellonely.[正]Theoldmanlivedalone,buthedidn'tfeellonely.[析]alone,lone,lonely三个词全具有"孤单、孤独"之意。但其用法不同:lone可以作定语,而alone则只能作表语,lonely则多指感情上与感觉上的孤独。already[误]Wearealreadyforthework.[正]Weareallreadyforthework.[析]already是副词,其意为"已经",如:Healreadyknewaboutit.而allready为形容词意为"准备好"。alreadyyetalready多用于肯定句中,例如:Thestudentshavealreadyfinishedthework.而yet则多用于疑问句与否定句中,如:Haveyoufinishedityet?Ihaven'tfinishedityet.also[误]Ididn'tfindthedictionaryalso.[正]Ididn'tfindthedictionaryeither.[析]作为"也"讲,在否定句中要用either而不能用also.alsotooalso与too都可用在肯定句中表示"也",但also通常用于be动词或情态动词之后,如:Icanalsodoitmyself.而too一般放于句尾。I'llattendhisclass,too.always[误]Alwaysheaskedhimselfwhyhehadcomehere.[正]Healwaysaskedhimselfwhyhehadcomehere.,[析]always一般不能用于句首,它在一般句中的位置是于动词之前第一助动词之后,如:I'vealwaysthoughtheishonest.又如:Heisalwayslate.among[误]Ifthethreeapplesaredividedamongthetwoboyshowmuchwilleachreceive?[正]Ifthethreeapplesaredividedamongthethreeboyshowmuchwilleachreceive?[析]among常用于三个事物或人物之间,而between则多用于两者之间。an[误]Thisisanusefuldictionary.[正]Thisisausefuldictionary.[析]详见a条。and[误]Hedidnotspeakloudlyandclearly.[正]Hedidnotspeakloudlynorclearly.[误]OurschoolisnotinNewYorkandChicago,butinBoston.[正]OurschoolisnotinNewYorkorChicago,butinBoston.[析]"和"这一概念在肯定句中应用and,但在否定句中则要用orangry[误]Mymotherwasangrytome.[正]Mymotherwasangrywithme.[误]HewasangrywithwhatIsaid.[正]HewasangryatwhatIsaid.[析]要注意beangry后面如果接人,表示"对某人生气不满"时应用beangrywithsomebody.但要接事物时要用beangryatsomething.another[误]Ihavetwosisters,oneinAmericaandanotherinEnglish.[正]Ihavetwosisters,oneinAmericaandtheotherinEnglish.[析]要注意英语中another,other,theother,theothers,others的不同用法,现分别说明如下:another作形容词其意为:泛指的另一个或再一个,别的,类似的。一般在句中作定语,如:Thisisnotgoodenough,pleaseshowmeanotherone.another还可以作为代词用,如:Onestudentsaid:"Iwanttoplaybaskball."anothersaid:"Iwanttoplay,football."other作形容词其意为"泛指其余的,别的"。如:Ihaveotherbooksbesidesthese.又如:Asksomeotherpeopleplease.theother则为特指,作形容词时其后面可接单数或复数名词,如:Shehastwoflowers.Oneiswhite,theotheroneisyellow.(特指,单数)又如:Therearefiftystudentsinourclass,twentyfiveareboys,theotherstudentsaregirls.(特指,复数)但当theother作为代词时,它代表的可以是单数,也可以是复数,如:Hehasabookinonehand,andapenintheother.(单数)又如:Therearesomepeopleintheroom.Fouraregirls,theother(复数)areboys.要注意的是当theother作主语时,其后面的谓语动词要视具体情况而定,它可能是单数,也可能是复数。others则只能作代词,其意为otherones即为:泛指某些,某一部分人或物,如:Eachofusmustthinkofothers.而theothers只能作为代词,它是特指某一些人或物,如:Iknowonlyoneortwoofthestudents;theothersareunknowntome.answer[误]Someoneisknockingatthedoor.Pleasereplythedoorbell.[正]Someoneisknockingatthedoor,Pleaseanswerthedoorbell.[析]answer与reply是近意词,作为及物动词用时有时二者是可以互换的,如:Thestudentanswered/repliedthathewantedtowatchTV.但在某些特定场合则不易互换。作为应答之意时则多用answer,如:Youshouldanswertoyourname.Pleaseanswermyletterassoonaspossible.AnswermyquestioninEnglish.any[误]Doyouhavesomequestions?[正]Doyouhaveanyquestions?[析]some一般要用于肯定句,而any则用于否定句或疑问句。[误]ChinaislargerthananyothercountriesinAsia.[正]ChinaislargerthananyothercountryinAsia.[析]要注意anyother其后要跟单数名词,但anyoftheother其后要接复数名词。ChinaislargerthananyoftheothercountriesinAsia.[误]Herearesomebooks;youcanchooseanyoneofthese.[正]Herearesomebooks;youcanchooseanyoneofthese.[析]anyone只能指人,而anyone即可指人也可以指物。around[误]Thenineplanetsgoaroundofthesun.,[正]Thenineplanetsgoaroundthesun.[析]around后面不要再加介词,如:Thesunshinesallaroundus.aroundround作介词用的around与round通常可以互换,只不过美语常用around,而英语常用round,例如:Youcanseethepostofficeround/aroundthatcorner.(绕过那个弯你就可以看到邮局。但是一定要区别它们的不同之处:round可以用作形容词、副词、介词、动词、名词;而around只能用作副词或介词。例如:Thepostofficeisjustround(around)thehouse(用作介词).Hehasroundface(用作形容词).Theriverroundedthestones.(用作动词)arrive[误]IarrivedBeijingthedaybeforeyesterday.[正]IarrivedinBeijingthedaybeforeyesterday.[正]IreachedBeijingthedaybeforeyesterday.[误]Hearrivedintheschoolat11∶00.[正]Hearrivedattheschoolat11∶00.[析]arrive为不及物动词,当到达的是较大的地理区域时用介词in,而到达较小的地方时则用at,如:arriveinNewYork,arriveatthevillage.arrivereachgetarrive如上所述是不及物动词,而reach则是及物动词。如:Howdidyoureachtheschoolthismorning?而get可用作不及物动词,作"到达"讲时其后面多与to连用。如:WhendidyougettoNewYork?as[误]Thismanworksinthebankforamanager.[正]Thismanworksinthebankasamanager.[析]as与for有时是可以通用的。如:Thisroomisusedas(for)aclassroom.但是用来指官衔、职位时只能用as.[误]MybrotherissotallerasTom.[正]MybrotherisastallasTom.[析]as…as之间只能用形容词与副词的原级,而不能用比较级。在否定句中可以用so…as,也可以用as…as,但在肯定句中只能用as…as,如:HeisnotsotallasTom.[误]I'llgivehimthenoteassoonashewillcome.,[正]I'llgivehimthenoteassoonashecomes.[析]assoonas所引导的状语从句中应使用一般时态表示将来。ask[误]Thestudentaskedaquestiontotheteacher.[正]Thestudentaskedtheteacheraquestion.[析]ask应接双宾语,即asksomebodysomething.[误]Theyaskedsomebooks.[正]Theyaskedforsomebooks.[析]向某人要求某物时应用asksomebodyforsomething或askforsomethingfromsomebody,如:Heaskedhismotherforsomemoney.或Heaskedforsomemoneyfromhismother.asleep[误]Heisdeeplyasleep.[正]Heisfastasleep.[析]要讲"熟睡",就要用fast来修饰asleep。另外,在英语中一般不讲somebodyissleeping而要用asleep。关于睡觉这一词的惯用法还有:gotosleep(如:Theoldmanusuallygoestosleepatten.),fallasleep(如:IfellasleepatEnglishclassyesterday.)at[误]Itwillreallydoyounoharmquite.[正]Itwillreallydoyounoharmatall.[析]atall和quite的汉语意思均为"全然"、"确定的",但atall适用于否定句,例如:-I'msorry.I'mlate.-Notroubleatall.又如:Idon'tthinkitisrightatall.而quite则适用于肯定句,例如:Heisquiteagoodteacher.[误]Thechildrenplayfootballforlunch.[正]Thechildrenplayfootballatlunch.[析]英语中的atlunch为"在吃午饭时"。这种惯用法还有atwork(在工作),attable(在吃饭),atdesk(在学习)。而forlunch则是为午饭而准备的食物,又如:Wehadsomemilkforbreakfast.[误]Thereisapostofficeinthecornerofthestreet.[正]Thereisapostofficeatthecornerofthestreet.,[析]atthecorner是指墙外面的角,而inthecorner是指建筑物内部的角落。例如:Thereisacomputerinthecorneroftheroom.Thereisastreetlampatthecornerofthestreet.atinon在表示时间时用来表示具体钟点用at,如:Hewillbebackatsix.表示一天的上、下午时要用in,如:Iusuallygetupatsixinthemorning.但要注意的是,inthemorning和intheafternoon这两个词组中如果加入了任何修饰词,其介词要换为on,如:onthecoldmorning,onthehotafternoon.又如:SeeyouonMondaymorning.如讲到具体的某一天,要用on,如:onSunday,如:IusuallywanttovisitmymotheronSundays.在谈到周、月、季、年时要用in,如:AllthechildrenwillbehappyinEasterweek.HewasborninJuly.但要注意在泛指圣诞节、复活节、感恩节时都用at,如:WhereareyougoingatEaster.Bback[误]I'msorry.Ihavetobackhome.[正]I'msorry.Ihavetogobackhome.[正]I'msorry.Ihavetogohome.[析]back用作"回到(某处)"之意,不是动词。be[误]Wheredoyoufrom?[正]Whereareyoufrom?[析]"你从何处来"应为Whereareyoufrom?或Wheredoyoucomefrom?但要注意这两句话均是问对方从哪个国家来的。要是口语中问"你是从什么地方来?"应讲Wheredidyoucomefrom?回答用Icamefromthelibrary.beat[误]Wehavewonyourclass.[正]Wehavebeatenyourclass.[正]Wehavewonthegame.[析]win是胜过之意,它是及物动词,但其后的宾语只能接比赛、战争、奖品、奖金的名称,如:Whichteamwonthefootballmatch?而beat指打败对手、敌人……如:Mybrotherbeat,meatpoker.(要注意的是,beat的过去式与原形相同,而过去分词为beaten)。[误]Theballbeatmebadly.[正]Theballhitmebadly.[误]Heusedtohitthelittleboyblackandblue.[正]Heusedtobeatthelittleboyblackandblue.[析]beat指打击多次,而hit则为击中对方的一次性打击。beautiful[误]Heisabeautifulboy.[正]Heisahandsomeboy.[析]我们可以讲Sheisabeautifulgirl.Thisisabeautifulpark.但要讲男人的"英俊"时要用handsome.because[误]ThereasonwhyIwaslateisbecauseIwasill.[正]ThereasonwhyIwaslateisthatIwasill.[误]BecauseitwasSunday,sotheparkwascrowded.[正]BecauseitwasSundaytheparkwascrowded.[析]这种错误是因为中文的习惯与英语的表述法不同,中文常讲我来晚了的原因是因为我病了,而英文中的第二个因为要用that代替。又因中文常讲因为……所以……,而英文中用了因为就不能再用所以了,同样用了"所以"也就不要再用"因为"一词。例如:Becausewestudyhard,wepassedtheexameasily.或者:Westudyhardsowepassedtheexameasily.becausebecauseofbecause后要接从句,例如:Welikephysicsbecausewecanlearnalotofnewideas.而becauseof后要接名词作介词宾语,如:Heisnotatschoolbecauseoftheillness.before[误]Wehavetwohourstokillbeforewewillgohome.[正]Wehavetwohourstokillbeforewegohome.[析]killtime意为"消磨时光"。英语状语从句中要用一般现在时表示将来的动作。如:Ifitrainswewillnotgotothepark.[误]Ididthisworktwodaysbefore.[正]Ididthisworktwodaysago.,[析]用ago组成的时间状语其主句中的谓语动词要用过去时,而before引起的时间状语其主句中的谓语动词多用完成时,如:Ihasdonethisworkafewdaysbefore.beforelonglongbeforebeforelong是"不久"之意,例如:IshallgotoAmericabeforelong.而longbefore则是"很久很久"之意,如:Weknewthisteacherlongbeforewesawhim.(我们在看到这位老师之前很久就知道他了。)begin[误]ThemeetingwillbeginfromMonday.[正]ThemeetingwillbeginonMonday.[误]Thefilmhasbegunfortenminutes.[正]Thefilmhasbeenonfortenminutes.[析]begin是瞬间动词,所以它的完成时态不能接表示一段时间的状语,如:Thefilmhasbegun.这句话是对的,即"电影已经开始"。但要讲已经开始10分钟了则要用hasbeenon即"上演了10分钟"。beginstartbegin与start两词后面加不定式或动名词都可以,且意思并无区别,但在表达习惯时接动名词的用法较多,如:HowoldwernyouwhenyoufirststartedlearningEnglish?但这两个词的进行时态中则多用不定式,如:Iwasbeginningtogethungry.但如果句子的主语是物而不是人,则多用不定式,如:Theicebegantomelt.Itstartedtogetdarkbeforewegottoschool.当动词是表达某种心理状态时,要用不定式,如:Thestudentbegantounderstandhismistakes.[误]Theystudyhardintheclassfromthebeginningtotheend.[正]Theystudyhardintheclassfrombeginningtoend.[析]frombeginningtoend是习惯用法,即自始至终,不要加冠词,但如单独使用则要加冠词,例如:Atthebeginning,theteachergaveusanexam.behind[误]Hemissedtheclassbecausehewasbehindthetime.[正]Hemissedtheclassbecausehewasbehindtime.[析]behindtime一短语意为"晚了",而behindthetimes意为"落后于时代"。behind是介词同时又是副词,如Comeoutfrombehindthedoor(介词).He'salongwaybehind(副词).Hefellbehindwithhisclassmates(副词).,below[误]What'sthatbelowthechair.[正]What'sthatunderthechair.[析]under意为"正下方",而below意为"比……低",或指"在下游"。如:Thereisafallbelowtheriver.(河的下游有一个瀑布。)其反义词为over,如:Thereisabigplaneflyingoverthecity.但在"下面的例子"一表达语中则要用theexamplebelow,而不要用under.beside[误]Thestudentsstoodbesidestheteacher.[正]Thestudentsstoodbesidetheteacher.[误]IstudyEnglishbesideChinese.[正]IstudyEnglishbesidesChinese.[析]beside意为"在……旁边",而besides是"除……以外(还如何)"。besidebynearbeside意为"在……旁",如:Thereisatalltreebesidetheriver.by多指"倚、靠"、"沿着"之意,如:Sheisstandingbythewindow.near多用来表示两地间距离不远,如:Thereisapostofficenearourschool.better[误]Youhadbettertodoitathome.[正]Youhadbetterdoitathome.[误]Youhadn'tbetterwakemeupatsix.[正]Youhadbetternotwakemeupatsix.[析]hadbetter在肯定句中为"应该作某事",其后加不带to的不定式,而在否定句中应用hadbetter+not+动词原形。在简答语中had常省略为'd,如:You'dbetternot.又如:Let'sgofirst.No,we'dbetternot.between[误]Amongthetwotreesthereisaspaceofthefeet.[正]Betweenthetwotreesthereisaspaceofthefeet.[析]两者之间多用between,三者或三者以上之间则用among.[误]Youmustchoosebetweenthiscluborthatclub.[正]Youmustchoosebetweenthisclubandthatclub.[析]在两个之间作出选择要用between…and…,而不能用between…or….,big[误]Therewasabigrainlastnight.[正]Therewasaheavyrainlastnight.[析]大雨在英语中只能用aheavyrain而不要用abigrain.bit[误]Heisabitfool.[正]Heisabitofafool.[析]abit可以作程度副词,与alittle相同,但它用于名词前应用abitof,而用于形容词前则应用abit,如:I'mabittired,而其简答的否定句应为Notabit,(一点儿也不。)又如:-DoyoumindifIopenthedoor?-Notabit.black[误]Thechildrenbecameblackafterswimminginthesea.[正]Thechildrenbecamesunburnedafterswimminginthesea.[析]因太阳照晒而皮肤变黑,不应用black而应用sunburned,suncolour或dark.[误]Thegirlhasblackeyesandblackhair.[正]Thegirlhasdarkeyesandblackhair.[析]英语中blackeyes的意思是被打得发青的眼睛。[误]TheEuropeanslikeredtea.[正]TheEuropeanslikeblacktea.[析]红茶在英文中应为blacktea.这种惯用法还有:blackandblue(鼻青脸肿,青一块紫一块);blackandwhite(黑白电视片)。goblack意为"在失去知觉时眼前一片黑暗";lookblack意为"情况不妙,前景暗淡"。如:Afterthefighthewasblackandblue.OnTV,Ilikecolourforsomethingandblackandwhiteforothers.body[误]Goingtobedearlierandgettingupearlierisgoodforyourbody.[正]Goingtobedearlierandgettingupearlierisgoodforyourhealth.[析]中文常讲对你身体有利,而英文中则讲对你健康有利。borrow[误]MayIlendsomebooksfromthelibrary?,[正]MayIborrowsomebooksfromthelibrary?[误]HowlongcanIborrowit?[正]HowlongcanIkeepit?[析]英语中有三个词都可译为"借",但意义各不相同如:"借入"是borrow,其常用句型结构是borrowsomethingfromsomebody,这是个瞬间性动词,不可与表示延续的时间状语连用。例如:Thestudentswanttoborrowsomebooksfromthelibrary."借出"用lend,即借给别人东西。其常用句型是lendsomebodysomething,或lendsomethingtosomebody.例如:Couldyoulendusyourdictionary?或Couldyoulendyourdictionarytous?它也是瞬间性动词,也不能与延续的时间状语连用。keep则是延续性动词,可以和表示长时间段的时间状语连用,也可与howlong等疑问词连用,如:Youcankeepitforthreedays.born(bear的过去分词)[误]IborninShanghai.[正]IwasborninShanghai.[误]HewasbornfromGreekparents.[正]HewasbornofGreekparents.[析]"出身于……样的家庭"不要作from而要用of,例如:Hewasbornofapoorfamily.both[误]Theybotharestudents.[正]Theyarebothstudents.[误]Theyrefusebothtoanswerthisquestion.[正]Theybothrefusetoanswerthisquestion.[析]both作同位语时,一般要用在be动词之后实意动词之前。[误]Iknowhisbothparents.[正]Iknowbothhisparents.[误]Thebothbrotherswerestudents.[正]Boththebrotherswerestudents.[正]Bothbrotherswerestudents.[析]当both与形容词性物主代词my,his,her等以及定冠词the连用时,都应将这些词置于both之后。另外,在与定冠词连用时the可以省略。[误]Bothofmyparentsarenotathome.,[正]Neitherofmyparentsareathome.[误]Bothofyouranswersarenotright.[正]Neitherofyouranswersisright.[正]Bothyouranswersarewrong.[析]both不能用于否定句中作主语。表示"两者都不"时要用neither;但作宾语时both与either则都对,但要注意句意有所不同。例如:Icannotgivebothofthebookstoyou.(我不能将两本书全给你。)而Icannotgiveeitherofthebookstoyou.(两本书中哪本书也不能给你。)bring[误]PleasebringthisdictionarytoMrBrown.[正]PleasetakethisdictionarytoMrBrown.[误]Nexttime,pleasetakeyourlittlesisterhere.[正]Nexttime,pleasebringyourlittlesisterhere.[析]英语中bring是"带来",而take是"带走"。还有一个词fetch,表示"到某处去把某物取、接回来"。如:Pleasefetchthedoctoratonce.business[误]MyfatherwenttoShanghaiforbusiness.[正]MyfatherwenttoShanghaionbusiness.[析]onbusiness出差busy[误]Thestudentswereverybusytopreparefortheexam.[正]Thestudentswereverybusypreparingfortheexam.[析]bebusydoingsomething为"忙于作某事"[误]Thestudentswerebusyfortheexam.[正]Thestudentswerebusywiththeexam.[析]busy直接接名词时应用with.but[误]Hecouldn'thelpbutrealizingthathewaswrong.[正]Hecouldn'thelpbutrealizethathewaswrong.[误]Shecouldn'thelptocrywhenshesawhermother.[正]Shecouldn'thelpcryingwhenshesawhermother.,[析]couldn'thelp其后应接动名词,表示情不自禁的动作,但couldn'thelpbut后面要加动词原形即省to的不定式,所以前一句应译为"他才真正认识到他错了。"buy[误]Ihaveboughtthisdictionaryforthreeyears.[正]Ihavehadthisdictionaryforthreeyears.[析]buy是截止性(即瞬间)动词,它可以有完成时,如:Ihaveboughtthisdictionary.但是不能与表示较长的时间状语连用。如要讲我这本字典已买了3年了则要用havehad这一结构即我拥有这本字典已3年了。by[误]Theboyshotthecatbyagun.[正]Theboyshotthecatwithagun.[误]Hecametoschoolbyataxithismorning.[正]Hecametoschoolbytaxithismorning.[析]作为某种运输手段来讲,by与名词间不能有冠词,如:bycar,bybike,byair等。如有了冠词或其他修饰词,则应用别的相应的介词,如:"我们今天早上是乘他的车来的"一句应译为:Wecamehereinhiscarthismorning.与by结合而成的词组很多,常用的有:bytheway顺便说说;byhand手工制作;byoneself独自地;bynomeans决不。Ccall[误]I'llcallatMrBrown.[正]I'llcallonMrBrown.[误]I'llcallonMrBrown'shome.[正]I'llcallatMrBrown'shome.[析]作"拜访"讲时,at后面接访问地点,而on后面接访问的人。callondropinvisitcallon比较正式的为公务的访问,如:Wewerecalledonbytheoldstudents.而dropin则是比较随便的走走,顺便拜访,如:Ifyou'refree,dropin.,而visit则是更正式的外交访问或友好往来,如:Myschool'sheadmasterwillvisitAmericanextweek.can[误]Ablindmancannotjudgecolours.[正]Ablindmancannotjudgecolours.[误]Icann'tcallforyouatten.[正]Ican'tcallforyouatten.[析]can的否定形式应为cannot或can't.[误]It'sonlysixo'clock.Thatmustn'tbethepostman.[正]It'sonlysixo'clock.Thatcan'tbethepostman.[析]must用来表示一种肯定的推断,如:Shemusthavesomeproblems.Shekeepscrying.但在否定句中则要用can't,要表示对过去的推测则要用"must+have+过去分词"的表达法,如:Thelightshavegoneout.Afusemusthaveblown.而对过去的否定推测则多用"can't+have+过去分词",如:Idon'tthinkhecanhaveheardyou.Callagain.[误]Wecouldnothelptolaughatonce.[正]Wecouldnothelplaughingatonce.[正]Wecouldnothelpbutlaughatonce.[析]"couldn'thelp+动名词"表示禁不住做了某事。但couldnothelpbut与couldnotbut后面要加不带to的不定式,意思都是不得不去做某事.如:Youcouldnot(help)butrespecthim.canbeabletocan与beableto都可以用来表示能力,但can只有现在时与过去时,beableto则可用任何时态,如:Hewillbeabletoteachthechild.但要表示经过努力而达到的一次性动作则只能用beableto,如:Hefinallywasabletojumpover210meters.或:Theplanewasabletoflyoverthemountain.但要注意的是这两个词都没有进行时态,而beableto后面不接不定式的被动态。cancouldcan与could都可以用在现在时的口语中,只是用could更为礼貌,语气更委婉。如:Couldyoutellusastory?care[误]Idon'tcarecoffee.[正]Idon'tcareforcoffee.[误]Takecareforyoursteps.,[正]Takecareofyoursteps.[析]carefor是"对某物感兴趣",而careof是"关心,要当心某事",如:Shedidn'tcareforhim.Takecareofwhatyouaredoing.[误]Idon'tcarewherewewillgoifitdoesn'train.[正]Idon'tcarewherewegoifitdoesn'train.[析]在itdoesn'tmatter,Idon'tcare,Idon'tmind,及incase引出的状语从句后面要用现在时表示将来。如:I'vegotafootballincasewehavetimeforagame.change[误]Iwanttochangemycamerawiththatone.[正]Iwanttochangemycameraforthatone.[析]changefor为"以某物为交换物"。而changewith则是"随……而变",如:Thewood'scolourchangedwiththeseason.cheap[误]Ateacher'ssalaryisgenerallyverycheap.[正]Ateacher'ssalaryisgenerallyverylow.[析]工资的高低要用low,cheap是指价格便宜,如果要讲物美价廉则要用notexpensive,如:Thiscarisnotexpensive.choose[误]WeeachhadtohaveachooseofAorB.[正]WeeachhadtohaveachoiceofAorB.[析]choice是名词,而choose是动词。class[误]TheclassiswatchingTV.[正]TheclassarewatchingTV.[析]class作主语时,如果作为整体讲则应用单数形式的谓语动词,如:Theclasswasmorethanfortyinnumber.如考虑到具体的每个成员时则应用复数形式的谓语动词,如:Theclassare,ingeneral,verybright.clean[误]Sorry,Ididn'tboughtithere.Icleanlyforgot.[正]Sorry,Ididn'tboughtithere.Icleanforgot.[析],clean可以作为副词讲,其意为"完全",而cleanly则意为"正确地"、"干净利落地",如:Theknifedoesn'tcutcleanly.而clean作为形容词讲时意为"清洁的"、"干净的",如:Herfaceisnotcleannow.clever[误]I'mnotcleverinEnglish.[正]I'mnotcleveratEnglish.[析]cleverat是固定搭配,表示在某方面有特长。close[误]Itiscoldoutside.Pleasekeepthedoorclose.[正]Itiscoldoutside.Pleasekeepthedoorclosed.[析]这里的close是动词,意为"关闭",而keep后要加形容词,所以要用close的过去分词形式closed作形容词。作形容词用的close意为"近的"、"亲密的"。[误]ComecloselysothatIcanseeyou.[正]ComeclosesothatIcanseeyou.[误]Goodteachingandgoodtestingarecloserelated.[正]Goodteachingandgoodtestingarecloselyrelated.[析]close,closely同样可以作副词用,但其意义不同,close是"靠近"、"接近"之意,而closely则是"紧密"、"严密"、"密切"之意。[误]Myschoolwasquiteclosefrommyhome.[正]Myschoolwasquiteclosetomyhome.[析]"与……接近"是closeto…,例如:Hewasclosetofifty.Thereisabusstopclosetothestation.closeshutturnshut与close是同义词,如closethedoor或shutthedoor.但要讲把某人关在门外时则只能用shutsomebodyout而不能用close,因shut语气较强,并含有隔离之意。而turnoff是指关上电视、电灯、煤气之类,有切断之意。cloth[误]Thechildrenwearverygoodclothtogotoschool.[正]Thechildrenwearverygoodclothestogotoschool.[误]Ineedalotofclothing.I'mgoingtomakeanewcloth.,[正]Ineedalotofcloth.I'mgoingtomakeanewdress.[析]cloth是"布"、"布料",没有复数形式。一块布料是apieceofcloth,而clothes统指衣服,是复数名词,"一套衣服"要讲asuitofclothes,如果是"一件件衣服"应讲shirt,dress,sweater等。而clothing是衣物的总称,是不可数名词。例如:Thisclothingisneededinwarmcountries.Herclothesaremadeoffinecloth.英语中的dress是指比较正式的服装,如aschooldress(校服),astudentdress(学生套装),aworkingdress(工作服)。coffee[误]Pleasegivemetwowaters.[正]Pleasegivemetwocoffees.[正]Pleasegivemetwocupsofwater.[析]虽然coffee,water,tea等都是物质名词,但是只有coffee可用coffees取代若干杯coffee,而其他的却不行,其前要加acupof或aglassof.colour(color)[误]Coloursofflowersarered,yellowandwhite.[正]Flowersarered,yellowandwhite.[析]中文的"花的颜色有红色、黄色和白色",若译为英文Coloursofflowersare…,就显得重复了。[误]Ilikegreencolour.[正]Ilikegreen.[正]Ilikecolourgreen.[析]colourgreen中的colour是green的同位语,所以这种说话方式英语是可以接受的。come[误]Icameacrosswithanoldfriendinthestreetyesterday.[正]Icameacrossanoldfriendinthestreetyesterday.[析]comeacross是"偶然碰见、遇见",要直接加宾语,如:I'vejustcomeacrossabeautifulpoeminthismagazine.[误]Wheredoyoucomefrom?Icomefromthestation.[正]Wheredidyoucomefrom?,Icamefromthestation.[正]Wheredoyoucomefrom?IcomefromChina.[析]Wheredoyoucomefrom?意为"你是什么地方的人?"而Wheredidyoucomefrom?则是"你从何处来?"[误]Thestarsarecomingoutfromthecloud.[正]Thestarsarecomingoutofthecloud.[析]comeoutof意为"从……地方出来"。comeincomeintoentercomein与comeinto的意义相同,但comeinto后面要加宾语,而comein后面不用宾语。如Ifoundsomeonecameintomyroom.Thedooropenedandthechildcamein.enter常作为及物动词使用,如:ThebusenteredtheEnglishtunnel.congratulate[误]Iwanttocongratulateyouforyoursuccesswithallmyheart.[正]Iwanttocongratulateyouonyoursuccesswithallmyheart.[析]动词congratulatesomebodyonsomething是"向某人祝贺某事"。其名词congratulation在用时一般要用复数,如:Iofferedhimmycongratulationsonhissuccess.又如:Congratulations!cook[误]Myfatherisagoodcooker.[正]Myfatherisagoodcook.[析]很多动词加上er则变为执行该动作的一种人,如workworker,teachteacher.但cook即是动词"做饭",同时名词也是"厨师"。而cooker则是"厨具"、"炊具"之意。如:Iwillcookthedinner.Iboughtagoodpresscooker(高压锅)。corner[误]Thereisapostofficeinthecornerofthestreet.[正]Thereisapostofficeatthecornerofthestreet.[误]Agirlsatatthecorneroftheroom.[正]Agirlsatinthecorneroftheroom.[析]inthecorner是在建筑物内部的角上,而atthecorner是在外部的角上,如:Thereisabigtreeatthecornerofthebuilding.,cost[误]Icosttendollarsforthebook.[正]Ispenttendollarsonthebook.[误]Icosttwohourstodomyhomework.[正]Ittookmetwohourstodomyhomework.[析]cost,spend.take都可以作"花费"讲,但用法不同。cost的用法是"something+cost+somebody+时间或金钱",如:Thebookcostmetendollars.spend的用法是"somebody+spend+时间+(in)doingsomething",如:Ispenttwohours(in)writingthisbook.或"somebody+spend+金钱+onsomething",如:Ispendtwodollarsonthisbook.而take的用法则要用逻辑主语it:"It+takes+somebody+时间+todosomething",如:Ittookmeanhourtocleantheclassroom.country[误]Youcanfindcowsinacountry.[正]Youcanfindcowsinthecountry.[析]country即可作"国家"讲,也可作"农村"讲。当作"农村"讲时,一定要加定冠词,而且只有单数形式。例如:[误]Farmersliveinthecountries.[正]Farmersliveinthecountry.[析]但作为"国家"讲时则可有单、复数形式,例如:JapanisanAsiancountry.Japan,China,andIndiaareAsiancountries.另外,country一般指的是地理概念上的国家,如:NewZealandisanagriculturalcountry.而nation多指民族组成的国家,如:TheChinesenation(中华民族)。state多侧重于政权方面的区域、国家范围,如:thestatefarm(国营农场)。cross[误]Therearetrafficlightsatthecross.[正]Therearetrafficlightsatthecrossing.[析]cross作为名词讲时是十字架、十字形的东西,如:RedCross(红十字会)。[误]Thelittleboyisgoingtoacrossthestreet.[正]Thelittleboyisgoingtocrossthestreet.[析]across是副词或介词,但不能作动词用。crosspass,cross是指横过某地,如:Hecrossedthesquare.而pass则强调从某物体旁经过,如:ImailedsomeletterswhenIpassedthepostoffice.crowd[误]Theroomsoonwascrowdedbypeople.[正]Theroomsoonwascrowdedwithpeople.[析]crowded在这句话中应作为形容词,所以这句话不是被动语态而是系表结构,如:Theroomwascrowdedwithbooks.cup[误]Asilverglasswasgiventothewinner.[正]Asilvercupwasgiventothewinner.[误]Mymotherwaslookingforthewhiskycup.[正]Mymotherwaslookingforthewhiskyglass.[析]glass一般指由玻璃制成的器皿,而cup多指用陶瓷或金属制成的杯子,且cup尤其用在奖杯上。喝酒多用的是玻璃制成的杯子,如我们讲Idrinkaglassofwineatsupper.而不讲Idrinkacupofwineatsupper.Ddance[误]We'llinviteyouandyourwifetoadanceparty.[正]We'llinviteyouandyourwifetoadancingparty.[正]We'llinviteyouandyourwifetoadance.[正]We'llinviteyouandyourwifetoaball.(美语中常用ball作为舞会。)date[误]Hestudiedtenhoursadate.[正]Hestudiedtenhoursaday.[析]date是指具体日期。如问What'sthedatetoday?应回答具体日期:"October1st1998."而day是指1日(24小时)。如Whatdayistoday?问的是星期几,应回答"It'sSunday."[误]Today'sdateisJanuaryfirst.1998.[正]Today'sdateisJanuary1,1998.[正]Today'sdateisJanuary1st,1998.[析]在日期书写中不要用序数词全写,而要用1st,2nd,,3rd……如果一定要用序数词,其顺序应为:ItisthefirstofJanuary.day[误]ThisisabookabouteverydayEnglish.[正]ThisisabookabouteverydayEnglish.[正]ThisisaneverydayEnglishbook.[误]Wegotoschooleveryday.[正]Wegotoschooleveryday.[析]everyday是形容词,意为"日常的",而everyday则是"每天"、"天天"之意。dead[误]Myfatherhasdiedfortenyears.[正]Myfatherhasbeendeadfortenyears.[析]die是瞬间动词,它可以用于完成时,如:Myfatherhasdied.但用于完成时不能与表示一段时间的状语连用。它也可以用于过去时,如:Myfatherdiedthreeyearsago[误]We'llalwaysrememberthedeadswhowerekilledinthewar.[正]We'llalwaysrememberthedeadwhowerekilledinthewar.[析]形容词前如加定冠词表示一类人,如therich(富人),thesick(病人),thepoor(穷人),其后的谓语动词要用复数,如:Thericharenotalwayshappy.deaddeadlydead在某些词组里是"完全"、"的确"的意思,如deadright,deadtired,deadsure。而deadly则是"致命的",如:Therichmanhadmanydeadlyenemies.又如:Cancerisadeadlydisease.deaddieddead是形容词,如:MrsGintywasdead.而died是动词die的过去式及过去分词,如:Shediedin1960.但英语中如表达出对某人去世的伤感说法是passaway,如:Myfatherpassedaway,thismorning.deer[误]Inthezoo,therearemanydeers.[正]Inthezoo,therearemanydeer.[析]deer是单、复数同形的词,如:onedeer,twodeer,这样的名词还有fish,sheep等。但如果讲Therearemanyfisheshere.这句话应译为"这里有许多种鱼类。"而不应译为"这里有很多鱼。",desk[误]Theboysatinhisdesk.[正]Theboysatathisdesk.[析]在课桌旁坐着应用介词at,而atdesk则应译为"在学习",attable应译为"在吃饭"。die[误]InSouthAfricamanypeoplediedfromcancer.[正]InSouthAfricamanypeoplediedofcancer.[误]Theoldmandiedofoverwork.[正]Theoldmandiedfromoverwork.[析]死于疾病应用dieof,而死于某种外因事故则多用from.[误]Hismotherisdied.[正]Hismotherisdead.[误]Theoldwomanwasdeadattheageofseventy.[正]Theoldwomandiedattheageofseventy.[析]dead是形容词,而die是动词。形容词表示状态,动词则表示动作。[误]Hediedinatrafficaccident.[正]Hewaskilledinatrafficaccident.[析]由于事故而造成的死亡一般用tobekilled.[误]Whenthedoctorcame,theoldmanhadalreadydied.[正]Whenthedoctorcame,theoldmanwasalreadydead.[正]Theoldmandiedbeforethedoctorcame.different[误]Myroomisdifferentwithyours.[正]Myroomisdifferentfromyours.[误]Thevillageisverydifferentwithwhatitwas.[正]Thevillageisverydifferentfromwhatitwas.[析]differentfrom是"与……不同"之意。difficult[误]Englishisverydifficulttobelearned.[正]Englishisverydifficulttolearn.,[误]Helearnedphysicsisdifficult.[正]Itisverydifficultforhimtolearnphysics.[析]要学习英语的表达法而不要生硬地按字去译中文。Itisdifficultforsomebodytodosomething.为"对于某人来说做某事很困难。"difficulty[误]Therewaslittledifficultytofindhim.[正]Therewaslittledifficultyinfindinghim.[析]这种用法还有trouble,即difficulty(trouble)indoingsomething.dinner[误]Whendidyouhavethesupper?[正]Whendidyouhavesupper?[析]英语中一日三餐前无冠词,例如:[误]Ihadalunchat12o'clock.[正]Ihadlunchat12o'clock.[析]在某些特定场合,如指某次宴会,则要加冠词,如:Thedinnerwasgiveninhonouroftheguest.dress[误]Myfatherboughtanewdressforhimselfyesterday.[正]Myfatherboughtanewsuitforhimselfyesterday.[析]一般来讲男套装用suit,女服则用dress;作男服的服装店是tailorshop(tailor's),而做女装的服装店是dressmaker's.[误]Themotherdressedtheclothesonherchild.[正]Themotherdressedherchild.[析]dress作及物动词当"穿衣服"讲时,其后不能接衣服而只能接人,如:Theboyisstilltooyoungtodresshimself.但作为一种穿着打扮的状态时,则多用其过去分词作形容词,如:Heisnotdressedinhisnewsuit.或Sheisdressedinred.词组dressup是过节日时应服装整齐,如:Theydressedupfortheholiday.dresshaveonputonwear要区别这几个动词需分清是表示动作的动词还是表示状态的动词。表示状态的动词是haveon和wear,如:Hehasonawhitecoat.Hewaswearingheavyshoes.而put,on则表示穿衣的动作,如:Putonyourcoat,itiscoldoutside.而dress即可以作状态又可以作动作,作动作讲时其后面接人而不能接衣服,作穿着状态时则多用dressed的形式。如:Isawaladydressedinred.Isawagirldressingherself.drop[误]Thestudentsfelltheirvoice.[正]Thestudentsdroppedtheirvoice.[析]drop与fall都可以表示"落下、掉下"之意,有时可以互换,如:Thedictionaryfell(dropped)fromthetable.但drop还可以作及物动词,而fall一般只能作不及物动词。[误]Ishalldropinyou.[正]Ishalldropinonyou.[析]dropin是随便拜访某人,而其后要接人时应加介词on再加人称。during[误]DuringIwassick,Icouldn'teatwell.[正]WhileIwassick,Icouldn'teatwell.[析]during后不能接从句,而when和while后可接从句。[误]IhavebeenstudyingEnglishduringthreedays.[正]IhavebeenstudyingEnglishforthreedays.[析]during不能表达一个动作持续多长的时间,而只能表达在某段时间内某事件的发生。即带有由during引导的时间状语的句子只能用过去时,不能用完成时。Eeach[误]Everyofthemhashishabit.[正]Eachofthemhashishabit.[析]each可以作形容词,但也可作代词,而every只能作形容词。[误]ThemanagercomestoAmericaalmosteachmonth.[正]ThemanagercomestoAmericaalmosteverymonth.[析],each与every都作形容词讲时,都有"每个"之意,但有不同。each多指个体,而every则多指整体。如:Wewanteverystudenttosucceed.each不同来表达总体概念,所以不能与almost,nearly,likely等词连用。[误]Weeachhasabook.[正]Weeachhaveabook.[析]each作同位语时,其数应与其同位的名词相同,而each作主语时则应取其单数形式。eachotheroneanothereachother与oneanother这两个词组的区别在很多语法书中强调eachother是两者之间,而oneanother是多者之间,其实不然,如:Allstudentsmustcareforeachother,mustloveandhelpeachother.事实上这两个词组是同义的,如果要讲有什么区别的话,当我们非常笼统地谈,而不特指什么人时,多用oneanother.early[误]Couldyoucomeheremoreearly?[正]Couldyoucomehereearlier?[析]单音节和少数双音节副词的比较级和最高级要用er和est来作其结尾,如fast,soon,early,hard,long,near等。earth[误]Whatontheearthdoyoumean?[正]Whatonearthdoyoumean?[析]onearth这一词组在句中为的是加强语气,其意为"究竟"、"到底"。而作为"地球"讲时则要加定冠词,如:Howfaristheearthfromthemoon.而作为"泥土"讲时则为不可数名词,如:Hefilledthepotwithearthandwantedtoplantsomeflowers.easy[误]Youcaneasyimaginemysurprise.[正]Youcaneasilyimaginemysurprise.[析]easy只在有限的词组中被用作副词,如takeiteasy(不要紧张),goeasy,standeasy等。例如:Easycome,easygo.(钱来的容易花的也快.)Easiersaidthandone.(说的容易做着难。)east[误]JapanisontheeastofChina.[正]JapanistotheeastofChina.[析]在讲述地理位置时,有3个介词常用,它们是in,on和to,,其中in表示处于所表达的范围之内,如:ShanghaiisintheeastofChina.on则表示双方接壤,如:NorthKoreaisonthenortheastofChina.而表示互不相接的两部分时则用to,如:TaiwanistotheeastofFujian.either[误]-Idon'tlikeopera.-Idon'tliketoo.[正]-Idon'tlikeopera.-Idon'tlikeeither.[析]在否定句中用either表示"也",而在肯定句中用too表示"也"。[误]EitheryouorIareright.[正]EitheryouorIamright.[析]这在语法书中被称作就近原则,即哪个主语离谓语动词近,则应采用与哪个主语相一致的谓语动词,相同用法的还有neither…nor…,notonly…butalso…,以及or在连接两个主语时。如:Youorheistogohome.Theotherswillhavetostayintheclassroom.elder[误]MyolderbrotherhasgonetoShanghai.[正]MyelderbrotherhasgonetoShanghai.[析]在表示兄姐的长幼时应用elder表示"哥哥姐姐",如:myeldersister姐姐,但表示岁数时则多用older,如:SheistwoyearsolderthanI.empty[误]Aretheseseatsempty?[正]Aretheseseatstaken?[析]empty是指空洞的没有任何物体,如:Thehousewasempty,其意思是没有任何家具或屋内无人。但座位是否有人坐应用take.English[误]MysisterstudiedEnglishlanguageverywell.[正]MysisterstudiedtheEnglishlanguageverywell.[正]MysisterstudiedEnglishverywell.[析]在泛指某一种学科时,不应加冠词,如:Ilikehistory.但如特指某一门学科时则应加冠词,如:HelikesthehistoryofAmerica.enjoy[误]Ienjoytoplayfootball.,[正]Ienjoyplayingfootball.[析]enjoy后要接动名词,而不接不定式。[误]DidyouenjoyattheEnglishevening?[正]DidyouenjoyyourselfattheEnglishevening?enough[误]I'msorry.Youarenotstudyingenoughcarefully.[正]I'msorry.Youarenotstudyingcarefullyenough.[析]enough要用在形容词或副词之后。[误]Doyouhaveenoughofmoney?[正]Doyouhaveenoughmoney?[正]Doyouhaveenoughofthemoney?[误]Thecoffeeisn'tenough.[正]Thereisn'tenoughcoffee.[析]enough可以作be动词的表语,但其主语应是代词,如:That'senough.Itwasenough.如果是名词时应换用上面的句型。entrance[误]Theentranceofthecinemaisonyourright.[正]Theentrancetothecinemaisonyourright.[析]在表示通往某处时entrance后面多用to作介词。这样的用法还有keytothedoor,answertothequestion等。evening[误]Iwalkedhomeinacoldevening.[正]Iwalkedhomeonacoldevening.[析]intheevening这一词组如加上另外的修饰词则其介词应换为on.everyone[误]Everyoneofyougoestoclass.[正]Everyoneofyougoestoclass.[析]everyone其后不能接of结构。在否定句中如果要讲"每一个人都没有注意到它",就译作:Nobodynoticedit.要注意Everyoneofusisnotright.应译为"我们不都对。"而Noneofusareright.才应译为"我们全错了。",exam[误]Wetakepartinanexam.[正]Wetakeanexam.[析]takepartin为"参加"某种活动,运动,而在学科中选择某一学科学习并进行考试应用take.except[误]Theroomiscleanexcepttwodesks.[正]Theroomiscleanexceptfortwodesks.[误]IcomehereeverydayexceptforSunday.[正]IcomehereeverydayexceptSunday.[析]在同一类物体中排除某一部分用except,在不同类物体中排除某一物体时用exceptfor。而exceptthat其后接从句,如:Sheisagoodgirlexceptthatsheiscarelesssometimes.而besides则是"包括在内",如"我学习英语同时还学法语。"应译为:IstudyEnglishbesidesFrench.exercise[误]ThestudentsexercisespokenEnglishinthemorning.[正]ThestudentspractisespokenEnglishinthemorning.[析]exercise多指运动、训练,而practise则多指把理论付诸于实践的练习。[误]Everyoneshoulddoexerciseseveryday.[正]Everyoneshoulddoexerciseeveryday.[析]作为运动讲exercise是不可数名词,而当"练习"、"体操"、"早操"则是可数名词,例如:IdoalotexercisesintheP.E.class.Ffail[误]Tomfailedhisexam.[正]Tomfailedinhisexam.[正]Tomfailedtopasstheexam.[析]fail为不及物动词,其后可用in加名词,或直接接不定式。family[误]I'msorryIhavetogo.Tom'sfamiliesarewaitingforme.[误]I'msorryIhavetogo.Tom'sfamilyiswaitingforme.,[正]I'msorryIhavetogo.Tom'sfamilyarewaitingforme.[析]family是集合名词,把它当作整体看它是单数,如看作家庭中的每个成员则为复数。如:Yourfamilyareverykindtome.Myfamilyisverylarge.far[误]Myschoolistenmilesfarfromhere.[正]Myschoolistenmilesawayfromhere.[析]far一般不与实际距离连用。[误]"Didyouwalkfar?""Yes,Iwalkedfar."[正]"Didyouwalkfar?""Yes,Iwalkedalongway."[析]一般肯定句中不用far单独作状语,而用alongway.far组成的常用词组有:asfaras.①远至,一直到。如:Hewalkedasfarasthestation.②就……而言。如:Asfarashewasconcernedthesebookswereverygood.③只要。如:IcanhelpyouasfarasIcan.sofor到目前为止。例:Heisverywellsofar.fartherfurtherfar有两个比较级,即farther和further,其意思略有不同:farther主要用于表示距离的远近,如:MilanisfartherawaythanRome.而further则是指"进一步的",如:Willweneedanyfurtherdiscussiononthismatter.fast[误]Afasttrainrunsfastly.[正]Afasttrainrunsfast.[析]fast其形容词与副词形式相同。fastsoonfast指行动本身的速度快,如:Theforeignerspeakstoofast.而soon则多指两个动作之间间隔短,时间到来的迅速,如:Shewillcomesoon.feel[误]Ifeelbadlyaboutmymistakes.[正]Ifeelbadaboutmymistakes.[析]感观动词如feel,smell等后面要接形容词而不是副词。feelgood是指某人精神好,而feelwell是指人身体状况良好。,[误]Itrynottohurtherfeeling.[正]Itrynottohurtherfeelings.[析]feeling在作"感情"讲时要用复数,而作"感觉"讲则要用单数。如:Ihaveafeelingthatwewillwinthegame.few[误]Fewofthemisverygood.[正]Fewofthemareverygood.[析]few意为"几乎没有",但要用复数谓语动词。如果讲有一些人应用afew,如:Therewereonlyafewpeopleinthestreet.[误]Therearelessfarmsthanthereusedtobe.[正]Therearefewerfarmsthanthereusedtobe.[析]few的比较级为fewer,其后接可数名词;而little的比较级为less,其后接不可数名词。field[误]Heisafamousscientistonthefieldofphysics.[正]Heisafamousscientistinthefieldofphysics.[析]inthefield是"在田野上"或是"在某一学科领域内",而onthefield则多指"在战场上"。如:Helosthislifeonthebattlefield.fill[误]Shefilledorangeintomyglass.[正]Shefilledmyglasswithorange.[析]表示要用某种物品装满某容器时要用fillwith词组,如:Theboyranbackhomefilledwithjoy.fillfullfill是动词,但有及物与不及物两种用法,当表示"充满"之意时是不及物动词,应用fillwith,如:Thelittlegirl'seyesfilledwithtears.而当表示"使……装满某物"时,是及物动词,如:Hefilledhispocketwithbooks.而befilledwith应看作系表结构,如:Theboy'smotherwasfilledwithanger.full是形容词,要用befullof这一词组,如:Theboywasfullofjoy.find[误]Hehasfindedhislostbike.[正]Hehasfoundhislostbike.,[析]find是不规则动词,其过去式和过去分词均是found。但found一词又意为"建立",它是规则动词,其过去式及过去分词均为founded.[误]Itisverydifficulttolookforasuitablejob.[正]Itisverydifficulttofindasuitablejob.[析]lookfor为"寻找",而find是找到。寻找工作并不难,难的应是找到合适的工作。findfindoutfindout意为"找出、算出、发现",如:Ihavefoundouthowtodoit.而find的主要侧重点在找到某物,如:Ifindmybookunderthedesk.finish[误]Ifinishedtoreadthatbooklastnight.[正]Ifinishedreadingthatbooklastnight.[析]英文中有些动词其后只能用动名词作宾语而不能用不定式作宾语,这样的动词在中考范围内有两个,即finish和enjoy。fire[误]There'snosmokewithoutafire.[正]There'snosmokewithoutfire.[析]此句应译为中文"无风不起浪"。fire作为物质名词"火"讲时为不可数名词,而作为"炉火"、"火灾"讲则是可数名词,如:Therewasafireinthenextstreetlastmonth.如要讲"着火了"要用beonfire,如:Thefactorywasonfire.[误]Themanfiredtous.[正]Themanfiredatus.[析]fire(on)at均指"向某目标开火",at用于较小目标,而on用于较大目标。first[误]IsthisyourfirstlyvisittoBeijing?[正]IsthisyourfirstvisittoBeijing?[析]除了在强调第一、第二、第三等场合中有时还可见firstly一词外,这个词已不多见,而均被first取代。first还有"首先"、"首次"、"第一次"之意。follow[误]Ireceivedaletterwhichranasfollow.,[正]Ireceivedaletterwhichranasfollows.[析]asfollows是惯用法,其意为"如下",不论在任何场合均要用follows.[误]Asfollowsarehisarguments.[正]Thefollowingarehisarguments.[析]asfollows主要用于句尾,而thefollowing则用于句首。food[误]Toomuchsweetfood,suchascakes,chocolates,pastry…mayincreaseyourweight.[正]Toomanyfoods,suchascakes,chocolates,pastry…mayincreaseyourweight.[析]food泛指食物时为不可数名词,如:Thereisnofoodforsupper.而指一种种食物时则用作可数名词。foot[误]Thereisafivefeetwidebridge.[正]Thereisafivefootwidebridge.[析]用连字符组成的形容词中所有名词均要用单数形式。[误]Wewenttocollegeonfeet.[正]Wewenttocollegeonfoot.[析]by后面加接交通工具时,不应加任何冠词,不要用名词的复数形式。如加了某些修饰词后,其前面的介词要作适当的改变,如:Icametoschoolinhiscaryesterday.Igotoshoolonatrain.for[误]Iwantedtogotothepubforhavingadrink.[正]Iwantedtogotothepubforadrink.[正]Iwantedtogotothepubtohaveadrink.[析]用for表示目的时,其后面只能接名词,而不要接动名词。[误]Iwenttotheofficeforseeingtheheadmaster.[正]Iwenttotheofficetoseetheheadmaster.[析]用不定式来表示动作的目的。[误]IwillleaveBeijingtoShanghai.[正]IwillleaveBeijingforShanghai.[正]IwillleaveforShanghai.,[析]leavefor为一固定搭配,不要改动。[误]Iboughtabooktoyou.[正]Iboughtabookforyou.[误]Heisafriendforus.[正]Heisafriendtous.[析]在英文中"为"一词在泛指时用to,在特指时要用for.[误]Thisfoodisgoodtous.[正]Thisfoodisgoodforus.[析]词组begood(bad)for表示"对……有好(坏)处"。[误]ForIwasfeelingquitehungry,Iwantedtohavelunch.[正]Iwantedtohavelunch,forIwasfeelingquitehungry.[析]for作为"因为"讲时一般不要置于句首,而且口气也比because弱的多。forget[误]Ileftmykey.[正]Ileftmykeyathome.[正]Iforgotmykey.[析]leave是"丢下"之意,所以一定要接地点状语,而forget是"忘记",所以不用接地点状语。[误]Iwillnotforgettherules.[正]Iwillneverforgettherules.[误]Pleasedon'tforgetpostingmyletteronyourwayhome.[正]Pleasedon'tforgettopostmyletteronyourwayhome.[析]要注意forgettodosomething为"忘了去作某事",而forgetdoingsomething则应译为"对已经作过的事记不起来了"。如:Heforgetreturningthebooktothelibrary.应译为"他忘记已把书还给图书馆这件事了。"同样用法的词还有remember和regret.free[误]Youcanspeakfreeinfrontofmyparents.[正]Youcanspeakfreelyinfrontofmyparents.[析]free作为副词时意为"免费"、"不必付款",如:Youcaneatfreeinmyrestaurant.而freely则意为"自由地"、"无限制地"。,French[误]ShecomesfromFrench.[正]ShecomesfromFrance.[析]French是"法语"、"法国的",而France才是"法国"。friend[误]Henoddedtomefriendly.[正]Henoddedtomeinafriendlyfashion.[析]friendly是形容词,不是副词。在英语中应避免讲Heisafriendofmymother.又比如:Igotoschoolwithmyfriend.从语法上讲是对的但不是习惯上英语的说法。而应讲Heisafriendofmymother's.Igotoschoolwithafriend.befriendswith则是"交朋友"之意,例如:Ihopeyouwillbefriendswithme.而不应讲Ihopeyouwillbemyfriend.交朋友还有一惯用法是makefriends.from[误]Wheredoyoucomefrom?Icomefromthelibrary.[正]Wheredoyoucomefrom?IcomefromEngland.[正]Wheredidyoucomefrom?Icamefromthelibrary.[析]Wheredoyoucomefrom?应意为"你是从什么国家(地方)来的?"(即意为"你是哪的人?")而Wheredidyoucomefrom?才是"你刚刚从哪来?"front[误]Therearethreetalltreesinthefrontofmyhouse.[正]Therearethreetalltreesinfrontofmyhouse.[析]infrontof是某物体外部的前面,而inthefrontof是在某物体内部的前面。如:Thebusdriverisseatedinthefrontofthebus.Ggame[误]HewenttoAmericatotakepartintheOlympicGame.[正]HewenttoAmericatotakepartintheOlympicGames.[析]game作为"运动会"讲时应用其复数形式,而具体一个游戏则可用其单数形式。如:Our,schoolteamwonthegame.German[误]TheyareGermen.[正]TheyareGermans.[误]ShecomesfromGerman.[正]ShecomesfromGermany.[析]German是"德国人"、"德国的"、"德语",其复数形式是Germans;而Germany才是德国。gather[误]Allthestudentsandteachersaregatheredtogethernow.[正]Allthestudentsandteachersaregatherednow.[析]用了动词gather就不要再用together了。这句话还可以这样讲:Allthestudentsandteachersgottogether.give[误]Shegivesuptolookforthelostbike.[正]Shegivesuplookingforthelostbike.[析]giveup意为"放弃",其后只接动名词作介词宾语,而不应接不定式。glad[误]Hisparentswereverygladforhissuccessinbusiness.[正]Hisparentswereverygladofhissuccessinbusiness.[正]Hisparentswereverygladtoknowhissuccessinbusiness.[析]"为……感到高兴"应是begladofsomething或begladtodosomething.glass[误]Theoldteacherhastwopairofbigglass.[正]Theoldteacherhastwopairsofbigglasses.[析]glass作为"眼镜"讲,应用复数形式,在英语中手套gloves裤子pants,剪刀scissors均用复数形式。glass作"玻璃杯"讲时则可用单数形式或复数形式,如:Iwanttwoglassesofmilk.而作为物质名词"玻璃"讲则要用作不可数名词,如:Theboybroketwopanesofglass.go[误]-Mary,couldyoucometomyhomenow?-Yes,I'mgoing.,[正]-Mary,couldyoucometomyhomenow?-Yes,I'mcoming.[析]go是指离开说话人所在地,而come指的是朝向说话人的方向:如:Comehere!CanIcomeandhelpyou?但在口语中也有一些例外,如表示要参加到某人或者某件活动时常用come,如:Wearegoingtohaveapartytonight.Wouldyouliketocomewithus?gonebeenHehasgonetoShanghai.指此人已去上海不在此地了。HehasbeentoShanghai.指此人去过上海现已回来了。gold[误]Shebrushedhergoldhaircarefully.[正]Shebrushedhergoldenhaircarefully.[析]gold作形容词指"金质的",如:agoldring,agoldcoin,而golden是"金色的",如:goldenage(金色的时代),但"金鱼"例外,为goldfish。good[误]I'vebeenwaitingforgoodtwentyminutes.[正]I'vebeenwaitingforagoodtwentyminutes.[析]agood之意为"足足"、"整整"之意。goodwellHeisgood.应译为"他是个好人。"而Heiswell.应译为"他身体不错。"Ifeelgood.即精神状态良好,而Ifeelwell.即身体状况不错。[误]Thisfoodisverygoodtoyou.[正]Thisfoodisverygoodforyou.[析]begoodfor是"对……有利、有好处",而begoodto是指"对待某人不错",如:Yourfriendisverygoodtome.grade[误]-Whatgradeareyouin?-I'mingrade1.[正]-Whatgradeareyouin?-I'minGread1.[析]当泛指那一年级时grade的头一个字母小写,当有具体数字时则要大写。,Hhadbetter[误]Youhavebetterhurry.[正]Youhadbetterhurry.[析]hadbetter只用过去时had,不要误用成现在时have。[误]Youhadn'tbetterworry.[正]Youhadbetternotworry.[析]hadbetter后面加不带to的不定式,其否定式是"hadbetternot+动词原形"。half[误]Ihaddrivenabouthalfmile.[正]Ihaddrivenabouthalfamile.[析]"半小时"有两种讲法halfanhour,ahalfhour.而"一个半小时"应讲anhourandahalf或oneandahalfhours."半天"应讲halfaday,"半镑"应讲halfapound.但要尽量避免使用halfayear,而应用sixmonths;不用halfamonth,而用twoweeks或fifteendays.[误]Halfuscouldgotothepark.[正]Halfofuscouldgotothepark.[析]half用于名词前可用of结构也可不用of结构,但用于代词前则必须加of。如:Morethanhalf(of)myclassmatesareboys.[误]Oneandhalfapplesareleftonthetable.[正]Oneandhalfapplesisleftonthetable.[析]一个半oneandhalf后面的名词要用复数,而句中的谓语动词却要用单数。[误]Halfoftheworkaredone.[正]Halfoftheworkisdone.[误]Halfofthesixapplesisred.[正]Halfofthesixapplesarered.[析]"halfof+名词"这一结构后面的谓语动词应与of后面的名词相一致,如为不可数名词或可数名词单数,要用单数谓语动词;而复数名词后面要加与复数相对应的谓语动词。hand[误]Heshookhandwithhisteacher.[正]Heshookhandswithhisteacher.,[析]与某人握手要用shakehands.与hand有关的词组中有很多要用复数形式,如:changehands(转手、易手),inthehandsof(由……控制),joinhands(与人合作)。happen[误]Whatwashappenedtoyoulastmonth?[正]Whathappenedtoyoulastmonth?[误]Anaccidentwashappenedinthisstreetlastnight.[正]Anaccidenthappenedinthisstreetlastnight.[析]在英语中不及物动词没有被动态,作为"发生"讲的happen,takeplace和breakout都不具有被动态。happento常用来表达一件偶然发生的事,如:Ifyouhappentomeetmysisterpleaseaskhertocallme.hard[误]Ihavetostudyhardly.[正]Ihavetostudyhard.[析]hard是形容词,如:ahardwork,但它同时也是副词。hardly是hard的又一副词形式,但词意截然不同,意为"几乎不"。[误]Ihadmylegbrokenlastterm,soIcouldn'thardlystudyatall.[正]IhadmylegbrokenlasttermsoIhardlystudiedatall.[析]hardly意为"否定",所以不要再加否定词语了,如果hardly用于句首则应采用倒装语序,如:Hardlyhadhearrivedwhenshestartedcomplaining.have[误]Ihadmyboydohishomeworkfrommorningtillnoon.[正]Ihadmyboydoinghishomeworkfrommorningtillnoon.[析]用havesomebodydosomething还是doingsomething要取决句子的意思和句中的时间状语。[误]Ihavemybiketorepair.[正]Ihavemybikerepaired.[析]havesomethingdone这一句型是让某事被别人去作,请看下面两句意义的不同:Ihaverepairedmybike.(我自己已修好了自行车。)而Ihavemybikerepaired.(我把车推出去让别人修理了。)[误]Couldyougivemesomemoneyifyouhave.,[正]Couldyougivemesomemoneyifyouhaveany.[析]"如果你有的话"一句译为英文应加上any一词,如:Iwantsomebooksifthereisany.headache[误]I'vegotheadache.[正]I'vegotaheadache.[析]Headache是一个规则的可数名词,所以可以讲:Mymotheroftengetsheadaches.但是"牙痛"toothache,"肚子痛"stomacheache等却都可以用作不可数名词,如:I'vegottoothache.但也可用作可数名词。hear[误]Hewasheardsinginthenextroom.[正]Hewasheardtosinginthenextroom.[析]hearsomebodydosomething这一句式用于被动语态时要把原来省略的不定式to还原回来。而在hearsomebodydoingsomething这一句式中则不会出现上述问题。如,主动态:Iheardhersinginginthenextroom.变为被动态时为:Shewasheardsinginginthenextroom.这种用法还适用于see,look,observe,watch,notice,listento等。hearlistentohear一词为听见了什么,或听到什么,强调其结果;而listento则强调有意要听,听的倾向。如:Iwanttolistentoyou,butIhearnothing.但词组hearabout(of)则为"听说过"之意,如:Iheardaboutthis.(我听说过此事。)而hearfrom则为"收到某人信件"之意:Ioftenhearfrommygirlfriend.help[误]Pleasehelpmyhomework.[正]Pleasehelpmedomyhomework.[正]Pleasehelpmewithmyhomework.[析]help其句型是helpsomebodydo(todo)something.意为"帮某人作某事",但在较古老的语法中不带to的不定式表示句子的主语参加这个动作,如:Hehelphismothercookthemeal.即"他和母亲一起作饭。"而Hehelpmetodomyhomework.则是"他指导我做作业"。但在现代英语中这个区别则往往被取消了。所以带to与不带to的不定式在句中意思相同,并无区别。[误]WhenIreadtheplayIcan'thelptothinkofmychildhood.[正]WhenIreadtheplayIcan'thelpthinkingofmychildhood.,[析]can'thelpdoingsomething是"身不由己,情不自禁做某事"。[误]Helpyourselfwithsomecakes.[正]Helpyourselftosomecakes.[析]中文中讲"你自己拿蛋糕吃",英文中要用helpsomebodytosomething.here[误]Herethebuscomes![正]Herecomesthebus![析]副词在句首时一般要用倒装语序,即谓语动词的位置前移。但是,若主语如是人称代词,则还是要用正常语序,如:Hereweare!high[误]Heisveryhigh.[正]Heisverytall.[析]英语中的两个"高"high和tall,其中tall指人指物都是可以的,但high则只指物体的高,所以可以讲Thisbuildingisthehighestbuildinginthecity.但tall一般不用来指山脉的高低。hit[误]Themothergotangryandhittheboy.[正]Themothergotangryandbeattheboy.[析]hit指打到某物之上,一般指一次性打击,如Hehithisheadagainstthewall.(他把头撞到了墙上。)而beat则指多次性的打击。home[误]I'mtired.It'stimeIwenttohome.[正]I'mtired.It'stimeIwenthome.[析]home此处用作副词,所以不应加to,又如:Iarrivedhomeateleventhirtyyesterdayevening.而athome除了"在家"之意外,还有像"在家里一样"之意。如Makeyourselfathome.(不要拘束就像在家一样。)homehousefamilyhome是指与亲人一起居住的地方,可以讲aletterfromhome,所以有人解释home包括住处和家人。而house的侧重点则在建筑物,如Manynewhouseswerebuiltthisyear.family一词,作为整体讲其谓语动词用单数,如:Herfamilyisahappyone.而作为家庭成员讲时要用复数谓语动词,如:Myfamilyarealllikeswimming.,homgwork[误]Ihavesomanyhomeworktodotoday.[正]Ihavesomuchhomeworkgodotoday.[析]homework为不可数名词。同样的词还有work(work作为"著作"、"作品"、"工厂"讲时为可数名词),fun,healthinformation等。hope[误]Ihopeyoutobeagoodstudent.[正]Ihopeyouwillbeagoodstudent.[析]hope一词不能接宾语再加上宾语补足语,但它可以接不定式作宾语,如:Ihopetobeascientist.而wish却可以接宾语加宾语补足语,如:Iwishyoutobeagoodstudent.[误]Idon'thopeyouwillgototheparktomorrow.[正]Ihopeyouwon'tgototheparktomorrow.[析]hope和think在否定句中的用法不同,如"我认为你错了"。应译为:Idon'tthinkyouareright.即否定在前。而hope则不能这样用。又如在答语中"我不这样认为"应译为Idon'tthinkso.或Ihopenot.[误]Ihopeyourhelp.[正]Ihopeforyourhelp.[析]hopefor为"期望某事发生",虽然hope是及物动词,但表达期望某事情发生要用"hopefor+名词"这一结构。[误]Iwashopefultopasstheexam.[正]Iwashopefulofpassingtheexam.[析]对某事存有希望应用"hopefulof(about)+介词宾语"这一结构。hospital[误]Mymotherwasinthehospitalfortwoweeks.[正]Mymotherwasinhospitalfortwoweeks.[析]inhospital为"住院就医"。而in(at)thehospital为"在医院(工作)"。如:Heisadoctorin(at)thehospital.类似的用法还有很多,如:"上学"为gotoschool,atschool为"在校就读",gotobed为"上床睡觉"。how[误]Iwanttoknowhowtodo.,[正]Iwanttoknowhowtodoit.[析]how是关联副词,要注意与关联代词的不同用法。如:Iwanttoknowwhattodo.[误]Howdoyouthinkaboutit?[正]Whatdoyouthinkaboutit?[析]英文中表达你对某事的看法如何应用Whatdoyouthinkabout…这一句式。hurry[误]Let'shurry.Thereisalittletimeleft.[正]Let'shurry.Thereislittletimeleft.[误]Don'tworry.Thereislittletimeleft.[正]Don'tworry.Thereisalittletimeleft.[析]请注意英语中的惯用法:"快点吧,没时间了",或"别着急还有一点时间。"[误]Thecarishurryingthroughthestreet.[正]Thecarisrushingthroughtthestreet.[析]hurry一词只用于人而不用于物体。hundred[误]Therearetwohundredspeoplehere.[正]Therearetwohundredpeoplehere.[误]Therearehundredofpeoplehere.[正]Therearehundredsofpeoplehere.[析]hundred一词前如有数字时不论多少其后都不加s,这和thousand(千)等数量词的用法一样,而hundredsof是数百的,这一词组一定要加s.hurt[误]Idon'twanttowoundherfeelings.[正]Idon'twanttohurtherfeelings.[析]wound是指战场上的刀枪伤(名词),或用刀枪"伤害"、"打伤"(动词)。Iif[误]IfitwillrainIwon'tgotoschooltomorrow.,[正]IfitrainsIwon'tgotoschooltomorrow.[析]由if引起的状语从句要用一般时表示将来。[误]Iwanttoknowifhecomesheretomorrow.[正]Iwanttoknowifhewillcomeheretomorrow.[析]if所引起的如果是宾语从句则不能用一般现在时表示将来。[误]Iwanttoknowifitwillraintomorrowhewillcomeornot.[正]Iwanttoknowifitrainstomorrowhewillcomeornot.[析]这里的if从句是整个宾语从句的条件状语,所以,还应用一般时表示将来。ill[误]Hespentmanyyearslookingafterhisillfather.[正]Hespentmanyyearslookingafterhissickfather.[析]ill和sick都可以作表语,如:I'mill(sick).美国英语中常用sick,而英国英语中两者都可用,但ill一般不作定语。in[误]Inacoldmorning,Iwenttoschoolalone.[正]Onacoldmorning,Iwenttoschoolalone.[析]在inthemorning或intheafternoon词组中,不论在这两个名词的前或后加任何修饰词,其介词in都要变为on.[误]Iwillfinishitaftertwodays.[正]Iwillfinishitintwodays.[析]中文中几天以后可以完成,或几天后来取,在译为英文时都不要用after,而要用in.如:Hewillbebackinafewdays.ininto作为副词应用in,而不能用into,如:Comein,please.又若在句中不涉及到动词的位置,只是表达空间的位置时用in,如:Theteacherintheofficeismymother.但在go,run,come,walk,dive等词后则要用into.如:Shedivesintotheriver.instead[误]Theboystayedinbedalldayinsteadtogotoschool.[正]Theboystayedinbedalldayinsteadofgoingtoschool.[析]insteadof其后要接动名词、名词或代词,而不能用不定式,如:Ichoosethisbookinstead,ofthatone.[误]Thebeerhereisnotgood,soIdrinkwineinsteadofit.[正]Thebeerhereisnotgood,soIdrinkwineinstead.[析]instead是副词,而insteadof是介词短语。如:Ifyouarenotfree,youmaycomeanotherdayinstead.interest[误]Hehasagreatinterestforphysics.[正]Hehasagreatinterestinphysics.[误]Hehassomeinterestinmanycompanies.[正]Hehassomeinterestsinmanycompanies.[析]interest作为"兴趣"讲可用作不可数名词,但作为"利息"、"股份"讲时为可数名词。[误]Thisisaninterestedbook.[正]Thisisaninterestingbook.[析]修饰物时应用interesting,如,aninterestingfilm,而讲某人对某事感兴趣时要用过去分词interested,如:I'minterestedinthisplay.但"他是一个十分有趣的人"。应译为Heisaninterestingman.所以interesting是"令人感兴趣"之意,而interested则表示某人对某事物感兴趣,多用"beinterestedinsomething"这一句型。invent[误]AmericawasinventedbyChristopherColumbusin1492.[正]AmericawasdiscoveredbyChristopherColumbusin1492.[析]invent意为"发明"即从无到有,如:CompasswasinventedbytheChinesepeople.而discover则意为"发现"。it[误]Thattakesmetenyearstofinishthiswork.[正]Ittakesmetenyearstofinishthiswork.[析]it在这个句中的语法作用是形式主语,而真正的主语是句子后面的不定式。有的句子要用it作形式主语或形式宾语,如:IthinkitdifficulttolearnEnglishwell.Jjoin,[误]Didyouattendthefootballclub?[正]Didyoujointhefootballclub?[析]join经常用于参加某个团体、政党,并作为其中的一个成员;attend则重点强调出会议、到场,而不一定进行具体活动,如:Didyouattendthemeetingyesterday?而takepartin则强调参与某些具体活动或运动,如:Itakepartinthefootballgame.just[误]Ihavefinishedmyworkjustnow.[正]Ifinishedmyworkjustnow.[析]justnow意义"刚才",所以句中的谓语动词要用过去式。[误]JustIwonthegame.[正]Ijustwonthegame.[析]just单独使用时不应放在句首,而应放于①be动词之后,如:Heisjustastudent.②名词与一般动词之间。③用在第一助动词之后,如:Ihavejustreturnedhome.但just与其他词组成词组时,如justnow,justthen,则可用于句首和句尾。如:Justthenhesawthebuscoming.justjustlyjust常用于三种含意:①恰好,如:It'sjustfiveo'clock.②仅仅,相当于only,如:Ihavejustenoughmoneytobuyadictionary.③不久前,如:Ijustmissedmyoldfriend;Heleftafewminutesago.而justly其意为"公正的",如:Hewasjustlypunishedforhiscrimes.Kkeep[误]Shewaskeepingsomethingtoherfather.[正]Shewaskeepingsomethingfromherfather.[析]"对某人隐瞒某事"要用"keepsomethingfromsomebody"句型。[误]Hekepttorepeatthewordagainandagain.[正]Hekeptrepeatingthewordagainandagain.[析]keepdoingsomething为连续不断地做某事。有时可以与keepondoingsomething互换。它们的区别在于keepdoingsomething意为该动作一直不停地在进行中,如:Whenthetrain,started,shekeptwavingherhand.而keepondoingsomething则表示该动作可能停停顿顿但却一直在进行中,如:Hekeptonmakingthesamemistakesingrammar.[误]Wemustkeepupthetimes.[正]Wemustkeepupwiththetimes.[析]这句话意为"我们必须赶上时代",keepupwith是"赶上"之意,而keepup则是"坚持下去"的意思,如:Keepitup,don'tstopnow!key[误]Ilostthekeyofthedoor.[正]Ilostthekeytothedoor.[析]英语中讲某某的东西一般要用of,而key,entrance,answer则多用to,如:"门的钥匙"为keytothedoor,"高速公路入口"为entrancetothehighway,"问题的答案"为theanswer(key)tothequestion.kind[误]Thiskindofbooksarenotgood.[正]Thiskindofbooksisnotgood.[析]kind在这种句式中应作为主语,如果讲Thosekindsofbooksareverygood.则是正确的。kindsorttypekind和sort为同义词,意为"种类",而type则为"型号",如:Whattypeofthiscardoyouwant?(你想要这种车的什么型号?)knock[误]Someonewasknockingthedoor.[正]Someonewasknockingatthedoor.[析]knock虽可以作及物动词,如:Thecarknockedaholeinthefence.但作"敲门"讲一定要用作不及物动词:knockat(on)thedoor.know[误]Iwanttoknowtoplaythisgame.[正]Iwanttoknowhowtoplaythisgame.[析]要注意英语中在不定式前加疑问代词或疑问副词的用法。如:Iwanttoknowhowtodoit/whattodo/whentodoit/wheretogo.knowknowof,Iknowhim.为"我很了解他。"而Iknowofhim.则为"我听说过他。"同样的用法还有hear和hearof这一词组。Llarge[误]Hefoundalargenumberofmistakeinhishomework.[正]Hefoundalargenumberofmistakesinhishomework.[析]"alargenumberof+复数名词",意为大量的。last[误]Thisisthenewestnews.[正]Thisisthelatestnews.[析]"最新消息"应为latestnews,因为最晚到的新闻才是最新消息,请注意英语与汉语的区别。lastthelast[误]Isawmybrotherthelastweek.[正]Isawmybrotherlastweek.[析]当谈到与目前有关的上月、上星期等概念时只能用lastmonth,lastweek,而不能加定冠词,thelast可用于表示一系列词的最后一个,如:ThatwasthelastChristmasIspentathome.但thelast可以用来表示持续到现在的一个长时期,如:Iambusyforthelastweek.late[误]YesterdayIwenthomelately.[正]YesterdayIwenthomelate.[析]late即可做形容词又可作副词;而lately则意为"最近的",如:Ihaven'tseenherlately.latelatterlaterlatelylate有两个比较级,指时间较晚应用later,如口语中常讲:Seeyoulater.(一会见。)而latter则指按顺序讲的后者,或靠后的,其反意词为former,如:theformerpresident(前总统)。又如:Icanunderstandthelatterpartofthestory.而lately则意为"近来"、"不久前"。laughedatbyhisclassmates.中的at是不可省掉的。laughover则指"笑着谈论"某事,如Welaughoverthefilm.(我们笑着谈论那个电影。),lay[误]Weliedonthebeach.[正]Welayonthebeach.[析]英文中有三个动词易混,在考试中也频频出现,它们的现在式,过去式,过去分词以及现在分词是:lay(vt.放)laidlaidlayinglie(vi.躺)laylaincyinglie(vi.说谎)liedliedlyinglearn[误]Theteachersaid:"Youmuststudythispoembyheart."[正]Theteachersaid:"Youmustlearnthispoembyheart."[析]study与learn在作"学习"讲时,常常可以互换,但learn侧重于学习成果或初级阶段的模仿性学习,如:Thelittlebabyislearningtowalk.而study则多侧重于学习的过程,如:I'mstudyingatthiscollege.而learn…byheart则是"记住"、"背诵"之意。leave[误]I'llleaveBeijingtoShanghai.[正]I'llleaveBeijingforShanghai.[析]leavefor一词组为"去某地",如对话中常讲I'llleaveforShanghai.因所离开的地点是双方都知道的则可以省略。leaveforget[误]I'veforgottenmyhomeworkathome.[正]I'veforgottenmyhomework.[正]I'veleftmyhomeworkathome.[析]如果句中有地点状语则不要用forget,而要用leave.lesson[误]IhavetwolessonsofEnglish.[正]IhavetwoEnglishlessons.[正]IhavetwolessonsinEnglish.[析]"我有两节英语课。"这一表达法如上,但美国老师讲他有两节课时则多用"Ihavetwoclasses."teachsomebodyalesson为"教训某人",或"要吸取教训",如:Letthisthingteachesyou,alesson.lend[误]Pleaseborrowmeyourbike.[正]Pleaselendmeyourbike.[析]borrow是指"借入",如:Iwanttoborrowsomebooksfromthelibrary.lend是"借出",如:Icanlendyoumybike.而keep为"借多久":如HowlongcanIkeepit?less[误]Hehasfewermoneythanshehas.[正]Hehaslessmoneythanshehas.[析]less是little的比较级,而fewer是few的比较级。要注意前者修饰不可数名词,而后者修饰可数名词。let[误]Theteacherletsthestudentscleantheclassroomasapunishment.[正]Theteachermakesthestudentscleantheclassroomasapunishment.[析]虽然let,have,make有相同的用法,但make和have含有迫使某人做某事的意思。[误]Let'sgotothepark,willyou?[正]Let'sgotothepark,shallwe?[误]Letusgotothepark,shallwe?[正]Letusgotothepark,willyou?[析]Let'sgo的反意疑问句是shallwe?而Letusgo的反意疑问句则是willyou?life[误]ManypeoplelosttheirlifeintheSecondWorldWar.[正]ManyPeoplelosttheirlivesintheSecondWorldWar.[析]life作为"生命"、"性命"时应为可数名词;当泛指一般"生活"讲时则为不可数名词,如:Whichdoyouprefer,townlifeorcountrylife?又如:Lifeisnotallfun.light[误]Thereisadeskwithalitlamponit.[正]Thereisadeskwithalightedlamponit.[析]light有两个过去分词:lighted和lit,当用过去分词作形容词当定语时只能用lighted.light可以用作名词,如:Themoongetsitslightfromthesun.也可以作形容词,如:,Theclassroomisverylight.还可以作动词,如:Thelittlegirllitamatch.作形容词时还有"轻"、"浅"等意,如:Thisboxislight.Ilikelightblue.like[误]Mysisterisveryasme.[正]Mysisterisverylikeme.[析]as作为连词其后要接从句,如:Sheisagoodstudentashisbrotherusedtobe.而like是介词,其后接宾语。[误]Doyoulikeswimmingwithmetonight.[正]Wouldyouliketoswimwithmetonight.[析]like作为动词当"喜欢"讲时,其后面可接不定式也可接动名词,用不定式多表达一个一次性的动作,如:I'msorryIdon'tliketogoswimmingtonight.用动名词则表示一个习惯性的动作,如:Ilikeswimmingverymuch.likealike作为形容词,alike一般不作定语,而只作表语,如;Thetwinsareveryalike.[误]Wouldyoulikeswimmingwithus?[正]Wouldyouliketoswimwithus?[析]在wouldyoulike…这一句型中,其后面只能接不定式,而不能接动名词。like的用法还要注意以下两点:①HelikesTom.为"他喜欢汤姆。"②HeislikeTom.为"他像汤姆。"第二句话的like为介词,而第一句话的like为动词。listen[误]Youshouldheartheteahcer'sadvice.[正]Youshouldlistentotheteacher'sadvice.[析]hear多侧重于听到某事或某种声音,而listento则侧重于听的倾向性。如:Welistenbuthearnothing.例句为"听取某人意见",所以只能用listentosomeone'sadvice.little[误]Don'tworry,thereislittletime.[正]Don'tworry,thereisalittletime.[误]Thereisalittlewater.ShallIgetsome?[正]Thereislittlewater.ShallIgetsome?[析],要注意中英文在同一问题上的表达法是不同的。如中文"水不多了,我去取点吧。"英文要讲"没水了,我去取点吧。"littlesmalllittle与small是近义词,在作定语时常常可以互换,如:alittlegirl或asmallgirl,但little一般不作表语,如:Thecaroverthereissmall.一句中不要用little.作定语时little常常带有感情色彩,而small则带有对比的含义。live[误]Tomliveswithhisparents'money.[正]Tomlivesonhisparents'money.[误]Helivesonteaching.[正]Helivesbyteaching.[析]"靠吃某物为生"应用liveonsomething,而liveby是"靠某种生活手段为生"。livingaliveliving侧重于生活得很好,身体不错,如:Mygrandfatherisstilllivinginhiseighties.而alive则强调没有死而是活着的,如:Isthatcataliveordead?lonely[误]Shewantedtodoherhomeworklonely.[正]Shewantedtodoherhomeworkalone.[析]lonely意为"寂寞的"、"孤单的",如:Theoldmanfeltlonely.alone则意为"独自的"、"单独的",如:Helivesalonebuthedoesn'tfeellonely.long[误]Ihavebeenstudyinglongfortheexam.[正]Ihavebeenstudyingforalongtimefortheexam.[析]long用作表达时间的副词时,在否定句及疑问句中最常用,但在肯定句中除与so,too,as…as连用外,一般要用foralongtime.[误]I'llcallyouaslongasthebookwillbereturned.[正]I'llcallyouaslongasthebookisreturned.[析]as…as引导的状语从句中可以用一般现在时表示将来。[误]Howlongdoyougotoseeyourparents?Onceaweek.[正]Howoftendoyougotoseeyourparents?Onceaweek.,[析]因为答语为每周一次所以问的是频率,要用howoften.looklookforfindlookfor侧重于"寻找"这个动作,如:Whatareyoulookingfor?而find则侧重于结果,如:Itisverydifficulttofindajob.这里不能用lookfor,因为真正困难的是"找到"工作。其他用法还有:[例]Heoftenlooksbackonhishighschooldays.[析]lookbackonsomething为"回顾"、"回想"。[例]Iwishyouwouldn'tlookdownon(upon)thechildren'swork.[析]lookdownon(upon)为"看不起"某人或某事。[误]I'mlookingforwardtoseeyou.[正]I'mlookingforwardtoseeingyou.[析]lookforwardto词组中的to是介词,所以其后要加名词或动名词,不能接不定式。lot[误]Icanbuythisdictionarynow,becauseIhavegotmuchmoney.[正]IcanbuythisdictionarynowbecauseIhavegotalotofmoney.[析]muchmoney多用于疑问句与否定句中,而在肯定句中要用alotof.lotsof与alotof之间无多大区别,两者都可以修饰可数与不可数名词,所以常常可以互换。[误]Heismorehappiernow.[正]Heisalothappiernow.[析]不可用more来修饰比较级,能修饰比较级的词有verymuch,alot,lots,any,no,rather,alittle,abit等。loudloudly这两个词含意相同,在日常用语中loud多与talk,speak,shout,laugh等动词连用,如:Don'tspeaksoloud,you'llwakethebaby.而在比较正式的场合才用loudly.loudaloudloud多指把声音放大,而aloud则指要出声不要默读。如:-Whatdidyousay?-Oh,nothing,Iwasjustthinkaloud.(我只不过自言自语。),Mmake[误]Thelittleboywasmaderepeatthewholestory.[正]Thelittleboywasmadetorepeatthewholestory.[误]Thefathermadehissontodohishomeworkfrommorningtillnight.[正]Thefathermadehissondohishomeworkfrommorningtillnight.[析]make的句型为"makesomebodydo(doing)something".但在被动语态中原来被省去的不定式符号to要被还原回来。[误]Ialwaysdothismistake.[正]Ialwaysmakethismistake.[析]英语中do和make是十分不易弄清的两个动词,do常用于谈论工作时或某种不确定的活动时,如:doafavour(帮个忙),doone'sbest(竭尽全力),dogood(有益),doharm(有害),而多数情况下常用make,如:makeasuggestion,makeacake,makeabed(收拾床),makeanoise,makemoney等等。[误]Thiswinewasmadeofgrapes.[正]Thiswinewasmadefromgrapes.[析]当成品制成后,其原料的性质有所改变时应用makefrom,否则用makeof,如:Thisdoorwasmadeofiron.[误]Hardworkcanoftenmakeupalackofintelligence.[正]Hardworkcanoftenmakeupforalackofintelligence.[析]makeup是"创造"、"编织",而makeupfor是"弥补……的不足之处"。上句应译为"勤奋工作可以弥补天资的不足。"[误]Wemadeupourmindtostudyhard.[正]Wemadeupourmindstostudyhard.[析]mind这里是可数名词,使用时要特别予以注意makeupone'smind是"下定决心"之意。[误]Ourclassismadeoftwentygirlsandtwentyoneboys.[正]Ourclassismadeupoftwentygirlsandtwentyoneboys.[析]makeupof…是"某物由……组成或构成"。many,[误]Ihavemanyfriends.[正]Ihavealotoffriends.[析]many和much多用于疑问句或否定句中,而在肯定句中则用处不多,尤其在非正式谈话中。如:-Howmuchmoneyhaveyougot?-I'vegotplenty.[误]Youboughtmuchtootomatoes.[正]Youboughttoomanytomatoes.[析]toomany后接可数名词,toomuch后接不可数名词,而muchtoo后面接形容词,意为"太多"。[误]Formanyaweeksitrainedalot.[正]Formanyaweekitrainedalot.[析]manya意为"好多"、"许多",但其后面要加单数名词。matter[误]Nomatterwhatyoudid.[正]Nomatterwhatyoudid,Itrustedyou.[析]Nomatter是个词组,意为"不论",它的语法功能是起连接作用,所以不能用于一个单独的句子。itdoesn'tmatter这个词组则不是一个连接词组,所以可以和一个单句连用,如:Itdoesn'tmaterwhatyousay.(你说什么都不要紧。)maybe[误]Maybeheisright.[正]Maybeheisright.[析]maybe是副词,不要错用为maybe.maybeperhaps这两个词的词意一样,maybe常用于非正式谈话,而perhaps则多用在正式文体中。如:Maybe/Perhapstheweatherwillgetbetter.而JuliusCaesarisperhapsthegreatestofShakespeare'searlyplays.mend[误]Iwanttohavemybikemended.,[正]Iwanttohavemybikerepaired.[析]mend意为"缝补",如:Mymothermendedmycoat.而repair是"修理"。mind[误]Couldyoumindtoclosethedoor?[正]Couldyoumindclosingthedoor?[误]Trytomakeupyourmindstudyinghard.[正]Trytomakeupyourmindtostudyhard.[析]mind用作动词时,其后加动名词;而用作名词意为"下定决心"时,其后要加不定式。要注意DoyoumindifIsmoke?的答语:如果你不介意,应回答"No,goahead."如果你不想让对方吸烟,则应讲"Yes,pleasedon't."miss[误]Ifoundmybagmissed.[正]Ifoundmybagmissing.[析]missing为形容词,其意为"不见了"、"丢了"。在句中用作宾语补足语时不要误用missed,它作动词时多为及物动词,要接名词或动名词,而不接不定式。如:Imissedthefirsttrain,Idon'twanttomissseeingthefamousfootballplayer.在作补足语讲某物"不见了"时有missing,gone,lost等,如:Ifoundmybagmissing(gone,lost).mistake[误]Itookyourpenbywrong.[正]Itookyourpenbymistake.[析]bymistake是"错拿了"、"误拿了"你的东西。wrong意为"错误",而bymistake为"弄混了"。如:[误]IfI'mnotwrong,youareMrBrown.[正]IfI'mnotmistaken,youareMrBrown.(如果我没弄错的话,您是Brown先生。)[误]Theteachersalwaysmistookmeasmybrother.[正]Theteachersalwaysmistookmeformybrother.[析]mistake…for…是"错把……当作……"之意,如:Itookyourbookformine.more[误]Thisbookismorebetterthanthatone.[正]Thisbookismuchbetterthanthatone.,[析]不能用比较级来修饰比较级,而应用much,rather等来修饰比较级。[误]Moreyouread,moreyoulearn.[正]Themoreyouread,themoreyoulearn.[析]在"越……越……的"表达法中,形容词的比较级前要加定冠词。请注意morethanone这个词组的后面要跟单数名词和单数谓语动词。如:Morethanonestudentisgoingtodoparttimejobafterschool.nomorethannotmorethannomorethan应译为"只不过"、"才",如:Hewrotenomorethanthreebooks.即他真正写了三本书。而notmorethan则意为"不会多于",如:Hewrotenotmorethanthreebooks.即他写的书不会多于三本。又如:Heisnoshorterthanyou.应译为"你和他都不矮",而Heisnotshorterthanyou.才应译为"他比你高。"most[误]MostofstudentsaregoodatEnglish.[正]MostofthestudentsaregoodatEnglish.[正]MoststudentsaregoodatEnglish.[析]mostof这一结构后面的名词前一定要有一个限定词。[误]Myfriendsaremostteachers.[正]Myfriendsaremostlyteachers.[析]mostly意为"大部分的","主要的"。much[误]Theboywasasleepverymuch.[正]Theboywasfastasleep.[析]不是所有的形容词都可以用very来修饰,如fastasleep意为"熟睡",则是固定搭配。像interesting,exciting,surprising这些形容词化的现在分词,以及tired,interested这些形容词化的过去分词则要用very来修饰。must[误]Hemustbeintheoffice,andmustn'tgohome.[正]Hemustbeintheoffice,andcan'tgohome.[析]must加动词原形为对事情的肯定推测,而否定的推测则要用can't加动词原形。[误]Itmusthaverainednow.,[正]Itmusthaverainedyesterday.[析]"must+have+过去分词"为对过去发生事情的推测。这句话应译为"昨天一定是下雨了。"又如:Imustgoandcallhim.Hemusthaveforgottenit.musthavetomust用来表示说话者觉得某件事有必要去做,如Imuststopsmoking.其意为:我自己认为我要戒烟;而haveto则多用来表达由于来自外界的因素而不得不去做的事,如:Ihavetogotoschooltomorrow.must无过去式,当用在讲过去某件必须要做的事时要用hadto,如:WhenIwasyoung,Ihadtogotothefactory.在否定句中mustn't意为:一定不要做某事,如:Youmustn'ttellthistoTom.而haven'tto则多意为没有必要去做,如:Youdon'thavetotellthistoTom.而英语中多用needn't来取代haven'tto.myself[误]Ican'tplaypingpongmyself.[正]Ican'tplaypingpongbymyself.[析]第一句并无语法错误,myself为"我亲自要去",而bymyself为"独自一人"。这句话要表达的意思是"我一个人无法打乒乓球。"而Iwanttoplaypingpongmyself.应译为"我自己想去打乒乓球。"Nname[误]Shewasnamedofaflower.[正]Shewasnamedafteraflower.[析]以……命名应为nameafter,又如给某人取名应为ThefathernamedhissonTom.near[误]Wecameneartohithim.[正]Wecameneartohittinghim.[析]这句话应译为"我们几乎要打他一顿。"nearto这一用法中to为介词,其后要接宾语,所以要接名词或动名词。near作介词时其后可加to也可不加to,如:Isitnearthedoor,Isitneartothefire.bynear,Welivednearthecity.与Welivedbythecity.两句话都是对的,但其表达的意义有所不同,by在表达距离时比near更近,所以bythecity是紧靠近某城市。need[误]Thisroomneedstoclean.[正]Thisroomneedstobecleaned.[正]Thisroomneedscleaning.[析]在表达某事需要做什么时,need后面如用不定式要用其被动态,如接动名词则要用主动态。[误]Weneednottodoit.[正]Weneedn'tdoit.[析]need用在否定句、疑问句中一般用作情态动词,所以无人称变化也不加to,而在肯定句中则多用作实意动词,如:Weneedyourhelp.neither[误]Noneofmyparentsisateacher.[正]Neitherofmyparentsisateacher.[析]对两者的否定不能用none只能用neither,none用于三人以上的情况。[误]Idon'tdomyhomework.Neitherhedoes.[正]Idon'tdomyhomework.Neitherdoeshe.[析]这时应用倒装句。[误]NeitheryounorIareright.[正]NeitheryounorIamright.[析]neither…nor…这一句型在应用时其谓语动词应以邻近的主语一致。[误]Neitherhestudiesnorplays.[正]Neitherdoeshestudynorplay.[析]neither,hardly,seldom等否定词位于句首时,谓语动词采用倒装形式。never[误]NeverIhavebrokenmyword.[正]NeverhaveIbrokenmyword.[析],never用于句首时起强调作用,要用倒装语序。但用于句中一般放于情态动词、助动词、或be动词后面,如:Ishallneverforgottheexpressiononherface.Losttimeisneverfoundagain.用于成语中,如:Betterlatethannever.(晚做比不做强。)nevermind没关系,如:"Whatdidyousay?""Oh,nevermind."news[误]Therearemanynewsabouttheaccident.[正]Thereismuchnewsabouttheaccident.[析]news是不可数名词,它没有复数形式,如果讲一条新闻要用apieceofnews.newspaper[误]Ireadthenewsontoday'snewspaper.[正]Ireadthenewsintoday'snewspaper.[析]在报纸上读到某一条新闻一定要用介词in,而onthenewspaper是指把某物放于报纸之上,如:MayIputthefloweronthisnewspaper?night[误]Icamehomeverylateyesterdaynight.[正]Icamehomeverylatelastnight.[析]"昨晚"一般要讲lastnight,而不应参照"昨天上午、下午、傍晚"的说法yesterdaymorning等套用。nononeno是个限定词,它可以用在可数名词单复数或不可数名词前,如:Nonewsisgoodnews.但如果名词前有另一限定词时则不能用no,而要用noneof,如Noneofthestudentswashere.nonot要使句子具有部分否定的意思,我们用not,如:Icanseeyoutomorrow,butnotSunday.如果是全部否定则用no,如Sorry,thereisnotimetotalk.Noonenonenoone与nobody一样不能接of结构,如:Noonewishedmegoodluck.而要用of结构时要用none,如:Noneofmyfriendswishedmegoodluck.nor[误]Ineversawthepaintingbefore,ordidIhearofit.[正]Ineversawthepaintingbefore,notdidIhearofit.[析]注意在表达"既不……也不……"时不要用or作连词,而要用nor,并且要用倒装语序。,not[误]Thestudentswenttothepark,butnotheteachers.[正]Thestudentswenttothepark,butnottheteachers.[析]要使一个句子或一个句子的某一部分为否定时我们要用not,而不用no.[误]Thereisnomylettertoday.[正]Thereisnoletterformetoday.[析]no是一个限定词,用在名词前时,要注意这个名词前应没有冠词、物主代词或指示代词。[误]Henotonlywasawriterbutalsoanactor.[正]Hewasnotonlyawriterbutalsoanactor.[析]在这一句型中notonly之后的词与butalso之后的词类必须一致,否则应为错句。如果这一结构用在主语位置,则谓语动词要与butalso后面的主语保持一致,如:NotonlyyoubutalsoIamwrong.nothing[误]Nothingbutbooksweresoldhere.[正]Nothingbutbookswassoldhere.[析]要注意真正的主语是nothing而不是books,所以这一结构在学生的使用中经常出错。[误]Ihavenothingtodobuttocry.[正]Ihavenothingtodobutcry.[析]在这一结构中but后面要用省to的不定式。number[误]AnumberofnewscanbeheardonTVtoday.[正]AlotofnewscanbeheardonTVtoday.[析]anumberof后接可数名词复数。[误]Thenumberofstudentsaretenthousand.[正]Thenumberofstudentsistenthousand.[析]anumberof其意为"大量的",而thenumberof…是"某某的数量"。即thenumberofstudents意为"学生人数",所以要用单数形式的谓语动词。,Oo'clock[误]It'stenpastfiveo'clock.[正]It'stenpastfive.[析]o'clock所表达的时间是正点,如果要表达的时间是几点几分或差几分几点都不能用o'clock.once[误]Pleasecomeandseemeonce.[正]Pleasecomeandseemeoneday.[析]once用来谈论过去的事情,而不能谈论未来。如果要谈及未来要用oneday,sometime等。[误]ImethimonetimewhenIwasastudent.[正]ImethimoncewhenIwasastudent.[析]英语中一次应用once而不用onetime,二次要用twice而不用twotimes.one[误]Mygrandfatherwantstoliveforhundredyears.[正]Mygrandfatherwantstoliveforonehundredyears.[误]Hethrewawaytheolddictionaryandwantedtobuynewone.[正]Hethrewawaytheolddictionaryandwantedtobuyanewone.[误]Hisdogisbiggerthanmyone.[正]Hisdogisbiggerthanmine.[析]一般物主代词之后不用one,除非one前有修饰词,如myoldone,否则要用名词性物主代词。[误]Oneoftheteacherisintheoffice.[误]Oneoftheteachersareintheoffice.[正]Oneoftheteachersisintheoffice.[析]One是句子的主语,其谓语动词应用单数,而of后面的名词要用复数名词。[误]Onethirdofthebooksissenttothestudents.[正]Onethirdofthebooksaresenttothestudents.[析],几分之几或百分之几这一结构用在主语位置,其谓语动词要与of后面的名词一致,如Twothirdsoftheworkisdone.open[误]Arethebanksopenedtoday?[正]Arethebanksopentoday?[析]要注意open即可用作动词、名词,还可以用作形容词,而close则不同。请看:Arethebanksclosedtoday?这一句是正确的。or[误]Hedoesn'tdrinkandsmoke.[正]Hedoesn'tdrinkorsmoke.[析]否定句中的并列连词要用or而不用and.[误]Heneitherdrinksorsmokes.[正]Heneitherdrinksnorsmokes.other[误]Wherearetheothersstudents?[正]Wherearetheotherstudents?[正]Wherearetheothers?[析]other作形容词时没有复数形式,且作为泛指讲时没有定冠词,如:Asksomeothereople.而加定冠词后为特指。theother可在句中作主语、宾语或定语,如:Nowletmeshowyoutheother.(宾语)Hehastwosons.Oneisaworker,theotherisateacher.(主语)others只能作代词,而theothers则为特指,如:Therearefivebooks.Twoofthemarenotgood.Iliketheothers.out[误]Shewentouttheclassroom,takingadictionarywithher.[正]Shewentoutoftheclassroom,takingadictionarywithher.[析]outof是指"从……里出来",使用时不要将of丢掉。Ppaper[误]Pleasegivemetwoletterpapers.[正]Pleasegivemetwosheetsofletterpaper.,[析]paper作为纸讲为不可数名词。[误]Eachstudentmustwritepaperonwhathelearned.[正]Eachstudentmustwriteapaperonwhathelearned.[析]这里的paper作为论文讲,是可数名词。paper的这种用法还可以用于证件、报纸、考卷等。parent[误]MyparentsandIarebothinterestedinfootball.[正]MyparentsandIareallinterestedinfootball.[析]parents即为父母、双亲,指两个人,加上自己为三个人,所以只能用all而不能用both.pass[误]Theshippastedthechannel.[正]Theshippassedthechannel.[析]pass为动词,而past则为副词,不要混淆,如:Myfatherhasbeenillforthepasttwoweeks.Allthestudentspassedtheexam.pay[误]Pleasehelpmedothisjob,andIwillpayforyoulater.[正]PleasehelpmedothisjobandIwillpayyoulater.[析]为某工作付给工人工资应为paysomebody,而payforsomething是为某物付款,如:Youcanbuyallthethingsyouwant.I'llpayforthose.people[误]Therearefivehundredpeopleshere.[正]Therearefivehundredpeoplehere.[误]Thereisonlyonepeople.[正]Thereisonlyoneperson.[误]Peoplethereisfriendly.[正]Peopletherearefriendly.[析]people作为人讲时为复数名词,如要讲一个人应用oneperson,而不能用people,讲若干人时用people而不能加s,这样的用法还有police(警察)等,这些概念用单数时要换其他的词.如:people-aperson;police-policemanpolicewoman;youth-ayoungman/woman.picture,[误]Therearesomespotsinthepicture.[正]Therearesomespotsonthepicture.[误]Thereisayoungwomanonthepicture.[正]Thereisayoungwomaninthepicture.[析]指溅落在画面上的灰尘,污物是onthepicture,即讲与画面内容无关的东西用on,而inthepicture用于讲画面的内容。pity[误]Whatpitythathermothermustalwayssuffer![正]Whatapitythathermothermustalwayssuffer![析]pity作为遗憾之事讲常加不定冠词;但要注意作为同情、怜悯讲则不加冠词,为不可数名词,如:Ifeelpityforyou.它还可以用作动词,如:Hepitiedthepoorpeople.[误]Ihavepityforyou.[正]Ihavepityonyou.[析]可怜某人时应用have(take)pityonsomebody,这是个惯用法。place[误]LastyearhewenttoAmerica.Hetravelledfromplacetoanother.[正]LastyearhewenttoAmerica.Hetravelledfromplacetoplace(fromoneplacetoanother).[析]到处译为英文时为fromplacetoplace请不要在place之前加冠词。这种用法在有些语法书中叫作零冠词用法,如:一户挨一户为doorbydoor,手拉手为handinhand.[误]Theaccidentwastakenplaceinthatstreet.[正]Theaccidenttookplaceinthatstreet.[析]takeplace为发生,它不能用于被动态,这样的词还有happen等。[误]Thereisnoplaceinthebus.[正]Thereisnoroominthebus.[析]room这里为不可数名词,意为空间,即没有地方了。place多指场所所在之地。[误]IcameheretotakeplaceofMrSmith.[正]IcameheretotaketheplaceofMrSmith.[析]taketheplaceof意为代替、取代某人某事。,play[误]Doyouwanttoplayguitar?[正]Doyouwanttoplaytheguitar?[误]Iliketoplaythebridge.[正]Iliketoplaybridge(桥牌).[析]play作为玩讲时,在各种乐器前要加冠词,在各种体育运动前则没有冠词。please[误]Myfriendpleasedmetohisbirthdaypartyyesterday.[正]Myfriendinvitedmetohisbirthdaypartyyesterday.[析]please作为动词时其词义不是请,而是高兴、愿意等意,如:Shealwaysdoeswhatshepleases.(她总是想做什么就做什么。)又如:It'shardtopleaseall.而please作为请讲时为语气词,多用于祈使句中,如:Pleasecomein.[误]Boththeteacherandthemotherwerepleasedtothelittlegirl.[正]Boththeteacherandthemotherwerepleasedwiththelittlegirl.[析]对某人表示满意、喜欢,应用bepleasedwithsomebody.对某事感到高兴和满意时多用bepleasedat或about,但有时也可用with,却不能用of.pleasure[误]Theboygavehisparentsalotofpleasures.[正]Theboygavehisparentsalotofpleasure.[析]pleasure作为高兴、愉快、享乐、娱乐讲时为不可数名词。[误]Itispleasuretoworkwithyou.[正]Itisapleasuretoworkwithyou.[析]pleasure作为一件或某件乐事、高兴之事讲时为可数名词,如:Itisoneofmypleasures.police[误]Thepolicehasnotfoundthecauseoftheaccident.[正]Thepolicehavenotfoundthecauseoftheaccident.[析]police为复数名词,它没有单数形式。如果要讲一个警察要用apoliceman,两个要用twopolicemen,或apolicewoman,twopolicewomen.prepare,[误]I'mpreparingtheexam.[正]I'mpreparingfortheexam.[误]We'llreturnintimeforyoutopreparefordinner.[正]We'llreturnintimeforyoutopreparedinner.[析]prepare既是及物动词,又是不及物动词。作及物动词时其后面所跟的事物是正在准备的;而作不及物动词时for后面的事物是目标。如:I'mpreparingfortheexam.应译为我正在为考试做准备。同样的用法还有search与searchfor.present[误]Don'tworry.Icanpresentthemeeting.[正]Don'tworry.Icanbepresentatthemeeting.[析]present作为出席、在场讲时,是形容词而不应用作动词。其动词意为送给;赠给;提出,如:Thereporterpresentedargumentsofhisidea.put[误]Sheputoffherreddressandputonthegreenone.[正]Shetookoffherreddressandputonthegreenone.[析]与put连用的介词很多,一般来讲on与off是一对相反的意义的介词,如:turnon(打开),turnoff(关上),穿衣服是puton,但脱衣服却只能用takeoff,而putoff是推迟、使某人下车、关掉之意,如:Theyputofftheexambecausethenationalholiday.(因国家假日而推迟考期。)CouldyouputmeoffattheTownHall.(请在市政厅让我下车。)Pleaseputoffthewirelessbeforeyouleave.(走之前请关掉无线电。)Rradio[误]Therearetworadioesintheclassroom.[正]Therearetworadiosintheclassroom.[误]Iheardtheweatherreportthroughtheradio.[正]Iheardtheweatherreportontheradio.,[析]在收音机中听到某事应为hearsomethingontheradio,听收音机应为listentotheradio.这样的用法还有电视,看电视为watchTV,讲在电视上看见什么节目为watch…onTV,如:I'mwatchingthefootballmatchonTV.但注意,作为一种通信手段时应为byradio,如:Policearetalkingtoeachotherbyradio.rain[误]Thereisasmallrainfalling.[正]Thereisalightrainfalling.[误]Thereisabigrain.[正]Thereisaheavyrain.[析]大雨在英文中应为aheavyrain,raincatsanddogs为倾盆大雨,小雨为alightrain.千万不要讲abigrain或asmallrain.当作动词讲时,雨下得很大可译为:Itrainsverymuchnow/hardnow/heavilynow.reach[误]Wereachedtothetownverylate.[正]Wereachedthetownverylate.[析]reach作为到达讲是及物动词,而arrive为不及物动词。但要注意reach的词组搭配,如reachfor,为伸手去拿,如:Thethiefreachedforthegun.reachout伸出手,如:Hereachedoutandtookaninterestingbook.ready[误]Youmustreadyatonce.[正]Youmustbereadyatonce.[析]ready为形容词,而不像中文中准备为动词。remember[误]Ididn'trememberclosingthedoor,sothethiefcameintotheroomdirectly.[正]Ididn'tremembertoclosethedoor,sothethiefcameintotheroomdirectly.[析]remember其后接动名词,动名词所表示的动作已经做完,如:Idon'tremembermeetingyou.其后如接不定式,不定式表达的动作还没有去做,如:Doremembertoturnoffthelightbeforeyouleave.rest[误]Therestofthestudentsisgirls.,[正]Therestofthestudentsaregirls.[析]rest作剩余部分讲时,therestof…结构作主语时其谓语动词应与of后面的名词的数保持一致。这种用法还有1/3of,80%of等。[误]Therestoftheworkaredone.[正]Therestoftheworkisdone.return[误]Myfriendsreturnedbacktotheirsecondhometown.[正]Myfriendsreturnedtotheirsecondhometown.[析]return即为返回,所以back是多余的。这句话还可以表述为:Myfriendswentbacktotheirsecondhometown.rice[误]Wehadafewriceandsomebread.[正]Wehadalittlericeandsomebread.[析]rice为物质名词,为不可数名词。rice[误]Wehadafewriceandsomebread.[正]Wehadalittlericeandsomebread.[析]rice为物质名词,为不可数名词。rich[误]Thecountryisrichofoil.[正]Thecountryisrichinoil.[析]berichin为盛产……。[误]Therichisnotalwayshappy.[正]Thericharenotalwayshappy.[析]形容词加定冠词表示一类人,作主语时要作复数看待。[误]Allhisrichesisnogoodtohimifheissoill.[正]Allhisrichesarenogoodtohimifheissoill.[析]riches为财富,是复数名词,没有单数形式。像这样的词还有goods(货物),greens(青菜),manners(礼貌)等。,river[误]Welikeswimmingontheriver.[正]Welikeswimmingintheriver.[误]Welikeboatingintheriver.[正]Welikeboatingontheriver.[析]游泳用intheriver,而在湖中划船要用ontheriver.room[误]Therearealreadythreepeoplesittingonthesofa,pleasetrytomakearoomforher.[正]Therearealreadythreepeoplesittingonthesofa,pleasetrytomakeroomforher.[析]room作为空间讲时为不可数名词。leaveroomfor…为给某人留点空地;makeroomfor…为让位给某人,如:Theyoungmanmaderoomforanoldwoman.run[误]Iranacrosswithanoldfriendattheschoolgate.[正]Iranacrossanoldfriendattheschoolgate.[析]runacross为偶然相遇。[误]Thetruckranacrossthecat.[正]Thetruckranoverthecat.[析]runover为从……上辗过。[误]YesterdayIrantoastormonmywayhome.[正]YesterdayIranintoastormonmywayhome.[析]runinto为撞上或撞在……上。Ssafe[误]Thebravemansafedtheboyfromdrowning.[正]Thebravemansavedtheboyfromdrowning.[析]safe是形容词,如:Theywishedhimasafejourney.safely是副词,如:Theyoungman,driveshiscarsafely.而safety是名词,如:safetyisland(安全岛),Safetyfirst!(安全第一!)但save是动词。same[误]YesterdayIgotapostcard.Itisthesamethatyougotthedaybeforeyesterday.[正]YesterdayIgotapostcard.Itisthesameasyougotthedaybeforeyesterday.[析]thesamethat意为"即是",而thesameas才能译为"像……一样的。"[误]Yourbookisnotsameasmine.[正]Yourbookisnotthesameasmine.[析]thesameas中的定冠词不能少。say[误]Hisreportwrotesheisnineteen.[正]Hisreportsayssheisnineteen.[析]中文中常讲"报告上写到"、"信上写到",这样的"写"在英文中要用say.sayspeaktalktell英文中"说"一般有四个词,其中say和tell为及物动词。tell可以加双宾语,如Pleasetellmeastory.而speak与talk为不及物动词。speak只有后面直接加"语言"时才是及物的,如:PleasespeakEnglish.请看下句:Hewentontalkingforalongtime,buthespokesofastthatfewofuscouldcatchwhathesaid.sea[误]Asaboyhisgreatambition(抱负)wastogotothesea.[正]Asaboyhisgreatambitionwastogotosea.[析]gotosea为"去当水手、海员";而gotothesea=gototheseaside,如:Hewanttogototheseaforhisvacation.在"海中"游泳为inthesea;atsea为在"海上航行",如:Ihaveabrotheratsea.bysea为"坐船"、"由海路运输",如:WetravelledtoNewYorkbysea.second[误]Iwanttolearnthesecondforeignlanguage.[正]Iwanttolearnasecondforeignlanguage.[析]当作为"第二"外语,"再增加一个"时,不要用thesecond而要用asecond.thesecond强调排队的次序,asecond强调再增加一个。,see[误]Hewasseenleavetheroom.[正]Hewasseentoleavetheroom.[析]see作主动态时用作toseesomebodydosomething,而用作被动态时则是somebodytobeseentodosomething.要注意惯用法letmesee(让我想想)。sheep[误]Therearefivesheepsonthegrass.[正]Therearefivesheeponthegrass.[析]sheep是单、复数同形名词,其他的还有:deer(鹿),fish(鱼)等。ship[误]Itravelledonayacht.[正]Itravelledonaship(inayacht).[析]虽然都是船,但游艇(yacht)要用in,而ship要用on.sick[误]Thelittleboywasaillboy.[正]Thelittleboywasasickboy.[析]sick与ill作表语时都表示"有病"之意,如:Hefeelsill.或Hefeelssick.都对,但作定语时则只能用sick.since[误]HeislivinginGreecesince1978.[正]HehaslivedinGreecesince1978.[正]HehasbeenlivinginGreecesince1978.[析]由since引出的状语从句意为"自从"某时一直如何,主句要用完成时或完成进行时。[误]ShehasbeenquitedifferentsincecamebackfromAmerica.[正]ShehasbeenquitedifferentsincecomingbackfromAmerica.[析]分词短语可以用在after,before,since等介词后面。sleep[误]Theboywasveryasleep.[正]Theboywasfastasleep.,[析]熟睡在英文中为fastasleep.非正式英语中一般不常用He'ssleeping.而常讲He'sasleep.其形容词sleepy是"困倦的",如:Ishallgotobednow.I'msosleepy."卧铺"英国人讲sleepingcar,而美国人讲sleeper.slow[误]Slowthedooropened.[正]Slowlythedooropened.[析]slow与slowly的用法与意思相同,在口语中和路标中多用slow,如:Tellhimtodriveslower.Slow,dangerousbend.但是如果用在动词前还是要用slowly.smile[误]Shesmiledtome.[正]Shesmiledatme.[析]"冲着某人笑"应为tosmileatsomebody.so[误]Itissuchbeautifulabookthateverychildlikesit.[正]Itissuchabeautifulbookthateverychildlikesit.[正]Itissobeautifulabookthateverychildlikesit.[析]关于so与such用法的区别有四种情况:①用于单数可数名词之前,其格式为"such+不定冠词+形容词+名词",而"so+形容词+不定冠词"。②用于可数名词复数或不可数名词前,只能用such,如:Itissuchgoodweatherthatwewanttogoforawalk.Theyaresuchgoodstudentsthattheycanpasstheexameasily.③在只有形容词时只能用so,如:ItissogoodthatIlikeitverymuch.④在many,much,few,little这四个词前只能用so而不能用such。如:IhavesolittlemoneythatIcan'tbuythedictionary.[误]Hegotupearlysoashecouldcatchthefirstbus.[正]Hegotupearlysoastocatchthefirstbus.[正]Hegotupearlysothathecouldcatchthefirstbus.[正]Hegotupsoearlythathecouldcatchthefirstbus.some[误]Doyouhavesomelessonetoprepare?[正]Doyouhaveanylessonstoprepare?,[析]在疑问句或否定句中要用any;some多用在肯定句中,如:Ihavesomemoneytobuyit.在请求,或真心希望得到肯定答复时,在疑问句中也要用some,如:Wouldyoulikesomethingtodrink?即真心实意希望为对方提供饮料。又如:Couldyoulendmesomemoney?即真心想要借到钱。sometime[误]IhavesometimethoughtthatIshouldliketoliveinthecountry.[正]IhavesometimesthoughtthatIshouldliketoliveinthecountry.sometimesometimessometimessometimesometime为"某个时候"、"总有一天",如:We'llmeetagainsometimenextyear.或过去的"某一时刻",如:IsawhersometimeinJuly.sometimes为"有时候"、"时常"、"常常",如:Everymanisafoolsometimes,andnoneatalltimes.Sometimes为"若干次",如:IvisitedAmericasometimes.Maybefiveorseventimes.Iamnotsure.Sometime则是"一段时间"、"一些时候",如:Iwanttoleavesometime.soon[误]Theroomassoonasbecamecrowded.[正]Theroomsoonbecamecrowded.[析]soon为"不久"、"很快",如:I'llbethereverysoon.而assoonas意为"一……就……",如:AssoonasIfinishedmyhomeworkIwentouttoplayfootball.sound[误]Thereportsoundswell.[正]Thereportsoundsgood.[析]sound作动词时其后接形容词而不接副词,如:Howsweetthemusicsounds!sport[误]Areyougoingtorunintheschoolsprot?[正]Areyougoingtorunintheschoolsprots?[析]sport用作可数名词单数时指具体的某项运动,如:Basketballisanindoorsport.而在泛指"运动"或"运动会"时要用其复数形式sports.spring[误]I'llvisitAmericainthisspring.[正]I'llvisitAmericainspring.,[正]I'llvisitAmericathisspring.[析]英语一年四季前如果有that,this,last,next等词,则其前面不要再加介词。这样的用法还有周、月、年等。请看下面句子中的用法有何不同:Hetoldmethatshediditonthenextday.这时是指过去某一天的第二天,所以才有这种用法。如果以现在为时间基点的第二天应为I'lldoitnextday.start[误]WhattimewillyoustarttoSanFrancisco?[正]WhattimewillyoustartforSanFrancisco?[析]start与leave一样,其后接"for+目的地"。beginstartbegin与start在很多场合下是一样的意思,如:Westarted/begantostudyEnglishtwoyearsago.但在如下场合则不能用begin:①作为"启程"讲,如:Ithinkweoughttostartatsix.②表示"开始工作",如:Thecarwon'tstart.(车子发动不起来。)③作为"开动"、"启动"讲,如:Doyouknowhowtostartthismachine.still[误]Oh,itisstillrainingnow.[正]Oh,itisstillraining.[析]因still即包含有现在仍然如何,所以now是多余词。stillyetalreadystill一般与动词连用,可放于句子中间用以说明过去开始的动作现在仍然在继续,特别用来表示我们希望它早点停止。如:I'vebeenthinkingforhours,butIstillcan'tdecide.yet一般放于句末,用在疑问句与否定句中。如:Hasthepostmancomeyet?already则与动词连用,可放于句中表示某事的发生比预期的要早,如:I'vealreadyfinishedmyhomework.stop[误]Whentheteachercameintotheclassroomthestudentsstoppedtotalk.[正]Whentheteachercameintotheclassroomthestudentsstoppedtalking.[析]stoptodosomething是"停下来去做某事",而stopdoingsomething是"停止做某事"。street[误]Thereisanarrowwindingstreetfromourvillagetothenextone.[正]Thereisanarrowwindingroadfromourvillagetothenextone.[析]street一般指城市中两旁有建筑物的"街道",而road多指乡间的"路"。,strict[误]Yououghttobestricttohim.[正]Yououghttobestrictwithhim.[析]bestrictwith是"对……严格的"。such[误]Doyouwanttohavesuchadictionary?[正]Doyouwanttohavesuchagooddictionary?[正]Doyouwanttohaveadictionarylikethat?[析]such作加强语气时一般是"such+(冠词)形容词+名词",如:It'ssuchagoodbook.但如果名词前没有形容词则要看其名词是否具有"能显示程度的含意",如:I'vegotsuchaheadache.Youaresuchfools!否则在such与名词之间一定要有形容词。sure[误]Iamquitesureforthatanswer.[正]Iamquitesureofthatanswer.[析]sure用于句中表示"对……事有确实把握"时应跟of或about,而不跟for,如:I'msureabout(of)hisabilitytocontrolthismachine.sweet[误]Honeytastessweetly.[正]Honeytastessweet.[析]sweet可以作为名词,意为"糖果",是可数名词,如:MayIhaveasweet?作形容词,如:Thechildlookedverysweet.而sweetly为副词,意为"甜美地"、"悦耳地"。要注意taste为感观动词,其后面要接形容词而不是副词。Ttake[误]ThisyearIwanttotakethedriver'slicense.[正]ThisyearIwanttogetthedriver'slicense.[析]take可以作为动词,意为"拿"、"取",如:Iwanttotakemymail.而要获得某种证书、证明,要用get而不用take,take在学校范围内意为"参加"或"选修"某些课程,如:ThistermIwanttotakebothFrenchandSpanish.,[误]Theaccidentwastakenplaceatthestreetcorner.[正]Theaccidenttookplaceatthestreetcorner.[析]takeplace与happen一样作为"发生"讲时没有被动语态。[误]Doyoutakemeasafool?[正]Doyoutakemeforafool?[析]take…for…意为"以为是……"、"错当作……"、"误认为",而这一意思还可以用于Itookyoutobethebestfriend.(我把你认作是最好的朋友。)[误]MyEnglishteacherwasill.Whowilltakeplaceher?[正]MyEnglishteacherwasill.Whowilltaketheplaceofher?[析]taketheplaceof…意为"取代"。talk[误]YesterdayImetanoldfriend.Wetalkedmanythings.[正]YesterdayImetanoldfriend.Wetakedaboutmanythings.[析]talk是不及物动词。team[误]Ourteamlikesseeingfilm.[正]Ourteamlikeseeingfilm.[析]team与family,class等词一样,指整体时为单数名词。如:Ourteamisexcellent,而指集体中的个体时要用作复数。than[误]Theymadefewermistakesthistermthantheymadelastlerm.[正]Theymadefewermistakesthistermthantheydidlastlerm.[析]当一个动作在同一个句子中重复时,第二次要用do来代替,以避免重复。[误]YoumakemedomorethenanybodyIknow.[正]YoumakemedomorethananybodyIknow.[误]Igotintotherestroomthansomeoneknockedatthedoor.[正]Igotintotherestroomthensomeoneknockedatthedoor.[析]than与then不要误用。then[误]Wewenttothecinema,thenwenttoaChineserestaurant.[正]Wewenttothecinema,andthenwenttoaChineserestaurant.,[正]Wewenttothecinema;thenwenttoaChineserestaurant.[析]then作"然后"讲时,在then前应加分号而不用逗号,或加逗号用andthen,但是如果是倒装句则要用逗号,如:FirstcomeTom,thenMary.think[误]Ithinkyouarenotright.[正]Idon'tthinkyouareright.[析]think在肯定句中与中文的习惯用法是一致的,如:Ithinkyouareright.但在宾语从句是否定意思时,要否定think,如:Idon'tthinkyouareright.[误]Ithinkhewillcomehere,doI?[正]Ithinkhewillcomehere,wonthe?[析]think加宾语从句时,反意疑问句的主语应用宾语从句中的主语,助动词要用宾语从句中的助动词,而肯定还是否定要看主句中的情况决定:如主句用肯定句,则反意疑问句用否定句,反之亦然。[误]Peoplethinkveryhighofhiswork.[正]Peoplethinkveryhighlyofhiswork.[析]thinkhighlyof为"对某人某事评价很高"。[误]WhenwetalkaboutChinesepeoplewealwaysthinktheYellowRiver.[正]WhenwetalkaboutChinesepeoplewealwaysthinkabouttheYellowRiver.[析]thinkabout意为"想起"、"想到"。thousand[误]Hegotthousandofbooksfromasecondhandbookshop.[正]Hegotthousandsofbooksfromasecondhandbookshop.[析]虽然twothousand,threethousand在thousand后都不加s,但thousandsof则为"数千",该结构中一定要加s。through[误]IhadalongdistancecallwithJohnthroughtthetelephone.[正]IhadalongdistancecallwithJohnonthetelephone.[误]Ittookustwohourstowalkacrosstheforest.[正]Ittookustwohourstowalkthroughtheforest.[析]across是表示在一平面上进行的动作,而through则是用在三维空间的动作。如:The,riverwasfrozen,sowecouldwalkacrossit.Ipushedthroughthecrowdstotheentrance.throw[误]Hethrewastonetome.[正]Hethrewastoneatme.[析]"扔"这个词表示方向时要注意他向我扔石头是atme,我向他扔石头则为tohim,但throwat还有寻衅之意,如:Stopthrowingstonesatthecars.这时不要误用to.time[误]Thedoctorcameontimesoshewassaved.[正]Thedoctorcameintimesoshewassaved.[析]intime为"及时赶到",如:Doyouthinkwecangetthereintimeforthefirstact.而ontime意为"准时",如:Thetrainarrivedontime.[误]Itistimewegohome.[正]Itistimeweshouldgohome.[正]Itistimewewenthome.[析]"是该作某事的时候了",其句形为:①Itistimeforsomebodytodosomething.②"Itistime+从句",从句中用"should+动词原形",或直接用动词的过去式。[误]Let'shurry.Wehaven'tmanytimes.[正]Let'shurry.Wehaven'tmuchtime.[误]IhavebeentoAmericatwotimes.[正]IhavebeentoAmericatwice.[析]time作为"时间"讲时为不可数名词,而作为"次"讲时则是可数名词。但"一次"不是onetime,而是once;"二次"不是twotimes,而是twice;"三次"则是threetimes.too[误]Thisboxistooheavytoliftit.[正]Thisboxistooheavytolift.[析]在too…to这一结构中,如果主语和不定式的宾语是一致的,则不要重复。[误]Thechildistooyoungnottogotoschool.[正]Thechildistooyoungtogotoschool.[析]too…to这一结构用来表示"太……以致于不能……",但下面的句子则不能照此翻译:I'mtoogladtomeetyou.应译为"我见到你真太高兴了"。,[误]Thereismuchtoonoise.[正]Thereistoomuchnoise.[析]"muchtoo+形容词",而"toomuch+不可数名词"。[误]Youhaveboughttoomuchtomatoes.[正]Youhaveboughttoomanytomatoes.[析]toomany后才加可数名词。alsoaswelltoo这三个词是近义词,但其用法各有不同。其一,too和aswell通常用于句末,如:Shewenttothecinemaandherbrotherwenttoo.而also则不用于句末,如:I'vealsoreadherothernovels.其二,这三个词都不用于否定句中,否定句中用not…either,或neither/nor…,如:Heisn'thereeither.trousers[误]Mytrouserisgettingsmallerandsmaller.[正]Mytrousersaregettingsmallerandsmaller.[析]英语中trousers,pants,shorts(短裤),glasses(眼镜)都要用复数形式。[误]Thispairofglassesareverygood.[正]Thispairofglassesisverygood.[析]有了量词apairof,其后的谓语动词要与量词相一致。如:twopairsof…的谓语动词就要用复数。try[误]Itriedtosendherflowersbutitdidn'thaveanyeffect.[正]Itriedsendingherflowersbutitdidn'thaveanyeffect.(我试着给她送花,但没有什么结果。)[误]Pleasetryunderstandingit.[正]Pleasetrytounderstandit.[析]"try+动名词"的意思是"试一试",或"做某事看看会发生什么情况",而"try+不定式"表示为达到目的要去做的事。U,under[误]Thelakeistwometersundersealevel.[正]Thelakeistwometersbelowsealevel.[析]under的意思是在某物的下面,而below=lowerthan,即"低于"。[误]Underthehelpofourteacher,allofuspassedtheexam.[正]Withthehelpofourteacher,allofuspassedtheexam.understand[误]Ithinkitisdiffculttomakemyselftounderstand.[正]Ithinkitisdiffculttomakemyselfunderstood.[析]这句话的意思是"我想让别人理解我太难了"。[误]Iamunderstandingthelessonnow.[正]Iunderstandthelessonnow.[析]understand一词没有进行时态。类似的词还有belong,find,hear,love,like等。until[误]Wewalkeduntiltheedgeoftheforest.[正]Wewalkedasfarastheedgeoftheforest.[误]Ourschoolbuscanholduntiltwentychildren.[正]Ourschoolbuscanholduptotwentychildren.[析]until与till两词的意思一样,但两个词都只能用于时间,如:I'llwaituntilIhearfromyou.[误]Iwaitedformymothertoseveno'clock,butshedidn'tcome.[正]Iwaitedformymotheruntilseveno'clock,butshedidn'tcome.[误]CanyoureturnthisbookuntilMonday?[正]CanyoureturnthisbookbyMonday?[析]当我们谈目前正在进行而将来某一时刻才停止的事件时用until,而用by来表达将来某一时刻会发生的动作。[误]Wearrivedhomeuntilitbecamedark.[正]Wedidn'tarrivedhomeuntilitbecamedark.[析]until用于肯定句时表示"某动作直到……为止",如:Theyworkeduntil5∶00P.M.,用于否定句中时意为"直到……才"。所以用于肯定句中要使用延续性动词,但截止性动词却可以用在否定句中。upstairs[误]Hewenttoupstairs.[正]Hewentupstairs.[析]upstairs一词可用作副词,如:Weallhurriedupstairstoseewhathappened.也可用作名词,如;Theupstairsofthehouseneedspainting.同时也可以用作形容词,如:Ahousewiththreeupstairsroomsisquitegood.use[误]Itisnousetoaskher.[正]Itisnouseaskingher.[析]Itisnouse…与Thereisnouse…后通常用动名词,而不用不定式。[误]I'llgetusedtotreatthestudentsthisway.[正]I'llgetusedtotreatingthestudentsthisway.[析]beusedto与getusedto后要接动名词表示"习惯于"做某事。[误]Iusedtogettingupearlyinthemorning.[正]Iusedtogetupearlyinthemorning.[析]usedto表示过去习惯的动作,其后要加动词原形。[误]Oilwasusedtocooking.[正]Oilwasusedtocook.[析]这里的句型虽然也是beusedto但这里不是主动态,而是被动态,所以不能接动名词而应接不定式。[误]WeusedtogototheGreatWallthreetimes.[正]WewenttotheGreatWallthreetimes.[析]usedto只能用来表示一种习惯,而不能用来表达某事发生的次数。Vvery[误]Thankyouindeed.,[正]Thankyouverymuchindeed.[析]indeed用来修饰verymuch,但要放其后面,而且也不要单独使用。[误]Thebabywasveryasleep.[正]Thebabywasfastasleep.[析]不是所有的形容词都可以用very来修饰,如:I'mwideawake.(我全醒了。)再如:allalone(十分孤独),muchafraid等。[误]Thethingseemstobeveryimproved.[正]Thethingseemstobemuchimproved.[析]有些语法书讲very修饰现在分词,而much修饰过去分词,这要分别对待。如果过去分词是指一个具体的动作,而且是句中主要动词的一部分就必须用much,而某些形容词化的过去分词,还是要用very来修饰的,如:Iamverytired.[误]Thereisverylesswaterintheriverthanusual.[正]Thereismuch/farlesswaterintheriverthanusual.[析]very不能修饰形容词或副词的比较级,而要用far,much等来修饰。Wwait[误]TomorrowIwillwaityouatthebusstop.[正]TomorrowIwillwaitforyouatthebusstop.[析]wait是不及物动词,"等人"要用waitforsomebody;而waitup为"不睡觉等候某事",如:I'llwaituptonight.walk[误]Ithinkshewentawalkyesterday.[正]Ithinkshewentoutforawalkyesterday.[析]散步在英文中要讲haveawalk,takeawalk.如果用go要用goforawalk.want[误]Theflowerswanttowater.[正]Theflowerswantwatering.,[析]want在这里作为"需要"讲,其后加动名词。这句话的意思是"这花需要浇水。"[误]Doyouwantsomeonegoalongwithyou?[正]Doyouwantsomeonetogoalongwithyou?[析]wantsomebodytodosomething为一固定用法。wash[误]Areyougoingtomakwashingthisweekend?[正]Areyougoingtodowashingthisweekend?[析]dowashing为"洗衣服",是固定搭配。watch[误]Yourwatchiswhattime?[正]Whattimeisitbyyourwatch?[析]一定要记住英文的习惯用法。[误]Themotherwanttowatchthechildrentoplayonthegrass.[正]Themotherwanttowatchthechildrenplay(playing)onthegrass.[析]watch的用法同see,hear等词。way[误]Pleasemovethechair,itisontheway.[正]Pleasemovethechair,itisintheway.[析]intheway为"挡道",而ontheway为"在路上",如:onmywayhome(在回家路上),onhiswaytothestation(在他去火车站的路上)。而bytheway是"顺便说",如:Bytheway,haveyouheardfromJoanrecently?[误]Thestudentswereontheirwaytohome.[正]Thestudentswereontheirwayhome.[析]home在这里为副词。wear[误]Thelittlegirlisoldenoughtowearherself.[正]Thelittlegirlisoldenoughtodressherself.[析]wear后接衣物而不接反身代词。what[误]Iwanttoknowwhattodoit?,[正]Iwanttoknowwhattodo?[误]Iwanttoknowhowtodo?[正]Iwanttoknowhowtodoit?[析]what是疑问代词,而how是疑问副词。要注意它们用法的不同。when[误]I'dcookyounicemealwhenyou'dcomehomeintheevening.[正]I'dcookyounicemealwhenyoucamehomeintheevening.[析]在when引导的状语从句中,要用一般时表示将来,即主句中是将来时,从句中应用一般现在时,如主句中是过去将来时,从句中应用一般过去时。如:I'llbebackwhenyoucomebackfromschool.[误]Wheninthesecondgrade,hismotherboughthimabike.[正]WhenTomwasinthesecondgrade,hismotherboughthimabike.[析]复合句中只有当主句的主语与从句的主语一致的情况下,才有可能省略,如:Whenyounghehadtoworkallday.[误]We'llgototheparkwhenitdoesn'traintomorrow.[正]We'llgototheparkifitdoesn'traintomorrow.[析]if用来表示不能肯定的事如果发生会如何;而when用来表示肯定会发生或很可能会发生的事情,如:I'llseeyouinSeptemberwhenIcomeback.[误]Idon'tknowwhenhecomeshometomorrow.[正]Idon'tknowwhenhewillcomehometomorrow.[析]when所引出的宾语从句如果是表示将来的动作要用将来时,而不是像时间状语从句中用一般时表示将来。where[误]Idon'tknowwheretogoto.[正]Idon'tknowwheretogo.[析]where是疑问副词。whether[误]Itisunknownifhewillcome.[正]Itisunknownwhetherhewillcome.[析]if不能引导主语从句。上句中it是形式主语,其后的从句才是真正的主语从句。要注意以下各种情况不宜用if而要用whether:,①Ididn'tknowwhetheryou'llgoornot.(因句中有ornot选项。)②Hedidn'tknowwhethertovisittheoldman.(因用于不定式前。)③I'minterestedinwhetherhe'llgo.(因作介词的宾语从句。)④Iwanttoknowthenewswhetherourteamwillwin.(同位语从句。)⑤Letmeknowwhetheryoucancome.(此句如用if则含意有所不同,其意就变为"如果你能来请通知我"。而用whether则意为"让我知道你是否能来"。)who[误]Whomdoyouthinkwouldliketocomeforagameoffootball?[正]Whodoyouthinkwouldliketocomeforagameoffootball?[析]在这个句式中"doyouthink"应看作插入语,所以原句应为Whowouldliketocomeforagameoffootball?[误]Fromwhowasthegift?[正]Fromwhomwasthegift?[正]Whowasthatgiftfrom?[析]在句首时现代英语常用who取代whom,而在紧跟介词时则不能用who来取代whom.why[误]Whynottogotothepark?[正]Whynotgotothepark?[析]whynot后面接不带to的不定式,也可以用whydon'tyougowithher?win[误]Wehavewonyourclass.[正]Wehavebeatenyourclass.[析]win是及物动词,其后的宾语应是比赛、战争、奖品、奖金,如:Whichteamwonthefootballmatch?而beat是指"打败"对手、敌人,如:Mybrotherbeatmeatpoker.(请注意,beat是不规则动词,其过去式与原形相同,而过去分词为beaten.)wish[误]Ihopeyoutobeagoodstudent.[正]Iwishyoutobeagoodstudent.[析]hope不能加宾语再加宾语补足语,而wish则可以,如:Iwishyouluck.,(我祝你走运。)without[误]Ican'tdothisworkwellwithoutyouhelpme.[正]Ican'tdothisworkwellwithoutyourhelp.[析]without其后接动名词或名词而不接从句。work[误]Thisgirlislookingforaworkatthebank.[正]Thisgirlislookingforajobatthebank.[析]"找工作"一般应为tofindajob,而works作为"工作"讲为不可数名词,不能加不定冠词,也不可用复数。当work作为"作品"、"著作"讲时,为可数名词,如:Thispaintingisoneofhisgreatworks.而works作为"工厂"讲时单复数形式相同,如:anironworks或twoironworks.作主语时其谓语动词可用单数,如:Thesteelworksisclosedfortheholidays.write[误]Youmaywritewithink.[正]Youmaywriteinink.[正]Youmaywritewithapen.[析]"用……写"这一表达法要看用的是什么:如果用钢笔则应用with,如:Pleasefillinthisformwithapen.但讲用墨水时则要用in.Yyesterday[误]Icameacrossmyoldfriendyesterdaynight.[正]Icameacrossmyoldfriendlastnight.[析]"昨晚"应译为lastnight.,初一至初三全程英语知识点总结及练习初一年级(上)【知识梳理】I.重点短语1.Sitdown2.onduty3.inEnglish4.haveaseat5.athome6.looklike7.lookat8.havealook9.comeon10.atwork11.atschool12.puton,13.lookafter14.getup15.goshoppingII.重要句型1.helpsb.dosth.2.Whatabout…?3.Let’sdosth.4.It’stimetodosth.5.It’stimefor…6.What’s…?Itis…/It’s…7.Whereis…?It’s….8.Howoldareyou?I’m….9.Whatclassareyouin?I’min….10.Welcometo….11.What’s…plus…?It’s….12.Ithink…13.Who’sthis?Thisis….14.Whatcanyousee?Icansee….15.Thereis(are)….16.Whatcolourisit(arethey)?It’s(They’re)…17.Whose…isthis?It’s….18.Whattimeisit?It’s….III.交际用语1.Goodmorning,Miss/Mr….2.Hello!Hi!3.Nicetomeetyou.Nicetomeetyou,too.4.Howareyou?I’mfine,thankyou/thanks.Andyou?5.Seeyou.Seeyoulater.,6.Thankyou!You’rewelcome.7.Goodbye!Bye!8.What’syourname?Mynameis….9.Hereyouare.Thisway,please.10.Who’sondutytoday?11.Let’sdo.12.Letmesee.IV.重要语法1.动词be的用法;2.人称代词和物主代词的用法;3.名词的单复数和所有格的用法;4.冠词的基本用法;5.Therebe句型的用法。【名师讲解】1.in/on在表示空间位置时,in表示在某个空间的范围以内,on表示在某一个物体的表面之上。例如:Thereisabirdinthetree.树上有只鸟。Thereisapictureonthewall.墙上有张图。2.this/that/these/those(1)this常常用来指在时间、地点上更接近讲话人的人和事,these是this的复数形式。that常常用来指在时间、地点上离讲话人更远一点的人和事,those时that的复数形式。例如:YoulookinthisboxandI’lllookinthatoneoverthere.你看看这个盒子,我去看那边的那个盒子。Iwantthiscar,notthatcar.我想要这辆小汽车,不是那一辆。Takethesebookstohisroom,please.请把这些书拿到他房间去。Thisismine;that’syours.这个是我的,那个是你的。Theseareapples;thoseareoranges.这些是苹果,那些是橘子。(2)在打电话的用语中,this常常指的是我,that常常指的是对方。例如:ThisisMaryspeaking.Who’sthat?我是玛丽。你是谁?3.Therebe/haveTherebe"有",其确切含意为"某处或某时存在某人或某物。"其结构是:Therebe+某人或某物+表示地点或时间的状语。Therebe后面的名词实际上是主语,be,动词的形式要和主语在数上保持一致,be动词后面的名词是单数或不可数名词时用is,名词是复数时用are。例如:(1)Thereisabigbottleofcokeonthetable.桌上有一大瓶子可乐。(2)Thereisadollinthebox.那个盒子里有个娃娃。(3)Therearemanyapplesonthetree.那树上有许多苹果。总之,Therebe结构强调的是一种客观存在的"有"。have表示"拥有,占有,具有",即:某人有某物(sb.have/hassth.)。主语一般是名词或代词,与主语是所属关系。例如:(4)Ihavetwobrothersandonesister.我有两个兄弟,一个姐姐。(5)Thathousehasfourrooms.那所房子有四个房间。4.look/see/watch(1)look表示“看、瞧”,着重指认真看,强调看的动作,表示有意识地注意看,但不一定看到,以提醒对方注意。,如:Look!Thechildrenareplayingcomputergames.瞧!孩子们在玩电脑游戏。Look!What’sthatoverthere?看!那边那个是什么?单独使用是不及物动词,如强调看某人/物,其后接介词at,才能带宾语,如:He’slookingatme。他正在看着我。(2)see强调“看”的结果,着重的是look这个动作的结果,意思是“看到”,see是及物动词,后面能直接跟宾语。如:Whatcanyouseeinthepicture?你能在图上看到什么?Lookattheblackboard.Whatdidyouseeonit?看黑板!你看到了什么?(3)watch“观看,注视”,侧重于场面,表示全神贯注地观看、观察或注视某事务的活动,强调过程,常用于“看电视、看足球、看演出”等。如:YesterdaywewatchedafootballmatchonTV.昨天我们从电视上看了一场足球比赛。4.puton//inputon意为“穿上,戴上”。主要指“穿上”这一动作,后面接表示服装、鞋帽的名词。in是介词,表示“穿着”强调状态。在句中可以做定语、标语和状语。如:It’scoldoutside,putonyourcoat.外面冷,穿上你的外衣。Heputsonhishatandgoesout.他戴上帽子,走了出去。ThewomaninawhiteblouseisJohn’smother.穿白色衬衣的那个妇女是John的妈妈。5.house/home/familyhouse:“房子”,指居住的建筑物;Home:“家”,指一个人同家人共同经常居住的地方;Family:,“家庭“,“家庭成员”。例如:Pleasecometomyhousethisafternoon.今天下午请到我家来。Heisnotathome.他不在家。Myfamilyallgetupearly.我们全家都起得很早。6.fine,nice,good,well四者都可用作形容词表示"好"之意,但前三者既可作表语又可作定语,而后者仅用作表语。主要区别在于:(1)fine指物时表示的是质量上的"精细",形容人时表示的是"身体健康",也可以用来指"天气晴朗"。例如:Yourparentsareveryfine.你父母身体很健康。That'safinemachine.那是一台很好的机器It'safinedayforawalktoday.今天是散步的好时候。(2)nice主要侧重于人或物的外表,有"美好","漂亮"的意思,也可用于问候或赞扬别人。例如:Lucylooksnice.露西看上去很漂亮。Thesecoatsareverynice.那些裙子很好看。Nicetomeetyou.见到你很高兴。It'sveryniceofyou.你真好。(3)good形容人时指"品德好",形容物时指"质量好",是表示人或物各方面都好的普通用语。例如:Hersonisagoodstudent.她儿子是一个好学生。Theredcarisverygood.那辆红色小汽车很好。(4)well只可用来形容人的"身体好",但不能作定语,它也能用作副词作状语,多放在所修饰的动词之后。例如:I'mverywell,thanks.我身体很好,谢谢。Myfriendssingwell.我的朋友们歌唱得好。【考点扫描】中考考点在本单元主要集中在:1.动词be的用法;2.人称代词和物主代词的用法;3.名词的单复数和所有格的用法;4.冠词的基本用法;5.Therebe句型的用法。6.本单元学过的词汇、短语和句型;7.本单元学过的日常交际用语。考试形式可以是单项填空、完型填空、短文填空、完成句子。【中考范例】,1.(2004年北京市中考试题)Mary,pleaseshow________yourpicture.A.myB.mineC.ID.me【解析】答案:D。该题考查的是人称代词和物主代词的用法。本题中动词show后面跟双宾语,空白处应填入人称代词的宾格me作宾语。2.(2004年上海市徐汇区中考试题)_________orangeonthedeskisforyou,Mike.A.AB.AnC./D.The【解析】答案:D。该题考查的是冠词的基本用法。因为是特指课桌上的那个橘子,所以用定冠词the。3.(2004年哈尔滨市中考试题)---What_______thenumberofthegirlsinyourclass?---Abouttwenty.A.isB.amC.areD.be【解析】答案:A。该题考查的是动词be的用法和主谓一致。thenumber作主语,应该是单数第三人称,动词be变为is。4.(2004年陕西省中考试题)There_______afootballmatchonTVthisevening.A.willhaveB.isgoingtobeC.hasD.isgoingtohave【解析】答案:B。该题考查的是Therebe…句型和动词have用法区别。Therebe句型本身就表示“在某个地方存在某个人或物”,不能和动词have混在一起用。初一年级(下)【知识梳理】I.重点短语1.abottleof2.alittle3.alot(of)4.allday5.befrom6.beover7.comeback8.comefrom9.doone’shomework10.dotheshopping,11.getdown12.gethome13.getto14.getup15.goshopping16.haveadrinkof17.havealook18.havebreakfast19.havelunch20.havesupper21.listento22.not…atall23.put…away24.takeoff25.throwitlikethat26.wouldlike27.inthemiddleoftheday28.inthemorning/afternoon/evening29.onafarm30.inafactoryII.重要句型1.Letsb.dosth.2.Couldsb.dosth.?3.wouldlikesth.4.wouldliketodosth.5.Whataboutsomethingtoeat?6.Howdoyouspell…?7.MayIborrow…?III.交际用语,1.—Thanksverymuch!—You'rewelcome.2.Putit/themaway.3.What'swrong?4.Ithinkso.Idon'tthinkso.5.Iwanttotakesomebookstotheclassroom.6.Givemeabottleoforangejuice,please.Pleasegiveit/thembacktomorrow.OK.9.What'syourfavouritesport?10.Don'tworry.11.I’m(not)goodatbasketball.12.Doyouwantago?13.That'sright./That‘sallright./Allright.14.Doyouhaveadictionary/anydictionaries?Yes,Ido./No,Idon’t.15.We/TheyhavesomeCDs.We/Theydon’thaveanyCDs.16.---Whatdayisittoday/tomorrow?---It’sMonday.17.---MayIborrowyourcolourpens,please?---Certainly.Hereyouare.18.---Whereareyoufrom?---FromBeijing.19.What'syourtelephonenumberinNewYork?20.---Doyoulikehotdogs?---Yes,Ido.(Alittle./Alot./Verymuch.)---No,Idon't.(Idon'tlikethematall.)21.---Whatdoesyourmotherlike?---Shelikesdumplingsandvegetablesverymuch.22.---Whendoyougotoschooleveryday?---Igotoschoolat7:00everyday.23.---Whattimedoeshegotobedintheevening?---Hegoestobedat10:00.,IV.重要语法1.人称代词的用法;2.祈使句;3.现在进行时的构成和用法;4.动词have的用法;5.一般现在时构成和用法;6.可数名词和不可数名词的构成和用法【名师讲解】1.That'sright./That‘sallright./Allright.That’sright意为“对的”,表示赞同对方的意见、看法或行为,肯定对方的答案或判断。例如:"Ithinkwemusthelptheoldman.""我想我们应该帮助这位老人。""That'sright."或"You'reright.""说得对"。That’sallright.意为“不用谢”、“没关系”,用来回答对方的致谢或道歉。例如:"Manythanks.""That'sallright.""Sorry.It'sbroken.""That'sallright."Allright.意为“行了”、“可以”,表示同意对方的建议或要求。有时还可以表示“身体很好”"Pleasetellmeaboutit.""请把此事告诉我。""Allright.""好吧。"Isyourmotherallright?你妈身体好吗2.make/do这两个词都可以解释为“做”,但含义却不同,不能混用。make指做东西或制东西,do指做一件具体的事。Canyoumakeapaperboatforme?你能为我做个纸船吗?He’sdoinghishomeworknow.他正在做他的作业。3.say/speak/talk/tellsay:是最口语化的最普通的一个词,意为“说出”、“说道”,着重所说的话。如:“Iwanttogotherebybus”,hesaid.他说,“我要坐汽车到那里去。”PleasesayitinEnglish.请用英语说。speak:“说话”,着重开口发声,不着重所说的内容,一般用作不及物动词(即后面不能直接接宾语)。如:Canyouspeakabouthim?你能不能说说他的情况?Idon’tliketospeaklikethis.我不喜欢这样说话。,speak作及物动词解时,只能和某种语言等连用,表达在对话中恰当使用词汇的能力。如:ShespeaksEnglishwell.她英语说得好。talk:与speak意义相近,也着重说话的动作,而不着重所说的话,因此,一般也只用作不及物动词,不过,talk暗示话是对某人说的,有较强的对话意味,着重指连续地和别人谈话。如:Iwouldliketotalktohimaboutit.我想跟他谈那件事。Oldwomenliketotalkwithchildren.老年妇女喜欢和孩子们交谈。tell:“告诉”,除较少情况外,一般后面总接双宾语。如:He’stellingmeastory.他在给我讲故事。tellalie撒谎tellsb.todosth./tellsb.nottodosth如:.MissZhaooftentellsustostudyhard.4.docooking/dothecookingdocooking作“做饭”解,属泛指。dothecooking特指某一顿饭或某一家人的饭。cooking为动名词,不能用作复数,但前面可用some,much修饰。从dosomecooking可引出许多类似的短语:dosomewashing洗些衣服dosomeshopping买些东西dosomereading读书dosomewriting写些东西dosomefishing钓鱼从以上短语可引申出另一类短语,不能用some,much或定冠词。goshopping去买东西gofishing去钓鱼goboating去划船goswimming去游泳5.likedoingsth./liketodosth.likedoingsth.与liketodosth.意思相同,但用法有区别。前者强调一般性的爱好或者表示动作的习惯性和经常性;后来表示一次性和偶然性的动作。例如:Helikesplayingfootball,buthedoesn‘tliketoplayfootballwithLiMing.他喜欢踢足球,但是他不喜欢和李明踢。6.other/others/theother/anotherother表其余的,别的,如:Haveyouanyotherquestions?你还有其他问题吗?others别的人,别的东西.如:IntheroomsomepeopleareAmerican,theothersareFrench.在屋子里一些人是美国人,其他的是法国人。theother表另一个(二者之中)one…,theother…如:OneofmytwobrothersstudiesEnglish,theotherstudiesChinese.我两个哥哥中的一个学习英文,另一个学中文。another表三者以上的另一个,另一些如:Thereisroomforanotherfewbooksontheshelf.书架上还可以放点书。7.inthetree/onthetreeinthetree与onthetree.译成中文均为"在树上"但英语中有区别。inthe,tree表示某人、某事(不属于树本身生长出的别的东西)落在树上,表示树的枝、叶、花、果等长在树上时,要使用onthetree.如:Therearesomeapplesonthetree.那棵树上有些苹果。Thereisabirdinthetree.那棵树上有只鸟。8.some/anysome和any既可修饰可数名词,也可修饰不可数名词。但有以下两点需要注意。(1)some常用于肯定句中,any常用于否定句和疑问句中。如:Thereissomewaterintheglass.Isthereanywaterintheglass?Thereisn'tanywaterintheglass.(2)在说话者希望得到肯定答复的一般疑问句中,或在表示请求,邀请的疑问句中,我们依然用some。如:Wouldyoulikesometea?9.tall/high(1)说人,动物,树木等有生命的东西,主要用tall,不用high,例如atallwoman一个高个子妇女atallhorse一个高大的马(2)说一个不与地面接触的人和物的高时,要用high,而不用tall,比如人站在桌子上时,飞机飞上天时,例如:Heishighupinthetree.他高高地爬在树上。Theplaneissohighinthesky.飞机在空中这么高。(3)指建筑物、山时要tall或high都可以,不过high的程度比tall高。(4)high可作副词,tall不能。(5)tall的反义词为short,high的反义词为low.10.can/could(1)can表示体力和脑力方面的能力,或根据客观条件能做某种动作的"能力"。例如:Canyourideabike?你会骑自行车吗?WhatcanIdoforyou?要帮忙吗?Canyoumakeacake?你会做蛋糕吗?(2)can用在否定句和疑问句中时有时表示说话人的"怀疑""猜测"或不肯定。例如:Wherecanhebe?他会在什么地方呢?Canthenewsbetrue?这个消息会是真的吗?Itsurelycan'tbesixo'clockalready?不可能已经六点钟了吧?Youcan'tbehungrysosoon,Tom,you'vejusthadlunch.汤姆,你不可能饿得这么快,你刚吃过午饭。Whatcanhemean?他会是什么意思?在日常会话中,can可代替may表示"允许",may比较正式。例如:Youcancomeinanytime.你随时都可以来。,---CanIuseyourpen?我能用你的钢笔吗?---Ofcourse,youcan.当然可以。Youcanhavemyseat,I'mgoingnow.我要走了,你坐我的座位吧。(3)couldcould是can的过去式,表示过去有过的能力和可能性(在否定和疑问句中)。例如:Thedoctorsaidhecouldhelphim.(能力)医生说他能帮助他。Lilycouldswimwhenshewasfouryearsold.(能力)当丽丽四岁的时候她就会游泳。Atthattimewethoughtthestorycouldbetrue.(可能性)那时我们以为所说的可能是真的。could可代替can表示现在时间的动作,但语气较为婉转。例如:CouldIspeaktoJohn,please?我能和约翰说话吗?Couldyou?在口语中表示请求对方做事。例如:Couldyouwaithalfanhour?请你等半个小时好吗?Couldyoupleaseringagainatsix?六点钟请你再打电话好吗?(4)can的形式只有现在式can和过去式could两种形式。能表示一般现在和一般过去两种时态,有时也能表示将来。所有其他时态(包括将来时)须用beableto加动词不定式来表示。例如:TheyhavenotbeenabletocometoBeijing.他们没有能到北京来。11.lookfor/findlookfor意为“寻找”,而find意为“找到,发现”,前者强调“找”这一动作,并不注重“找”的结果,而后者则强调“找”的结果。例如:Shecan’tfindherruler.她找不到她的尺子啦。Tomislookingforhiswatch,buthecan’tfindit.汤姆正在寻找他的手表,但没能找到。12.besleeping/beasleepbesleeping表示动作,意思是“正在睡觉”;beasleep表示状态,意思是“睡着了”。如:---Whatarethechildrendoingintheroom?孩子们在房间里做什么?---Theyaresleeping.他们正在睡觉。Thechildrenareasleepnow.现在孩子们睡着了。13.often/usually/sometimesoften表示"经常",sometimes表示"有时候",在表示发生频率上often要高于usually,usually要高于sometimes。这三个词表示的是经常性,一般性的动作或情况,常与一般现在时连用,常位于主要谓语动词的前面,其他谓语动词(be动词,情态动词和助动词)的后面,有时也可位于句尾。如果要加强语气,则放在句首。Weusuallyplaybasketballafterschool.我们通常放学后打篮球。SometimesIgotobed,early.有时,我睡觉很早。HeoftenreadsEnglishinthemorning.他经常在早晨读英语。14.Howmuch/Howmanyhowmuch常用来询问某一商品的价格,常见句式是Howmuchis/are…?Howmuchistheskirt?这条裙子多少钱?Howmucharethebananas?这些香蕉多少钱?howmuch后加不可数名词,表示数量,意为“多少“,howmany后加可数名词的复数形式。Howmuchmeatdoyouwant?你要多少肉呀?Howmanystudentsarethereinyourclass?你们班有多少人?15.begoodfor/begoodto/begoodatbegoodfor表示"对……有好处",而bebadfor表示"对……有害";begoodto表示"对……友好",而bebadto表示"对……不好";begoodat表示"擅长,在……方面做得好",而bebadat表示"在……方面做得不好"。如:Doingeyeexercisesisgoodforyoureyes.做眼保健操对你的眼睛有好处。Eatingtoomuchisbadforyouhealth.吃的太多对你的身体有害。MissLiisgoodtoallofus.李老师对我们所有的人都很友好。Thebossisbadtohisworkers.这个老板对他的工人不好。LiLeiisgoodatdrawing,butI'mbadatit.李雷擅长画画,但是我不擅长。16.each/everyeach和every都有"每一个"的意思,但含义和用法不相同。each从个体着眼,every从整体着眼。each可用于两者或两者以上,every只用于三者或三者以上。如:Weeachhaveanewbook.我们每人各有一本新书。Therearetreesoneachsideofthestreet.街的两旁有树。Hegetsupearlyeverymorning.每天早晨他都起得早。each可以用作形容词、副词和代词;every只能用作形容词。如:Eachofthemhashisownduty.他们各人有各人的义务。Theyeachwanttodosomethingdifferent.他们每个人都想做不同的事情。17.一般现在时/现在进行时一般现在时表示经常性的或习惯性的动作或存在的状态,也表示说话者的能力,还有自然现象;而现在进行时表示正在进行或发生的动作(构成方式为am/is/are/+doing)。Idomyhomeworkintheevening.我在晚上做作业。I'mdoingmyhomework,now.我现在正在做作业。现在进行时常与now,thesedays,atthemoment或Look,listen等词连用;而一般现在时常与often,always,sometimes,usually,everyday,inthemorning,onMondays等连用。Weoftencleantheclassroomafterschool.我们经常放学后打扫教室。Look!Theyarecleaningtheclassroom.看!他们正在打扫教室呢。【考点扫描】中考考点在本单元主要集中在:1.动词一般现在时和现在进行时的用法,人称代词的用法,可数名词和不可数名词的构成和用法。2.本册书中常见的交际用语3.本册书中一些重点的词组和短语考试形式往往是单项填空、完形填空、短文改错和短文填空。【中考范例】1.(2004年安徽省中考试题)---Hurryup!We’reallwaitingforyou.---I________foranimportantphonecall.Gowithoutme.A.waitB.waswaitingC.amwaitingD.waited【解析】答案:C。表示现在正在进行的动作,用现在进行时。2.(2004年长春市中考试题)Couldyouhelp___with____English,please?A.I,myB.me,meC.me,myD.my,I【解析】答案:C。第一个空作宾语,应用人称代词的宾格me,第二个空作定语,应用形容词性物主代词my。3.(2004年长春市中考试题)Dr.Whitecan_______Frenchverywell.A.speakB.talkC.sayD.tell【解析】答案:A。说什麽语言常用动词speak。4.(2004年黄冈中考试题)Englishisspokenby__people.A.alotB.muchmanyC.alargenumberofD.agreatdealof【解析】答案:C。只有alargenumberof能用来修饰复数可数名词people。4.he,say,Beijing,big,beautiful,like,work,here初二年级(上)【知识梳理】,I.重点短语1.ontime2.bestwishes3.giveatalk4.forexample5.shortfor6.awasteoftime7.goonafieldtrip8.gofishing9.Iagree10.nextweek11.thedayaftertomorrow12.haveapicnic13.havesomeproblemsdoingsth.14.gothewrongway15.hurryup16.gettogether17.intheopenair18.onMid-AutumnDay19.comeover20.haveto21.gethome22.agreewith23.inthecountry24.intown25.allthesame26.infrontof27.ontheleft/rightside28.nextto29.upanddown30.keephealthy31.growup,32.atthesametime33.thedaybeforeyesterday35.lastSaturday36.halfanhourago37.amomentago38.justnow39.bytheway40.allthetime41.atfirstII.重要句型1.havefundoingsth.2.Whydon’tyou…?3.We’regoingtodosth.4.startwithsth.5.Whynot…?6.Areyougoingto…?7.befriendlytosb.8.You’dbetterdosth.9.asksb.forsth.10.saygoodbyetosb.11.Goodluck(withsb)!III.交际用语1.Welcomebacktoschool!2.Excuseme.I’msorryI’mlate,becausethetrafficisbad.3.Itdoesn’tmatter.4.HappyTeachers’Day!5.That’sagoodidea.6.Whatareyougoingtodo?7.Wherearewegoing?,8.Whatarewegoingtodo?9.I’mgoodat…10.It’snotfarfrom…11.Areyoufreetomorrowevening?12.WouldyouandLilyliketocomeovertomyhomeforMid-AutumnFestival?13.I’mgladyoucancome.14.Thanksforaskingus.15.Howaboutanotherone?16.MayIhaveataste?17.Letmewalkwithyou.18.Whatdoyouhavetodo?19.Doyouliveonafarm?20.Whichdoyoulikebetter,thecityorthecountry?21.Whichdoyoulikebest,dogs,catsorchickens?22.Shallwegoatten?Goodidea!23.---Let’smakeithalfpastone.---OK.24.---Whynotcomealittleearlier?---Allright.25.Excuseme.Where’sthenearestpostoffice,please?26.It’soverthereontheright.27.I’msorryIdon’tknow.28.You’dbetter…29.Thankyouallthesame.30.WhichbusdoItake?31.Goalongthisroad.32.Whatdaywasityesterday?33.I’msorrytohearthat.34.Ihopeyou’rebetternow.35.Whydidyoucallme?36.Icalledtotell…IV.重要语法1.begoingto的用法;2.形容词的比较级、最高级;,3.形容词和副词的比较4.一般过去时【名师讲解】1.onthestreet/inthestreet表示“在街上”时,onthestreet和inthestreet都可以,在美国多用onthestreet,在英国多用inthestreet.例如:Wehaveahouseinthestreet.我们在街上有座房子。Imethimonthestreet.我在街上遇见了他。2.wouldlike/likewouldlike和like含义不同。like意思是“喜欢”,“爱好”,而wouldlike意思是“想要”。试比较:Ilikebeer.=I’mfondofbeer.我喜欢喝啤酒。I’dlikeaglassofbeer=Iwantaglassofbeer.我想要一杯啤酒。Doyoulikegoingtothecinema?你喜欢看电影吗?Wouldyouliketogotothecinematonight?你今晚想去看电影吗?3.another/theother(1)another通常用于三个或三个以上或不确定数量中的任意一个人或物体。例如:MayIhaveanotherapple,please?请在给我一个苹果好吗?Thiscoatistoosmallforme.Pleaseshowmeanother这件外套我穿太小,请再给我拿一件看看。(2)theother通常指两者中的另一个。例如:Hehastworulers.Oneisshort.Theotherislong.他有两把尺子,一把短的,另一把长的。Ihavetwobrothers.OneworksinXi’an.TheotherworksinBeijing.我有两个兄弟,一个在西安工作,另一个在北京工作。4.haveto/must(1)haveto和must都可以用来谈论义务,但用法略有不同。如果某人主观上觉得必须去做而又想去时,常用must。如果谈论某种来自“外界”的义务,常用haveto。例如:Imuststopsmoking.我必须戒烟。(自己想戒烟)Theyhavetoworkfortheboss.他们不得不为那个老板工作。(条件逼得他们去工作)(2)haveto可用于多种时态,must只能用于一般现在时。例如:I’llhavetogetupearlytomorrowmorning.明天早晨我必须早早起床。Wehadtoworklonghourseverydayinordertogetmoremoney.为了多挣钱,我们不得不每天长时间地工作。(3)用于否定句时,mustn’t意思是“决不能”,“禁止”,而don’thaveto意思是“不必”,相当于needn’t。例如:Youmustn’tbelateagainnexttime.下一次你决不能再迟到。Youdon’thavetogo,theretoday.Youcangotheretomorrow.你今天不必到那里去了。你可以明天去。5.hearsb.orsth.doingsth./herarsb.orsth.dosth.hearsb.orsth.doingsth.意思是“听到某人或某物在做某事”,而hearsb.orsth.dosth.意思“听到某人或某物做过某事”。试比较:IhearhimsinginganEnglishsong.听见他在唱英歌曲。IheardhimsinganEnglishsong.我听见他唱一首英文歌。类似hear这种用法的还有see,watch,listen,feel等感官动词。6.any/someany和some都可以同不可数名词和可数名词的复数形式连用,但some一般用在肯定句中;any用在疑问句和否定句中。试比较:Iwantsomemoney.我想要点钱。Haveyouanymoney?你有钱吗?Idon’thaveanymoney.我一点钱也没有。some有时也用于疑问句,表示说话人期待一个肯定回答或鼓励人家说“是”。例如:Wouldyoulikesomemorebeer?请你再来点啤酒好吗?CouldIhavesomerice,please?请给我来点米饭好吗?7.hear/listentolistento和hear都有“听”的意思,但含义有所不同。Listento强调“听”的动作,hear强调“听”的结果。例如:Listentome,please!I’mgoingtotellyouastory.请听我说!我给你们讲个故事。Listen!Canyouhearsomeonecryinginthenextroom?听!你能听见有人在隔壁房间里哭吗?Ilistened,butheardnothing.我听了听,但什么也听不见。hear后面如果接宾语从句,常常表示“听说”。例如:Ihearsomeforeignstudentswillvisitourschool.我听说一些外国学生将要访问我们学校。Ihearthereisgoingtobeafilminourschoolthisevening.我听说今晚我们学校要演一场电影。8.Let’s…/Letus…Let’s…和Letus…都表示“让我们……”,如果us包括听话人在内,其含义相同,附带问句用shallwe.如果us不包括听话人在内,其含义不同,Letus…的附带问句要用willyou。例如:Let’sgoshopping,shallwe?我们去购物好吗?9.take/bring/carry/get这四个动词都有“拿”和“带”的意思,但含义有所不同。take意为“带走”,“拿走”,bring意为“带来”,“拿来”,get表示“到别的地方把某人或某物带来或拿来”,carry不强调方向,带有负重的意思。试比较:Myparentsoftentakemethereonholidays.我父母常常带我到那里去度假。,I’mgoingtotakeyoutoBeijing.我准备带你去北京。Bringmeacupoftea,please.请给我端杯茶来。I’llbringthebooktoyoutomorrow.明天我把那本书给你带来。Thewaitercarriedthemetothetable服务员把肉送到桌上。Themonkeycarriedthebagonherback.猴子把那个包背在背上。Shewentbacktogetherhandbag.他折回去拿他的手提包。Letmegetthedoctor.让我去请医生吧。10.faraway/faraway(1)faraway是一个副词短语,意思是“很远”。例如:Somearefaraway.Somearenearer.有些离得很远,有些离得近一些的。Thevillageisfarawayfromhere.那个村子离这儿很远。(2)faraway是一个形容词,意思是“遥远的”,可以在句中作定语。例如:Helivesinfarawaymountainvillage.他住在一个遥远的小山村。11.find/lookforfind和lookfor都有“找”的意思,但含义不同。find强调“找”的结果,而lookfor强调“找”的过程。请看下列例句:Heislookingforhisbike.他在找他的自行车。I’mlookingformywatch,butcan’tfindit.我在找我的手表,但是找不到。Ihopeyouwillsoonfindyourlostring.希望你尽快找到丢失的戒指。另外,find还有“发现”;“感到”等意思。例如:Ifoundawalletinthedesk.我在课桌里发现了一个钱包。Ifindthisbookveryinteresting.我觉得这本书很有意思。12.infrontof/inthefrontofInfrontof表示在某物的前面,不在某物的范围内。Inthefrontof表示在某物的前部,在某物的范围内。试比较:MyseatisinfrontofMary’s.我的座位在玛丽座位的前面。Heissittinginthefrontofthecarwiththedriver.他和司机坐在小车的前部。【考点扫描】1.begoingto的用法;2.形容词的比较级、最高级;3.形容词和副词的比较4.一般过去时5.本单元学过的词汇、短语和句型;6.本单元学过的日常交际用语。,【中考范例】1.(2004年烟台市中考试题)Intheexam,the________youare,the________mistakesyou’llmake.A.carefully,littleB.morecarefully,fewestC.morecareful,fewerD.morecareful,less【解析】答案:C。该题考查的是形容词和副词的比较以及他们的比较等级的用法。第一个空应填形容词careful的比较级,因为它在句中作表语,第二个空应填few的比较级,因为它修饰的是复数可数名词。2.(2004年河北省中考试题)Bobneverdoeshishomework_________Mary.Hemakeslotsofmistakes.A.socarefulB.ascarefullyasC.carefullyD.ascarefulas【解析】答案:B。该题考查的是形容词和副词的用法比较。该空应填副词,因为它修饰的是动词does。该题用的是notas+副词+as的结构,所以答案应是B。3.(2004年重庆市中考试题)ThatdayIsawsomeparents_________atthebackoftheclassroom,________totheteacher.A.sitting,listenedB.sat,listenedC.sitting,listeningD.sat,listening【解析】答案:C。该题考查的是seesb.doingsth.的句型结构和分词作状语的用法。第一个空stting在句中作saw的宾语补足语,第二个空listening做伴随状语。4.(2004年杭州市中考试题)You________openthedoorbeforethetraingetsintothestation.A.don’thavetoB.mustn’tC.needn’tD.maynot【解析】答案:B。该题考查的是几个情态动词否定式的用法区别。don’thaveto和needn’t的意思都是“不必”,maynot的意思是“可以不”,只有mustn’t表示“不许”,“禁止”。初二年级(中)【知识梳理】I.重点短语1.giveaconcert2.falldown3.goon4.attheendof5.goback,6.inahurry7.writedown8.comeout9.alltheyearround10.lateron11.attimes12.ringsb.up13.HappyNewYear!14.haveaparty15.holdon16.hearfrom17.beready18.atthemoment19.takeout20.thesameas21.turnover22.get-together23.puton24.takeaseat25.waitfor26.getlost27.justthen28.firstofall29.gowrong30.makeanoise31.geton32.getoff33.standinline34.attheheadof35.laughat36.throwabout37.infact38.atmidnight39.enjoyoneself,40.haveaheadache41.haveacough42.fallasleep43.againandagain44.lookover45.takeexerciseII.重要句型1.begoodforsth.2.Ithink…3.Ihope…4.Ilove…5.Idon’tlike…6.I’msure…7.forgettodosth.8.takeamessageforsb.9.givesb.themessage10.helpyourselftosth.11.befamousforsth.12.onone’swayto…13.makeone’swayto…14.quarrelwithsb.15.agreewithsb.16.stopsb.fromdoingsth.III.交际用语1.What’stheweatherliketoday?2.It’scold,butquitesuuny.3.Howcolditistoday!4.Yes,butit’llbewarmerlateron.5.Shallwemakeasnowman?,6.Ok.Comeon!7.HappyNewYear!8.MayIspeaktoAnn,please??9.Holdon,please.10.Thanksalotforinvitingmetoyourparty.11.Ok.ButI’mafraidImaybealittlelate.12.CanItakeamessageforyou?13.That’sOK.Itdoesn’tmatter.14.I’mverysorry,butIcan’tcome.15.I’msorrytohearthat.16.Happybirthday!17.Wouldyoulike...?Wouldyouliketo...?18.Doyouthink...?Yes,Ithinkso./No,Idon'tthinkso.19.Doyouagree?Yes,Iagree./No,don'treallyagree.Ireallycan'tagree.20.Thereareafew/alotof.../onit.21.Sodowe.22.I'mhappyyoulikeit.23.Whichisthewayto...,please?24.Turnright/leftatthe...crossing.25.Goonuntilyoureach...26.HowcanIgetto...?Godown/up/alongthisroad.27.What'sthematter?28.It'lltakeyouhalfanhourto...29.We'dbettercatchabus.30.Itmaybein...Ah,soitis31.Youmustbemorecareful!32.Youmustn'tcrosstheroadnow.33.Ifyouwanttocrossastreet,youmustwaitforthegreenlight.34.Pleasestandinline.35.Youmustwaitforyourturn.36.Ifyoudon'tgosoon,you'llbelate.37.Idon'tfeelverywell.38.Myheadhurts.,39.Youmustn'teatanythinguntilyouseethedoctor.40.What'sthetrouble?41.What'sthematterwith…?42.Shedidn'tfeellikeeatinganything.43.Nothingserious.44.Have/getapainin…45.Noproblem.46.Takethismedicinethreetimesaday.IV.重要语法1.一般过去时;2.反意疑问句的用法;3.一般将来时;4.感叹句;5.简单句的五种基本句型;6.情态动词can,may和must,haveto的用法;7.时间状语从句和条件状语从句。【名师讲解】1.above/over/on这三个介词都表示“在……之上”,但含义不同。on指在某物的表面上,和某物接触;above指在某物的上方,不和某物接触,但也不一定在某物的正上方;over指在某物的正上方,不和某物接触。试比较:Thereisabookonthedesk.课桌上有一本书。Iraisemyrighthandabovemyhead.我把右手高举过头。Thereisastonebridgeovertheriver.河面上有座石桥。2.forgettodosth./forgetdoingsth.forgettodosth.意思是“忘记做某事”,实际上还没做;forgetdoingsth,意思是“忘记做过某事”,实际上已经做过了。试比较:Iforgottotellhimthenews.我忘记告诉他这条消息了。Iforgottellinghimthenews.我已经把这条消息告诉他了,我却忘了。类似的词还有:remember,regret等。,3.hope/wishhope和wish在汉语中都有“希望”的意思,但其含义和用法有所不同。主要区别如下:(1)wish可以用来表示不可实现的愿望;hope只能用来表示可能实现的愿望。例如:IwishIwere20yearsyounger.我但愿自己能年轻二十岁。Ihopeyou’llbebettersoon.我希望你能很快好起来。Iwishtheweatherwasn’tsocold.但愿天气不这麽冷。Ihopehewillcome,too.我希望他也能来。(2)wish可以接sb.todosth.的结构,而hope不可以。例如:Doyouwishmetocomebacklater?你是否希望我再来?4.besuretodosth./besureof/aboutsb.orsth.(1)besuretodosth.可以用来表示说话人给对方提出要求,意思是“务必”,也可以用来表示说话人做出的推断,意思是“一定”,“肯定”。例如:Besuretolockthedoorwhenyouleave.你离开时务必把门锁好。It’sagoodfilm.Youaresuretoenjoyit.这是一部好电影,你肯定会喜欢的。(2)besureof/aboutsb.orsth.可用来表示“某人对某事有把握”。例如:I’msureofhissuccess.我相信他会成功。Ithinkitwasthreeyearsago,butI’mnotsureaboutit.我想那是三年前的事情,但我没有把握。5.hearfrom/hearofhear意思是“听到”,从哪里听到要用from来表示。例如:I’veheardfromXiaoWuthatwe’llstartoutmilitarytrainingtomorrow.我听小吴说,我们明天开始军训。ListentothetapeandwriteoutwhatyouhearfromHanMei.听录音,并写出你从韩梅那里听到的内容。hearfrom还有一个意思是“收到某人的来信”(=receivealetterfromsb.)。例如:IheardfrommypenfriendintheU.S.A.lastmonth.上个月我受到了美国笔友的来信。Iheardfromherlastweek.我上周接到了她的来信。hearof和和hearfrom含义不同。hearof意思是“听说”,“得知”(某事或某人的存在),常用在疑问句和否定句里。例如:Whoishe?I’veneverheardofhim.他是谁?我从来没有听说过他。Ineverheardofsuchathing!这样的事我从来没有听说过。6.It’sapleasure./Withpleasure.It’sapleasure这句话常用作别人向你表示致谢时的答语,意思是“那是我乐意做的”。例如:,---Thankyouforhelpingme.谢谢你地帮助。---It’sapleasure.那是我乐意做的。---Thanksalot.Bye.非常感谢。再见。---It’sapleasure.那是我乐意做的。再见。类似的话还有“Notatall.”“Youarewelcome.”“That’sallright.”Withpleasure也用作客气的答语,主要用在别人要你做某事,而你又非常愿意去做的场合。例如:---Willyoupleasepassmethenewspaper,please?请你把报纸递给我好吗?---Withpleasure.当然可以。7.seem/look(1)二者都可以作“看起来”讲,但seem暗示凭借一些迹象作出的有根据的判断,这种判断往往接近事实;look着重强调由视觉得出的印象。两者都可跟(tobe)+形容词和asif从句。如:Heseems/looks(tobe)veryhappytoday.他今天看起来很高兴。Itlooks(seems)asifititisgoingtorain.好像要下雨了。(2)但下列情况中只用seem不用look:1)后跟不定式todo时。如:Heseemstoknowtheanswer.他似乎知道答案。2)在Itseemsthat...结构中。如:Itseemsthatheishappiernowthanyesterday.他像比昨天高兴些了。8.bereadytodo/bereadyfor/getreadytodo/getreadyfor(1)bereadytodo和bereadyfor…表示“已作好…的准备”,强调状态(2)getreadytodo和getreadyfor…表示“为…做准备”,强调行为。如:I'mreadytodoanythingyouwantmetodo.我愿意/随时准备做一切做你要我做的事。I'mreadyforanyquestionsyoumayask.我愿意/随时准备回答你可能问的问题。He'sgettingreadytoleaveforTokyo.他正准备动身去东京。Let'sgetreadyforthehardmoment.我们为这一艰难时刻作好准备吧。(3)bereadytodo通常可理解“乐于做某事”,即思想上总是有做某事的准备。benotreadytodo表示“不轻易做某事”。如:He'susuallynotreadytolistentoothers.他通常不轻易听从别人。9.attable/atthetableattable在吃饭,atthetable在桌子旁边。例如:TheGreensareattable.格林一家人在吃饭。Mr.Blackissittingatthetableandreadingabook.布莱克先生坐在桌旁读书。10.reach,arrive/getto三者都有"到达"之意。reach是及物动词,后直接加名词,get和arrive是不及物动词,不能直接加名词,须借助于介词。getto后加名词地点,若跟副词地点时,to去掉;arriveat,+小地方,arrivein+大地方。如:Lucygottothezoobefore8o'clock.露西8点前到了动物园。WhendidyourparentsarriveinShanghai?你父母何时到上海的?ItwaslatewhenIgothome.我到家时天色已晚。11.sick/ill二者都是形容词。当“生病的,患病“之意时,ill只作表语,不作定语;而sick既可作表语也可作定语。sick有"呕吐,恶心"的意思,只能作表语,而ill无此意。如:LiLeiwasilllastweek.(只作表语)李磊上周生病了。He'sasickman.(作定语)他是病人。不能说成:He'sanillman.Mygrandfatherwassickforamonthlastyear.(作表语)我祖父去年病了一个月。12.intime/ontimeintime是"及时"的意思,ontime是"准时,按时"。如:Ididn'tgettothebusstopintime.我没有及时赶上汽车。We'llfinishourjobontime.我们要按时完成任务。13.maybe/maybeItmaybeinyourinsidepocket.=Maybeitisinyourinsidepocket.也许在你里边的口袋里。第一句中maybe是情态动词+be动词构成的谓语部分,意思是"也许是","可能是";第二句中的maybe是副词,意思是"可能",常位于句首,不能位于句中,相当于另一副词perhaps。再如:Maybeyouputitinthatbag.也许你放在了那只包里。(不能说Youmaybeputitinthatbag.)Itmaybeahat.那可能是顶帽子。(不能说Itmaybeahat.或Itmaybeisahat.)14.noise/voice/soundnoise指嘈杂声,噪音大的吵杂声。voice是指说话的声音,嗓音,嗓子。sound是指耳朵能够听到的声音、闹声等。它是表示声音之意的最普通的字。有时还用作科学上的声音。例如:Don'tmakesomuchnoise!别那么大声喧哗!Ididn'trecognizeJohn'svoiceonthetelephone.在电话里我听不出约翰的声音。Hespokeinalowvoice.他低声说话。Weheardastrangesound.我们听到了一种奇怪的声音。Soundtravelsfast,butlighttravelsfaster.声音传得快,但是光传得更快。【考点扫描】中考考点在本单元主要集中在:1.一般过去时;,2.反意疑问句的用法;3.一般将来时;4.感叹句;5.简单句的五种基本句型;6.情态动词can,may和must,haveto的用法;7.时间状语从句和条件状语从句;8.本单元学过的词汇、短语和句型;9.本单元学过的日常交际用语。考试形式可以是单项填空、完型天空、短文填空和完成句子。【中考范例】1.(2004年长沙市中考试题)---Doyouknowifwewillgotothecinematomorrow?---Ithinkwe’llgoifwe________toomuchhomework.A.willhaveB.hadC.won’thaveD.don’thave【解析】答案:D。该题考查的是条件状语从句的时态。在条件和时间状语从句里通常用一般现在是表示将来的动作。2.(2004年佛山市中考试题)YouhavebeentoTibet,______?Iwastoldthatthesnow-coveredmountainswereverybeautiful.A.haveyouB.haven’tyouC.don’tyou【解析】答案:B。该题考查的是反意疑问句的构成。反意疑问句的前一部分是肯定句,后一部分就应该是否定的疑问部分,而且要和前一部分保持时态上的一致。3.(2004年扬州市中考试题)---Jacky,lookatthatJapanesesumoist(相扑手).---Wow,______________!A.HowafatmanB.WhatafatmanC.HowfatmanD.Whatfatman【解析】答案:B。该题考查的是感叹句的构成。这个感叹句省略了主谓部分,只保留了感叹部分。如果以What开头,就应该是Whatafatman!如果是How开头,就应该是Howfat!4.(2004年福建省泉州市中考试题)---Thanksforyourhelp.---__________________A.Itdoesn’tmatterB.Don’tthankmeC.You’rewelcomeD.That’sright【解析】答案:C。该题考查的是日常交际用语。回答别人的道谢通常用“That’sall,right.”或”You’rewelcome.”初二英语(下)【知识梳理】I.重点短语1.ontime2.outof3.allbyoneself4.lotsof5.nolonger6.getback7.soonerorlater8.runaway9.eatup10.takecareof11.turnoff12.turnon13.afterawhile14.makefaces15.teachoneself16.falloff17.playthepiano18.knockat19.toone'ssurprise20.lookup21.enjoyoneself22.helpyourself23.tellastory/stories24.leave....behind……25.comealong26.holdasportsmeeting27.beneckandneck28.as...as,29.notso/as...as30.doone'sbest31.takepartin32.amomentlate33.Badluck!34.fallbehind35.highjump36.longjump37.relayrace38.welldone!39.takeoff40.asusual41.apairof42.atonce43.hurryoff44.cometooneself45.afterawhile46.knockon47.takecareof48.atthemoment49.setoff50.hereandthere51.onwatch52.lookout53.takeone’splaceII.重要句型1.We’dbetternotdosth.2.leaveone.oneself3.findone’swaytoaplace4.standonone’shead5.makesb.Happy,6.catchupwithsb.7.passonsth.tosomebody8.spendtimedoingsth.9.goondoingsth.10.getonwellwithsb.11.beangrywithsb.12.befedupwithsth.13.not…until…14.makeroomforsb.III.交际用语1.We’reallbyourselves.2.Ifellalittleafraid.3.Don’tbeafraid.4.Help!5.Can’tyouhearanything?6.Ican’thearanything/anybodythere.7.Maybeit’satiger.8.Let’sgetitbackbeforetheyeatthefood.9.Didshelearnallbyherself?10.Couldsheswimwhenshewas…yearsold?11.Shedidn’thurtherself.12.Hecouldn’tbuyhimselfmanynicethings.13.Didheenjoyhimself?14.Helpyourselves.15.Badluck!16.Comeon!17.Welldone!Congratulations(to…)!18.Itmustbeveryinteresting.19.Idon’tthinkyou’lllikeit.20.Itseemstobeaninterestingbook.21.I’msure(that)…I’mnotsureif…I’mnotsurewhatto…,22.Ihopeso.23.Whatwashe/shedrawingwhen…?24.I’msorrytotroubleyou.25.Wouldyouplease…?26.Whatwereyoudoingatteno’clockyesterdaymorning?27.Youlooktiredtoday.28.You’dbettergotobedearlytonight,ifyoucan.29.Howkind!30.Let’smovethebag,oritmaycauseanaccident.31.It’sreallyniceofyou.32.Don’tmentionit.33.Don’tcrowdaroundhim.IV.重要语法1.不定代词/副词的运用;2.反身代词的用法;3.并列句;4.形容词和副词的比较等级;5.冠词的用法;6.动词的过去进行时;【名师讲解】1.bring/takeBring表示“带来、拿来”,指从别处朝说话人所在或将在的地方“带来、拿来”。而take则表示“拿去、带走”,它表示的方向与bring相反,指从说话人所在地“拿走、带走”。如:Bringmethebook,please.把那本书给我拿来。Takesomefoodtotheoldman.给那位老人带去些食物。2.somebody/anybody/nobody一般说来,somebody用于定句,anybody用于否定句、疑问句和条件状语从句。例如:Somebodycametoseeyouwhenyouwereout.你出来时有人来见你。Doesanybodyliveonthisisland?有人在这岛上住吗?,Ididn'tseeanybodythere.我在那儿谁也没看见。Don'tletanybodyin.I'mtoobusytoseeanybody.别让任何人进来。我太忙,谁也不想见。Thereisnobodyintheroom.房间里没人。Nobodytoldmethatyouwereill,soIdidn'tknowaboutit.谁也没告诉我你病了所以我不知道。3.listen,listento,hear这三个词意思都是“听”,但是它们的用法不完全相同。它们的区别在于:(1)listen只用于不及物动词,后面接人或人物做宾语,着重于“倾听”,指的是有意识的动作,至于是否听到,并非强调的重点。如:Listen!Someoneissingingintheclassroom.听!有人在教室唱歌。(2)listento为listen的及物形式,后面一定要接人或物做宾语,这里的to是介词。如:Doyoulikelisteningtolightmusic?你喜欢听轻音乐吗?(3)hear可用作及物动词,也可用作不及物动词,意思是“听到、听见”,指用耳朵听到了某个声音,表示无意识的动作,着重于听的能力和结果。如:Wehearwithourears.我们用耳朵听。Shelistensbuthearsnothing.她听了听,但是什么也没有听见。4.many/much/afew/alittle/few/little(1)many修饰可数名词,much修饰不可数名词;都表示许多。例如:Hehasmanybooks.他有许多书。Hedrankmuchmilk.他喝了许多牛奶。(2)afew和alittle都表示"有一点儿",侧重于肯定,相当于"some",但afew修饰可数名词,alittle修饰不可数名词,例如:HehasafewfriendsinLondon.他在伦敦有一些朋友。Wouldyoulikesomecoffee?Yes,justalittle.喝点咖啡好吗?好的,只要一点。(3)few和little表示"几乎没有",侧重否定。few后接可数名词,little后接不可数名词。例如:Heisastrangeman.Hehasfewwords.他是个怪人,他几乎不说什么话。Hurryup,thereislittletimeleft.赶快,没什么时间了。5.either/neither/botheither可作形容词,一般指"两者中的任何一个"。有时也可表示"两个都……"的意思,后跟名词的单数形式;neither:指两者中没有一个,全否定;both:指两者都,肯定。句中可作主语、宾语和定语,both后面应跟名词的复数形式。如:Neitherofthefilmsisgood.两部电影都不好。(没有一部是好的)Eitherofthefilmsisgood.两部电影都不错。(谓语动词用单数)Boththeteachersoftenanswerthequestions.这两个老师都常常解答问题。6.takepartin/join,takepartin参加某种活动;join参加,加入某一政党或组织。例如:Canyoutakepartinmyparty.你能来参加我的派对吗?Weoftentakepartinmanyschoolactivities.我们经常参加学校里的一些活动。Hejoinedthepartyin1963.他1963年入的党。Mylittlebrotherjoinedthearmylastyear.我小弟去年参的军。7.quite/rather/very(1)quite表示程度“很,十分,完全地”,“相当”。如:Sheisquiteright.她对极了。That'snotquitewhatIwant.那并不完全是我所要的。(2)rather表示程度上的“相当”,比预想地程度要大,通常用在不喜欢的情况下。如:It'srathercoldtoday.今天的天气相当冷。(3)very表示程度“很,甚,极其,非常”,用于修饰形容词或副词,既可用在喜欢的情况下,也可用于不喜欢的情况下。应注意“avery+形容词+可数名词的单数”结构中,"a"应置于"very"之前,该结构相当“quitea/an+形容词+名词”的结构。如:Twomonthsisquitealongtime./averylongtime.两个月是一段很长的时间。It'saveryniceday/quiteaniceday.今天天气很好。【考点扫描】中考考点在本单元主要集中在:1.不定代词/副词的运用;2.反身代词的用法;3.并列句;4.形容词和副词的比较等级;5.冠词的用法;6.动词的过去进行时;7.本单元学过的词汇、短语和句型;8.本单元学过的日常交际用语。考试形式可以是单项填空、完型填空、短文填空和完成句子。【中考范例】1.(2004年江西省中考试题)---Icalledyouyesterdayevening,buttherewasnoanswer.---Oh,IamsorryI___________dinneratmyfriend’shome.,A.haveB.hadC.washavingD.havehad【解析】答案:C。该提考查的是动词的时态。表示过去某一时刻正在进行的动作应用过去进行时。2.(2004年北京市中考试题)---Whichis_________,thesun,themoonortheearth?---Ofcoursethemoonis.A.smallB.smallerC.smallestD.thesmallest【解析】答案:D。该提考查的是形容词的比较等级。三者进行比较,其中最小的应用最高级,而形容词最高级之前必须加顶冠词the。3.(2004年河北省中考试题)Bobneverdoeshishomework_________Mary.Hemakeslotsofmistakes.A.socarefulasB.ascarefullyasC.carefullyasD.ascarefulas【解析】答案:B。该提考查的是形容词和副词的用法区别。空白处所缺的词是修饰动词短语doeshishomework的,应该用副词。另外,表示“某人做事不如某人细心”应用“notascarefullyas”这样的结构。4.(2004年吉林省中考试题)---Ilikeridingfast.It’sveryexciting.---Oh!Youmustn’tdoitlikethat,________itmayhaveanaccident.A.andB.orC.soD.but【解析】答案:B。该提考查的是连接并列句的并列连词的选择。And通常连接两个意思一致的并列句,so连接两个有因果关系的并列句,but连接两个有转折关系的并列句,or相当于ifnot意思是“否则”。初三年级(上)【知识梳理】I.重点短语1.atthemoment2.usedto3.forawhile4.walkawaywithsth.5.leaveforsomeplace6.soonerorlater,7.payfor8.comeupwithanidea9.thinkof10.haveatry11.allovertheworld12.befamousfor13.largenumbersof14.alltheyearround15.nomatterwhat16.giveup17.forexample18.bytheway19.onbusiness20.sofar21.cometrue22.setoff23.slowdown24.goondoing25.waitfor26.beproudof27.beafraidof28.speakhighlyof29.ayearandahalf30.halfayear31.pickup32.assoonas33.keep…clean34.takecareof35.cutdown36.makeacontributionto37.baseon38.makesure39.takeaway40.beginwith,41.rightnow42.assoonaspossible43.leaveamessage44.allkindsofthings45.walkaround46.fallasleep47.wakeup48.goonatrip49.haveagoodtime50.takephotos51.comeout52.comeon53.haveafamilymeeting54.talkabout55.goforaholiday56goscubadiving57.writedown58.byoneself59.walkalong60.getachancetodosth61.haveawonderfultime62.bookaroom63.haveanaccident64.beinterestedin65.usesth.todosth.66.makeaTVshow67.beamazedat68.takepartin69.feedon70.getoutofII.重要句型,1.Whydon’tyoudosth.?2.makesb.Happy3.borrowsth.fromsb.4.forgettodosth.5.payfrosth.6.returnsth.Tosb.7.learnsth.fromsb.8.befamousforsth.9.Nomatterwhat…10.bewithsb.11.goondoingsth.12.speakhighlyofsb.13.keepdoingsth.14.allowsb.Todosth.15.encouragesb.todosth.16.Itissaidthat…III.交际用语1.---Excuseme,haveyougot…?---Yes,Ihave.(Sorry,Ihaven’t.)2.---Whydon’tyou…?---Thanks,Iwill.3.---Thanksalot.(Thankyouverymuch.)---Youarewelcome.4.---Haveyoueverdone…?---Yes,Ihave,once.(No,never.)5.---I’vejustdone…---Really?6.---What’s…like?7.---Howlonghaveyoubeen…?---Since…8.---Haveyoueverbeento…?---I’veneverbeenthere.(Noneofushas./Only…has.),9.---Wouldyouliketohaveatry?---Idon’tthinkIcan…10.---Whathaveyoudonesince…?11.---Howlonghaveyoubeenatthis…?---For…12.---Howlonghasshe/heworkedthere…?---She’s/He’sworkedtherefor…/allher/hislife.13.---I’msorryheisn’thererightnow.14.---MayIhelpyou?15.---That’sverykindofyou.16.---Couldwegoscubadiving?17.---Couldyoutellushowlongwe’regoingtobeaway?18.---Let’strytofindsomeinformationaboutit,OK?19.---CouldyoupleasetellmehowtosearchtheInternet?20.---Gostraightalonghere.21.---PleasegotoGate12.22.---Pleasecomethisway.23.---CouldyoutellmewhatyouthinkaboutHainanIsland?24.---Thatsoundsreallycool!IV.重要语法1.宾语从句2.现在完成时3.一般过去时与现在完成时的用法比较:【名师讲解】1.Maybe/maybe(1)maybe是副词,意思是“大概,也许”,常用作状语。例如:Maybeyouputitinyourbag.也许你把它放在包里了。“Willhecometomorrow?”“Maybenot.”“他明天来吗?”“也许不”。(2)maybe相当于是情态动词may与be动词搭配一起作谓语,意思是“也许是…,可能是…”。例如:Itmaybe9:00whentheyarrive.他们可能于九点到达。Themanmaybealawyer.那人也许是律师。2.borrow/lend/keep/use,(1)borrow表示的是从别人那里借来东西,即我们通常所说的“借进来”。例如:Weoftenborrowbooksfromourschoollibrary.我们经常从学校图书馆借书。Iborrowedthisdictionaryfrommyteacher.我从老师那儿借来了这本字典。borrow是一个瞬间完成的动作,因此不能与时间段连用。例如:Youcanborrowmyrecorderforthreedays.(错误)Ihaveborrowedthisbookforonlyoneweek.(错误)(2)lend表示的是把自己的东西借给别人,即我们通常所说的“借出去”。例如:Thankyouforlendingmeyourbike.谢谢你把自行车借给我。Heoftenlendsmoneytohisbrother.他经常借钱给他弟弟。lend与borrow一样,也是一个瞬间完成的动作,不能与一段时间连用。(3)keep的意思也是“借”,但一般是指借来后的保存或使用阶段,是一段持续的时间,因此可以与时间段连用。例如:Youcankeepmyrecorderforthreedays.我的录音机你可以借用三天。Ihavekeptthisbookforonlyoneweek.这本书我才刚借了一星期。(4)use也可以当“借用”讲,但它的本意是“用,使用”。例如:MayIuseyourruler?我能借你的尺子用一下吗?Hehadtousethispublictelephone.他不得不使用这部公用电话。3.leave/leavefor(1)leave意思是“离开,留下”。例如:WeleftShanghaitwoyearsago.我们两年前离开了上海。Helefthiscellphoneinthetaxilastweek.他上周把手机落在出租车里了。(2)leavefor意思是“前往”,表示要去的目的地。例如:WewillleaveforTibetnextmonth.我们将于下月去西藏。ThetrainisleavingforMoscow.这趟火车即将开往莫斯科。4.since/for(1)since用于完成时态,既能用作介词,也能用作连词,后常接时间点,意思是“自从”。例如:Hehasbeenaworkersincehecameintothiscity.自从他来到这个城市,他就是工人了。IhaveneverseenhimsincewelastmetinShanghai.自从我们上次在上海见过之后我再也没见过他。since作连词,还有“既然”的意思。例如:Sinceyouareinterestedinit,justdoit.既然你对它感兴趣,那就做吧。Youcanhavefunnowsinceyou’vefinishedyourwork.既然你已经做完了功课,就开心玩会儿吧。(2)for用于完成时,用作介词,后常接一段时间,意思是“经过…”。例如:IhavelearnedEnglishforfiveyears.我已经学了五年英语了。Theyhavewaitedforyoufor30,minutes.他们已经等了你三十分钟了。for也可以用作连词,但意思是“因为”。例如:Theymissedtheflightfortheywerelate.他们由于完到了而误了航班。Hefellillformanyreasons.他由于多种原因病倒了。5.neither/either/both(1)neither作代词是对两者都进行否定,意思为“两者都不”,作主语时谓语动词用单数.例如:NeitheroftheboysisfromEngland.这两个男孩都不是来自英国。Iknowneitherofthem.他们两个我都不认识。neither用作形容词,也修饰单数名词,意思与作代词时相同;用作连词时,一般与nor搭配,表示“既不…也不”。作主语时,谓语动词也遵循就近原则。例如:Sheneitheratenordrankyesterday.她昨天既不吃也不喝。NeitherhenorweplayfootballonSundays.他和我们星期天都不踢球。(2)either作代词时,是指两者中的任意一方,(两者之)每一个,故作主语时谓语动词用单数.例如:Eitherofthebooksisnew.这两本书任何一本都是新的.Shedoesn’tlikeeitherofthefilms.这两部电影她都不喜欢.either作形容词,用来修饰单数名词,意思与作介词时相同.例如:Eitherschoolisnearmyhome.(这两所学校中的)任何一所学校都离我家很近.Eitherquestionisdifficult.两个问题(中的任何一个)都难.either作连词时,一般与or搭配,表示两者选其一,意思是“不是…就是”。作主语时,谓语动词遵循就近原则。EitherheorIamright.不是他就是我是对的。Eithermysisterormyparentsarecomingtoseeme.不是我姐姐就是我父母要来看我。(3)both作代词时,指的是所涉及到的“两者都”,故作主语时,谓语动词用复数形式。Ilikebothofthestories.这两个故事我都喜欢。Bothofmyparentsareteachers.我父母两人都是老师。both作形容词时,用来修饰两者,意思与作代词时相同.Bothhisarmsarehurt.他的两只胳膊都受伤了。BoththesestudentsaregoodatEnglish.这两个学生都擅长英语。both用作连词时,多与and搭配,表示“既…又,不仅…而且”,作主语时,谓语动词仍用复数形式。Bothpianoandviolinaremybobbies.钢琴和小提琴都是我的爱好。,Theystudybothhistoryandphysics.他们既学历史,又学物理。6.find/lookfor/findout(1)find强调找的结果,意思是“找到”。此外还有“发现,发觉”的意思,后可接宾语从句。例如:Jimcouldn’tfindhishat.吉姆找不着帽子了。Haveyoufoundyourlostkeys?你找到丢失的钥匙了吗?Hefoundthelightswereonalongthestreet.他发现沿街的灯都亮了(2)lookfor的意思为“寻找”,指的是找的动作而非结果。另外,还有“盼望,期待”的意思。例如:Sheislookingforherson.她正在找她的儿子。We’vebeenlookingforthecarsinceearlythismorning.我们从今天一大早就开始找这辆车了。Ilookforthecomingholiday.我期待着即将来临的假期。(3)findout含有经过观察、研究或探索而得知的意思,后常接较抽象的事物,意思是“找出,发现,查明(真相)”等。例如:Icanfindoutwhotookmymoneyaway.我能查出谁拿了我的钱。Couldyoufindoutwhentheplanearrives?你能设法知道飞机何时到吗?7.forgettodo/forgetdoing(1)forgettodo是指忘记去做某件事了,即该事还没有做。例如:Pleasedon’tforgettocallthisafternoon.今天下午不要忘了给我打电话。Iforgottotakesomesmallchangewithme.我身上忘了带零钱了。(2)forgetdoing是指忘记某件已经做过的事情,即该事已经做了,但被忘记了。例如:Heforgottellingmehisaddress.他忘了告诉过我地址了。Theyforgothavingbeenherebefore.他们忘了以前曾来过这儿。8.stopdoing/stoptodo(1)stopdoing是指停止做某事,即doing这个动作不再继续。例如:Theystoppeddebating.他们停止了辩论。(不辩论了)Hehadtostopdrivingasthetrafficlightschangedintored.由于交通灯变成了红色他不得不停车。(2)stoptodo是指停下来开始做另一件事,即停止原先的事,开始做do这个动作。例如:Shestoppedtohavearest.她停下来休息会儿。(开始休息)Theystoppedtotalk.他们停下来开始交谈。9.except/besides(1),except是指不包括后面所提人或物在内的“除了”,可以理解为“撇开…不谈”,表示两部分的不同。Everyoneisexcitedexceptme.除我以外的每个人都很激动。(他们激动,而我却不激动)AllthevisitorsareJapaneseexcepthim.除他以外的所有游客都是日本人。(其他人是日本人,可他不是)(2)besides是包括后面所提人或物在内的“除了”,可以理解为“除之外…还、除之外…又”,表示两部分的相似性。例如:Twenty-fivestudentswenttothecinemabesideshim.除他以外,还有25个学生去看了电影。(他和另外25人都去了)WelikebiologybesidesEnglish.除了英语外,我们还喜欢生物。(生物和英语都喜欢)besides还可用作副词,意思是“此外;而且”,常用于句首或句尾。例如:Heisagreatthinker,andbesides,heisapolitician.他是一名伟大的思想家,除此以外,他还是一位政治家。Theyencouragedme,andtheysupportedmewithmoney,besides.他们不仅鼓励我,而且与我以金钱上的支持。10.keepdoing/keepondoing(1)keepdoing指的是连续地、坚持不断地做某事,中间不间断。例如:Itkeptblowingforawholeday.刮了一整天风了。Thetemperaturekeepsdropping.温度持续下降。(2)keepondoing是指反复坚持做某事,但动作之间略有间隔。例如:Theyhavekeptonwritingtoeachotherformanyyears.他们已经互相通信多年了。Afterdrinkingsomewater,hekeptontalking.喝了一些水后,他坚持讲话。11.seem/look (1)seem一般着重于以客观迹象为依据,意思是“似乎、好象、看起来…”。例如:Thebabyseemstobehappy.婴儿看上去似乎很高兴。Heseemedtobesorryforthat.他似乎为那件事感到抱歉。seem能与todo结构连用,而look不能。例如:Itseemstorain.似乎要下雨了。Theyseemedtohavefinishedtheirwork.他们似乎已经完成了工作。在it作形式主语的句型中只能用seem。例如:Itseemsthatheisquitebusynow.他现在看起来很忙。Itseemstousthatthereisnothingserious.在我看来没什么大不了的。(2)look用作“看起来;好像”时,常从物体的外观或样貌上来判断,是以视觉所接受的印象为依据的。例如:Theroomlooksclean.这间房看起来很干净。Thegirllookslikehermother.那女孩看起来向她的妈妈。,12.such/so(1)such常用作形容词,用来修饰名词。例如:Don’tbesuchafool.别这么傻。Heissuchacleverboy.他是如此聪明的一个男孩。(2)so是副词,用来修饰形容词或副词。例如:Heissokind!他真好心!Whydidyoucomesolate?你为何回来得如此晚?当名词前有many,much,few,little等表示多、少时,应该用so。例如:Hehassomanyfriends.他有如此多的朋友。Onlysolittletimeisleft!才剩这么一点儿时间!13.either/too/also(1)either用作“也”时是副词,常用于否定句句尾。例如:SheisnotaJapanese,I’mnot,either.她不是日本人,我也不是。Mysisterdoesn’tlikethissong,either.我妹妹也不喜欢这首歌。(2)too常用于肯定句或疑问句尾,表示“也”。例如:HelikesChina,too.他也喜欢中国。AreyouinGrade3,too?你也在三年级吗?(3)also也常用于肯定句或疑问句,但一般位于句中。例如:Wearealsostudents.我们也是学生。Healsowentthereonfoot.他也是走着去的。Didyoualsowanttohavealook?你也想看看吗?14.if/whether在下列情况下只能用whether而非if:(1)与ornot连用时,只能用whether.Wewanttoknowwhetheryouareillornot.我们想知道你是否生病了。Pleasetellmewhetherornotyouhavefinishedyourwork.请告诉我们你是否完成了工作。(2)后接动词不定式时,只能用whether.Adamdidn’tknowwhethertogoorstay.亚当不知道是走还是留。Hehasn’tdecidedwhethertohavedinnerwithme.他还没决定是否和我共进晚餐。(3)所引导的宾语从句放在主句之前时,只能用whether.Whetheritwillrainorsnow,wedon’tmind.我们不在乎将要刮风还是下雨。WhetherIwonorlost,shedidn’twanttoknow.我是赢是输她不想知道。(4)引导主语从句或表语从句时,一般用whether.Themostimportantwaswhethertheyhadgone.最重要的是他们是不是已经走了。,Whetherhewillgowithmeisasecret.他是否会和我一起去还是个秘密。if能引导条件状语从句,表示“如果,假如”,而whether没有此用法。We’llhaveafootballmatchifitdoesn’traintomorrow.如果明天不下雨,我们要进行足球赛。I’lltellhimifIseeshim.我看见他就告诉他。Ifyou’reindanger,pleasecall110.如果你遇到危险,请拨打110。15.cost/spend/pay/take(1)cost一般用某物来做主语,表示“(某物)值…、花费…”,既能指花费时间也能指金钱。Thenewbikecostsme300yuan.这辆新自行车花了我三百元。Itwillcostyouawholetoreadthroughthisbook.通读这本书将会花费你整整一周时间。cost还可以用作名词,表示“成本、费用、价格、代价”等。What’sthecostofthisTVset?这台电视机的成本是多少钱?Theysucceededatthecostofhardwork.他们辛苦地工作换来的成功。(2)spend一般用某人来作主语,表示“(某人)花费…,付出…”,也能指时间或金钱,指时间时常与 in搭配,指金钱时常与on或for搭配。Wespenttwodaysinrepairingthismachine.我们花了两天时间修理这台机器。Mr.Leespends$20onbookseverymonth.李先生每月花二十美元在书上。(3)pay用作动词时,一般也以某人作主语,但一般指花钱、付款等,很少用来指花费时间。常与for搭配使用。例如:Theypaid70yuanforthetickets.他们花了七十元买票。Hewastoopoortopayforhisschooling.他穷得交不起学费。pay还可以用作名词,意思为“薪水、工资”等。It’shardformetolivewithsuchlowpay.我很难靠这么低的薪水生活下去。(4)take也指“花费(时间、金钱)”,但通常用某事、某物做主语,或用形式主语it.Howlongwillthemeetingtake?会议要开多久?Ittookmeseveralhourstogetthere.我花了几个小时才到那儿。16.bad/badly这两个词的意思含有“坏、糟、严重”等意思,且它们有共同的比较级worse和最高级worst。(1)bad是一个形容词,意思是“坏的,糟糕的,差的,严重的”。例如:Idon’tthinkheisabadperson.我并不认为他是一个坏人。Ihadabadheadache.我的头疼得很厉害。(2)badly是一个副词,意思是“不好地,差”,也可以表示程度,意为“严重地,非常,极度”。,例如:Weneedhelpbadly.我们急需帮助。Hisarmwasbadlyhurt.他的胳膊严重受伤了。17.interested/interesting(1)interested是指“对…产生兴趣的,对…感兴趣的”,一般用人做主语,后常用介词in.例如:Hewasinterestedinbiologybefore.他以前对生物感兴趣。I’mnotinterestedinart.我对艺术不感兴趣。(2)interesting的意思是“有趣的”,指能够给人带来兴趣的某人或某事物。例如:Heisaninterestingoldman.他是个有趣的老头。Theinterestingstoryattractedme.这个有趣的故事吸引了我。18.dead/die/death/dying(1)dead是形容词,意思为“死了的、无生命的”,表示状态,可以与一段时间连用。例如:Thetreehasbeendeadfortenyears.这棵树死了有十年了。Therabbitsarealldead.这些兔子都是死的。(2)die是动词,意思为“死、死亡”,是一个瞬间动词,不能与一段时间连用。例如:Mygrandpadiedtwoyearsago.我爷爷两年前去世了。Theoldmandiedofcancer.老人死于癌症。(3)death是名词,意思为“死亡、去世”等。Thememorialhallwasbuiltoneyearafterhisdeath.他死后一年,纪念馆建成了。Hisdeathisagreatlosstous.他的死是我们的巨大损失。(4)dying是die的现在分词,用作形容词,意思是“垂死的、即将死去的”。Thedoctorshavesavedthedyingman.医生们救活了那个垂死的人。Thepoordoghadnofood,itwasdying.可怜的狗没有食物,快要饿死了。【考点扫描】中考考点在本单元主要集中在:1.宾语从句的时态和语序;2.一般过去时和过去完成时的用法区别;3.本单元学过的词汇、短语和句型;4.本单元学习的日常交际用语。考试形式可以是单项填空、完型填空、短文填空和完成句子。【中考范例】1.(2004年北京市海淀区中考试题)---Doyouknow________________?---Onlytenmonthsold.,A.whendoesTigerWoodsstartgolfingB.whendidTigerWoodsstartgolfingC.whenTigerWoodsstartsgolfingD.whenTigerWoodsstartedgolfing【解析】答案:D。该题考查的是宾语从句的时态和语序。这个宾语从句的时态应用一般过去时,应为这里说的是过去的事情。语序应用陈述句的语序,所以正确答案是:whenTigerWoodsstartedgolfing。2.(2004年北京市海淀区中考试题)I’minterestedinanimals,soI_____________everySaturdayworkinginananimalhospital.A.payB.getC.takeD.spend【解析】答案:D。该题考查的是pay,get,take和spend这四个动词的用法区别。只有动词spend可以用在sb.spendstimedoingsth.这个句型里,所以正确答案影视spend。3.(2004年天津市中考试题)CouldI________yourtelephone?Ihavesomethingimportanttotellmyparents.A.keepB.borrowC.useD.lend【解析】答案:C。该题考查的是keep,borrow,use和lend四个动词的用法区别。keep的真正含义是“保留”,borrow的含义是“借入”,lend的含义是“借出”,只有use的含义是“使用”。在这个句子里实际上是“使用”的意思,所以应选use。4.(2004年鄂州市中考试题)---Hi,Ann.Where’syourbrother?Ineedhishelp.---Helefthometwoweeksagoand________awayeversince.A.isB.wasC.hasbeenD.hadbeen【解析】答案:C。该题考查的是动词时态的用法区别。一般现在时表示经常发生的动作或现在所处的状态;一般过去时表示过去的动作或过去所处的状态;过去完成时表示过去的动作或过去的时间以前发生的事情;现在完成时表示动作或状态从过去某一时间开始一直延续到现在或刚刚结束。这里只能用现在完成时。初三年级(中)【知识梳理】I.重点短语1.giveup2.tryout3.mostof,4.not…anymore5.attheageof6.atthattime7.sendmessagebytelegraph8.graduatefrom9.turndown10.putup11.atthetopof12.gettogether13.fromhousetohouse14.attheendof15.ontopof16.aswell17.climbdown18.inasinglenight19.eventhough20.liveon21.onceuponatime22.accordingto23.keepwarm24.ontheotherhand25.onshow26.ondisplay27.inthefuture28.lookup29.TreePlantingDay30.justright31.asoftenaspossible32.washaway33.inthisway34.inafewyears'time35.pointto36.thanksto37.moreorless,38.sofar39.shutdown40.sendup41.putoffII.重要句型1.setone'smindtodosth.2.put…together3.stop…from…4.keep…from…5.befilledwithsth.6.givebirthto7.becoveredwith8.bemadeof9.fill…with…10.match…with11.beusedfor12.havenothingtodowith13.comeupwith14.nomatterhow…15.keepsb./sth.warmIII.交际用语1.---I'mtryingto…2.---I'll…3.---Whichofthesewouldyoulikemostto…?4.---Whatdoyouwantto…?5.---Iwantto…6.---Ihopeto…7.---Iplanto…8.---I'mgoingto…9.---I'msohappythat…,10.---I'mglad….11.---metoo.12.---What'sthiscalledinEnglish?13.---What'sitmadeof?14.---It'smadeof…15.---What'situsedfor?16.---It'susedfor…17.---Englishiswidelyusedforbusiness/…18.---Itisoneoftheworld'smostimportantlanguagesasitissowidelyused.19.---Whereis/are…grown/produced/made?20.---The(ground)mustbejustright…21.---It'sbestto…22.---Theholeshouldnotbetoodeep.23.---TheGreatGreenWallis7000kilometreslong,andbetween400and1700kilometreswide.24.---Themore,thebetter.25.---Moreorless!26.---The(ground)mustbejustright…27.---Theholeshouldnotbetoodeep.28.掌握以下常见标志:ENTRANCEEXITPUSHPULLNOSMOKINGNOPARKINGFRAGILETHISSIDEUPNOPHOTOSDANGERBUSINESSHOURSPLAYSTOPPAUSEONOFFIV.重要语法1.动词被动语态的结构和用法;2.动词不定式的功能和用法。【名师讲解】1.beableto/can(1)都能表示“能够,具备干某件事的能力”这个含义,此时可以互换。Mr.Greenisabletofinishtheworkontime.=Mr.Greencanfinishtheworkontime.格林先生能够按时完成这项工作。(2)beableto可以用于各种时态,而can为情态动词,多用于现在时,其过去式为could。,Wearesurehewillbeabletobeanartistwhenhegrowsup.我们相信他长大后能够成为一名画家。MissLinhasbeenabletopaythecarbyherself.林小姐已经能够自己负担那辆车了。(4)Can除了表示“能够,有能力做某事”以外,还有如下用法,而beableto则没有。表示请求,但语气没有could委婉CanIhavealookatthispicture?我能看看这张图片吗?Canweleaveschoolafter6:00p.m.?我们可以在下午6点之后再离开学校吗?表示可能性。Thatmancan’tbeournewteacher.那人不可能是我们的新老师。Theexamcan’tbetoodifficult.考试不会太难。2.bring/take/carry/fetch(1)bring一般是指拿来,即从别处往说话人这里拿,翻译成“带来”。Hebroughtussomegoodnews.他给我们带来了一些好消息。Pleasedon’tforgettobringyourhomeworktomorrow.明天请别忘了把家庭作业带来。(2)take一般是指从说话人这里往别处拿,翻译成“带走”。Pleasetaketheumbrellawithyou.It’sgoingtorain.要下雨了,请把伞带上。Shetookthedictionaryaway.她把字典拿走了。(3)carry不强调方向,表示“携带、背着、运送、搬扛”等意思。Theycarriedtheboxesintothefactory.他们把箱子搬进了工厂。Ataxicarriedthemtothestation.出租车送他们到了车站(4)fetch表示的是“去取来、去拿来、去叫来”等意思,包含去和来两趟。Thewaiterfetchedthemsomeapples.侍者为他们取来了一些苹果。Motherfetchedthedoctorforherillson.妈妈为生病的儿子请来了医生。3.whole/all(1)whole强调一个完整如一,互不分割的整体。Thewholecountryissufferingthewar.整个国家正遭遇战争。Ijustwanttoknowthewholestory.我仅仅只想知道完整的故事。whole在句中的位置是放在所有格,冠词和指示代词的之后。TheywillspendtheirwholeholidayinCanada.他们将到加拿大渡过整个假期。(所有格后)Shehasfinishedwritingthewholebook.她已经写完了整本书。(冠词后)whole用来修饰可数名词(名词用单数)。,Heatethewholecake.他把整个蛋糕都吃了。(强调整整一个蛋糕)(2)all强调由一个个部分组成的“全部”。MissGreenknewallthestudentsintheclass.格林小姐认识这个班上的所有人。(一个一个全认识)all在句中的位置是放在所有格,定冠词和指示代词的之前。Jimfinishedallhishomeworkintwentyminutes.吉姆在20分钟之内完成了所有的作业。(所有格前)Ofalltheboyshere,hesingsbest.在这里所有的男孩之中,他唱的最好。(定冠词前)Theboycananswerallthesequestions.那个男孩能够回答所有的这些问题。(指示代词前)all既能修饰可数名词(名词须用复数),又能修饰不可数名词。Allthesefivebooksaremine.这五本书都是我的。(修饰可数名词)Shewasworriedabouthersonallthetime.她总在为她的儿子担心。(修饰不可数名词)4.fill/full(1)fill常作动词,与with连用,意思是“注满、装满”,也能表示“填空;补缺”的意思。例如:Hefilledtheboxwithchalk.他把粉笔装满了盒子。Thebucketisfilledwithwater.水桶里装满了水。(2)full是形容词,翻译成“满的,装满的”,常与of连用。此外还能表示“完全的”和“吃饱的,过饱的”。Alltheroomsarefullofpeople.所有的房间都满人了。Thebuswasfull.Hehadtowaitforthenextone.这辆车人满了,他只有等下一辆。5.bemadeof/bemadefrom/bemadein/bemadeinto(1)bemadeof表示"由…制成",一般指能够看出原材料,或发生的是物理变化。例如:Thistableclothismadeofpaper.这张桌布是由纸做的。Thissaladismadeofapplesandstrawberries.这种沙拉是由苹果和草莓做的。(2)bemadefrom也表示"由…制成",但一般指看不出原材料,或发生的是化学变化。例如:Breadismadefromcorn.面包是小麦做的。Thelifeboatismadefromsomespecialmaterial.这个救生艇是由某种特殊材料制成的。(3)bemadein指的是产地,意思为"于…制造"。ThecapsaremadeinRussia.这些帽子产于俄罗斯。MymotherlikestobuythingswhicharemadeinChina.我妈妈喜欢买中国产的东西。(4)bemadeinto的意思为"被制成为…"。,Thispieceofwoodwillbemadeintoasmallbench.这块木头将要被制成一个小凳。Thepaperhasbeenmadeintoclothesforthedoll.纸被做成了洋娃娃的衣服。6.none/noone/neither(1)none既能指人,又能指物,意思是"没有一个,无一",常用作代词,与of连用。Noneofushasheardofhimbefore.我们没有一个人以前听说过他。Ilikenoneofthecoats.那些外套我一件都不喜欢。none用作主语时,谓语动词用单复数皆可。例如:Noneoftheanswersistrue.没有一个答案是正确的。Noneoftheroomsaremine.没有一间房子是我的。(2)noone只能用来指人,且不能与of连用。例如:Nooneisabsent.没有人缺席。Iknewnoonethere.那里我一个人也不认识。noone用作主语时,谓语动词只能用单数。例如:Nooneagreeswithyou.没有人同意你的说法。(3)neither作代词是对两者都进行否定,意思为"两者都不",作主语时谓语动词用单数。例如:NeitheroftheboysisfromEngland.这两个男孩都不是来自英国。Iknowneitherofthem.他们两个我都不认识。7.found/find(1)find的意思是"找到、发现",其过去式和过去分词都是found.Ican'tfindmyglasses.我找不着我的眼镜了。Hefounditboringtositherealone.他发现独自坐在这里很没劲。(2)found是另外一个词,与find并没有关系,意思是"成立、建设",常用作及物动词。ThePeople'sRepublicofChinawasfoundedin1949.中华人民共和国成立于1949年。Theschoolwasfoundedbythelocalresidents.这所学校是由当地居民修建的。8.hear/hearof/hearfrom(1)hear的意思是"听见;听说,得知",后面能接名词、代词或宾语从句。例如:Weheardthenewsjustamomentago.我刚听说这个消息。Canyouhearme?能听见我说话吗?(2)hearof的意思是"听说",一般指非直接的听见,而是听别人说的。后不能接宾语从句。例如:Ihaveneverheardofher.我从未听说过她。Theyheardofthefilmlongtime,ago.他们很久以前就听说过这部电影。(3)hearfrom的意思是"收到来信",与"听"无关。例如:Ioftenhearfromhim.我经常收到他的来信。Hehasn'theardfromhismotherforalongtime.他很久没有收到妈妈的信了9.send/sendfor(1)send意思是"送往,派遣",还有"发信,寄信"的意思。例如:Thecompanysenthimtostudyabroad.公司派他到国外学习去了。Mr.Brownsentherchildrenaway.布郎夫人送走了孩子们。(2)sendfor意思是"召唤;派人去取;派人去拿",而非本人亲自去。例如:Theyhavesentforarepairman.他们已经派人去请了一名修理工。Shesentforsomeflowers.她派了人去买花。10.getto/arrive/reach(1)arrive后不能直接接地点,是一个不及物动词。若表示到达一个相对大的地点,用arrivein;若表示相对小的地点,用arriveat.ThedelegationwillarriveinChinaat5:00p.m.代表团将于下午5:00到达北京。Itwasdarkwhentheyarrivedattherailwaystation.当他们到达火车站的时候,天已经黑了。Whendidshearriveherelasttime?她上次是什么时候到这儿的?(副词前省略介词)(2)reach能直接接所到达的地点,是一个及物动词。例如:TheyreachedLondononFriday.他们星期五到达了伦敦。Thenewsonlyreachedmeyesterday.我于昨天才接到这个消息。reach还有"伸手去取,伸手触及,联络"等意思。Canyoureachthatappleonthetree?你能够到树上的哪个苹果吗?Hecanalwaysbereachedonthephone.可随时打电话跟他联系。(3)get在表示"到达"时是不及物动词,应与to搭配使用。Weoftengettoschoolonfoot.我们经常步行到学校。Theygottothetopofthehillatnoon.他们于中午到达了山顶。【考点扫描】中考考点在本单元主要集中在:1.动词被动语态的结构和用法;2.动词不定式的功能和用法;3.本单元的词汇、短语和句型;4.本单元学过的交际用语。考试形式可以是单项填空、完型填空、短文填空和完成句子。,【中考范例】1.(2004年北京市中考试题)AuntLioftenasksherson________toomuchmeat.It’sbadforhishealth.A.don’teatB.nottoeatC.noteatD.tonoteat【解析】答案:B。该题考查的是动词不定式的构成和用法。这个句子的基本句型是asksb.nottodosth.这里,nottoeat是不定式的否定式做宾语补足语。2.(2004年嘉兴市中考试题)Chinaisbecomingstrongerandstronger,soChinese________inmoreAmericanschoolsnow.A.wastaughtB.istaughtC.teachesD.taught【解析】答案:B。该题考查的是动词的语态和时态。Chinese是一种语言,只能被人教,因此要用被动语态。又因为说的现在的情况,动词要用一般现在时。所以选B。3.(2004年河北省中考试题)Thispainting________toamuseuminNewYorkin1977.A.sellsB.soldC.wassoldD.issold【解析】答案:C。该题考查的是动词的语态和时态。Thispainting只能被卖,所以用被动语态,又因为是1977年卖的,所以用一般过去时。4.(2004年扬州市中考试题)---Ifyou________anewidea,pleasecallmeassoonaspossible.---Sure,Iwill.A.keepupwithB.catchupwithC.feedupwithD.comeupwith【解析】答案:D。该题考查的是短语动词用法。本单元学习的短语动词comeupwithanewidea意思是想出新主意,正符合题意。初三年级(下)【知识梳理】I.重点短语1.begone'spardon2.multiply…by…3.slowdown4.wearout5.tryon6.makeadecision,7.aplaceofinterest,8.makeamistake9.dropoff10.thinkabout11.makeupone'smind,12.atall,13.atleast14.bythetime15.carryon16.nevermind17.fromnowon18.comedown19.handsup20.beforelong,21.noone,22.not…anylongerII.重要句型1.bebusydoingsth.2.prefertodosth.3.regard...as...4.bepleasedwithsth./sb.5.beangrywithsb.III.交际用语1.---Howmuchdoes…cost…?2.---Itcancostaslittleas…yuanandasmuchas…yuan.3.---Itcosts….4.---It'sworth….5.---Idon'tagreewith….6.---Iwasn'tsurewhether….7.---Iwonderif….,8.---Whatsize…?9.---Haveyougotanyothercolour/size/kind?10.---Haveyougotanythingcheaper?11.---Howmucharethey?12.---Howmuchdoesitcost?13.---Howmuchisit?14.---That'sabitexpensive.15.---Eventhoughthey'realittleexpensive,I'lltakethem.16.---I'llthinkabout….17.---Idon'tthinkI'lltake….18.---Ilike….19.---Idon'treallylike….20.---CanIhelpyou,girl?21.---Wouldyoulikemetolookintheback?22.---Wecanfind….23.---Doyoulikebeing…?24.---CanIaskyousomequestions?25.---Sure.26.---Itwasgreat.27.---Wow!28.---Yeah!29.---Ohdear!30.---Handsup!31.---I’llshootanyonewhomoves.32.---There’snoneedtothankme.33.---Canyourememberanythingelseabouthim?34.---Comedown,Polly!35.---Thereisalittletrafficaccident.36.---There'sabigtrafficjam.37.---Well,I'msurehe'llbeherebeforelong.38.---I'mbeginningtogetangrywithhim!39.---Yes,wecan'twaitanylonger.Let'sgowithouthim.40.---That'sterrible!,41.---That'sareallybadexcuse!IV.重要语法1.过去将来时2.过去完成时3.动词不定式4.定语从句【名师讲解】1.think/think/about/thinkof(1)think单独使用时表示"思考",接that宾语从句时意为"认为","觉得"。Iamthinkinghowtoworkouttheproblem.Ithinksheisagoodstudent.当宾语从句含有否定概念时,通常形式上否定think,但意义上却是否定宾语从句。Idon'tthinkhecancome.Idon'tthinkitwillbewindy.(2)thinkabout可接一个名词,动词-ing形式或由疑问词引导的不定式或宾语从句,意思是"考虑……"。Ihavethoughtaboutitforalongtime.Pleasethinkabouthowtotellherthebadnews.(3)thinkof表示"认为",一般用于疑问句中,与what连用。WhatdoyouthinkoftheTVplay?=HowdoyouliketheTVplay?2.big/large/great上述形容词都表示"大",但侧重点及程度不同。(1)big指具体事物的大小,强调比正常形体的标准大,既可用在普通场合,也可用在正式场合。它可用来指人的身材高大或"长大了",还可表示"伟大","重要"之意。如:Canyouliftupthisbigstone?OnthelastdayImadeabigdecision.(2)large特别强调远远超过标准的大,指体积、面积、容积、数量之大。如:Awhaleisalargeanimal.Alargecrowdcollectedatthegateofthetheatre.(3)great除了表示数量体积之大外,又指抽象的程度,意味着伟大性,重要性,优越性;常用于抽象或无形的东西;用于有形的东西时,常带有"伟大","大得令人吃惊"等意思,含有一定的感情色彩。如:Chinaisagreatcountrywithalonghistory.Hewasoneofthegreatestscientists.3.cost/take/spend/pay,(1)cost表示"花钱",花费,付出(只能用于钱、精力、生命等;主语必须是物。)Thebookcostmefiveyuan.(2)take的主语是动词不定式,通常用it做形式主语。Ittookmefiveyuantobuythebook..(3)spend,在主动语句中主语是人Ispentfiveyuanon(for)thebook.或Ispentfiveyuan(in)buyingthebook.(4)pay的主语是人。Ipaidfiveyuanforthebook.4.expensive/high/cheap/low这四个词在谈论到价格的高低时,要注意使用。expensive与high涉及到价格"高",而cheap与low涉及到价格"低"。(1)expensive昂贵的,花钱多的。这个单词若谈到"价格高,货贵"时其主语不能是价格,必须是货物、物品本身。如:Thiswatchisexpensive.这只表很贵。Theseglass-productsarenotexpensive.这些玻璃制品不是很值钱。注意:cheap表示"价廉","便宜的",其主语也不能是价格,必须是物品本身。如:Thecheaptablewasboughtfromhim.这张便宜的桌子是他卖给我们的。Thisclothdollisverycheap.这只布娃娃很便宜。(2)high在表示价格时,含义是"高",low在表示价格时,含义是"低",这两个词不能用于物品本身,只能用在价格上。如:Thepriceofthiswatchisveryhigh.这只表的价格太高了。Thepriceofthisbookisnotlowforme.这本书的价格对我来说是不低。下面我们试看几个句子的正误对照:Thepriceofthiscomputerisexpensive.(宜改为:Thiscomputerisexpensive.或Thepriceofthiscomputerishigh.)Thepriceofthispenisnotcheapforhimtobuy.(宜改为:Thispenisnotcheapforhimtobuy.或Thepriceofthispenisnotlowforhim.)5.alone/lonelylonely与alone的意思比较接近,但在使用时有所区别:(1)lonely用作形容词,意思是"孤单的;寂寞的"。可指心灵上的寂寞,也可指偏僻的地点。在句中既可作表语,也可作定语。(2)alone可作形容词和副词,意思是"单独;独自",不指心理上寂寞的感觉。Shewastakentoalonelyisland,livedalone,butsheneverfelt,lonely.她被带到一个荒岛上,自己居住,但她从不感到寂寞。6.beforelong/longbefore(1)beforelong作“不久以后”讲,切不要按字面译为“长时间以前”或“好久以前”。如:Wehopetofinishourexperimentbeforelong.我们希望不久(以后)就把实验做完。(2)longbefore作"很久以前"讲。原意为"……以前很久",故也可译为"老早"。longbefore跟beforelong不同,前者在其后面可以接名词或一个从句;当上下文明确时,名词或从句还可以省略。Beforelong则没有上述搭配用法。Theybeganthetestyesterday,butwehadmadeexperimentlongbefore.我们昨天开始做实验,但我们在那以前很久就已经做准备了。7.as/when/while(1)as是连词,意思是"当……的时候,一面……一面",(强调同时,一般连续时间不长),如:AsweweretalkingaboutTitanic,ourteachercamein.正当我们谈论"泰坦尼克号"这部电影时,教师进来了。Thestudentssingastheygoalong.学生们边走边唱。(2)When和as一样都是连词,注意它们的不同。如when"当……的时候"(一般表示动作紧接着发生);"那时"(等立连词,前有逗号分开)Istayedtillsunset,whenitbegantorain.我一直呆到太阳下山,那时天开始下雨了。(3)while是"当……时候;和……同时"(强调同时发生,一般连续时间较长)例如:WhileIwaswatchingTV,hewasreading.当我在看电视的时候,他正在看书。Whilethereislife,thereishope.有生命就有希望。8.beat/win/hit(1)beat是动词,意思是"连续地打;打败;敲打"。beat后可接人或队名。意思是"击败对手。"如:Icanbeatyouatswimming.(2)win意思是"赢得某个项目",后面常接"match,game"。如:Hewonagame.他胜一局。Wewonamatch.我们比赛得胜。(3)hit意思是"击中"(有时可表示"打一下")。如:Themotherhitherchildoutofanger.妈妈生气,打了她孩子一下。9.keepdoing/keepondoing,(1)keepdoing侧重表示"持续不停地做某事"或"持续某种状态"。如:Thegirlkeptcryingallthetime.那个女孩一直在哭。Thebabykeptsleepingaboutfourhours.这个婴儿连续睡了大约四个小时。(2)keepondoing表示"总不断做某事",不表示静止状态。不能与sitting,sleeping,lying,standing这类词连用。如:Itkeptonrainingforsevendays.Don'tkeeponaskingsuchsillyquestions.10.get/turn/become这三个词都可作系动词用,表示状态的变化,后跟表语,但三个词的用法稍有不同。get强调情感、气候和环境的变化;turn强调色彩的变化;而become则强调职务、职称等的变化。如:Thedaysaregettingshorterandshorterinwinter.冬天的白天越来越短。Shecouldn'tanswerthequestionandherfaceturnedred.她回答不出问题,脸红了。Whendidyoubecomeateacher?-Tenyearsago.你什么时候当的老师?十年前。11.steal/rob从意思上讲steal表示偷窃的意思。而rob表示抢劫的意思;从搭配上来讲,stealsthfromsb/sth;而rob则用robsb/sthofsth;例如:Hestolemoneyfromtherichtogiveittothepoor.Theyrobbedthebankofonemilliondollars.12.see/look/watch/notice在英语中,see,look,watch,notice都有“看”的意思,要注意他们的区别。see意为“看到”,表示视觉器官有意识或无意识地看到物体,强调“看到”的结果。look意为“看”,表示有意识地观看,强调“看”的动作。watch意为“观看,注视”,指以较大的注意力观看。notice意为“看到,注意到”,指有意识的注意,含有从不注意到注意的变化的意义。例如:Whatcanyouseeinthepicture?在图画中你能看到什么?Look!Howhappilytheyareplaying!看!他们玩得多高兴啊!He’swatchedTVforovertwohours.他看了两个多小时的电视。Henoticedapurselyingontheroad.他注意到地上有个钱包。13.Shoot/shootatshoot是及物动词,意思是“射中,射死”,宾语多为人或动物等。而shootat是一个动词词组,意为“向……射击”,至于射中或射死与否不得而知。如:Themanshotfivebirdsintheforest.那个人在森林里射死(中)了五只鸟。Thehuntershotatthe,bear.猎人朝熊射击了。Theyshotattheshe-wolf,butdidn'tshoother.他们向那只母狼射击,但是没有射中/死。14.escape/runaway(1)escape作“逃跑”、“逃脱”或“逃避”讲时,往往会有成功之意。如:Theoldmanescapeddeath.那个老人死里逃生。Thethiefescapedfromprison.那个小偷越狱了。(2)runaway作“逃跑”、“跑走”讲时,往往强调动作。如:Don'tlethimrunaway.别让他跑了。口语中escape和runaway可以互用。15.sothat..../so...that....(1)sothat....为了,以便。引导一个目的状语从句,从句中往往有情态动词。也可引导一个结果状语从句。如:Ileftat5:00sothatIcouldcatchtheearlybus.Speakloudly,sothattheycanhearwhatyousay.Hedidn'tstudyEnglishsothathelostachancetoworkinaforeigncompany.(2)so...that....既可引导一个结果状语从句,也可引导一个目的状语从句。如:TheclassroomwassonoisythatIcouldhardlystudy.IgotupsoearlyinthemorningthatIcouldcatchthetrain.【考点扫描】中考考点在本单元主要集中在:1.过去将来时;2.过去完成时;3.动词不定式;4.定语从句;5.本单元学过的词汇、短语和句型;6.本单元学过的交际用语。考试形式可以是单项填空、完型填空、短文填空和完成句子。【中考范例】1.(2004年济宁市中考试题)Hewantedtoknow______________.A.whetherhespeaksatthemeetingB.whenthemeetingwouldstartB.whathe’sgoingtodoatthemeetingD.wherewouldthemeetingbeheld,【解析】答案:B。该题考查的是宾语从句的语序和时态。因为主句的时态是一般过去时,所以从句应用过去将来时,这就排除了A和B。宾语从句的时态应该是陈述句的语序,所以只有B是对的。2.(2004年烟台市中考试题)---Whydidn’tyougotothemovieyesterday?---BecauseI___________itbefore.A.hadwatchedB.haveseenC.havewatchedD.hadseen【解析】答案:D。该题考查的是动词的搭配以及现在完成时和过去完成时的用法区别。看电影习惯商用seeamovie,又因为说的昨天以前发生的事情,应该用过去完成时。只有D正确。3.(2004年重庆市中考试题)---Didyouwinthefootballgame?---Badluck.Ourteam__________inthefinalone.A.wonB.beatC.waswonD.wasbeaten【解析】答案:D。该题考查的是动词搭配和动词的语态。动词win通常和比赛一类的词连用,不与人或队连用,因此可以排除A和C。beat是个及物动词,既然我们的运气不好,就是输了,应该用被动语态。4.(2004年广州市中考试题)---Whoistheman________wastalkingtoourEnglishteacher?---Oh!It’sMrBaker,ourmathsteacher.A.heB.thatC.whomD.which【解析】答案:B。该题考查的是引导定语从句关系代词的选择。由于先行词是人,可以排除A和D。而该词在定语从句中作主语,只有B合适。1 abit/alittle这两个词都意为“一点儿”有时可以互换,但有时不能。Ⅰ.二者作程度副词修饰形容词、副词、动词或比较级时,意义相同,为“一点儿”“有些”。如:①Iamabit/alittlehungry.我有点饿。②Hewalkedabit/alittleslowly.他走路有点慢。Ⅱ.二者都可以作名词词组,充当主语或宾语。如:①Alittle/bitisenoughforme.我有一点儿就够了。,②Iknowonlyalittle/abitabouther.我对她的情况只了解一点。Ⅲ。alittle可直接修饰名词;abit后须加of才可以。如:①.Thereisalittlewaterinthebottle.=Thereisabitofwaterinthebottle.[注意]alittleof后的名词通常特指,表“……中的一些”,如:①MayIhavealittleofyourtea?Ⅳ.否定形式notalittle作状语,相当于very/quite,“很”,“非常”;作定语和宾语时,相当于much,意为“许多”。而notabit作状语时,相当于notatall,意为“一点也不”,作宾语时则相当于notmuch.Eg:①Heisnotalittle(=very)hungry.他饿极了。②Heisnotabit(=notatall)hungry.他一点也不饿。③Sheatenotalittle(=much).她吃得很多。Ⅴ.Notabit中的not可以分开使用;notalittle中的not则不能分开。Eg:①Hefeltnotabittired.=Hedidn’tfeelabittired.他觉得一点也不累。②Hefeltnotalittletired.他觉得非常累。但不能说:Hedidn’tfellalittletired.§2 afew/few/alittle/littleⅠ.afew和few修饰可数名词,alittle和little修饰不可数名词;afew和alittle表示肯定意义,few和little表示否定意义,可受only修饰。如:①Fewpeoplewillagreetotheplanbecauseit’stoodangerous.②Thistextiseasytounderstandthoughthereareafewnewwordsinit.③Thereislittlewaterleftinglass.Willyoupleasegivemesome④Don’tworry,wehavealittletimeleft.⑤§3 about/onⅠ.about“关于”表示的内容较为普通或指人时用它。侧重于叙事,多用于叙述个人经历和事迹,故事内容涉及一些较浅的问题。是非正式用语。Ⅱ.on“关于”侧重于论述政治理论,国际形势,学术报告等。也就是说,当表示这本书,这篇文章或演说是严肃的或学术性的可供专门研究这一问题的人阅读时用。eg:ThisisatextbookonAfricanhistory.这是一本关于非州历史的教科书。[注]:它们有时可通用。§4 above/over/on/upon,Ⅰ.方位介词,“在……之上”Ⅱ.above着重指:在……上方,不一定含有垂直在上的意思。反义词为:below.①Thesunroseabovethehorizon.太阳升到了地平线上。②Theaeroplaneflewabovetheclouds.飞机在云层上飞行。Ⅲ.over表盖在……上面,或铺在……上面。此时不能用above.代替。含有垂直在上的意思。反义词为under.①Spreadthetableclothoverthetable.把桌布铺在桌子上。Ⅳ.on含有与表面相接触的意思。①Thebookisonthedesk.②Thereisanoilpaintingonthewall.墙上有一幅油画。Ⅴ.upon也含有和表面相接触的意思。与on没有多大的区别,但较正式,口语中较少用。①Helaidhishandupontheboy’shead.他把手放在孩子的头上。[注]up与以上几个不同,它表示向上方或高处,含有由下而上,由低而高的意思。常和表示运动的动词连用。作副词时,表示在上方或高处。①Werunupahill.我们跑上山。②Theplanewashighupintheair.飞机在高空中。§5 accident/incident“事故”Ⅰ.accident可以表示事故,指不幸的意外事件。也表偶然的事件。①Twentypeoplewerekilledintherailwayaccident②Hemetwithanaccident.这完全是偶然的事。Ⅱ.Incident的意思是事件,尤指与较重大的事件相比,显得不重要的事件。它还可以表引起国际争端或战争的事件。①Itisaquitecommonincident.这是很普通的事。②TheLugouqiaoincidentaccruedonJuly7th,1937.芦沟桥事件发生于1937年7月7日。§6 accept/receiveⅠ.accept“接受”,表示其行为是由主观意愿决定的。①Iaccepteditwithoutquestion.我毫无疑问地接受了它。②Wehaveacceptedhisproposal.我已接受了他的建议。Ⅱ.receive“接到、收到、受到”表示其行为与主观意愿无关。如:,①Ireceivedaletterfromhim.我收到了他的来信。②Hereceivedthepresent,buthedidnotaccept.他收到了礼物,但没有接受下来。③Hereceivedagoodeducation.他受到了良好的教育。[注]在表示接待、接见时,通常用receive,而不用accept.如:Weoftenreceiveforeignguests.我们经常接待外宾。§7athand/inhandⅠ.athand“在手边;在附近;即将到来”如:①Whenhewrites,healwayskeepsadictionaryathand.他写东西时,手边总有一本字典。②Springisathand.春天就要来了。Ⅱ.inhand“在手中的;现有的”引申为:“在掌握中;在处理中”。如:①Ihave100yuaninhand.我手头有100元钱。②Thepoliceimmediatelyhadthesituationinhand.警方立即控制了局势。§8 accurate/exact/correctⅠ.accurate“准确、精确”不仅表无错误,且表细心,谨慎地做到符合标准,符合事实或真象。如:①Clocksinrailwaystationsmustbeaccurate.火车站的钟必须准确。②Thefiguresarenotaccurate.这些数字不精确。Ⅱ.exact“精确、确切”强调完全符合标准,符合事实或真象,丝毫没有差错。它这三个中语意最强。如:①Histranslationisexacttotheletter.他的翻译翻译确切。②Yourdescriptionisnotveryexact.你的描述不很确切。Ⅲ.correct.“正确”指按照一定的标准或规则,而没有错误。在这有一个词中,它的语意最弱。①Hisansweriscorrect.他的回答是正确的。②Thethingturnedouttobecorrect.事情结果是对的。§9 ache/pain“痛”Ⅰ.ache通常指一种持续的隐痛。它可以与表身体某部分的词,组成复合词。如:①Whereistheache?哪里痛?②Ihaveaheadache(stomachache,toothacheatc).,Ⅱ.pain是普通用语。不含持续痛的意味,尤指一种突然的剧痛。除指肉体上的外,还指精神的痛苦。如:①Ifeelagreatdealofpain.我感到非常痛。②Hecriedwithpain.他痛得直叫。③Ihaveapaininthearm.我手臂痛。④Ihavepainsallover.我浑身痛。⑤Itgaveusmuchpaintolearnofthesadnews.听到不幸的消息很悲痛。§10 across/through/overⅠ.across“横过、穿过”,指从……的一边到另一边。含义与on有关。如:①Iswamacrosstheriver.我游过这条河(指从此岸到彼岸)②Let’shelppushthecartacrossthebridge.我们帮着把车子推过桥吧。Ⅱ.through“穿过、通过”指穿过两边。是从空间较狭窄的一头穿到另一头。是从内部穿过,含义与in有关。如:①Wewalkedthroughtheforest.我们穿过森林。②Theriverflowsthroughthecityfromwesttoeast.这条河从西到东流过城市。Ⅲ.over“横过、跨越”指横过道路、河流等“细长物”时,与across通用。Over虽可指从表面的接触及跳(飞)越,但指渡过则不能用。从房间、原野、海洋等“平面延伸”的一端横越到另一端时也不能使用。而常用across.①Shewentacross/overthebridge.②Hejumpedacross/overthestream他跳过了小溪。③SheswamacrossthestraightofDover.她游过了多佛尔海峡。④Theydroveacrossthedesert.他们驶过沙漠。另外,over作介词还有“翻过……”的意思,如:climbthemountain翻过那座山。§11 affair/matter/businessⅠ.affair“事、事情、事务”它的涵义最广,可指已经发生或必须做的任何事情,也可泛指事务(通常用算数,指重大或头绪较多的事务)。如:①Therailwayaccidentwasaterribleaffair.那次火车事故是件可怕的事。②That’smyaffair,notyours.那是我的事,不是你的。,①Weshouldconcernourselveswithstateaffairs.我们要关心国家大事。Ⅱ.matter“事、事情”是普通用语,常指我们所写到或谈到的事情,要考虑和处理的事情。如:①ThisisamatterIknowlittleabout.这件事我不大知道。②I’llasksomeoneaboutthematter.关于这件事我将去问问人。③Thereareseveralmatterstobeconsidered.有几件事情要考虑。[注]:在口语中,bethematter相当于 bewrong,表发生了失常的事或出了毛病等意思。如:①What’sthematter?怎么啦?② What’sthematterwithyou?你怎么啦?Ⅲ.business“生意、商业”产普通用语。它表“事情、事务”时,往往指一种任务、责任或必须去做的事。此外, 它有时还含有轻蔑的意味。如:①Wedon’tdomuchbusinesswiththem.我们跟他们没有多少生意来往。②Itisateacher’sbusinesstohelphispupils.帮助学生是教师的责任。③Hemadeithisbusinesstofetchwaterforagranny.他把为一位老大娘挑水当作自己的事。④It’snotyourbusiness.这不是你的事。[注]:这三个词有时可通用,但不能任意替换。如:Mindyourownbusiness.少管闲事。这里的 business可用affairs替换,但不能用matters.§12 afraid/fear/frightenedⅠ.afraid“害怕”是形容词,只能作表语,而不能作定语,后接of短语或不定式,构成 beafraidofsb.和 beafraidtodosth①Sheisafraidofasnake.她害怕蛇。②Thelittlegirlisafraidtogooutatnight.afraid+thatclause“恐怕”, 是婉转拒绝别人的一种表达方式。 如:①I’mafraid(that)Ican’tgototheparty.Mybrotherissick.恐怕我不能去参加聚会了。我弟弟病了。Ⅱ.fear“害怕”是动词,与beafraid往往通用,但不如它常用(特别是在口语中)。如:①Wefearnodifficulty.我们不怕困难。②Hefearedtospeakhismind.他不敢说出自己的想法。③Fearingthathewouldcatchcold,Iwentouttoseehim.因为怕他会受凉,我走去看他。Ⅲ.frightenedadj“受惊吓的、害怕的”可做表语,也可作定语。如:,①Sheistoofrightenedtomove.她太害怕了不能动弹。②Afrightenedgirliscrying.一个受惊的女孩正在哭。§13feellike/wouldlikeⅠ.feellike与wouldlike意思很相近,但feellike后面常跟名词;动名词。构成:feellike(doing)sth.而wouldlike一般接名词;动词不定式。构成:wouldlike(todo)sth.的句式。如:①Ifeellike(having)adrink.=Iwouldlike(tohave)adrink.我想喝一杯。②Doyoufeelliketalkingawalk.=Wouldyouliketotakeawalk?你要不要散步?③Idon’tfeellikeeating.我不想吃东西。Ⅱ.feellike还表示:“觉得好像,摸起来像”。如:①Itfeelslikesilk.它摸起来像绸缎。§14.after/behind “在……之后”Ⅰ.after“在……(时间)之后”;“在……(地点)之后”,指次序。如:①Hecameafterteno’clock.他十点以后来的。②Twodaysafterhisarrival,Icalledonhim.在他到达两天以后,我拜访了他。③‘Against’comesafter‘again’inthiscictionary.在这本字典中‘against’排在 ‘again’之后。Ⅱ.behind表地点时意为:在……后面、着重指位置的前后。偶尔也指时间,表按照一定的时刻而迟了的意思。①Thegardenisbehindthehouse.②Hestoodbehindme.③Thetrainwasbehindtime.火车误点了。④Youaretwohoursbehind.你迟了两个小时。§15.ago/beforeⅠ.agoadv.“……以前”指从此刻起,若干时间以前,通常与过去连用。如:①Ithappenedtwodaysago.这件事发生在两天以前。②Imethimafewminutesago.我在几分钟以前碰到他。Ⅱ.beforeadv,prep&conj,“……以前”指从那时起若干时间以前。通常与完成时、过去时等连用。还可用作前置词或连接词表时间,而ago则不能这样用。①Hesaidthathehadseenhertwodaysbefore.他说他两天前见到过她。(表从她说话那时起两天前)②Ihadbeenfinethedaybefore.(那天)前一天的天气很好。③I’veseenthatfilmbefore.④Inevermethimbefore.§16.agreeto/agreewith/agreeon(upon)Ⅰ.agreeto“同意、应允”通常用于同意某件事情(我们可以同意我们自己有不同看法而并不赞同的事情)。如:①Doyouagreetothisplan?②Heagreedtomyproposal.他同意了我的提议。③Iagreedtohisterms.我同意了他的条件。Ⅱ.agreewith“同意、赞同”常常表示同某人意见一致,也可表赞同某件事情。还有“(气候、食物等)适合”之意。如:①Iquiteagreewithyou.我很同意你。②Doyouagreewithme?③Iagreewithallyousay.我同意你所说的。④Hiswordsdonotagreewithhisactions.他言行不一致。⑤Toomuchmeatdoesn’tagreewithher.吃太多肉对她身体不合适。[注]:agreewith不能用于被动语态。Ⅲ.agreeon/upon“对……取得一致意见”指两方或多方就某个问题取得了一致的意见或达成了某种协议。如:①Afterdiscussionthetwosidesagreedonacease-fire.经过讨论,双方就停火问题达成了协议。②Theyallagreeontheplan.他们对这个计划意见一致。[注]:此句型可转换成agreeindoingsth.如:①Allofthemagreedon/uponit.=Allofthemagreedindoingit.他们对做这个问题达成了共识。§17attimes/atalltimes/allthetime,Ⅰ.attimes“不时;偶尔”如:①Thetideis,attimes,veryhigh.潮水有时涨得高。②ImakemistakesattimeswhenIspeakEnglish.我说英语偶尔会出错。Ⅱ.atalltimes.“随时;任何时候;总是”如:Hehasacoolheadatalltimes.他随时都有清醒的头脑。Ⅲ.allthetime“一直;始终”其中time用单数形式。如:Thebabycriesallthetime.那婴儿一直哭。§18.aim/purpose/objectⅠ.aim“目的”指抱有一种明确的目的,并意味着为之实现而竭尽全力。如:①What’syouraiminlife?你的人生目的是什么?②TheultimateaimofthePartyistherealizationofcommunism.党的最终目的是实现共产主义。Ⅱ.purpose“目的”指心中有打算,并意味着对所作的打算有较大的决心。如:①Itwasdonewithadefinitepurpose.做这件事具有一个明确的目的。②Forwhatpurpose(purposes)doyouwanttogotoCanada?你要去加拿大的目的何在?Ⅲ.object“目的”含有比较具体的意味。往往指在我们的行为中,需要或希望直接达到的目的。如:①Theobjectofmyvisitistoconsultyou.我访问的目的是来和你商量。②WhatisyourobjectinstudyingEnglish?你学英文的目的何在?[注]:以上这几个词的涵义虽有差别,但在语言实践中,常被毫无区别地使用着。§19.alive/living/theliving/live/deadⅠ.aliveadj“活着的”“在世的”,它既可修饰人也可修饰物。可作表语,定语。作定语时,应放在被修饰的名词之后。如:①Theywerealiveandashappyasever.他们都还活着,并跟以前一样快活。②Alltheothercomradeswerekilledinthebattle.Hewastheonlymanalive.所有的同志都还活着亡了,他是唯一的幸存者。Ⅱ.livingadj,“活着的”主要用着定语,常置于名词前,有时也可置于名词后。也可作表语。如:①Everylivingpersonhasaname.每个活着的人都有一个名字。②Nomanlivingcoulddobetter.当代人没有一个能做得比这更好。,Ⅲ.theliving“活着的人”如:Thelivingaremoreimportanttousthanthedead.对我们来说活着的人比死了的人更重要。Ⅳ.liveadj.“活着的”读着[laiv],反义词为dead,可作定语,放在所修饰的名词之前,一般不用来修饰人。还可以作动词,读着[liv],意为“生活”、“生存”如:①Thecatwasplayingwithalivemouse.这只猫在玩弄一只活老鼠。②PandasusuallyliveinthesouthandthesoutheastofChina.熊猫通常生活在中国的南部和东南部。Ⅴ.livelyadj.[‘laivli](livelier,liveliest)“生动的”;“活泼的”;“充满生气的”用作表语或定语,可用来修饰人或物。如:Thesportsgroundislivelywithallsortsofballgames.运动场上进行着各种球类比赛,呈现出一派生气勃勃的景象。§20.all/everyⅠ.all和every意思十分相近,二者都可用来泛指人或物。但all可与算数的名词连用,而every只能与单数的名词连用。如:①AllMondaysarehorrible.星期一总是可怕的。②EveryMondayishorrible.每个星期一都是可怕的。Ⅱ.all和every也可用来指某一类东西中的个体。但all后跟the或其它“限定词”,而every后却不能。它往往强调无一例外的意思。--Sheiseatenallthebiscuits[‘biskit].–What,everyone?–Everysingleone!她把饼干都吃光了。怎么,把每一块都吃光了吗?每一块全都吃了!Ⅲ.all还可和单数名词连用,表示everypastof而every却不能有此义。如:Shewashereallday.她在这呆了一整天。§21.all/wholeⅠ.二者意义(“全部、都、整个”)相同,然而词序不同。Ⅱ.all用于冠词,所有格或其它“限定词”之前。whole则用于冠词之后。如:①allthetime.────→thewholetime.全部时间②allmylife────→thewholelife.我的一生,①allthisconfusion─→thiswholeconfusion.整个混乱状况。Ⅲ.如果没有冠词,或其它限定词,whole不能与单数名词连用。可以说:①Thewholecitywasburning.但不能说:②WholeLondonwasburning.Ⅳ.whole和all与复数名词连用时意思不同。Whole的意思为“全部”,而all的意思则近乎“每一个”如:①AllIndiantribes([traib]部首)sufferedfromwhitesettlementinAmerica.所有印第安人部首都因白人移民美洲而遭殃。②WholeIndiantribeswerekilledoff.有些印第安人部落整个被杀光了。Ⅴ.whole一般不用来修饰不可数名词(包括物质名词)①可以说:allthemoney或allthewine②不可以说:thewholemoney或thewholewine.③Thewholeof=whole与单数名词连用。它用于冠词、所有格之前。thewholeofthetime.thewholeofmylifethewholeofthisconfusion§22 allow/permit/let/promiseⅠ.allow“允许、许可”,一般指听任,或默许某人去做什么,含有消极地不反对的意味。如:①Weallowedhimtodepart.我们允许他离去。②Whoallowedyoutoleavethecamp?谁允许你离开营地的?③Ican’tallowyoutodothat.我不能允许你做那件事。allow也可表客气的请求。如①Willyouallowmetouseyourpen?我可以用你的钢笔吗?Ⅱ.permit“允许、许可”但是正式地许可,含有比较积极地同意某人去做什么的意味。如:①Iwillpermithimtodoso.我准备同意他这样做。②Thesentinelpermittedthestrangerstopasswhentheyhadgiventhecountersign.当这群陌生人说出口令后,哨兵就允许他们通过了。[注]:allow与permit的涵义虽有差别,但在语言实践中,它们常常被通用着。如:①Smokingisnotallowedhere.此处禁止吸烟。,②Smokingisnotpermittedinthistheatre.本戏院里禁止吸烟Ⅲ.let.“允许、让”它可以指积极地允许,但更多的是着重指不予反对和阻止其后所跟的宾语要接不带to的不定式用以表示客气的请求时,可与allow通用。且更具有口语色彩。如:①Herfatherwillnotlethergo.她父亲不会让她去。②Don’tletthishappenagain.不要让这种事发生了。③Pleaseletmeknowwhathappens.请告诉我发生些什么事。Ⅳ.promise“答应”“允诺”。与以上三个词的意义不同,用于主体答应自己要作什么的场合。如:①Hepromisedtobeginatonce.他答应立刻开始。②Ipromised(him)toattendtothematterpromptly.我答应(他)立即处理这件事。③Theypromisedanimmediatereply.他们答应立即答复。阻止t.ngisnotpermittedinthistheatre.thecountersign.§23 almost/nearlyⅠ.almost“差不多、几乎”有very,nearly的意思。如:①Hehasalmostfinishedhiswork.他差不多完成了他的工作。②Almostnoonetookanyrest.几乎没有一个人休息一下。Ⅱ.nearly“差不多、几乎、将近”指一差距一般比almost大。如:①It’snearlyfiveo’clock.差不多五点钟了。②Nearlyeveryoneknowsit.几乎每个人都知道这个。③He’snearlyready.他快准备好了。[注]:almost有时可与nearly通用,但当其与no,none,nothing,never连用时,不用nearly。如以上almost的例①可以互换,但例②则不能。§24 alone/lonelyⅠ.aloneadj.“单独的”只能作表语。如:①I’malonebutIdon’tfelllonely.我单身一人但我从不觉得孤独。②此外alone还可作副词。相当于byoneself,“单独地”“独自”③I’llgotherealone.我将独自去那儿。Ⅱ.lonelyadj.“孤独的”“寂寞的”有时还可表示“荒凉的”“无人烟的”意思,与deserted意思相同。含有较浓的情感色彩。既可作定语也可作表语。如:①We’retogethermostofthetime,soweneverfeellonely.,①alonely/desertedisland§25 aloud/loud/loudlyⅠ.aloudadv.“出声地”有使能听得到的意味。如:①Pleasereadthestoryaloud.请朗读这个故事。②Theywereshoutingaloud.他们在高声地呼喊。Ⅱ.loud.adv“高声地、大声地、响亮地”常指在说笑等方面。如:①Don’ttalksoloud.不要如此高声地谈话。②Speaklouder.说得大声点。Ⅲ.loudlyadv.“高声地”有时与loud通用,但含有喧闹的意味。如:①Someoneknockedloudlyatthedoor.有人大声敲门。②Don’ttalksoloudly(loud).不要如此高声地谈话。§26 already/yet/stillⅠ.already.adv.“已经”多用于肯定句中,通常与动词的完成时或进行时连用。也可用于疑问句,但不表真心的疑问,而表“惊奇”。它多置于句中。有时为了强调而置于句末。如:①I’veseenthefilmalready.②Thetrainhasalreadyleft.火车已经开走了。③Haveyoualreadyhadbreakfast?难道你已经吃过早餐了?Ⅱ.yetadv“已经、仍然、还”一般只用于否定句或疑问句,且常常置于句末。如:①Hehasn’tfoundhisbikeyet他还没有找到他的自行车。Ⅲ.stilladv“仍然、还”可用于各种句中,且一般只用于句中。如:①Doyoustillteachinthatschool?你还在那所学校教书?[注]:still在句中的位置不同,其意义也不同。如:①Heisstill(还)standingthere.②Heisstandingtherestill(adj.不动的、静止的)他站在那儿一动也不动。§27 also/aswell/too/either“也”Ⅰ.also较正式,位置通常靠近动词,用于句中;且用于肯定句中。如:①Healsoplaysfootball.他也踢足球。,①Iwasalsothere.我也在那儿。Ⅱ.too多用于口语,通常置于句末,前边须用逗号隔开,也可用于句中,且前后均须用逗号隔开,;用于肯定句中。如:①Heisaworker,too.②Thetwocows,too,arewhite.那两头奶牛也全都是白的。Ⅲ.aswell是副词短语,多用于口语,只用于句末。如:①ShenotonlytaughtusEnglishbuttaughtusmathsaswell.她不但教过我们英语,还教过我们数学。②Heisateacherandawriteraswell.他是位教师,也是一位作家。Ⅳ.either用于否定句中,常置于句末。在肯定句变否定句时,其中的also,too,aswell都要改为either.①YesterdayIdidn’twatchTVandIdidn’tseethefilm,either.昨天我没有看电视,也没有看电影。§28 for/from/sinceⅠ.三者都能用来表示时间,但用法不同。since“自从”,所表示的是一个时间点。可用作介词,也可用作连词,后接时间名词或短语,或引导时间状语从句;要求前面的谓语动词或主句的谓语动词必须用完成时态,要用延续性动词。而since引导的从句中的谓语动词通常应是短暂性的动词。若接时间,则应为点时间。如:①Hehasworkedtheresince1989.②Shehaslivedheresinceshemovedhere.Ⅱ.from“自从”只用作介词,表一个事情的开始点,可用于过去、现在或将来的时态。如:①Theyworkedfrom7:00to12:00thismorning.②Wehavebeengoodfriendsfromchildhood.Ⅲ.for作为介词,后面接段时间,用于完成时、现在时、过去时和将来时,句中要用延续性动词。如:①We’llstayherefortenminutes.我们将在这儿呆10分钟。②TheyhavestudiedEnglishforthreeyeas.§29 although/thoughⅠ.althoughconj.“尽管、虽然”引导让步状语从句,相当于though.,只是比though稍微正式些。多用于句首。though用于非正式文体中,较普遍,但以下几种用法,不能用although.如:①表强调时,要用eventhough,如:EventhoughIdidn’tunderstandaword,Ikeptsmiling.尽管我一字不识,我还是一直微笑着。②.Though可用在倒装句中,如:Youngthoughheis,heisquiteexperienced.他虽然年轻,但很有经验。③though可作副词,表示“然而”放在句末或其它位置。如:Hesaidhewouldcome,hedidn’tthough.他说他要来,结果他却没来。[此外],although不用着副词。在英语中如果用了although或though,就不能再有but,但可以用yet或still;反之,如果用了but,就不能用although和though.如:①Althoughheisinpoorhealth,(yet)heworkshard.=Heisinpoorhealth,butheworkshard.虽然他身体不好,但他工作仍努力。②Althoughitwassocold,hewentoutwithoutanovercoat.虽然天气很冷,他未穿外衣就出去了。①Heisquitestrong,althoughveryold.他虽然很老了,但还是十分健壮。Ⅱ.though常用作连词,“虽然”。在口语中还用着副词,一般放在句末,意为“可是、然而”等。如:①Hedidn’tlightthefire,thoughitwascold.天气虽很冷,他却还没生火。②Thoughitwasverylate,hewentonworking.虽然很晚了,他还是继续工作。③Hesaidhewouldcome,hedidn’t,though.他说他来,可是结果他没有来。§30always/yetⅠ.always“总是;一直”常与一般现在时连用。有时也与进行时连用,但并不强调动作正在进行,而是表示“赞叹、厌烦、不满”等情绪。常用于肯定句中,放在“三类词”(情态动词、助动词、系动词本书称为“三类词”)之后,行为动词之前。如:①Wealwaysgetupbeforesixo’clock.我们总是六点前起床。②Heisalwaysthinkingofothers.他总是想着别人。Ⅱ.yet.“仍然;还”常与not连用。用于否定结构中。如:①Hehasn’tfinishedtheworkyet.他还没完成这项工作。§31 always/often/frequently/often/usually/sometimes/never,Ⅰ.这几个词都是表频度的副词,它们之间的区别可用百分比来区分:(0%)→(20%)→70%)→(75%)→(100%)从不—→有时—→时常—→通常—→总是即:never(0%)→sometimes(20%)→often/frequently(70%)→usually(75%)→always(100%)Ⅱalways“永远、总是”。与进行时连用时,表“再三地、老是”等意思。有时还表“生气或不耐烦”等盛情色彩。如:①Thesunalwaysrisesintheeast.太阳总是从东方升起。②Ialwaysgetupatseveno’clock.我总是在七点钟起身。③Theboyisalwaysaskingwhys.这男孩老是问这问那没个完。Ⅲoften“时常、常常”强调经常性。如:①Heoftencomesheretoseeme.他时常到这儿来看我。②Wehaveoftenbeenthere.Ⅲfrequently“时常、屡次”常与often通用。但它强调次数频繁。如:①BusinessfrequentlybringshimtoShanghai.他时常因事到上海去。②Hefrequentlycomesheretoseeher.他时常到这儿来看她。Ⅳusually“经常”其动作频率仅次于always.常常与一般过时,一般现在时连用。①Iusuallygetupatsixinthemorning.Ⅴnever“从不”是否定副词。常常与完成时连用。①IhaveneverbeentotheGreatWall.②Shesaidshehadnevergonethere.频繁tenuently"esheretoseeme.t.uently(70%)→usually(75%)→always(100%)§32 edge/sideⅠ.edge侧重于指很窄的“边缘”,如刀刃或沿边的一部分.如:Putsomesaltontheedgeofyourplate.在你的盘子边上放些盐.Ⅱ.side“边,旁边”有时与edge同义,有时指“(东西的)侧面”,“(一个)方面”,“(身体的)侧边”,如:§33 among/between/inthemiddleofⅠ.among“在……之中/中间”指三者或三者以上。通常表某个范围。如:①Someoneiswrongamongus.我们中间有人错了。②Thereisasmallvillageamongthemountains.大山之间有座小村庄。,Ⅱ.between“在…之间”指在二者之间,有时与and连用。如:①Thereisariverbetweenus.在我们两人之间有一条河。②I’mstandingbetweenahouseandabigtree.我站在一座房子和一棵大树中间。Ⅲ.inthemiddleof“在……中间”指在某事物中间,强调事物的两端的中间。如:Thereisabusstopinthemiddleoftheroad.在这条公路中间有个车站。§34 animal/beastⅠ.animal“动物”是区别于植物而言,是动物的总称,通常指兽、鸟、虫、鱼等。如:①It’sananimalofmonkeykind.这是一种属于猴类的动物。②Theanimalishungry.这个动物饿了。Ⅱ.beast“四足动物”通常指不包括爬行动物的较大的四足动物。如:①Thecamelisabeastofburden.骆驼是负重的动物。②Thetigerisabeastofprey.老虎是猛兽。§35 another/other/moreⅠ.名词前表示具有增加意义的“还、再”,一般用more和another.more放在数词之后,而another放在数词之前;有时也可以用other,但other具有“不同”之意。保留它本意“别的”。如:①onemorething,oneotherthing,anotherthing都表示“还有一件事”之意,如:②Iwantthreemore/otherbooks.=Iwantanotherthreebooks.我还要三本书。③Istayedtherethreemoredays.=Istayedthereanotherthreedays.我在那儿又呆了三天。(这里不用other,因day与day没有不同之意。④Weneedthreemore/anotherthreehandstodothejob.我们还需要三个人做这项工作。(这里不用other,因不强调人与人的不同。)⑤HeworksontheGreatGreenWallwithmanyotherpeople.他与别的许多人一块在绿色长城上工作。(other没有增加之意,表除自己以外的别的人。)§36 another/theother/other/others/theothersⅠ.another指不定数目中的“另一个、又一个”(三个以上)用来代替或修饰可数名词。如:Idon’tthinkthecoatisgoodenough.Canyoushowmeanother?Ⅱ.other泛指“另外的”修饰复数名词。如:,WestudyChinese,maths,Englishandothersubjects.Ⅲ.others泛指“另外的人或物”,但不指其余的人或物的全部。如:Somelikeswimming,otherslikeboating.Ⅳ.theother指两个中的“另一个”如:Hehastwosons,oneisinShanghai,theotherisinBeijing.Ⅴ.theothers特指某一范围内的“其余全部的人或物”如:Therearethirtybooksonthebookshelf.Fivearemine,theothersaremyfather’s.§37 answer/replyⅠ.answer“回答、答复”。是最普通的用语,包括用口头、书面或行动回答。它可以用作及物动词或不及物动词。如:①Heansweredmyquestion.②Itisadifficultquestiontoanswer.这是一个难以回答的问题。③Pleaseanswermyletterassoonaspossible.④Theyleftaboytoanswerthebell.他们留下一个孩子应门。Ⅱ.reply“回答、答复”。但比answer正式些。它指用口头或书面回答。严格地讲,是指有针对性地详细地回答。它也指用行动回答。Reply常用作不及物动词,回答某人或某事。后接to;当它与直接引语或从句连用时,才用作及物动词。如:①Ididn’treplytohim.我没有答复他。②Herepliedthathemightgo.他回答说他可能去。§38 any/either二者所指的相关名词或代词的数量不同。Ⅰ.any指二个以上的“任意一个”人/物。如:Whencanyougowithmetothecity?Anydayofthisweekwilldo.什么时候你能陪我去城里?这个星期的哪天都行。Ⅱ.either一般指两个中的“任意一个”且其后不能接不可数名词。如:CanyoucomeonFridayorSaturday?Eitherwilldo.你能在星期五还是星期六来吗?哪天都行。§39 any/someⅠ.any“一些、一点、(有时不宜译出)”一般用于疑问句、否定句。如:,①Haveyouanynewbooks?你有(什么)新书吗?No,Ihavenotanynewbooks.我没什么新书。②Haveyouanymoneywithyou?你身边带了一些钱吗?Ⅱ.some“一些、一点”一般用于肯定句。如:①Ihavesomenewbooks.我有一些新书。[注]:①any用于肯定句中时,表“任何……、随便……”等意思。如Youmaycomeatanytime.你随便什么时候来都可以。②some用于疑问句时,表“期望得到肯定的回答”或“邀请”或“请求”等意思。通常用在带情态动词的问句是。如:1.Aren’ttheresomeenvelopsinthatdrawer?那个抽屉不是有些信封吗?2.Wouldyouhavesometea?您喝点茶吗?§40 anyone/anyoneⅠ.anyone“任何人”其后不跟of短语。如:Isthereanyoneathome.?Ⅱ.anyone“任何人/物”其后可跟of短语。如:I’llsendyouanyoneofthesepens.[注]:类似的用法还有:everyone&everyone.§41 arise/riseⅠ.rise“升起、起来”它表“起床”的意义时比getup正式,但不如getup常用。如:①Thesunrisesintheeast.太阳从东方升起。②TheChinesepeoplehaverisentotheirfeet.中国人民站起来了。③Herisesveryearly.他起床很早。Ⅱ.arise“出现、发生”。它虽然可表“升起、起来、起床等意思,但现在一般不用于此义,特别是在口语中。如:①Anewproblemhasarisen.出现了一个新的问题。②Howdidthequarrelarise?争吵是怎样发生的?§42 arms/weaponⅠ.arms(pl)“武器”着重指用于战争的具体的武器,如枪、炮等。如:,①Theblackpeopletherehavetakenuparmstodefendthemselves.那里的黑人已拿起武器自卫。②Thesoldiershadplentyofarmsandammunition!士兵们有充足的武器和弹药。③Laydownyourarms!放下(你们的)武器!Ⅰ.weapon“武器”单、复数形式都用。它意义比arms广泛,除指用于战争的各种武器之外,还指虽然不是为战争而制造,但可以用作进攻或防守的器具。如:槌、石子等。此外,weapon还可以用于借喻。如:①Theatombombisaweaponofmassslaughter.原子弹是一种大规模屠杀的武器。②Looktoyourweapons.当心你的武器。③Aforeignlanguageisaweaponinthestruggleoflife.外国语是人生斗争的一种武器。§43 around/roundⅠ.around与round都可以用着前置词和副词。Ⅱ.around“在……周围”“在周围”“循环地”。表静止的位置。如:①Theysataroundthetable.他们围绕桌子坐着。②Ifoundnobodyaround.我发现周围没有一个人。Ⅲ.round“环绕……周围、循环地”表一种活动的状况。如:①Theearthmovesroundthesun.地球绕着太阳转。②Awheelgoesround.轮子旋转着。[注]:这两个词现在可以通用,只是around多用于美国,round多用于英国。§44 arrive/reach/gettoⅠ.arrive,reach,getto均有“到达”之意,意义基本相同,但arrive(in)/(at)与reach,是正式用语,getto是通俗用词,常用于口语。Ⅱ.arrive是不及物动词,表到达什么地点时,后面应接前置词in或at,一般说,到达一个大地方常用in,到达较小的地方常用at,但这不绝对的。(与地点副词连用时当然不用任何前置词)如:①HearrivedinBeijingyesterday.②Whenhearrivedatthestop,thebushadleft.Ⅲ.reach是及物动词,后面直接跟表地点的名词。如:WhendoesthetrainreachLondon?,Ⅳ.getto只是较口语化。接地点副词时不用to.如:①Hegottotheshopat5:00o’clockthisafternoon.②WhenIgotthere,thefilmhadbeenonfor5minutes.§45 article/essay/compositionⅠ.article“文章、论文”通常指记叙文或论文。如:①Thearticleexplainshowthemachineworks.这篇文章说明了这部机器怎样开动的道理。②Thereisanarticleoneducationinthepaper.报纸上有一篇论教育的文章。Ⅱ.essay“文章、论文”通常指文学上散文、随笔、杂文等;也指学术性论文。如:①WeshallreadLuXun’sessays.我们将读鲁迅的杂文。②CanyouwriteanessayinEnglish?你能用英文写一篇论文吗?Ⅲ.composition“写作、作文”。尤指学习语文者为练习写作而做的作文。如:①Heislearningcomposition.他在学习写作。②ThestudentswererequiredtowriteacompositioninEnglish.要学生写一篇英语作文。§46 assoonas/asearlyas/asquicklyasⅠ.这三个词都有“尽快、尽早”之意。Ⅱ.assoonas侧重于“极短时间内”。还表示“一……就……”之意,引导状语从句。如:①I’llreturnitassoonasIcan.我将尽快地把它还给你。Ⅲ.asearlyas侧重于一天中的早晨或在限定的时间内再早点,以便能达到预期的目的。如:①Youshouldarrivethereasearlyasyoucan.你应尽早到达那里。Ⅳ.asquicklyas表做某事的速度非常之快或动作非常之敏捷。如:①Pleasereadthetextasquicklyasyoucan.请把课文尽快读一遍。§47 assoonas/hardly…when/nosooner…thanⅠ.三者在意义上基本相同,都有“一……就……”,“刚……就……”,但它们各有其特点。Ⅱ.assoonas最为普通,位置灵活,可在主句前,也可在其后。且可用作多种时态。如:①AssoonasIwentin,Kateletoutacryofsurprise.我一进去,凯特就惊讶地叫了一声。②I’lltellhimassoonashecomesback.Ⅲ.hardly…when…的主句通常,用过去完成时,从句用一般过去时,when有时还可换成before.如:①Hehadhardlyfinishedhishomeworkwhenthelightwentout.他刚写完作业灯就灭了。②HardlyhadIcomebackwhentheybeganquarrelling.我一回来他们就开始吵了起来。(hardly提前时,句子需要倒装。)Ⅳ.nosooner…than…句型中,nosooner一般只置于句首,所以主句有倒装形式。如:NosoonerhadIknownthenewsthanItelephonedmymother.我刚知道这个消息就打电话告诉了妈妈。§48 aswellas/aswellⅠ.aswellas“也”“不仅…而且”意同:notonly…butalso具有连词性。①Sheismyfriendaswellasmydoctor.他不仅是我的医生,也是我的朋友。②Smalltownsaswellasbigcitiesarebeingindustrialized.小城市与大城市一样都在迅速实现工业化。Ⅱ.aswell“也”具有副词性。大致相当于also或too.如:HecanspeakChineseaswell.§49 as/because/for/sinceⅠ.这三个词都可以用作连词,表“原因、理由”但有区别:Ⅱ.as“因为、既然”表示的原因或理由是明显的。语意不如because强。当理由是明显的,或者被认为是已知的时,则以用as为好。如:①Ashewasnotwell,Idecidedtogowithouthim.因为他身体不好,我决定独自去了。②Asitwasgettingverylate,wesoonturnedback.因为已很晚了,我们很快就回来了。③Asitisraining,you’dbettertakeataxi.既然在下雨,你最好乘出租车。Ⅲ.because“因为”表直接而明确的原因或理由。即必然的困果关系。在这几个词中,它的语意最强。回答以why引导的特殊疑问句时,只能用because.注意:because不可以与so连用。如:①Hehadtostayathomeyesterdaybecausehewasill.昨天他只得呆在家里,因为他病了。②Ididitbecausetheyaskedmetodoit.我之所以做这件事,是因为他请我做的。③---Whycan’tyoudoitnow?---BecauseI’mtoobusy.Ⅳ.since“既然”比as较为正式,说明为人所知的原因。语气比because稍弱。,①Sincelighttravelsfasterthansound,weseelighteningbeforewehearthethunder.因为光比声音传播得快,所以我们先看到闪电,后听到雷声。②Sincehecan’tanswerthequestion,you’dbetterasksomeone.既然他回答不了这个问题,你最好问别人吧。③Sinceyouarebusy,I’lldoitforyou.既然你忙,我替你做吧。Ⅴ.for“因为”表原因或理由时,用以说明理由,只是解释性的。在这几个词中,它的语意最弱。它少用于口语中,也不用于句首。如:①Iaskedhertostaytotea,forIhadsomethingtotellher.我请她留下来喝茶,因为我有事要告诉她。②Wemustgetridofcarelessness,foritoftenleadstoerrors.我们一定克服粗枝大叶的毛病,因为粗枝大叶常常差错。③Itmusthaverained,fortheroadiswet.一定下雨了,因为路是湿的。④Imustgonow,formysisteriswaitingforme.现在我得走了,我姐姐在等我呢。[注]:这几个词按语意的强弱来排,其顺序为:because—→since—→(as)—→for§50 as/when/while这三个词都可以用作连词,表时间关系, 但有区别:Ⅰ.as“当(在)……时候”往往可与when或 while 通用,但它着重指主句和从句的动作或事情相并发生。如:①Isawhimashewasgettingoffthebus.当下公共汽车的时候,我看见了他。②Ashewalkedon,hefelthimselfgettingmoreandmoretired.他继续往前走的时候,感到越来越疲乏。Ⅱ.when“当(在)……的时候”主句和从句的动作或事情可以同时发生,也可以先后发生。①Itwasrainingwhenwearrived.当我们到达的时候,正下着雨。②Whenwewereatschool,wewenttothelibraryeveryday.我们在求学的时候,每天都到图书馆去。Ⅲ.while“当(在)……的时候”表主句的动作或事情发生在从句中的动作或事情的进展过程之中。从句通常为进行时态。它有时可与when通用,但它只能指一段时间(aperiodoftime),而不能指一点时间(apointoftime)如上面的第一个例子。又如:,①Pleasedon’ttalksoloudwhileothersareworking.别人在工作的时候,请勿大声讲话。②WhileIamwashingthefloor,youcanbecleaningthewindows.我洗地板时,你可以擦窗户。§51 ask/inquire/questionⅠ.ask“问、询问”是最普通的用语,通常表示只是为了获得回答或了解某事而提问。如:①Iaskedhimifhecouldcome.我问他能不能来。②I’llaskhimhowtogetthere.我要问他怎样去那儿。Ⅱ.inquire“问、询问”表查究,调查的意思。如:①Ihaveinquiredofhimwhetherhecouldhelpme.我已问过他是否能帮助我。②Shecametoinquireaboutherfriend’shealth.她来询问她朋友的健康情况。③Heinquiredofmeaboutourwork.他向我了解了我们的工作情况。Ⅲ.question“询问、审问、提问”含有提出一连串问题的意味。如:①Iquestionedhimaboutthematter.我问过他这件事。②Hewasquestionedbythepolice. 他受到警察的审问。§52 ask/askforⅠ.askvt“问”后接一个宾语或双宾语。如:①Don’taskme,Idon’tknow.别问我,我不知道。②Thenaskyourfriendthesamequestions.然后问你的朋友同样的问题。Ⅱ.askvi“要求”“邀请”。后接不定式或复合句宾语。如:①HeaskedtojointhePLA.他要求参加人民解放军。②Thevillagersalwaysaskthemtostayforlunch.乡亲们总是请他们留下来吃午饭。Ⅲ.askfor“要求找到某人或某物”在不同情况下有不同的译法。如:①Hesatdownandaskedforacupoftea.他坐下来要了一杯茶。②LasttimeMumaskedforsomeglassesinashop.上次妈妈在一家商店里要买几只玻璃杯。Ⅴ.asksbforsth“向某人要某物”如:①Nowaskyourpartnerfortheanswers.向你的搭档要答案去。②Hecameandaskedmeforhisbike.他来向我要他的自行车。§53 asleep/sleep/sleepy,Ⅰ.asleepadj“睡着的”;常作表语。如:①Thechildrenhavebeenasleep.孩子们已睡着了。②Hewastootiredandfellasleepatonce.他太累了,立刻就睡着了。Ⅱ.sleepv&n“睡着”。如:①Youhaveagoodsleep.你需要好好睡一觉。②LastnightIsleepverywell.我昨天晚上睡得很好。Ⅲ.sleepyadj“困乏的、想睡的”。如:①Sheisalwayssleepy.她总是想睡觉。②Ifeelverysleepynow.我现在昏昏欲睡。§54 atChristmas/onChristmasⅠ.atChristmas表示“在圣诞节期间”,既可以表示在圣诞节当天,也可以表示在圣诞节前后不久。如:I’llreturnatChristmas我将在圣诞节期间回来。Ⅱ.onChristmas则指“在圣诞节”,一般仅指在十二月二十五日当天。如:ChildrenalwaysgetmanypresentsonChristmasDay.在圣诞节孩子们总是收到许多圣诞节礼物。[注]:onChristmasEve指的是“在圣诞节前夜”相当于中国的除夕。§55 atfirst/firstⅠ.atfirst“起初”,多用来表示后来发生的事情或动作,与前面的不同,甚至相反。如:Atfirstsheknewnobodybutnowshehasmanygoodfriends.起初她谁也不认识,但现在她有很多朋友。Ⅱ.first用来表示一系列动作或事物的“开始”。如:Bepolite.Firstknockatthedoorandthengoin.要有礼貌。先敲门,再进去。§56 atlast/finally/intheendⅠ.atlast“最后”表经过一定曲折之后某事才发生,强调努力的结果,带有较强的感情色彩。须用一般过去时。如:Didthemanintheshopunderstandhimatlast?Ⅱ.finally表动作的发生顺序是在“最后”,无感情色彩,只用于过去时。它居句首时较多。,①Finallyhewenttoseethefamousmanhimself.Ⅲ.intheend表事物发展的自然顺序的“终结”,有时可与finally相互替换。但用于将来的预测时,则只能用intheend如:①Ihopethateverythingwillturnoutallrightintheend.§57 atschool/inschool/ina(the)schoolⅠ.atschool表示“在学校、在上学”相对于在家里或在校外。如:①Mysonisatschoolnow.Heisnotathomeorsomewhereelse.我儿子现在在学校,他不在家,也不在别的地方。②Whenmybrotherwasatschool,hestudiedveryhard.在学校时,我兄弟学习很用功。Ⅱ.inschool“在求学、在上学”相对于有工作。如:MydaughterstillinschoolShedoesn’twork.。我女儿还在上学,她不在工作。[注]:①和②用atschool强调所在场所或时间。③中的inschool则强调主语的身份是学生。因此,inschool.和atschool的着重点不一样,通常不互换使用。Ⅲ.Ina/theschool“在学校”,不一定指上学。类似的还有:inhospital“生病住院”ina/thehospital表“在医院”(工作或探视病人等)attable“在吃饭”ata/thetable“在桌边”(有可能在聊天或看报)①Isyourfriendinschool?你的朋友在上学吗?①Yourfriendlookedforyouintheschooljustnow.刚才你的朋友在学校里找你。②Childrenareofteninhospitalwhentheyareyoung.孩子们小的时候经常生病住院。③Sheisagooddoctorinthehospital.她是医院里的一名好大夫。§58 atthebeginning/atthebeginningof/inthebeginningⅠ.atthebeginning和inthebeginning都可表“起初、开始、原先”之意。两者间没有明显的区别,通常可互换。如:①You’llfinditdifficulttolearnRussianatthebeginning.起初,你会觉得俄语很难。②InthebeginningIdidn’tknowthis.开始我不知道这事。Ⅱ.若表当今世界的开头,则必须用inthebeginningeg:,Inthebeginningtherewerenomennoranimalsnorplants.在盘古开天辟地时,既没有人,也没有动植物。Ⅲ.atthebeginningof“在……之初”,其后通常接表时间,事件或其它意义的名词,其反义词组为attheendof.如:①Atthebeginningof1975hecamebacktoChina.1975年初,他回到了中国。。②Thisadverbcanalsobeplacedatthebeginningofthesentence.这副词也可以放在句子的开头。§59 atthetopof/onthetopofⅠ.atthetopof“在……顶点上、在……上”。At表示点,在句子中用作状语,反义短语常为atthebottomof“在……底部”;on(the)topof中的on表示部位上的接触,意思是“在……之上、在……上面”。反义短语常为atthefootof“在……脚底下”。如:①Heshoutedatthetopofhisvoice.他高声地叫喊。②Heisatthetopoftheclass.他居全班之首位。③Willyoupleaseputthisboxon(the)topofthebooks.请你这个盒子放在那些书的上面好吗?§60 at/beside/by/nearⅠ.at“靠近”往往动作联系,意味着有目的、有意识的靠近,而by,beside,near只意味着就“靠近”而言。如:①Hesatatthedesk.Hewantedtoread,他坐到桌边,想看书。Ⅱ.beside“在……旁边”;by=justatthesideof“就在旁边”。两者一般可通用。但by比beside语势较强些,并多用于日常用语中。如:①Thereisahospitalbeside/bytheriver.河边有一家医院。[注]:指“在某人身边”时,常多用beside.Eg:①Thelittleboyisstandingbesidehismother.Ⅲ.near“在……附近”或“离……不远”,它表示的距离要比by/beside来得远些。如:①Welivenearthesea.我们住在海边。(表离海边有些距离)②Weliveby/besidethesea.我们就住在海边。(表海就在身边)。§61 at/inⅠ.at和in都可用在地点名词前,用at,时是把该地方视为一点,用in时则是把该地方看成一个范围。如:①Areyourclassmatesplayinginthepark?你的同学都在公园里玩吗?②Theyarewaitingforyouatthepark.他们在公园附近(里面)等你。Ⅱ.at;in&on都可用在表时间的名词前。在点时间前用at;在表某一天或某一天的某个段时间(morning,evening,day,nightatc)名词前,用on;在段时间名词前(星期;年;月;周等)用in.如:①I’llmeetyouateight.我们8:00钟会面。②SeeyouonMondaymorning.星期一早上见。③ThestoryhappenedinMay.故事发生在5月份。Ⅲ.固定词组:如:inthemorning;atnight.§62 at/toⅠ.at多表目的或目标,而to则仅表方向。如:①Hethrewtheballatme.他对准我扔球。②Hethrewtheballtome.他朝着我这个方向扔球。③Myfathershoutedatme.我父亲对我吼叫。④Myfathershoutedtome.我父亲朝着我喊叫。§63 ayearandahalf/oneandahalfyears这是英语中表示“多少半”的两种说法:如:①anhourandahalf=oneandahalfhours.一个半小时②twokilosandahalf=twoandahalfkilos两公斤半。§64 awake/wake/wakenⅠ.awake“弄醒、叫醒、唤醒、醒来”与wake同意。引申意义为“觉醒、清醒”时,与awaken同意。①Thenoiseawokeme.喧闹声吵醒了我。②Butbeforelong,thecamelwokehim.不久,骆驼就把他弄醒了。③Iusuallyawake(wake)atsix.我通常六点钟醒来。,Ⅱ.wake后往往跟up,awake则不能;而awake可作形容词,意为“醒着的”。如:①Hashewaked(up)yet?他醒来了没有?②Isheawakeorasleep?他醒着还是睡着?Ⅲ.waken/awaken.一般多用在被动语态中,意为“被叫醒、被弄醒”。如:①Iwasawakenedbythecryofthebaby.我被小孩的哭声惊醒了。§65 bank/shore/beach/coastⅠ.bank“岸”,大都指河岸。如:Thetwonisonthebankoftheriver.那个城镇在河岸上。Ⅱ.shore“岸”,指海,湖,大河等的岸,常含有与水相对的意味。如:Theshipstoppedalittlewayofftheshore.这船停在离岸不远的地方。Ⅲ.beach“海滩、湖滩”,通常指涨潮时有水,退潮时无水的有沙子或卵石的海滩或湖滩。如:Thechildrenareplayingonthebeach.孩子们在海滩上玩。Ⅳ.coast“海岸”仅指沿海之岸,尤指为水域边界。如:①Therearemanyharboursontheeastcoastofourland.我国的东海岸上有许多港口。§66 baseon/bebasedonⅠ.baseon“以……为根据”,如:①Edisonbasedhisideasonscientificexperiment.爱迪生的想法是建立在科学实验的基础上的。②Youshouldbaseyouropiniononfacts.你的意见都要以事实为根据。Ⅱ.bebasedon“以……为根据”;“根据……”;“基于……”①Whathesaidisbasedonfact.他所说的话是以事实为根据的。②Thestoryisbasedonreallife.那故事是根据现实生活而写的。③SomemodernlanguagesarebasedonLatin.在些现代语言是以拉丁文为基础的。§67 beafraidofsborsth/beafraidofdoingsth/beafraidtodosth/beafraid+thatclauseⅠ.beafraidofsborsth.“害怕某人或某事”如①Themanisafraidofnothing.这个人什么都不怕。②Jennyisafraidofherfather,forheisverystrictwithher.詹妮害怕她父亲,因为他对她要求很严格。,Ⅱ.beafraidofdoingsth.“害怕、担心某事(自己也无法左右的突发事情)发生”如:Iamafraidoffallingintotheswimmingpool.我担心掉进游泳池里去。Ⅲ.beafraidtodosth.“害怕、不敢做某事”如:①Thebatwasafraidtoleavehishome.蝙蝠不敢离开家。②Iamafraidtogooutatnight.我害怕晚上出去。Ⅳ.beafraid+thatclause.“恐怕”表带歉意的回绝或告知不好的消息。that常省去。如:Iamafraid(that)Ican’tdothattoday.恐怕今天我不能做那件事。Ⅴ.在日常用语中,Iamafraid常表示歉意或客气,没有恐惧之意。往往相当于Iamsorry,引出不愿发生、可能使对方失望的情况。如:①IamafraidIdon’tagreewithyou.恐怕我不会同意你的意见。②Iamafraid(that)youarewrong.恐怕你错了。Ⅵ.口语中,在Iamafraid之后用so/not,可省去上文提到的内容。如:①---HashegonetoGuangzhou?他去广州了吗?---I’mafraidso.②---Areweontime?我们迟到了吗?---I’mafraidnot.可能没迟到。§68 beamazedat(by)/beamazedtodosthⅠ.beamazedat/by“对……感到惊讶”。如:①Heisamazedatthenews.他对这个消息感到惊讶。Ⅱ.beamazedtodosth.“对……做某事感到惊讶”.如:①Iamamazedtoseesuchabadaccident.看到这么严重的事故,我感到很惊讶。Ⅲ.amazesb.“使某人惊讶”如:①Theaccidentamazedme.这事故使我很惊讶。[联想]:amazing形容词,“令人惊异的、了不起的”amazement名词。“惊讶”[注意]:amaze指事件让人大为惊讶,强于surprise;surprise§69 beangry/getangryⅠ.be/getangry“生某人的气”后面的介词要用with;“因某事而生气”后面的介词要用about/at;,be/getangry后接不定式,这时不定式动词大多为see和hear其不定式同样表生气的原因。如:①MissLiuwas/gotangrywithLiPingbecausehewaslateforschooltoday.刘老师生李平的气是因为他今天迟到了。②Shewas/gotangrywithmybehaviour.她对我的行为感到生气。③Whatareyouangryabout?你生什么气?④MyfatherwasangryatwhatIsaid.我爸对我说的很生气。Ⅱ.getangry强调变化,强调由不生气变为生气这一过程;beangry强调状态,表明正在生气这一状态。Hismothergotangrywithhimwhenhetoldherwhathehaddoneatschool.当他告诉他母亲,他在校的行为时,她生气了。[联想]:类似的有:be/becomeinterestedin.“对……有兴趣”be/getmarried.“结婚”have/catchacold“感冒”be/fallill“生病”be/fallasleep“入睡、睡着”§70 begoodat/dowellinⅠ.begoodat/in意思接近于dowellin.“在(某方面)出色;擅长……”。begoodat/in强调一种笼统情况,而dowellin可表示一种情况,也可指在具体的一次活动中表现出色。begoodat的反义词组为:bepoor(weak)at(in).dowellin的反义词组为:dobadlyin.如:①Maryisgoodat/inmaths.=Marydoeswellinmaths.玛丽数学很好(指情况)。=玛丽数学学得很好。②Tomdidwellin(不宜用begoodat.指具体一次)thatEnglishtest/sportsmeeting.汤姆在那次英语考试中(运动会中)考得很好(表现出色)。③WuDongdoesbadlyinhislessons.=WuDongisweak/poor/at/inhislessons.吴冬功课不好。(指情况)④MeiYingdidbadlyinthehighjump梅英在跳高比赛中成绩不好。(具体一次,不宜替换。)⑤MeiYingisweak/poorin/athighjump.梅英不善于跳高。(指笼统情况)Ⅱ.dowell和dobadly可单独使用,表一种情况;而begood/weak/poor一定要借助于介词in或at,强调在某一个方面,才能表达一个完整的意思。如:,Hedoeswell/badlyatschool.他在学校里功课很好/很差。§71 bemadeof/bemadefromⅠ.bemadeof“由……制成/造”成品看得出原料。如:Thedeskismadeofwood.这张桌子是木头制成的。Ⅱ.bemadefrom“由……制造/成”成品看不出原料。如;Paperismadefromrags.纸是由破布做的。(已看不出原料)§72 bepleasedwith/at/toⅠ.bepleasedwith“对……人/物,感到满意”介词with后接人或物。如:①BothMarkandhermotherwerepleasedwiththegirl.马克和他妈妈都有喜欢这个女孩。②Iwasn’tverypleasedwith/atmyexamresults.我对自己的考试成绩不太满意。Ⅱ.bepleasedat“对……某事/物,感到满意”。介词at常与事物搭配使用。Hewasverypleasedatthenews.他对这个消息感到很满意。Ⅲ.bepleasedto“乐意……;因……而高兴”。to不是介词,而是小品词。后接动词原形。如:①Ishallbepleasedtogo.我将乐意去。②Wearequitepleasedtobeworkinginthiscountry.能在这个国家工作,我们是十分高兴的。§73 besureof/besuretodo/besurethatⅠ.besureof“确信对……有把握”后接名词、代词或动词-ing形式,表对客观事物有肯定的认识和判断,主语必须是人。如:①AsDavidjoinedourteam,wearesureofwinningthegamethistime.由于David参加了我们的球队,我们这次有把握取胜。②Youmaybesureofhishonesty.你可以确信他的诚实。Ⅱ.besureto“一定,肯定”,后接不定式,往往表示局外人的推测,评论,主语不一定是人,如:①Itissuretoraintomorrow.明天一定会下雨。②Heissuretowin.他一定会赢的。▲用于祈使句时作“务必,切切”之意,如:①Besuretocometomorrow.你明天一定要来,①Besuretoforgetit.千万别忘了。Ⅲ.besurethat从句。“认为……一定会”主语必须是人,连词that可省略。它后面还可以接由wheher,或where,when,who等引导名词性从句。这时主句通常是否定式。如:①Heiswurethathewillsucceed.他确信会成功②IamnotsurewhereIleftmynotebook.我不能确定我的笔记本丢在什么地方了。§74 besure/makesureⅠ.besure指某人对某事或对某种情况有把握,常译为:“确信”;makesure指“务必、务请、确保”将某事弄清楚。如:①Iamsurethatheishonest.我相信他是诚实的。②Ihavemadesurethatheishonest.我已了解清楚他是诚实的。Ⅱ.二者后面均可接of或about引出的短语。如:①Iamsureofsuccess=IamsurethatIwillsucceed.我深信会成功。②Willyoumakesureofhisreturn?=Willyoumakesurethathereturned?请你查明他是否真的回来了。好吗?Ⅲ.makesure后面的that从句一般不用或很少用将来时;besure后面的that从句则可用将来时。如:①Makesurethatyoucomeherebeforefive.你一定要在5点前来。②Iamsurethathewillcome.我相信他一定会来的。Ⅳ.两者后面接不定式,均表示“一定要做某事”,但makesure通常只用于祈使句;而besure则不受限制。如:①tocometopartyontime.一定要准时来参加晚会。②Heissuretocallyouup.他准会给你打电话的。§75 besurprised/insurpriseⅠ.besurprised为“动词+形容词”结构,在句中作谓语,意为:“感到吃惊”.besurprisedat表“对……感到吃惊”Ⅱ.insurprise为“介词+名词”结构。在句中作状语。意为:“吃惊地”。如:①Shewassurprised.她感到吃惊。②Everybodywassurprisedatyou.大家都对你感到吃惊。,①Johnturnedroundandlookedathiminsurprise.约翰转过身去,吃惊地看着他。§76 beusedfor/beusedas/beusedbyⅠ.beusedfor“(被)用来做……”,强调用途或作用。Ⅱ.beusedas“(被)作为……而用”,强调被当作工具或手段来用。Ⅲ.beusedby“被……使用”,by后跟人物,强调使用者。如:①Keysareusedforopeninglocks.钥匙是用来开锁的。②“Swim”canbeusedasanoun.“Swim”可作名词用。③RecordersareoftenusedbyEnglishteachers.英语教师经常使用录音机。④Woodcanbeusedformakingpaper.木材能用来造纸。§77 beworth+n/beworthdoingsthⅠ.beworth+n(表“值”“价值”)“……值(钱,等)”。①Whatisyourcarworth?这辆车值多少钱?②Thishouseisworth£20,000.这幢房子值两万磅。③Itmightbeworthalotofmoney.它可能值很多钱。Ⅱ.beworthdoing.……值得干某事。表达的意义是被动意义。动词必须是及物动词或相当于及物动词的动词短语,这个句子的主语在逻辑上是后面动词的宾语。如:①Thatfilmisworthseeing.那部片子值得一看。②Thereportisworthlisteningto.这报告值得听。[注]:表“很值得”要用wellworth.如:①Thefilmiswellworthseeing.这电影很值得一看。§78 beach/bank/coast/shoreⅠ.beach“海滨、海滩、湖滩”指高水位与低水位之间的滩地。如:Onthehotsunnysummer’sday,onthebeachyoucanfeelhowhotthesandgets.在炎热而晴朗的夏天,在滩下会觉得沙子有多烫。Ⅱ.bank指河流或湖泊的“岸”或“堤”,如:①Heswamtothebank.他游向了岸边。Ⅲ.coast“海岸、海滨”指海与陆地相接的线,是地理学上的用语。如:,①Theysailedalongthecoast.他们沿海岸航行。Ⅳ.shore“岸”指海、洋、湖或大河之岸而言,有较强的与水相对的意思。如:Hisfishermanwenttotheshorebeforedaybreak.渔夫在天亮前就到海岸上去了。§79 beat/hit/strike/knockⅠ.beat着重“连续地击打”如殴打或体罚,也指在游戏、竞赛或战争中击败对方。如:①Don’tbeatthechild不要打孩子。②Intheendtheirenemieswerebeaten.最后他们把敌人打败了。③Hebeattheworldrecordinhighjump.他打破了跳高世界纪录。Ⅱ.hit往往与strike通用,但严格地说,hit指“打中”或“对准……来打”,着重敲打或打击对方的某一点。如:①Thestonehithimonthehead.石头击中了他的头。②Ihitthetarget.我击中了目标。Ⅲ.strike是很普通的用词,通常表示“打一下、打若干下”等意思,不一定都是有意的。Strike还可以表示“擦着(火柴)”的意思。如:①Hestruckthemanonthehead.他(一拳)打在那人的头上。②ImmediatelyHolmesjumpedupfromthebedandstruckamatch.福尔摩斯立即从床上跳起来,划着一根火柴。Ⅳ.knock“敲;撞击;打”常与at/on,down连用。如:Youshouldknockon/atthedoorbeforecomingintheteacher’soffice.你应该在进老师办公室时敲敲门。§80 both/either/neither三者都是在谈到两个人或东西时用的。可用作代词、形容词、连词。Ⅰ.作代词时:both“两者都”.either“两者中任何一个”.neither“两者中任何一个都不”。作主语时,谓语动词用复数形式,可作同位语。而either和neither则用单数形式,不可作同位语。如:①Bothofusareteachers.②Eitherofyoucandoit.③Neitheroftheanswerwsisright.两个答案都不对。④Theybothskatewell.他们两人都会滑冰。,Ⅱ.作形容词时:both修饰名词的复数形式。Neither和either修饰名词的单数形式。如:①Neitherfilmisverylong.两部电影都不长。②Youmayuseeitherpencil.你可用这两支笔中的任何一支。③Bothpencilsareblue.两支铅笔都是蓝色的。Ⅲ.作连词时:neither与nor连用,“既不……也不……”;either和or连用:“或是……或是……”“要么……要么……”连接两个主语时,谓语动词遵循就近原则。而both却与and相连。连接主语时谓语动词用复数。如:①NeitherJacknorIhaveseenthefilm.杰克和我都没看过这影片。②EitheryouorIamwrong.不是你错就是你错。③BothJohnandMikearegoodatswimming.约翰和麦克都擅长游泳。§81 blindin/blindtoⅠ.(be)blindin表示哪只眼睛瞎了(左眼或右眼);若表示一只眼睛瞎了,也可以用blindofone/aneye.如:①Heisblindintherighteye.他的右眼瞎了。②Theoldwomanisblindofoneeye.那老妇人的一只眼瞎了。Ⅱ.(be)blindto表示“对……视而不见”。如:Manypeopleareblindtotheirownfaults.许多人看不起自己的缺点。§82 beat/win/defeatⅠ.beat“打赢”“战胜”。用于比赛时,后接宾语是战胜对手,表示“赢了某人”。如:①LiLeibeatalltherunnersinthe100-metrerace.李磊在百米赛跑中赢了所有的对手。②Wearesuretobeatthem.我们肯定会赢他们。Ⅱ.win“赢得;获胜”,用作及物动词,后接宾语是表示某种比赛的名词或战争,而不是参加比赛的对手。如:①Wewonthebasketballgame.我们赢得了篮球赛。②Whowontherace?谁赢得了赛跑?Ⅲ.defeat“战胜;赢得”与win一样,较正式,后接宾语时与beat一样,是表示人或代表群体的名词或代词,间或接表事物的名词或代词。如:Ourclassdefeated/beattheirsinthebasket-ballmatchyesterday.,昨天我们班在篮球赛中赢了他们班。§83 alike/likeⅠalike与like都有“相像”之意。但alike只能作表语,不能作定语,其前不能加very,只能用much或verymuch修饰,此外alike还可作副词。如:Thetwobrothersareverymuchalike.兄弟俩长得很相像。Ⅱlike可用作表语,也可作定语,还可作介词、连词用。作动词时,意为“喜欢”如:①Thetwobrothersareverylike(verymuchalike)②Likefather,likeson.[谚]有其父必有其子。③Idon’tlikeswimming.我不喜欢游泳。④Likecausestendtoproducelikeresults.类似的原因往往会产生类似的结果。§84 beautiful/pretty/fair/lovely/nice/handsome/good-lookingⅠ.beautiful是最常用的。“美丽的、美好的”,可指各种各样的美,如花鸟、风景、图画的美,也可指天气、曲调、衣服的美。含有优美、和谐使人感觉快悦,并带有内在美面使他人之心欢悦之意。它形容人时,一般用来指女子长得美丽、好看、动人。①Shehasabeautifulvoice.她的声音很好听。②Roseisaverybeautifulgirl.露斯是一个很漂亮的女孩。Ⅱ.pretty.是普通用语。“漂亮的、标致的”,程度不如beautiful.用来修饰人时,常指年轻的妇女和女孩。侧重指温柔的性格,表活泼和甜美;也可修饰物,含“小巧玲珑”之意。形容男青年时,含有贬义,意为“带女人气的”。Beautiful也同此义。①Howprettythechildlooksinhernewdress!那女孩穿着新衣服显得漂亮呀!②Thegardenissmallbutextremelypretty.花园虽小但很可爱。Ⅲ.handsome.多用于描写男人“英俊、健美”,用于女性时,主要指五官端正,而不一定秀丽。如:Hewasahandsomeboywithlarge,brighteyesandfairhair.他是一个英俊的少年,长着一双明亮的大眼睛和金黄色的头发。Ⅳ.lovely指外貌的“美、可爱”,常指激情感,表说话人的赞赏和喜爱。如:①Whatalovelywifeyouhave!你有一个多么可爱的妻子!,①Motherboughtmealovelyradiotolistenin/atschool.妈妈给我买了一个漂亮的收音机,让我在学校收听。②Thelovelywomanhasadeeploveforhercountry.那个秀丽的妇女很热爱自己的国家。Ⅴ.nice与lovely相似。主要强调取悦于人的感觉。指外表的美。如:It’sanicedayforawalk.Ⅵ.good-looking是普通用语,没有beautiful强烈,男女均可用,如:Nearlyallgirlsaregood-looking,somearepretty,butonlyafewarebeautiful.几乎所有的姑娘都是好看的,有些是漂亮的,但只有少数是美丽的。Ⅵ.fair指白肤,金发的美女。§85 because/becauseofⅠ.because是连词,后接句子,是主句的直接原因,常用来回答由why引导的特殊疑问句。如:①Becauseheisill,heisnotheretoday.因为他病了,所以今天没来。②--Whyareyouinahurry?--BecauseIwanttocatchthefirstbus.Ⅱ.becauseof是复合介词,后接名词或代词,相当于名词词组。如:Hecan’tcomebecauseofillness.他生病了,所以没来。§86 become/get/go/grow/turnⅠ.这几个词都可作连系动词表“变化的”,但用法有别:become比较正式,常用于书面语中,表示由一个状态向另一个状态的变化。通常用于过去完成的事,不表未来的事。如:①Ibecameateacherthreeyearsago.我是三年前当老师的。(由学生或其他职业变成老师)②Hehasbecomeafamousperson.他已成为名人了。Ⅱ.get多用于口语中,后常接形容词,表“变化”的过程,特别常接比较级形容词。如:①Thedaysaregettinglongerandlonger.白天变得越来越长了。(含动作意识)②Thingsaregettingworse.情况变得更糟了。Ⅲ.go表示因某种原因而进入某种状态,说明“变”的结果。①Afterheheardthenews,hisfacewentwhite.听到这个消息,他的脸变白了。,①Theskywentcloudy.天娈阴了。Ⅳ.grow表“渐渐地变”,强调逐渐变化的过程。如:①Thesmokegrewbiggerandthicker.烟变得越来越大,越来越浓了。②Myyoungerbrotherisgrowingtall.我弟弟渐渐长高了。Ⅴ.turn含有“变得和以前完全不同”之意,说明变的结果。①Thetreesturngreen.树变绿了。②Hisloveturnedintohate.他由爱生恨。§87 beforelong/longbeforeⅠ.beforelong.“不久”,“不久以后”Ⅱ.longbefore“很早以前”,“好久以前”如:①Ihopetoseeyouagainbeforelong.我希望不久以后再见到你。②Wefinishedourworklongbefore.我们早就把工作做完了§88 begin/startⅠ.begin“开始”,是很普通的用语,指开始某一行动或进程,与end相对。如:①It’stimetobeginwork.是开始工作的时候了。②Shebegantoworkinthefactoryattheageoffifteen.她十五岁开始在工厂里工作。③Themeetingwillbeginateighto’clock.会议将于八点钟开始。Ⅱ.start“开始”,往往与begin通用,但它着重于开始或着手这一点,与stop相对。如:①Whendidyoustartwork?你什么时候开始工作的?②HestartedtostudyEnglish.他开始学英语。③Thechildstartedcrying.小孩哭起来了。[注]:表示“动身;启程;开动(机器)”等。如:①Ithinkweoughttostartat8.我认为我们应该8点出发。另外commence是三词中最正式的,其后接动词时只能接动词的-ing形式。如:②ThePrimeMinistercommencedspeaking25minutesago.首相是25分钟前开始发言的。§89 belive/think/suppose这三个词后面的宾语从句的否定往往转移到主句上来。其反意部份与从句主谓保持一致。如:,Idon’thecananswerthequestion,canhe?我认为他回答不上这个问题,是吗?§90 below/under/beneathⅠ.below“在……下面”,指处于比某物低的位置,不一定在某物的正下方。它的反义词是over。如:①Writeyournamebelowtheline.在线下写上你的名字。②Wearebelowthemoon.我们在月下。Ⅱ.under“在……的下面”,相当于below,有时可以通用,但它指处于某物的正下方,其反义词是over。如:①Hestoodunderatree.他站在树下。②Thecatwasunderthetable.猫在桌子下面。Ⅲ.Beneath“在……的下面”,是旧用法的文学用语,现在很少用。相当于below,尤其相当于under.如:①Childrenareplayingbeneaththewindow.孩子们在窗子下面游戏。[注]:down是副词,指自上而下,由高而低,常与表运动的动词连用。其反义词是up。如:②Hefelldownthestairs.他从楼梯上跌了下来。§91 forgettodo/forgetdoingⅠ.forget如:①Iforgottotellhimaboutit.我忘了把事告诉他。②Iforgottellinghimaboutit.我忘了,我曾把这事告诉过他。[注意]:类似的还有:①try如:1.Let’stryknockingatthebackdoor..让我们敲敲后门试试看。2.Wewilltrytogohometomorrow.明天我们争取回家。②rememberregretdoingsth/todosth与此亦同。,①goon②needwantdoingsth/todosth.与此相同。§92 besides/but/except/beside/exceptfor/exceptthat/butfor/butthatⅠ.besides“除了……还有”指的是“已有……另加上”而except和but“除了……之外没有……”,正好相反。如:①Idon’tcareforanythingbesidesthis.除此之外,我别无所爱。②Whathaveyoudonethismorning,besidesreadingthepaperandwatchingTV?除了看报和看电视之外,你今天上午还做了些什么。Ⅱ.besideprep.“在……旁边”意思如其它的大不相同。如:①Theyareusedtotakingawalkonthepathbesidethetheriver.他们习惯于在河边的小路上散步。Ⅲ.but作介词用时:“除……之外没有……”与except同意。但它着重在整体,且常用在no,all,nobody,anything,everything,everybody,everywhere以及who,whose等词之后。后常接“名词、代词或不定式,接不定式时,如果其前含有实义动词do(除作助动词用外)的各种形式,则用动词原形(省略“to”)。如:①Hedoesnothingbutlaugh.他只是大笑而已。(前有does,故用动词原形laugh.)②Nobodywaslatebutyou.除你之外,没有人迟到。Ⅳ.except语气比but强且明显。着重在除去的部分。如:①Ilikeallthefruitsexceptpears.除了梨外,我喜欢所有的水果。②Thedressisquiteniceexceptforthecolor.除了颜色外,这件衣服很漂亮。Ⅴ.exceptfor“除了……以外”其中for表示理由或细节,对句子含义起修饰作用。有时可与except互换。如:①Bettyworkedoutalltheproblemsexceptfor/exceptthelastone.除了最后一个问题外,其它的问题贝蒂都解决了。②ExceptforSunday,allofusgotoschooleveryday.除了周日外,我们每天都上学。(此处不用except).Ⅵ.exceptthat用作连词“除……之外”后接从句。,①TheSwedestoodstillexceptthathislipsmovedslightly.那瑞典人除了嘴微动外,站着一丝不动。②Iknownothingabouthimexceptthathelivesdownstairs.除了他住在楼下这一点外,关于别的我一无所知。Ⅶ.butfor“若不是……”,“倘若……”常和虚拟语气搭配,其后常跟名词或相当于名词的词。跟代词常用其宾格。①Butforyou,Ishouldhavebeenlateforschool.倘若不是你,我上学就迟到了。Ⅷ.butthat“要不是”后接从句。如:ButthatIsawtheelephant,Icouldn’thavebelievedit.要不是亲眼看见大象,我真不能相信。§93 giveamessage/leaveamessage/takeamessage.Ⅰ.Leaveamessage.“留下个信儿”打电话的人常用。后与介词for搭配。构成leaveamessageforsb.Ⅱ.takeamessage“捎个信儿”接电话的人常用.后与介词for搭配。构成:takeamessageforsb.Ⅲ.giveamessage“给某人个信儿”后与to搭配,构成:giveamessagetosb.=givesbamessage.如:①CanItakeamessageforhim?我能给他捎个信吗?②Canyouleaveamessageforher?你能给她留个口信吗?③Iwillgiveamessagetoher.我将给她个信儿。§94 big/large/great/hugeⅠ.big和large所修饰的一般是具体的事物。big侧重于表示一个物体的块头、重量,含有庞大、笨重的意思,其反义词是little;large侧重表示一个物体的宽度和数量,有广阔和众多的含义,其反义词是small。在现代口语中两者常可互换,big较口语化,large比较正式。如:①Thisisabig/largeroom.这是一个大房间。②Thiscoatistoobigforher.这上衣对她来说太大了。③Chinaisalargecountry.中国是一个幅员辽阔的国家。Ⅱ.big还可作“长大了的”解,而large没有这个意思。如:①Sheisbigenoughtorideabike.她长大了,足可以骑自行车了。,Ⅲ.great常表示“伟大的”,可修饰抽象名词,也可修饰具体的人或物,带有一定的感情色彩。有时可能表达说话人的喜悦、赞扬等感情。如:①WearegoingtovisitthePeople’sGreatHall.我们打算去参观人民大会堂。②Einsteinwasagreatscientist.爱因斯坦是位伟大的科学家。③--Howdoyoulikemycoat?--Great!你觉得我这件外衣怎样?好极了。Ⅳ.huge“巨大的;极大的”,修饰具体事物,指规格数额超常。如:①Howdidtheycarrysuchhugestones?他们是如何搬运这些巨石的?②TheGreatHallofthePeopleisabuilding.人民大会堂是座建筑物。§95 bloom/flower/blossomⅠ.bloom指观赏用的花。如:玫瑰;菊花;牡丹等。Ⅱ.flower是普通用语。Ⅲ.blossom指果树上的花。§96 boat/shipⅠ.boat“船、艇,”是普通用语。主要指用浆、篙、帆或引擎的小船、小艇,但有时也指大轮船。如:①Wecrossedtheriverbyboat.我们乘船过河。②Theypulledtheboatupontotheshore.他们把这条船拖上了岸。(指小船)③WhendoestheboatleaveforShanghai?(指轮船)Ⅱ.ship“船、舰,”多指大的航海船只。如:①Theshipisatsea.船厂在航海。②TheywenttoGuangahoubyship.他们乘船去广州。§97 bold/brave/courageousⅠ.bold“大胆的、勇敢的”着重指大胆、勇敢的气质,表现出有胆量、敢闯或敢于对抗而不畏缩。如:①Bebold!勇敢些!,①It’sveryboldofustoventuretogotosea.我们冒险航海是很勇敢的。Ⅱ.brave“勇敢的”,应用最广泛,通常指在危险、困难或可怕的情况下表现勇猛而畏缩。如:①Bebrave!勇敢些!②Itwasbraveofhimtoentertheburningbuilding.他敢进入那燃烧着的房屋,真是勇敢。Ⅲ.courageous“勇敢的,无畏的”表示由于有勇敢的气质或不屈不挠的精神而能无畏地自觉地对付某种事情,常常用于表示道义上的勇敢。如:①Heiscourageousintellingthetruth.他敢于讲实话。②Wehopethattheywillcourageouslyshouldertheirresponsibilitiesandovercomealldifficulties.我们希望能够勇敢地负起责任,克服一切困难。§98 borrow/lend/keepⅠ.borrow“借”指从别人那里借来东西(借入)。指“向某人或某处借某事”时,用搭配:Borrowsthfromsb/sw.如:①CanIborrowyourpen?可以借用一下的笔吗?②Doyouoftenborrowbooksfromthelibrary?你经常从图书馆借书吗?Ⅱ.lend“借”指把东西供给别人(借出)。指“把某物借给某人”时用:lendsthtosb.如:①Canyoulendmeyourpen?把钢笔供给我好吗?②Youmustn’tlendittoothers.你一定不要把它供给别人。Ⅲ.keep表“借多长时间”,时延续性动词。可用于完成时态。而borrow和lend是短暂性动词。则不能用于完成时态,或与表段时间的状语连用。如:①Hehaskeptthebooksfortwoweeks.他借这书两天了。②---HowlongcanIkeepthebook?---Twoweeks.§99 both/eachⅠ.both“两个都”而each则强调“各个”如:①Bothofuswonaprize.我们两人共同赢得了一个奖。②Eachofuswonaprize.我们每个人都赢得了奖。Ⅱ.both用作句子主语时,谓语总是复数,如:①Boththesebooksaremine.而each常用单数。但在下列情况下用复数,即它在复数名词或代词之后。如:,①Theyeachhavebeautifulstamps.§100 bring/take/fetch/get/carry都有“拿”的意思,但用法差别很大,切勿混同。Ⅰ.bring“拿来、带来”强调从别处带某人或某物来到说话人所在地。如:Theteacheraskedthestudentstobringtheirdictionariestotheclass.Ⅱ.take“拿走、带走”强调人或事物离开说话人所在地,与bring的关系相当于go与come的相对关系。如:MayItakethismagazinehome?Ⅲ.fetch“去取来、去拿来”指去取了东西又回来这一往返过程,相当于goandbring,但不同于bring,如:Pleasefetchmesomechalk.get与fetch意思相似,多用于口语。如:Goandget/fetchsomewater.Ⅳ.carry“携带、搬运”强调某物从甲地移至乙地,带有物体随身移动但无固定方向。如:①Hecarriedtheboxupstairs.另外空气、水、电携带物也用carry.如:①Theboatwascarriedbyoceancurrentstoasmallisland.这船被大洋的水流飘至一小岛。§101 broad/wide都是“宽”的意思。Ⅰ.broad指幅面的宽广,侧重表面上的广阔宏大,指人时多形容背、肩、胸等,在较正式或文学性较强的文体中,也可用来描写河流、街道、田野、峡谷等和地形有关的其它东西。如:Theroadis8metresbroad.Ⅱ.wide指一边到另一边的空间距离,侧重两端之间距离的宽大,指人时多形容眼睛、口等。如:Thisskirtistoowide.broad和wide的反义词都是narrow.[语法]:度量表示法:“数词+名词(量)+wide(broad)/long长/thick厚/deep深/high高/tall身高/around周长”,§102 build/found/putup/setupⅠ.build“建筑、建造”指施工建筑,如房屋、桥梁、道路等的建造,也可用于广义。如:WearebuildingsocialismwithChina’sstyle.我们正在建设具有中国特色的社会主义。Ⅱ.found“创立、成立、创办”批创立一个组织、机构、国家等。如:①Theyfounded(=built)aschoolfortheblind.他们创办了一亿盲人学校。②ThePeople’sRepublicofChinawasfoundedin1949.中华人民共和国成立于是1949年。Ⅲ.putup和setup人含义很多,但他们在表示“搭起、竖起、挂起”以及表建筑物“建起”的意思时,可以通用。只不过putup比setup要常见些。如:①Theboysputup(setup)theirtentsinthewoods.孩子们在树林里搭起了帐篷。②Theyhaveputup(setup)severalcattleshedsfortheteam.他们为队里建造了几个牛棚。但setup在表示“建起、成立”某一机构团体时,不能用putup替换。如:Thefactorysetupanightschoollastmonth.这个工厂上月成立了一所夜校。§103 but/howeverⅠ.都有“然而,但是”的意思。However比较正式,可以放在句首、句中或句尾;其前面或后面要加逗号隔开,如在句中,其前后都要加逗号,不能与but连用;而but只放在句首。如:①I’dliketogoswimmingwithyou,butIhavetotidythegardennow.我很想和你去游泳,但是我现在必须整理花园。②It’sraininghard,however,they’restillworkinginthefield.雨下得很大,然而他们仍然在地里干活。③Later,however,shedecidedtobuyit.可是后来她决定去买下它。①Hesaiditwasso,hewasmistaken,however.§104 crowd/group/teamⅠ.group“小组、团体”,与team是同义词。指因任何目的或原因而聚集在一起所形成的群体。搭配范围较广;team指工作、行为或游戏时在一起的群体,尤指体育比赛的“队”,搭配范围较窄。如:①astudygroup学习小组;adiscussiongroup讨论小组②abasketballteam篮球队amedicalteam医疗队Ⅱ.group指“人群”时,与crowd同义。group所指人数可多可少,但常指“较小”的人群,,且表示有组织有秩序的一群人;crowd有“密集”“拥挤”的含义,通常指未经组织、人数众多的人群。§105 byoneself/foroneself/tooneself/ofoneself这五个介词短语均属“介词+反身代词”结构,但意义各不相同:Ⅰ.byoneself“单独地;独立地”(=withouthelp,alone).如:Didyoudothisbyyourselfordidsomeonehelpyou?是你自己做的,还是别人帮你做的?Ⅱ.“本身;本身的性质”如:①Diamondishardinitself.钻石本来是硬的。Ⅲ.foroneself“为自己(的利益而做某事);独自地(与byoneself同义)”。如:②Hehasbuiltahouseforhimself.他为自己建造了一幢房子。③Youmustfinditoutforyourself.你必须自己把它找出来。Ⅳ.ofoneself“自然而然地;自动地”为不及物动词。如:④Thefirediedofoneself.火自己熄灭了。Ⅴ.tooneself“默默地”“暗自”,常与talk,say,think等动词连用。如;⑤Hesaidtohimselfthattherewassomethingwrong.他想这其中有毛病。[注]:saytooneself“在心里想”,talk/speaktooneself“自言自语”两者不可混淆。§106 bytrain/on(in)athetrain二者都有“乘车”之意。当使用介词by表方式时,其后交通工具名词前不用冠词。或其它任何表限定的修饰词,如形容词性物主代词,批示代词等。反之则用介词in(较小的工具如car等);on(较大的交通工具,如train等)。如:onthebus,inhiscar.§107 by/at/theendof;in/to/ontheendⅠ.bytheendof“在……末以前”“到……末为止”后一般接时间名词。如年、月、周等。也可接表活动的名词,如strike.Ⅱ.attheendof“在……的尽头”,“在……的末端”如:①Attheendofthebookthereisanindex.书后附有索引。②Weshallhaveanexamattheendofthemonth.本月末我们将有次考试。Ⅲ.intheend“最终;终于”,后不接of短语。如:,Ihopeeverythingwillturnoutallrightintheend.我希望最终一切都顺利。§108 by/near都有“靠近”的意思。Ⅰ.by“就在……旁边”,表示距离更近。如:①Wehavebythesea.(暗示我们可以看见大海)②Welivenearthesea.(也许我们离海边还有几里远)Ⅱ.near表示的距离稍远些。见上例。近离.ofits.ofenormoussumofmoney.§109 by/tillⅠ.by“到……之前”“不迟于”仅指动作发生在限定时间之内或到某一时间为止。如:①CanyourepairmywatchbyFriday?你能在星期五之前把表修好吗?(句中时间最迟到星期五,动词可以是瞬间的,也可以是持续的)Ⅱ.till/untill“直到”强调动作的持续状态,直到将来的某一时刻为止。如:Ishallgoonworkingtill/untillnextMonday.(此种情况只能用于肯定句中动词必须是延续的)当untill与not连用时,意为“直到……才”,主句谓语动词必须是非延续性的。如:Idon’tgotobeduntill/tillyoucome.§110 callon/visit/gotosee/dropinⅠ.四者都有“访问”的意思,但是vist较为正式,可用于访问人,也可用于访问地方。如:IvisitedmyauntinBejinginthesummerholidays.暑假我探望了在北京的姨妈。Ⅱ.callon有时可代替visit,但只限于人。访问某地方则用callat。如:WecalledonPrefessorLiuafewdaysago.前几天我们拜访了刘教授。Ⅲ.gotosee为普通用语,一般用于人。如:Tomisill.Let’sgotoseehimafterschool.汤姆病了,我们放学后去看他吧。Ⅳ.dropin特指顺路探访,多用于口语。如:Wouldyouliketodropinandhaveacupoftea?你顺便来喝杯茶,好吗?§111 calm/quietⅠ.calm的意思是平静的、镇静的。用以指天气、海洋等时,表示一种无风无浪的平静状态;用以指人时,表示镇静而不激动的心情。如:,①Theseaisnowcalm.海上现在风平浪静。②Heremainedcalm.他保持镇静。Ⅱ.quiet的意思是安静的、寂静的,指没有什么动态,没有什么声音,尤指没有骚乱的一种安静状态。如:①Everythingwasquiet.万籁俱寂。②Askthemtokeepquiet.叫他们保持安静。§112 can/beabletoⅠ.can“能”表过去或现在“能力所及”时,与beableto通用。如:①Hecan/isabletospeakGerman.他会说德语。②Hecould/wasabletorunveryfastwhenIwasaboy.我小时候就跑得很快。Ⅱ.beableto的过去时还可表一种“经过努力做到了”的意思。而can的过去时则没有这种意义。如:Hestartedlate,buthewasabletocatchtheeighto’clocktrain.他出发晚了,但他还是赶上了八点钟的火车。Ⅲ.can通常只用于上述两种时态,而beableto则可用于各种时态。如:Hehasnotbeenabletocomesincehegothurt.自从受伤以后,他就一直未能前来。Ⅳ.在表猜测时,只能用can,而不能用beableto,如:Thatcan’tbeyourbag.那不可能是你的书包。§113 can/mayⅠ.can的意思是能、会;可能。在正式用语中can通常是指能力而言。它也可以表示可能性。在非正式用语和口语中can经常用以表示“允许”的意思,特别在疑问句和否定句中。如:①CanyouswimacrosstheYangziRiver?你能横渡扬子江吗?②HecanspeakEnglish.他会说英语。③Ican’tcomeatthattime.我不能在那个时候来。④Canthenewsbetrue?这消息会是真的吗?⑤-----Can’tIgo?我可不可以走?-----Youcannot!你不可以走。Ⅱ.may的意思是可以、可能,在正式用语中它通常是指可能性或允许而言。如:,①Thatmayormaynotbeture.那可能是真的,也可能不是真的。②Hemayberight.他可能是对的。③Youmaytakethisbook,Idon’tneedit.你可以拿走这本书,我不需要了。④MayIgonow?我现在可以走了吗?§114 cap/hatⅠ.cap的意思是帽子,通常指无边的帽子,包括便帽、制服帽、军帽等。如:①Healwayswearsabluecap.他总是戴着一顶蓝帽子。②HowIwishedIcouldhaveacap,arealsoldier’scap!我多么想要一顶帽子,一顶真正的军帽!Ⅱ.hat的意思也是帽子,指有边的帽子,也是帽子的总称。如:①Hatinhand,hecametowardsme.他手拿着帽子,向我走来。②Thesehatsareinfashion.这些帽子很时髦。§115 care(about)/takecareof/careforⅠ.takecareof“照料=lookafter,即指喂饭照看等。如:①Nursestakecareofpatientsinhospital.[注]:它还可表所负的责任,如:①MrSavagetakescareofmarketingandpublicity.萨维奇先生负责销售和宣传。Ⅱ.careabout表你是否认为某件事是重要的,某件事是否引起了你的兴趣或使你忧虑,常用于疑问句或否定句中,后接从句时,about一般都要省略。如:Idon’tcarewhetheritrains,I’mhappy.我才不在乎下不下雨呢,我快活着呢。Ⅲ.carefor有以下几种意思1)“照料”(特别是多用在正式的或较文的文体中)如:Shespentthebestyearsofherlifecaringforhersickfather.她把一生中最好的岁月都用来照料她那有病的父亲了。2)“关怀”“关心”如:carefortheyoungergeneration关怀年轻的一代3)“喜欢、愿意”(多用在疑问句或否定句中)[careforsb.todosth.]如:①Wouldyoucareforacupoftea?你喜欢喝一杯茶吗?②Idon’t/shouldn’tcareforhimtoreadthisletter.我不愿让他看这封信。§116 carryon/carryout/carrythrough,Ⅰ.carryon的意思是“进行、继续”,如:①ItriedtocarryonaconversationinEnglish,butcouldnot.我想用英语进行谈话,但是力不从心。②Hetoldthemtocarryon.他叫他们继续进行。③Carryon(with)yourwork.继续你的工作。Ⅱ.carryout的意思是“贯彻、执行;完成、实现”,如:①Sometimesit’seasytomakeplansbutdifficulttocarrythemout.有时候作计划容易而执行计划却很难。②Ourplanwascarriedoutsuccessfully.我们的计划胜利地完成。Ⅲ.carrythrough的意思是“完成-----,将-----进行到底;使(人)战胜困难,渡过难关。如:①Carrytherevolutionthroughtotheend.将革命进行到底。②Hiscouragewillcarryhimthrough.他的勇气使他战胜困难,渡过难关。§117 cause/reasonⅠ.cause表示“原因、缘故、理由”等意思时,着重指产生某种结果的原因。如:①Thecauseofthefirewascarelessness.起火的原因是不小心。②Whatwasthecauseofit?发生这事是原因何在?③There’snocauseforanxiety.没有理由要焦虑(不必焦虑)。Ⅱ.reason的意思是“理由、原因、缘故”,着重指产生某种行为或想法的理由。如:①Ihavenoreasonforit.我没有理由这样做。②Giveyourreasonforchangingtheplan.把你改变计划的理由讲一下。§118 centre/middleⅠ.centre的意思是“中心”,通常用于空间方面,强调指正中心。它还可用于借喩,表示某一事物的中心。如:①Drawacircleroundagivencentre.就指定的中心画一圆圈。②WeliveinthecentreofLondon.我们住在伦敦市中心。③Beijingisthepolitical,economicandculturalcentreofChina.北京是中国的政治、经济和文化中心。,Ⅱ.middle的意思是“中间、当中”,指跟两边或各边、两端或各端等距离的部分。它可以用于空间、时间等方面,如:①Inthemiddleoftheroomstandsatable.房间当中摆着一张桌子。②Hewasstandinginthemiddleoftheroad.他站在路中间。③Itwillbecomingintobloomaboutthemiddleofnextmonth.它大约将在下月中开花。§119 certain/sure二者的基本用法一样1)Becertain如:Manchesterarecertain/suretowin.(Theotherteamhaven’tgotachance.)曼彻斯特队肯定会赢。(另一队连一点希望都没有)2)Beforethegamestared,Alanfeltquitesure/certainofwinning,butafterthefirstfiveminuteshebegantoloseconfidence.比赛开始前,艾伦感到很有把握赢,但比赛了5分钟后他开始失去信心了。§120 certainly/surely二者含义大不相同。surely表相信,但又感到惊奇或难以相信。如:①Surelythat’saplain-clothespoliceman.那一定是一个便衣警察。=Canthatreallybeaplain-policeman.②Surelythat’sHenryoverthere?IthoughthewasinScotland.那边谅必是亨利,我还以为他在苏格兰呢?[注]:当surely与否定词连用时,常表示怀疑,(不愿意相信)如:Surely,youaren’tgoingoutinthathat?你决不会戴那顶帽子去吧。Ⅱ.certainly表所了解的情况.如:That’scertainlyaplain-clothespoliceman.那肯定是个便衣警察。(说话者认出了他是个便衣,因为很有信心,肯定地说出了这句话。)§121 chicken/cock/henⅠ.chicken的意思是小鸡、鸡(泛指)、鸡肉。如:,①Chickenspip.小鸡吱吱叫。②Hefeeds10,000chickensonhisfarm.③Wehadchickenforlunch.Ⅱ.cock的意思是公鸡、雄鸡。如:①Cockscrowatdawn.天亮时公鸡喔喔叫。Ⅲ.hen的意思是母鸡。如:Ahencackleswhenshelaysanegg.母鸡生蛋时咯咯地叫。[注]鸡窝译为hencoop,鸡舍译为henhouse。这里的hen笼统地代表鸡。§122 choose/select/electⅠ.choose的意思是“选择、挑选”,通常指在所提供的对象中,凭个人的判断力进行选择。如:①Youmaychoosefromamongthemtheoneyoulikebest.你可以从它们中间挑选最喜欢的一个。②Letmechooseabookfromamongthese.让我从这些书中选一本。[注]choose后面可以接不定式,表示愿意、决定等意思。如:Ididn’tchoosetogo.我不愿意去。Ⅱ.select的意思是“选择、挑选”,通常指从很多对象中精心地进行挑选,往往指根据被选择对象的优劣进行选择。如:①Thefinestproductswereselectedandsenttotheexhibition.选择了最好的产品送到展览会去。②Theywereselectedfromamongmanyapplicants.他们是从许多报名者当中挑选出来的。Ⅲ.elect的意思是“选、选举”,常指通过正式手续(如投票等)进行选举。如:Theyelectedhimchairman.他们选举他当主席。这里如果改用choose/select,那就着重于选择的意义,不一定是正式选举,整个句子应为:Theychosehimastheirchairman.[注]pick一词也可以表示挑选、选择的意思,含有仔细挑选的意味,有时也表示任意挑选的意思。如:Pickthebestone.挑选最好的吧。思ickstheirchairman. tion.likebest.§123 city/town,Ⅰ.city的意思是“城市、都市”,一般指大的和重要的城市(但在美国,每一个城市都可以称为city)。如:①Shanghaiisabigcity.上海是一个大城市。②Beijingisoneoftheoldestcitiesintheworld.北京是世界上最古老的城市之一。Ⅱ.town的意思是“市镇、城市”,一般指规模较小的城市,常作country(乡下)的相对用语。如:①Thetownisonthebankofariver.那个城市位于河边。②Whouldyouratherliveinatownorinthecountry?你喜欢住在城市还是农村?§124 pleasant/please/pleased/pleasing/pleasureⅠ.pleasant为形容词,“令人愉快的”“令人舒适的”主要指使人心满意足,将快乐给予他人的性格、活动氛围、状态或场合,也可用于事物。如①Shehasapleasantvoice.她的声音悦耳。②Theweatherthereisnotverypleasant.那儿的天气不太宜人。Ⅱ.pleased为形容词,“感到高兴”,相当于glad或happy,后面可接不定式、atdoing,withsth或that从句。①Weareverypleasedtoseeyouhere.我们很高兴在这儿见到你。②Iampleasedthattheyhavededidedtocome.我很高兴他们决定来。③Hewaspleasedwithmyprogress.他对我的进步感到满意。Ⅲ.pleasing“令人喜欢的;令人愉快的”主语一般是物。如①Shehasgotapleasingvoice..她的声音很悦耳。Ⅳ.Pleasure是名词,大多用于客套语中。如:①Ihavehadthepleasureofmeetingyourfatherbefore.我以前有幸见过令尊。②--Willyoulendmeahand?--Withpleasure.请你帮一下忙好吗?好的。Ⅴ.please是及物动词,常用于祈使句语气,意为“请”Pleasegivemeacupoftea.请给我一杯茶。[注]:口语中,Yes,please!好的,谢谢!对应No,thanks.不用了,谢谢!§125 clever/wise/bright/smar都有“聪明”的意思,其区别在于:,Ⅰ.clever“聪明的、伶俐的、巧妙的、机敏的”用以指人或动物时,通常指脑子灵活,指做成的事物时,常含有巧妙的意思,如:①Heisacleverboy.②That’aacleverplan.Ⅱ.wise“聪明的、英明的、明智的”指由于知识、经验的丰富及良好的判断能力而正确地对待或处理人和事,通常用于正式的、客气的场合。如:①awisesaying至理名言②awiseleader英明的领袖Ⅲ.bright“聪明的、伶俐的”通常指年青人或小孩,常用于口语中。如:thebrightboyisreadingEnglishinthebrightroom.Ⅲ.smart“机敏的、精明的”与clever同义。但强调顽皮的一面,为随便的说法。如:Youcan’tcheathim,becauseheisasmartboy.你骗不了他,因为他是个聪明的孩子。§126 climate/weatherⅠ.climate的意思是“气候”,指某地的一般天气情况,包括气温、降雨量、刮风等的状况;也指长时间如一季度的天气状况。如:①Theclimatehereisbad.这儿气候恶劣。②TheclimateofChinaisveryenjoyablespring.中国春天的气候很宜人。Ⅱ.weather的意思是“天气”,指某地某时寒暖、晴雨、刮风等的变化状况。如:①Whatistheweatherliketoday?今天天气整样?②IwillcomeifIcan,butitdependsontheweather.如果可能我一定来,但要看天气如何。§127 close/near/nearby/nexttoⅠ.close“接近的,靠近”;还有“亲密的,密切的”含义,用法与near类似,可指距离上、时间上或次序上紧接。也可用于引申含义,表关系或感情上的“亲近的”,可用作形容词或副词。如:①Mother’sDayisclose(=near).母亲节快到了。②Theyaresittingquiteclose(=near)toeachother.他们坐得很靠近。③SheandIareclosefriends.她和我是亲密的朋友。[注]:near当作形容词时,与close含义和用法相同,表距离近,都用benear/closeto+地点。但close只能作形容词,而near还可作介词使用,此时near不可再与to搭配。如:①Ilivenear(=closeto)thefactory.Ⅱ.nearby主要指空间上的附近,一般指较大范围。可用作形容词、副词或介词。如:,①Theyliveinthenearbyvillage.他们住在附近的村庄。②Therewasatrafficaccidentnearby.在附近发生了一起车祸。Ⅲ.nextto意思是“与……相邻,紧靠着”与becloseto很接近,但nextto强调距离上“紧邻”。①Ourschoolisnexttoasupermarket.我们学校紧挨着一家超市。②Ourschoolisclosetoasupermarket.我们学校距离一家超市很近。§128 close/shutⅠ.close用作动词表示“关、闭”的意思时,通常仅指把开着的东西关闭起来。它还往往是较为正式的用语。如:①Didyoucloseallthedoorsandwindows?你把所有的门窗都关了吗?②Closeyoureyes.把眼睛闭上。③DoyoumindifIclosethiswindow?我把这窗子关起来好吗?Ⅱ.shut的意思是“关、关闭”,常常可与close通用,但它比close意味较强。比如说tocloseadoororgate时,仅指把门关上;而说toshutadoororgate时,则可以进而指用门闩、插销或其它东西把门关住。此外,shut还往往不如close正式。如:①Theyshutthedoorsandwindows.他们关住了门窗。②Shutthebox.把箱子关起来。③Shutthedoorafteryou.随手关门。§129 Chinese/ofChinaⅠ.Chinese“中国式的,具有中国特色的”作形容词时只能作前置定语。主要从物与物的角度看待事物。如:IlikeChinesefood.我喜欢中国风味的食品。Ⅱ.ofChina“中国的;属于中国的”为所有格式,表所属关系。作后置定语。PleaseshowmeamapofChina.请给我拿幅中国地图。§130 colth/clothes/clothing/dress/suitⅠ.cloth指做衣服等用的布料,如“布;毛料”等,是不可数名词。表达“一块布料”应说apieceofcloth,如:①Differentkindsofclothareproducedinthatfactory.那家工厂生产各种各样的布料。,①Myauntboughtmetwopiecesofclothyesterday.我姑妈昨天给我买两块布。②但是,用于表达特殊用途的布时,如“台布;揩布”等,cloth是可数名词。如:Passmeatablecloth,please.请递给我一块台布。Ⅱ.clothes“衣服”,没有单数形式,不能单独与数词直接搭配。如不能说hourclothes,但可以说many/these/afewclothes,它总是以复数形式出现,因此只能说:Theclothesare…如:①Allofherclothesweremadebyhermother.她所有的衣服都是她母亲做的。②Therearemanynewclothesonsale.有许多新衣服出售。Ⅲ.clothing意思也是“衣服”,但它与clothes不同,不是指具体的和件件的衣服,而是指衣着的整体而言。如:①Theywereallintheirsummerclothing.他们都穿夏天的服装。②Eachchildhasampleclothing.每个孩子都有足够的衣服。Ⅳ.dress通常指外面穿的衣服。一般指妇女和儿童服装,还指礼服或某种特殊的服装。是可数名词。如:①Who’sthatgirlinreddress?穿红衣服的那位姑娘是谁?②Whatsizedressdoyouwear?你穿几号衣服?③Hedoesn’tcaremuchaboutdress?他不太讲究衣着。(他不讲穿)。④Heisinfulldress.他穿着礼服。Ⅴ.suit通常指用同样布料或衣料做成的一套衣服。如:①Shewaswearingaredsuit.她穿着一套红西装。②Hewantedverymuchtogetanewsuitandthrowoffhisoldclothes.他很想买一套新衣服,好赶快脱掉他的旧衣服。§131 collect/gatherⅠ.gather的意思是“收集、聚集”,它是表示收集或聚集的一般用语,不仅可以用于人和物,还可以用于抽象的东西。如:①Hegatheredhisbooksandnotebooks.他把书和笔记本收集在一起。②Shegatheredthechildrenroundher.她把孩子们聚集在她的周围。③Acrowdsoongatheredroundhim.一群人很快就聚集在他的周围。④Heisgatheringinformation.他在搜集情报。,Ⅱ.collect的意思是“收集、搜集、聚集”,通常指有计划和选择进行收集。当它表示一般的收集或聚集时,可与gather通用。如:①Heiscollectingmaterialforabook.他正在聚集写书的资料。②Ihavecollectedsomefamouspictures.我收集了一些名画。③Acrowdsooncollectedwhentherewasacaraccident.发生了车祸的时候,立即就有一群人聚拢起来。§132 college/institute/universityⅠ.college的意思是“学院”,一般指大学内部的学院或独立的学院,如:①TherearemanycollegesatOxfordandCambridge.牛津大学和剑桥大学有很多学院。②Thereareseveralteachers’collegesinJiangsuProvince.江苏省有几所师范学院。Ⅱ.institute也可以表示学院的意思,但它通常指专科性(专门的)学院,如外语学院(instituteofforeignlanguages)、体育学院(physicalcultureinstitute)、航空学院(aeronauticalengineeringinstitute)等,如:①Hegraduatedfromaninstituteofforeigntrade.他是外贸学院毕业的。②Sheisastudentofachemicalengineeringinstitute.她是化工学院的学生。Ⅲ.university的意思是“大学”,通常指由多个学院组织而成的综合性大学。如:HegraduatedfromYalein1915.他1915年从耶鲁大学毕业。§133 competition/game/matchⅠ.competition“比赛、竞争”,指体能、技术、能力的竞争。Hewonadrawingcompetition.他在图画比赛中获胜。Ⅱ.game“比赛”指有一定规则,且决定胜负的脑力和体力劳动的“竞技”。如:Thereisgoingtobeafootballgametomorrowafternoon.Ⅲ.match多指网球、足球、高尔夫球等运动项目的“比赛”。Thegolfmatchwillheheldtomorrowmorning.§134 complete/finishⅠ.complete用作动词表示完成的意思时,是指把已开始但尚未完成的事情完成。如:①Hehascompletedhistask.他已完成他的工作。②Therailwayisnotcompletedyet.铁路尚未完工。,Ⅱ.finish的意思是“完成、结束”,着重指圆满结束已着手的事情,尤指完成精心之作的最后一步。如:①Haveyoufinishedyourworkyet?你的工作做完了没有?②Ifinishedreadingthebooklastnight.我昨晚看完了这本书。③Thepictureisfinished.这幅画画好了。§135 conceal/hideⅠ.conceal“隐藏、隐瞒”常与hide通用;但比hide正式些,多指有意将某事物隐藏起来或不予以泄漏。它只用作及物动词。如:①Theboxwasconcealedunderthebed.箱子是藏在床底下的。②Heconcealedhismoteves.他隐瞒了他的动机。Ⅱ.hide“隐藏、掩盖、躲藏”为普通用语。指有意或无意地将某物(或人)藏(躲)在人们不易看到或发现的地方。可作及物动词和不及物动词。如:①Wheredidyouhideit?你把它藏到哪里了?②Hecannothidethetruth.他不能掩盖真相。③Themoonwashideenbytheclouds.月亮被云彩遮住了。§136 cost/spend/pay/takeⅠ.cost指某东西“值……钱”;“需要花费……钱/精力”等,它的主语一般为表示东西的名词,不能为表示人的名词,作及物动词和名词。可接双宾语,无被动语态。如:①I’llbetthatdresscostathousanddollars.我敢说那件衣服得花1000美元。②Thechaircostmethirtyyuan.这把椅子花了我30元。③Thebuildingofthedamcostmanylives.修建这个水坝使许多人丧生。(使花(某种代价);使损失)④Baddrivingmaycostyouyourlife.开车技术不行可能使你丢掉性命。⑤作名词时意为“花费;成本”→Thecostofthehousewastoohighforme.这房子的价钱太高,我买不起。[常用搭配]:①atallcosts不惜一切代价,—→Theofficertoldthesoldiersthattheymustdefendthetownatallcosts.军官对士兵们说要不惜一切代价保卫这座城市。②atthecostof以……为代价。,→1).Hefinishedtheworkatthecostofhishealth.他完成了这项工作,但失去了健康。→2).Shesavedhimfromfire,butatthecostofherownlife.她从火中把他救出,但她自己却牺牲了。①costofliving生活费用。—→Asthecostoflivinggoesupmystandardoflivinggoesdown.生活费用越上涨,我的生活水准越降低。Ⅱ.spend的主语经常是人,用来表示人花钱买东西或花时间做某事,常用的句型有:如:①Ispend5yuanonthebook.我买这书花五元钱。②Theboyspent10minutesdrawingadog.那个男孩花了10分钟画一只狗。Ⅲ.pay“支付,花费”,主语只能是人且只用于花费金钱,其结构是:pay+sb+somemoney+forsth.“为……付给某人多少钱”其中的人、钱、事,可以根据具体情况取舍。如:①Ipaid(him)5yuan.我付(给他)5元钱。②Ipaidhim5yuanforthebook.我买那本书付给了他五元钱。③Ipaidhimforthebook.我买那本书付给了他钱。④Ipaidforthebook.我付了那本书的钱。Ⅳ.take也可表“花费时间和金钱”,(一般只指花费时间)其常用结构为:It+take(各种时态)+time/money+todosth.如Ittookmethreehourstofinishthework.§137 country/state/nationⅠ.country“国家”着重指疆土而言。“乡下、农村”相当于countryside,但它指风景而言。如:①ThiscountryisinthesouthofEurope.这个国家在欧洲南部。②GermanyandFranceareEuropeancountries.德国和法国是欧洲国家。③ThecountrysidearoundNanjingisbeautifulatthistimeoftheyear.Ⅱ.state“国家”着重指政权而言。如:①I’dliketoborrowacopyof“TheStateandRevolution”.我想借一本《国家与革命》。②Thestateisanorganofviolenceatserviceofclassrule.国家是阶级统治的暴力机器。Ⅲ.nation“国家”着重指人民而言。如:Twofriendlynationssupporteachother.两个友好国家互相支持。,§138 crazy/madⅠ.crazy“发狂的、糊涂的、狂热的”常指由于忧虑、悲伤、欣喜、渴望、激动等某种强烈的情绪而引起的一种心神错乱、失去控制的精神状态。如:①Hewascrazywithjoy.他欣喜若狂。②Youarecrazytodosuchathing.你干这样的事真糊涂。③Theboyiscrazyon(orabout)skating.那孩子对溜冰着了迷。Ⅱ.mad“发狂的、发疯的”通常指精神狂乱完全不能自我控制的一种病态。在口语中它也表示由于某种强烈的情绪而失常。如:①Thepoorfellowismad.这个可怜的人是疯子。②Thedoghasgonemad.这条狗疯了。③Thisworryisenoughtodrivememad.这烦恼足以使我发狂。④Heismadaboutthestage.他迷恋于舞台生活。§139 crop/harvestⅠ.crop“收成”指谷物、水果、蔬菜等一年或一季的收成它表示“农作物、庄稼”的意思。如:①Thericecropwasverygoodthisyear.今年稻子的收成很好。②Thericebearstwocropseveryyear.稻子一年收两次。③Itisharmfultogrowingcrops.这对于正在生长的农作物有害。Ⅱ.harvest“收成、收获”多指谷物的收成,也指水果、蔬菜等的收成;有时指收割行为。也可用于借喻,指行动或行为的结果。如:①Richharvestshavebeengatheredinforseveralyearsrunning.连续几年获得了丰收。(可用crops代替)②Thesummerharvestisabouttostart.夏收即将开始。③Hereapedtheharvestofhishardwork.他获得了辛勤劳动的成果。§140 crossing/turningⅠ.crossing“交叉点、十字路口”Ⅱ.turning“路的拐弯处”如:Takethesecondcrossing/turningontheleft.在第二个十字路口/拐弯处向左拐。,§141 cry/shout/exclaimⅠ.cry“叫、喊”,常指因痛、痛苦、恐惧等而叫喊,仅表示某种感情而不表达思想。它有时也指用言语高声叫喊,如表祈求。如:①Hecriedwithpain.他痛得叫了起来。②“Help!Help!”hecried.“救命啊!救命啊!”他高声地叫喊。Ⅱ.shout“叫喊”,指表达思想的高声叫喊或说话。有时是用以表示高兴、痛、痛苦或惊恐等,有时是用于发出命令、提出警告或要别人注意。如:①Ishoutedtohim,buthewasoutofhearing.我对他呼喊,但他听不到。②Heshoutedwithpain.他大声叫痛。Ⅲ.exclaim“叫喊”指因高兴、痛苦、愤怒、惊讶等而突然地、感情激烈地高声叫喊。如:①“What!”heexclaimed“Areyouleavingwithoutme?”“什么?”他喊道,“你要丢下我离去吗?②Theyexclaimedwithonevoice.他们齐声呼喊。§142 cup/glassⅠ.cup“杯子”通常指带柄的瓷杯,用以喝茶、牛奶、咖啡或可乐等等。如:①Thecupstandsonthetable.杯子放在桌子上。②Willyouhaveanothercupoftea?你要再喝一杯茶吗?Ⅱ.glass“杯子”用以饮酒、或喝等。如:①Theglassisbrokentopieces.这只玻璃杯打碎了。②Hedranktwogassesofmilk.他喝了两杯牛奶。§143 dear/expensive/high/;cheap/lowⅠ.dear表示“贵”的意思时和cheap相对,指索价过高。主语是物。如:①Itistoodear.这太贵了。②Theflowerswerenotdear.这些花我贵。Ⅱ.expensive“昂贵的”,指超过物品的价值或购买者的购买力。主语是物。如:①Itistooexpensiveformetobuy.这东西太贵了我买不起。②Thisisanexpensivehat.这是一顶价钱昂贵的帽子。,Ⅲ.high与low相对,主语是价格(theprice),如:①Thepriceofthepenisnotlowforhim.这支钢笔对于他来说不便宜。§144 decide/determine/makeupone'smindⅠ.decide着重指经过考虑、商谈或研究之后作出“决定”,“下决心”。结束踌躇、疑惑、争论等状况。后跟名词、代词、动词不定式或从句,可用于被动语态中。如:①Nothinghasbeendecidedyet.什么都没有决定下来。②Theydecidedtoaccepttheinvetation.他们决定接受邀请Ⅱ.determine表示“决定、决心”指经过认真考虑后下定决心。与decide一般可换用。后接名词、代词动词不定式。如:①Wedeterminedonanearlystart.我们决定尽早出发。②HehasdeterminedtolearnEnglish.他已下决心学英语。③WearedeterminedtogettheworkdonebeforeMayDay.我们决心要在五一节前完成这项工作。Ⅲ.makeupine’smind“决定、决心”,是和犹豫不决等相对应的用语。意即:打定主意。如:①Hemadeuphismindtogothereatonce.他决定立刻到那儿去。②Hehasmadeuphismindtobeadotctor.他决心当医生。§145 deep/deeplyⅠ.作副词用时,都有“深深地”之意,但deep用于具体的深度,包括时间和空间。而deeply用于抽象的、比喻的意义;再者deeply可以修饰形容词和过去分词,deep则不能。如:①Theyliveddeepinthesea.他们深潜海里。②I’mdeeplysoryforyouruncle’sdeath.为你叔叔的去世我深表遗憾。§146 defend/protectⅠ.defend“保卫、保护、捍卫”指采取积极措施以抵御或击退外来的威胁或攻击。它还可以表示“为……辩护”。如:①Itisthedutyofeverycitizentodefendhiscountry.保卫祖国是每一个公民的职责。②Hedefendedhiscomradesfromharm.他保护同志使其不受伤害。③TheydefendedthefundamentalprinciplesofMarxism-Leninism.,他们捍卫了马克思列宁主义的基本原则。①Hemadealongspeechdefindinghisideas.他发表长篇演说为他的见解辩护。Ⅱ.protect“保护”指采取措施,使之不受伤害或损害。如:①Thegovernmentprotectsthepeople’sinterests.政府保护人民的利益。②Hebuiltafencetoprotecthisgarden.他围起了篱笆以保护园子。§147 departmentstore/shop/storeⅠ.departmentstore“百货公司”原是美国用法,现在英也用了。不过英也把百货公司叫stores.如:①I’mgoingtothedepartmentstore.我要到百货公司去。②Igetmostthingsatthestores.大部分东西我是在百货公司买的。[注]:在美国,杂货商店(铺)叫grocery或drugstore.Ⅱ.shop“商店、店铺”,在英国,零售商店一般都叫shop.如:①Theshopopensateighto’clock.商店八点钟开门。②Theshopsellsembroideries.那家商店出售刺绣品。Ⅲ.store“商店、店铺”,在美国,零售店一般叫store.如:①HekeepsastoreinNewYouk.他在纽约开了一个商店。②Thewaresinthatstorearedear.那家店里的东西很贵。§148 desire/wish/want/hope/expectⅠ.desire表“想、希望”等意。着重表强烈的愿望,热切的心情。如:①Idesiredtoseeyou.我很想见见你。②Hedesiredsuccess.他渴望成功。Ⅱ.wish语气不如desire强,且可以表示一种不能实现的愿望,(从句动词有虚拟语气形式);后接“不定式”或“代词/名词+不定式”结构。所表示的“希望”大体是可以实现的;此外,还可以接双宾语,表“祝愿”或表委婉的语气。如:①IwishIcouldflytothemooninaspaceshiponeday.但愿有一天我能坐宇宙飞船飞向月球。②IwishIwereyou.但愿我是你就好了。③WewishtovisitYanan.我希望能参观延安。④Wewishyoutobehappy.我希望你幸福。,①Iwishyoualonglife.祝你长寿。②Iwishyousuccess.祝你成功。③Wecanbegintoworkatoncenowifyouwish(不及物动词)要是你愿意,我们现在可以立刻开始工作。Ⅲ.want“想”其搭配关系为:wanttodosth.Orwantsbtodosth.比较口语化,没有wish那样正式。如:Shewantsmetodowithher.Ⅳ.hope表对愿望的实现抱有一定的信心。后接“不定式;that从句。”但不能接双宾语。①Ihopetobeadoctor.我希望当一名医生。②Ihopeshewillbewellagain.我希望她会痊愈。Ⅴ.expect“期待、盼望、预料”等,指对某一特定的事件的发生抱有颇大的信心。如:①Weareexpectingaletterfromher.我们当时正期待着她的来信。§149 desk/tableⅠ.Desk“课桌、书桌、写字台”指读书、写字或办公用的桌子。如:Therearefiftydesksintheclassroom.教室里有50张课桌。Ⅱ.table“桌子、台”,指供吃饭、游戏、工作或安放其他各种东西的桌子或台子。它的广义包括desk在内。如:Weallsatatthesametable.我们同桌吃饭。§150 develop/developing/developedⅠ.develop既是及物动词,又是不及物动词,意为“发展”,“开发”。如:Thechildisdevelopingwell.这孩子发育很好。Ⅱ.developing为现在分词,起形容词的作用,表示主动意义,意思是“发展中的”。如:①Chinaisadevelopingcountry.中国是一个发展中国家。Ⅲ.developed为过去分词,起形容词作用,表示被动含意,意思是“发达的”。如:Japaniaadevelopedcountry.日本是一个发达国家。§151 die/dead/deathⅠ.die是不及物动词,一般指因生病,负伤等原因而死。且是非延续性动词(瞬间动词),不能和表示一段时间的状语(for+段时间短语;或since……)连用。如:①Hewasbornin1847anddiedin1913.他生于1847年,死于1913年。,①Hisgrandfatherhasbeendeadfortwoyears.=Hisgrandfatherdiedtwoyearsago.他爷爷去世两年了。②Hediedtenyearsago.他是10年前死的。(不可说:Hehasdiedfortenyears.或应说:Itis10yearssincehedied)Ⅱ.dead是形容词,表状态,可在句中作表语和定语。但不可作谓语。如:①Heisdead,buthisnamesillliveforeverinourhearts.他虽然死了但他的名字将永远活在我们心中。②Itdoesn’tlooklikeadeadfox.看来不像一只死狐狸。Ⅲ.death是抽象名词,只能在句中作主语或宾语。如:①Themurdererwassentencedtodeath.杀人犯被宣判死刑。②IheardofhisdeathwhenIgottohishouse.我一到他家就得知他已经去世了。[注]:①die/dye此两词本来意义是完全不同的(die“死”dye“染,染上”),只时二者的现在分词形式常易混淆。die—→dyingdye—→dyeing②diefor/diefrom/dieof/dieaway/diedown/dieoff/dieout1.diefor表“为某一目的、事业等而死”;“渴望、极想”。1).Todieforthepeopleisagloriousdeath..为人民而死,虽死犹荣。2).I’mdyingforacupofcoffee.我很想喝杯咖啡。2.diefrom.表“死于(创伤、劳累、忧愁等)”。(除疾病或情感以外的原因)。如:1).Hediedfromawound.他死于创伤。2).Shediedfromoverwork.她过度操劳而死。3.dieof表“死于(疾病、情感、饥饿、年老等)”。1).Theoldmandiedofcancer.那老人患癌症死的。2).HisfatherdiedofstarvationinGermany.他的父亲饿死在德国。3).Theoldwomandiedofgriefsoonafterherhusband’sdeth.那位老太太在失去丈夫后不久就因悲伤而死。4.dieaway“消失;停息”如:1).Thesoundofthecardiedawayinthedistance.汽车的响声在远处消失了。2).Thewindhasdiedaway.风已经停息。5.diedown指灯火等慢慢地“熄灭”;指骚动等渐渐地“平息下来”如:1).Theywaitedtillthestormdieddown.他们一直等到风暴停息。,2).Thefiredieddown.火慢慢地熄灭了。3).Thefightinghasdieddown.战斗渐渐停止。6.dieoff指一个个相继“死掉”如:1).Theyhadtowatchtheiryoungchildrendiedoffthroughlackoffood.他们不得不眼睁睁地看着孩子们因为没有东西吃而一个个地死掉。7.dieout.“死光;绝种”如:1).Theseanimalshavealreadydiedout.这类动物已经绝种。§152 difficult/hardⅠ.difficult“困难”多指智力上的困难。一般可与hard代换。但比它程度要大。如:①Thequestionisdifficulttoanswer.Ⅱ.hard“困难”多指体力上的困难。如:①Someoftheapplesarehardtoreach.§153 litter/rubbishlitter和rubbish都可指“垃圾”,用作不可数名词。Litter常指“(室内或公共场所)乱扔的废物(纸屑、不要的包装纸、废瓶等)”还可回收;rubbish则指“没用的东西(被扔或将要丢弃的无用的东西)”不可回收。如:①Throwtherubbishout.把垃圾扔出去。②Theroomisfullofrubbish.房间里堆满了垃圾。③Pickupyourlitterafterapicnic.野餐后将废弃物收拾好。§154 discover/invent/find/findoutⅠ.discover“发现”发现的事物是本来存在的或是有人知道的。如:①ColumbusdiscoveredAmerica.哥伦布发现了美洲。②Hediscoveredaboxhiddenunderthefloor.他发现了一只藏在地板下箱子。Ⅱ.invent“发明”,发明的东西是从前没有的。如:①Whoinventedthesteamengine?谁发明了蒸汽机?②Hehasinventedanewwayofmakingsilk.他发明了一种造丝的新方法。Ⅲ.find“找到”指寻找的结果。是非延续性动词。如:Iamlookingformybike,butImaynotfindit.我正在找我的自行车,可是不一定能找到。,Ⅳ.findout“找出、查明”指经过观察、调查把某事、某物查出来,搞清楚,弄明白。如:Whenhewasachild,helikedtofindouthowthingsworked.他孩提时代时,就爱弄明白各种事物的来龙去脉。§155 dollar/poundⅠ.dollar“美元”其货币符号为:$如:①$12.5=12.5dollars12美元5美分。Ⅱ.pound“英磅”,英国货币单位。符号为:£。如:②£12.5=12.5pounds.12英磅5便士。[注]人民币为yuan,符号为:¥。§156 door/gateⅠ.door“门”指进出房屋的门或屋内的门,也指车辆或橱柜等的门。如:①Thedooropenedandamancameout.门开了,一个人走了出来。②Thereareslidingdoorsbetweenrooms.房间之间有滑门。Ⅱ.gate“门、大门”,指出入某一场所的门,如城门以及围墙、围栏、篱笆等的门。如:①We’llgatherattheschoolgateat6:30.我们六点半在校门口集合。②Whoisthemanatthegardengate?谁在花园门口?§157 drag/draw/pullⅠ.drag“拖、拉”指慢慢地拖着笨重的东西,意味着所拖的东西阻力很大。如:①Thehorsewasdraggingaheavyload.马拖着很重的东西。②Theescapedprisonerwasdraggedoutofhidingplace.那逃犯被人从隐藏的地方拖了出来。Ⅱ.draw“拖、拉”与pull相比,它通常指较平稳地,也往往是比较从容地拉。如:①Drawyourchairuptothetable.把你的椅子拉到桌子旁边来。②Hedrewthebooktowardshim.他把书拉/拖到他面前。Ⅲ.pull“拖、拉”是普通用语,指用力拉,与push相对。如:①Pullthedooropen.Don’tpushit.把门拉开,别推。§158 putdown/putup/puton/putaway/putoff/putone’sheartinto…,Ⅰ.如:①Don’tputdownyourhands.Putthemup.不要放下手,举起来。②Anewnoticehasbeenputup.已经贴出来一张新的通告。①Hetookdowntheoldpictureandputupthenewone.他把旧画拿了下来,挂上了一幅新画。②Abigbuildinghasbeenputup(=setup/build)inourschool.我们学校又盖起了一座大楼。③Heputonhiscoatandhatandwentout.他穿上大衣,戴上帽子出去了。④Hastheplaybeenputonatthistheater?这个剧院上演过那部戏剧吗?⑤Let’sputourChristmasgiftsawayandkeepthemawhile.我们还时把圣诞礼物暂时保存起来吧。⑥Putawayyourcoatsinsummer.夏天时把大衣收起来。⑦Themeetinghasbeenputoffbecauseoftherain.大会因大雨而延期举行。⑧Youcandoanythingwellifyouputyourheartintoit.如果你全心身地投入,你什么事都能做好。⑨Heputhisheartintohisworkanddidn’tnoticeme.§159 dress/puton/wear/in/tryonⅠ.dress“穿”指穿的动作,也指其状态。如:①Hismotherdressedhiminnewclothes.他的母亲给他穿上了新衣服。②Getupanddressquickly.快起床穿衣。③Shedressesneatly.他穿着整齐。[注]:作vt,直接对象是人,而不是穿的衣服;作vi时,不能表穿什么衣服。Ⅱ.puton“穿;戴”强调其动作。如:①Putonyourcoat.穿上大衣。②Heputonhishatandwentout.他戴上帽子出去了。Ⅲ.wear“穿;戴”强调其状态。如:①Hewearsacoat.他穿着大衣。②Theteacherwearsglasses.老师戴着眼镜。,Ⅳ.in“穿;戴”是介词。它构成的短语作定语或表语表其状态。其后还可接表颜色的词。如:①Sheisinacoat.她穿着大衣。②Theboyinblueismybrother.那个穿蓝色衣服的男孩是我的弟弟。Ⅴ.tryon“试穿/戴”如:Pleasegotothetailor’stohaveasuittriedon.请到裁缝店去试穿一套衣服。§160 drill/exercise/practiceⅠ.drill“练习”指有组织,有指导地反复进行的练习。尤指在课堂上或军队里进行的教练。如:Question-and–answerdrillsareimportantwhenyuarelearningaforeignlanguage.Ⅱ.exercise指为发展智力或锻炼身体而进行的练习。如:①HeisdoinganexerciseinEnglishgrammar.②Wedomorningexerciseseveryday.Ⅲ.practice是不可数名词,指为了达到熟练或完善的程度而反复进行的练习。尤指在艺术、手艺或技巧方面。如:Pianoplayingneedsalotofpractice.弹钢琴需要多练。§161 drop/fallⅠ.drop可用作不及物动词或及物动词,意为“下降,丢下,放下”。fall只用作不及物动词,意为“落下,下降”。如:①Theboyfelloffthetree.这男孩从树上掉了下来。②Thetemperatureisdropping.温度在下降。③Canyoudropme?你能让我中途下车吗?④Idroppedtheboxonmyfoot.我失手让盒子砸了我的脚。⑤I’lldropoffatthenextstop.我要在下一站下车。§162 maybe/perhaps/probablyⅠ.maybe,perhaps.&probably,都是副词,有“或许、可能”之意。用法略有不同。Ⅱ.maybe和perhabs意思基本相同。如:①Maybe/perhapstheweatherwillgetbetter.可能天气会变得好一些。②Maybe/perhapsyouputitinyourbasket.或许你把它放在蓝子里了。Ⅲ.Probably“很可能”比maybe.perhaps的可能性都大。如:Theywillprobablyrefusetospeakatthemeeting.他们很可能会拒绝在会上发言。,Ⅳ.maybe可用于句首或句尾。perhaps可用于句首或句中;probably一般用于句中,不用于句首。如:①Maybetheywillcome.他们可能来(也可能不来)。②Theywillperhapscome.他们可能来(也可能不来)。③Theywillprobablycome.他们很有可能来。§163 during/in/forⅠ.during和in二者都表示某事的发生贯穿于某段时间中,或发生在某段时间中的某一点上或几点时间上。在多数情况下,当我们不强调对比或某一段时间时,in和during都可以用,意思上并没有什么区别。当我们要表达某事具体发生的时间时,多用in.当我们指一项活动而不是一段时间时,只能用during,另外during还用来强调某动作持续了一段时间。如:①Iwokeupthreetimesin/duringthenight.夜里我醒了三次。②Hehadsomeamazingexperiencein/duringhischildhood.他童年时有一些惊人的经历。③WeusuallygoonholidayinJuly.(不能用during)我们通常七月份度假。Ⅱ.during和for.两者都是表示一段时间的介词。1.during意为:“在……(时间)内”的行为或状态,与一段时间的整体连用。如:duringthespring,duringlastyear,during1980等也可以和表示延续性事件的名词连用,如:duringmychildhood,duringourstay,duringhisvisit等,一般不用于现在完成时的句子里。如:①Duringthewinterweplayfotball.冬季我们踢足球。②Manycomradeswenttoseehimduringhisillness.在他生病期间许多同志去看望了他。2.for引导一段时间,强调时间由始至终,可译为“(时间)长达……”一般与有长度的时间短语连用,如forthreeweeks.Foralongtime等,可用于现在(过去)完成时或过去时句子等。如:①HestudiedEnglishforthreeyears.他学了三年英语。②TheFrenchteacherhasbeeninChinaforaboutamonth.§164 each/every“每个”Ⅰ.each和every常可通用,后跟单数名词。但也有一些区别:1)着重强调个体,而every着重强调整体。如:①Eachstudenthasgotanewdictionary.每个学生各有一本字典。②Everystudenthasgotanewdictionary.每个学生都有一本字典。(everystudent=allthe,students)Ⅱ.each用于指两个或两个以上的人或事物,而every则用于指三个或三个以上的人或事物。如:①Therearesomeadsoneachsideoftheroad.公路的每一侧都有一些广告。(eachside–bothsides.这个句子中的each不能用every代替。)②Youlookmorebeautifuleach/everytimeIseeyou.每次见到你,你都看起来更漂亮。Ⅲ.each可用作代词,后跟“of+复数名词/代词”。动词仍然用单数,every则不能这样用,因every是形容词。如:①Eachofstudentshasgotanewbook.=Everyoneofthestudentshasgotanewbook.=Thestudentseachhavegotanewbook.(Thestudentshavegotanewbookeach.)每个学生各有一本新书。②Eachofthemlikeslightmusic.=Everyoneofthemlikeslightmusic.=Theyeachlikelightmusic.(Theylikelightmusiceach.)他们人人都喜欢轻音乐。§165 earth/ground/floor/field/land/soilⅠ.earth“地;地球;泥土”。它着重批“大地”,以别于“天空”;也可以指区别于坚硬岩石的泥土。如:①Theearthmovesroundthesun.地球围绕太阳转。②Snakescreepontheearth.蛇在地上爬行。Ⅱ.ground.“地;地面”主要指大地表面。不论是呢地,沙地或水泥地,均可用这个词表示;也可用来指运动场地。如:①Thegroundiscoveredwithleavesinthewoods.树林的地面上落满了树叶。②Thereisafootballgroundinourschool.我们学校有个足球场。Ⅲ.foor.用于指建筑物内的“地板”,其前面通常加the;此外,还可以表示楼房的“层”。如:①Thecatisonthefloor.猫在地板上。②thefirstfloor(美:)一楼/(英:)二楼。Ⅲ.field.表“田;地”常用于指种植农作物的“农田、土地”有时也可指研究、活动的“范围;流域”如:①Theyareworkinginthefields.他们正在田里劳动。②What’syourfieldofstudy?你的研究领域是什么?,Ⅳ.land.“陆地”与河流和海洋相对;也可指“土地”,可耕种的田地就叫做land;它还可以表示“国土;国家”如:①Wetravelledbylanduntilwereachedthesea.我们从陆路去一直旅行到大海。②Allthewastelandinthisareahasveenopenedup.这个地方的荒地全被开垦了。Ⅴ.soil“土地;土壤”尤指生长植物的土地。如:①Thesoilisverythinintheforest.森林里土层非常薄。②Thepeasantsarepreparingthesoilforseed.农民们正在平整土地。§166 elder/olderⅠ.elder的意思是年长的,指家庭里两个成员中年龄较长的,或者指明的两个人中年龄较长的。例如:①Heismyelderbrother.他是我的哥哥。②Myeldersisterworksatafactory.我姐姐在工厂里工作。③Whichistheelderofthetwo?这两个人中哪一个年龄较大?[注]elder用作形容词时,通常放在名词前面作定语。它也可以用作名词,其复数形式表示长者、长辈的意思,例如:Werespectourelders.我们尊重长辈。Ⅱ.older是形容词old的比较级形式,指年龄较大、较老,也指较旧。例如:①ComradeZhangistwoyearsolderthanComradeWang.张同志比王同志大两岁。②Thistreeisolderthanthatone.这棵树比那棵树。§167 else/other“别的、其它的”Ⅰ.elseadj.&adv作形容词时,主要用在who,whose,what,等疑问代词,或,nobody,nothing,somebody,something,anybody,anything,等不定代词之后作宾语;作副词用时,用在where,when等词后作状语。如:①Hesaidwhatelseyouwouldlike?他问你还想要什么?②Whereelseareyougoingtostay?你们还要在别的什么地停留?Ⅱ.else可带’s。读作:[′elsiz].如:Itooksomeoneelse’sbookbymistake.我错拿了别人的书Ⅲ.other是形容词,有来修饰名词时,须放在名词之前。如:,Wherearetheotherboys?其它的男孩在哪里?Ⅳ.还可以修饰代词one,或ones.如:Thisstoryismoreinterestingthantheotherone.这个故事比那个故事更有趣。§168 end/finish/stopⅠ.▲end指动作过程终止。▲finish指动作已完成,再没有动作做。▲stop侧重动作的停止,即由“动”到“不动”。如:①Everythingended.一切都结束了。②Haveyoufinishedyourwork?你的工作做完了吗?③Hestoppedreadingtohavearest.他停止阅读,休息了一会儿。§169 enjoy/like/love/prefer这四个词都有喜欢之意,但用法不同。Ⅰ.like意为“喜欢、爱好”,语气较弱,其后可跟名词、代词、不定式、动名词等作宾语。like也跟复合宾语,宾语补足语常用动词不定式,即likesb.todosth.“喜欢某人做某事”。如:①InEnglandmanypeoplelikefishandchips.在英国,许多人喜欢鱼和油煎土豆条。②Helikesplayingvolleyball.他爱打排球。③Idon’tliketoeatpearsnow.现在我不想吃梨。Ⅱ.love意为“爱,爱好”,在感情上比like强烈,经常用于爱祖国、爱父母这一类程度比较深的情况,在口语中它往往仅指一般的喜爱,这样用时和like的意思相近,可以互换,后面可以跟名词、动名词或动词不定式。如:①WeloveourParty.我们热爱我们的党。②Ilovetoskate.我喜欢滑冰。(可用like替换)③Theyloveplayingtabletennis.他们爱打乒乓球。(可用like替换)Ⅲ.enjoy意为“喜欢、欣赏”之意;有“乐于;享受。。。。。。之乐趣”的意思,其后跟名词、代词、动名词作宾语,不接不定式形式。另外enjoyoneself是“玩得愉快”之意,相当于haveagoodtime,如:①Manyoldpeopleenjoylivinginavillage.许多老年人喜欢在乡村居住。②Didyouinjoyyourselfintheparkyesterday?昨天你在公园玩得痛快吗?,Ⅳ.prefer为“更喜欢、宁愿”之意。常用于两者之间的选择,其后可跟名词、代词、动名词和不定式,也可跟宾语从句,但宾语从句要用虚拟语气。prefer还可以与介词to连用,表示“喜欢。。。。。。。,而不喜欢。。。。。。”。其中to为介词,后跟名词或动名词。Prefertodo…ratherthendo…意为“喜欢。。。。。。,不喜欢。。。。。。”。如:①LiLeilikesChinese,butIpreferEnglish.李雷喜欢语文,而我更喜欢英语。②MrGreenpreferswalkingtoridingabike.格林先生喜欢步行而不愿骑车。③Whichwouldyouprefer,teaorcoffee?你比较喜欢喝茶,还是咖啡?④Hepreferstowritehersomelettersratherthentelephoneher.他喜欢给她写信,不愿给她打电话。▲总结:ratherthan“宁可;是。。。。。。而不是。。。。。。”,连接各种并列成份,在语气上肯定前面否定后面。也可写成would…ratherthan;ratherthan…would…,相当于insteadof,如:①Heranratherthanwalked.他跑步而不是步行。②Theylostfameratherthanwealth.他们失去的不是财富,而是名誉。③Hewoulddieratherthangivein.=Ratherthangiveinhewoulddie.他宁死不屈。④Theseshosearecomfortableratherthanpretty.这双鞋不好看但穿起来很舒服。⑤Shewouldratherbepoorthandothat.她宁愿受穷也不愿那样做。§170 enter/enterintoⅠ.enter.“进入”表进入一个具体处所,如房间、场所等,后面无需加介词;也可表“进入”某个时期或阶段;当表示加入某个组织而成为其成员时,enter相当于join.如:①Sheenteredthehouse.她走进那间屋子。(不用into)②Chinaisenteringanewstageofdevelopment.中国正在进入一个新的发展阶段。Ⅱ.enterinto.“进入、参加、开始从事”,后加抽象名词,主要表示“进入”某种状态。一般用于表抽象和借喻的意义。Tom’saccidentdidn’tenterintoourplan.Tom的事故是我们的计划中没有预料到的。§171 error/mistake/faultⅠ.error的意思是错误、过失,指背离某种准则的偏差,表示精确、不正确、不对。在本组词中,这个词用得最广泛。例如:①Thisisanerroringrammar.这是一个语法上的错误。②Hemadeanerrorinopinion.你的意见有错误。Ⅱ.mistake“错误”,,指由于粗心、疏忽、缺乏正确的理解等原因而造成的“错误”。与error可通用,但在某些固定词组中不能换用。如:bymistake.Inerror等。如:①Youhavemadeamistakeinyourspelling.你在拼写上弄错了。②Itookhisumbrellabymistake.我拿错了他的伞。Ⅲ.fault“缺点、毛病”也可表“过失、过错”含有当事人对造成的过错有责任的意味。如:①Withallhisfaults,heisstillagoodcomrade.尽管他有缺点,分还是一个好同志。§172 evenif/eventhough/though三者都可以引导让步状语从句。Evenif与eventhough一般可以换用,意为“即使、纵然”,引出的从句叙述的是假设或把握我大的事情,有时动词可用虚拟语气;though意思是“虽然”,引出的从句叙述的是事实。如:①Hewon’ttellmeaboutitthoughheknowsthenews虽然他知道这个消息但他不愿意告诉我。(他是肯定知道的)②Hewon’ttellmeaboutitevenif/thoughheknowsthenews即使他知道这个消息,但他不愿意告诉我。(他对消息或知或我知,句子含有一定的推测意味)③IwilltryevenifImayfail.即使失败,我也要尝试一下。④Thoughitwasverylate,hewentonworking.虽然很晚了,他还继续工作。[注]though和but不能同时出现在句中。§173 evening/nightⅠ.evening的意思是“傍晚、晚上”,指从晚餐至就寝这段时间,如:①Imuststartbytomorrowevening.我至迟到明天傍晚必须动身。②WehaveafilmeverySaturdayevening.我们每星期六晚上都有电影。Ⅱ.night的意思是“夜、夜里、晚上”,指从日落到日出或从黄昏到拂晓这段时间。如:①Theyspentthenightintheforest.他们在森林里过夜。②Wesleepduringthenightandworkduringtheday.我们夜里睡觉,白天工作。③Wesawtheplayonthefirstnight.这戏第一晚上演我们就看了。§174 everyday/everydayⅠ.everyday连写和分开,不但在句中的作用不同,意义也不同。everyday是副词词组,意为“每天、天天”,在句中作状语。如:Wegotoschooleveryday.,Ⅱ.everyday是形容词,意为“日常的、普通的”,在句中作定语。如:IstudyeverydayEnglisheveryday.§175 everyone/everyoneⅠ.everyone是“每个”的意思,通常指物,后面常跟of短语。但跟of短语的everyone既可指人,也可指物。具体指什么要看of短语的内容。如:①Heateupeveryoneofthoseapples.他把那些苹果一个个都吃完了。②Everyoneofuswentthere.我们每个人都去了那儿。Ⅱ.everyone是代词(=everybody),意思是“每个人、人人”,但一般不指具体哪个人,后接单数动词。如果需要跟物主代词,应用their或his,其后不跟of引起的介词短语。如:①Iseveryonehere?②Everyonecandoit.[注]everyone后不与of连用时,即可指人又可指物,指人时与everyone相同。如:Everyone(everyone)candoit.相同eryone. there.dayfirsteveryone与of连用必须分开写。everyone与not连用,只表示部分否定,并不是每个人的意思。§176 examination/test/quizⅠ.examination表示考试的意思时,通常指比较正式的考试,如学期考试、入学考试等。如:①WehaveanexaminationinEnglishtoday.我们今天考英语。②Thestudentsdidverywellintheterminalexamination.学生们学期考试成绩很好。(这里指多门课程的考试,故examination用复数形式)③They’vepassedtheentranceexaminationforNanjingTeachers’College.他们通过南京师范学院的入学考试。Ⅱ.test表示考试的意思时,指小考或考查。如:①Wearegoingtohaveamidtermtestnextweek.。我们下周进行期中考试。②Theteachergaveusatestingrammer.老师对我们进行了语法考查。Ⅲ.quiz表示小考测验的意思时,指事先无准备,随时进行的短促的测验。如:①Theteachergaveusafive-minutequiz.老师对我们进行了一次五分钟的测验。②Howofterdoyouhaveyourquiz?你们多长时间测验一次?§177 exciting/excited,Ⅰ.exciting与excited都含有“激动”的意思,在句中可作定语或表语。exciting指某事物“令人兴奋、激动”,主语常是物。如:①Skiingismoreexditingthanskating.滑雪比滑冰更令人兴奋。②Itwasanexcitingmatch.那是一场激动人心的比赛。Ⅱ.excited表示某人对某事物“感到兴奋、激动”,主语常是人。如:①Theboyswereexcitedwhentheysawtheirteamwaswinning男孩们看到自己的球队要赢了,都十分激动。②TheexcitedchildrenwereopeningtheirChristmaspresents.兴奋的孩子们正在打开各自的圣诞礼物。[注意]英语中与它有类似用法的词常见的还有:interested感兴趣的interesting令人感兴趣的worried感到着急的worrying令人着急的tired感到疲倦tiring令人疲倦的bored觉得厌烦的boring令人厌烦的frightened感到害怕的frightening令人害怕的§178excuse…for/excuse…fromⅠ.excuse…for“原谅某事”。如:①Heexcusedmeforbeinglate.他原谅我迟到了。②Pleaseexcusemeforusingyourtelephonewithoutaskingpermission.请原谅我没经你允许就用了你的电话。Ⅱ.excuse…from“使免于……,允许不……”如:①Theteacherexcusedhimfromtheexamination.教师同意他免试。②Theboywasexcusedfromdoinghousework.允许这男孩不做家务事。§179 expect/waitⅠ.expect是及物动词,作“期待,预料,指望”解,表“期待某人会来或某事会发生”的意思,后接名词、代词、动词不定式或从句。如:①Weexpectedyouyesterday.我们昨天就盼你来。②Weexpecttomeetyouagainnextyear.我们期待明年再见到你。▲expect,可引申为汉语的“等待”,多用于进行时态,主要指“期盼”的心理状态,其后不可接介词for.如:①MrBrownwasanxious.Hewasexpectingyou.布朗先生很焦急,他在等着你来呢?Ⅱ.wait是不及物动词,常常与for连用,主要指“等候”的具体行为。如:①XiaoHuiswaitingtohaveawordwithyou.小胡等着和你说几句话。②Ihaveamonthtowaityet.我还得等一个月。③Wearewaitingforabus.我们在等公共汽车。§180 family/home/house这三个词都可以作“家”讲。Ⅰ.house指供一家人住的房子,侧重于具体的建筑物。如:Therearefourroomsinthehouse.Ⅱ.family指由父母、子女所组成的家庭,是集体名词,既可把它看成单数(指整体概念),以可视为复数名词(指家庭成员)。如:①Hisfamilyisalargeone.他的家是一个大家庭。②MyfamilyareallwatchingTV.我们家的人在看电视。Ⅲ.home指一个人出生或居住的地方,具有抽象的含义。如:Hiseishomenearthestation.他的家在火车站附近。另外,home还可作副词。如:Let’sgohome.§181 faraway/farawayⅠ.faraway指时间、距离、程度等,“遥远的”如:thefarawayguests远方的客人它还可表“心不在焉的”。如:afarawaylook恍惚的神色Ⅱ.faraway是副词词组,只表距离远,在句中作状语还常作后置定语。如:①He’sstandingfaraway.②Helivedinasmallvillagefaraway.§182 farm/fieldⅠ.farm是“农场”,它的范围大,包括田地、树木、家畜、家禽、房屋等,其前常用介词on。Ⅱ.field是“田地”,或生长草木的原野,多用复数形式,但一块稻田可以说:aricefield,其前常用介词in。如:,①Thereseveralkindsofanimalsonthefarm.②They’reworkinginthericefield.§183 farmer/peasantⅠ.farmer指经营农庄的人。Ⅱ.peasant包括雇农、小佃农或小耕农。在我国将农民都译为peasant。§184 farther/furtherfather,further都可以是far的比较级,意为“较远、更远”,但further除此之外,还有“更进一步,此外的”等意思,既可以作形容词,也可以作副词。如:①Theymadefurtherarrangement.他们作了进一步的安排。②Imaybeabletogiveyousomefurtherinformationaboutit.关于这件事,我可以提供另外一些信息。③Shedidn’targuefurtheraboutit.她对此不再争论了。§185 fast/rapid/swift/quickⅠ.fast“快”一般指物体的运动速度(speed)快,常用来形容交通工具跑得快,钟表走得快,人的动作快等。如:①Acargoesfasterthanatruck.小汽车比卡车跑得快。②Howfastthehorseruns!这匹马跑得多快呀!Ⅱ.quick指较短的时间或较近的将来即可发生或完成某事,常用来形容动作敏捷、反应迅速。如:①Comequick!快来呀!②Pleasegivemeaquickreply.请迅速给我答复。Ⅲ.rapid表速度之快,往往可与fast通用,但它多指运动本身。如:①Theboyismakingrapidprogress.这孩子进步很快。②Rapidspeechisusuallyindistinct.急促的语言往往不清晰。③Thecurrentwasrapid.水流得很急。Ⅳ.swift表速度很快而又常指运动平稳而不费力。如:①Eaglesareswiftinflight.鹰飞得很快。②Thecurentwasveryswift.水流得很快。,§186 feed/keepⅠ.feed“喂养”,强调具体的动作,意为:“给……喂食、给……东西吃”常用句型为:feedsb./sth.(onsth);feedsth.tosb./sth.给(人或动物)某物作为食物。如:①MrKinghasalargefamilytofeed.金先生要养活一大家人。②Whatdoyoufeedyourdogon?你用什么喂狗?③Feedsomestewed(炖的)appletothebaby.给婴儿多喂些炖苹果。Ⅱ.keep“饲养”,指总体情况,不涉及具体动作。如:①Theoldwomankeptmanydogs.那位老太太养了许多狗。§187 festival/holiday/red-letterday/vacationⅠ.festival“节日”其特点是同欢乐,如:外国的圣诞节,我国的春节等。①ChristmasandEasterareChurchfestival.圣诞节和复活节都是教会的节日。②AnumberofnewfilmswereshownduringtheSpringFestival.Ⅱ.red-letterday“纪念、节日、大喜日子”,指日历是用红字标明的日子,如:Thereaaremanyred-letterdayroundtheyear.Ⅲ.vacation通常指按规定停下工作或学习等活动而休息的一段时间,一般较长,如学校里的寒暑假。如:Thesummervacationisover.暑假已经过去了。§188 few/afew/little/alittlefew和afew修饰可数名词,little和alittle修饰不可数名词;few和little表否定意义,可受very修饰。afew和alittle表肯定意义,可受only修饰。如:①Fewpeoplewillagreetotheplanbecauseit’stoodangerous.②Thistextiseasytounderstandthoughthereareafewnewwordsinit.③-------Thereislittlewaterleftinmyglass.-------Willyoupleasegivemesome?④Don’tworry,wehavealittletimeleft.§189 fairly/quite/ratherⅠ.fairly多用于褒义,语气最弱,表“适度、尚可”等意思。①It’sfairlycoldout;wearajacket.外面颇冷,穿件外套。②Thisisafairlyeasybook.这是一本相当浅易的书。Ⅱ.Quite与fairly用法相似,但语气较强。如:,①Itisquitecoldout;wearacoat.外面很冷,穿件外套。②Youarenotquitehappythismorning.你今天早上我太高兴。Ⅲ.rather多用于贬义。语气在这三个词中最强。如:Itisrathercoldout;wearawarmcoat.外面相当冷,穿件暖和人大衣。§190 fight/struggle/battleⅠ.fight意为“战斗”,指人与人,动物与动物,用武器或不用武器的战斗,也可以引伸其义,如:Theyfoughttheirenemiesbravely.他们勇敢斗敌。Ⅱ.struggle意为“斗争”,指那些费力、很艰苦、时间长的斗争,如:Hislifewasahardstrugglewithsickness.他一生与疾病作了艰苦的斗争。Ⅲ.battle“作战”,一般指有组织的武装部队之间的斗争。如:Theywerewoundedinbattle.他们都在战斗中受了伤。作为名词时,fight和battle都有“战斗”的意思,有时可以通用。如:Thefight/battlelastedalongtime.这次战斗持续了很长时间。1)fight的意义比较广泛,还可指人对自然界的斗争,有时也指人们之间的斗争。如:Wehavestardedafightagainstpollution.我们已开始了一场消除污染的斗争。2)struggle相当于ahardfight(奋斗),如:Theslaveswontheirstruggleforfreedom.奴隶们为自由而进行的斗争胜利了。§191 fill/fullⅠ.fill为及物动词,表“使……满”,常与介词with搭配,表达“被……充满”时用befilledwith结构。如:①Thebottleisfilledwithwater.这只瓶子装满了水。②Hewasfilledwithjoyatthenews.听到这个消息,他内心充满了喜悦。Ⅱ.full是形容词,多作表语,表示主语所处的状态,常见于befullof结构中。如:①Theschoolbagisfullofbooks.书包里装满了书。②Hedrewinanoldbadsketfullofsand.他捞上来一个灌满泥沙的旧蓝子。[注]:befilledwith=befullof.可以互换。但介词with与of不能混淆。如:Theroomisfullofpeople.=Theroomisfilledwithpeople.§192 final/last,Ⅰ.final表终止或结束之意,有时带有决定性或结论性等意味。如:①Todayisthefinaldayofthisterm.今天是本学期的最后一天。②Weshallknowthefinalresultsoftheelectionstomorrow.明天我们将知道选举的最后结果。Ⅱ.last“最后的、末尾的”指按次序的前后或时间的先后居于最后,并意味着后面不再有了。如:①Myhousestandsinthelastrow.②Hewasthelastonetoenter.§193 finally/atlast/intheend这三个都可以作“最后”讲,但用法不同。Ⅰ.finally表动作的发生顺序是在“最后”,无感情色彩,只用于过去时,它居句首时较多。Ⅱ.atlast表经过一定曲折之后某事才发生,强调努力的结果,带有较强的感情色彩,须用一般过去时。Ⅲ.intheend表事物发展的自然顺序的“终结”,有时或与finally相互替换,但用于对将来的预测,则只能用intheend。如:①Didthemanintheshopunderstandhimatlast?②Finallyhewenttoseethefamousmanhimself.③Ihopethateverythingwillturnoutallrightintheend.§194 famousas/famousforⅠ.(be)famousas“以(某种身份)……出名(著名)”as后跟人宾语往往与主语同位。如:①Sheisfamousasapoet.他以一名诗人而著名。②Thetownisfamousasacar-makingplace.该城镇以制造汽车而闻名。Ⅱ.(be)famousefor“困……而闻名(驰名)”表示由于某种特征而出名,for后的宾语一般为主语人从属内容。如:①Chinahasbeenfamousforitssilk.中国素以丝绸闻名。②Thiscityisfamousforitsbiggamblingresort.该市因其大赌场而驰名。§195 fix/mend/repairⅠ.这三个词都可译为“修理”,但fix一词在美语中应用更广泛。fix和repair一样,都表示使受到一定损坏或失灵的东西恢复其性状或机能,如“修理、安装”钟表、收音机、照相机、电视机、汽车和机床等大型物体。repair还可以用于修筑堤坝、道路和建筑等。如:,aⅡmend一般用于“修补”破损的东西使其恢复原样,一般指较小之物。如衣服、鞋袜、伞和桌椅等。如:mend§196foolish/silly/stupidⅠ.foolish的意思是“愚蠢的、傻的”,指显得缺乏判断力或普通常识的人或言行等。如:①Howfoolishofyoutocondent!你竟会同意,多么愚蠢啊!②Don’tbesofoolish.别那么傻。③Heisafoolishmantothrowawaysuchachance.他放弃这样的机会真是个傻瓜。Ⅱ.silly的意思是“愚蠢的、傻的”,表示愚蠢到了极点,以致令人发笑或轻视,它还常常表示没有意思、无聊等意义。如:①Howsillyofyoutodothat!你竟做那件事,多么愚蠢啊!②Thatisasillystory.那是一个无聊的故事。Ⅲ.stupid的意思是“愚蠢的、笨的”,指智力差,觉察理解力、学习能力等差。它有时可与foolish或silly通用,但其意味最强。如:①Heisastupidperson.他是个蠢人。②Howstupidofhimtooverlooksuchanobviousmistake.如此明显的错误他居然都没有看出来,多么愚蠢呀!§197forshort/shortforⅠ.forshort意为“简称”、“缩写”,是介词词组,常用作状语,如:①TheteachertoldTomtowritethetextforshort.老师要汤姆缩写课文。Ⅱ.shortfor意为“是。。。。。。的缩写”与be动词连用,构成系表结构作谓语,如:①“There’re”isshortfor“thereare”.§198fromnowon/fromthenonfromnowon“从现在起”,是以现在为起点延续下去,谓语通常用将来时态。fromthenon“从那时起”,是以过去为起点延续下来,谓语通常用过去时态和完成时态。如:①Sheisgoingtolivewithyoufromnowon.从现在起我将刻苦学习。,①Fromthenon,hehasn’tseenhisuncleagain.从那以后他再也没有看见他叔叔了。§199game/match/race/sportⅠ.game主要指决定胜负的游戏,通常有一套规则,凡参加者均须遵守。如:①Afteragameonthewportsfieldtheyoftenbecomegoodfriends.他们在运动场上进行一场比赛之后,常常变成了好朋友。[注]:说“比赛”,在英国通常用match,在美国通常用game.另外game的复数形式一般指大型的国际比赛或综合性体育运动会。如:theOlympicGames奥林匹克运动会。Ⅱ.match表示相互间正式的体育比赛、球类比赛,英国人常用。①Theyaregoingtohaveavolleyballmatch.他们将进行一场排球赛。Ⅲ.race主要用于赛跑、赛车等速度比赛。如:①Whocanwintherelayrace,Class3orClass4?谁能赢这场接力赛,三班还是四班?Ⅳ.sport多指户外的游戏或娱乐活动,如打球,跳高,游泳,钓鱼,打猎,赛马和拳术等。如:①Swimmingishisfavouritesport.游泳是他最喜欢的运动项目。②Skatingisoneofthewintersports.滑冰是一个冬季运动项目。[注]复数形式sports可指运动会。如:③Hecreatedanewrecordinhigh-jumpatourschoolsports.在我们学校的运动会上,他创造了跳高新纪录。§200gift/presentⅠ.gift“礼物”指较正式的礼物。如:Thewatchwasagiftfromhisfather.Ⅱ.present往往与gift通用,但不如gift正式。如:①I’mbuyingitforapresent,sopleasewrapitupnicely.我买这东西是作礼物送人的,请你包扎得好一点。②Hegavemethebookasapresent.他给我这本书作为礼物。§201grow/keep/raise/plantⅠ.grow&plant都可表示“种植”如种植草、树、苗、花卉粮食等植物。grow着重指种植以后的栽培、管理过程。plant着重指“种植”这一行为。某人plantatree之后,树是死是活,不一定管,但某人growatree则包括培育管理,使其生长的过程。如:,①Thestudentsareplantingtreesonthehill.学生们正在山坡上栽树。(不用grow)②Thefarmergrowswheatinthisfield.那位农民在这块田里种植小麦。(不用plant)③PeoplegrowbananasinHainan.海南种植香蕉。(不用plant)Ⅱ.keep表“赡养”后可接表人或动物的名词,不用来代替plant或grow.如:①Hehasawifeandthreechildrentokeep.他要养活妻子和三个孩子。②Mygrandmakeepspigsandhens.我奶奶养猪养鸡。③Myunclehasalargefamilytokeep.我叔叔要养活一大家人。Ⅲ.raise除表“饲养(动物)”以外,还可表示“教育(子女)”;“培育(植物)”。如:①Weraisedagoodcropoftomatoesthisyear.今年我们种的西红柿长得很好。②Mygrandmaraisedafamilyoffive.我祖母养育了五口之家。③Wherewereyouraised?你在哪儿长大?④Heraisedsomeflowersinthebackgarden.他在后园里种了一些花。[注]:raise强调从小精心培养到大,通常指培养花卉以及较难管理的植物。如:①Let’sgrow/raisesomeflowersinthegarden.咱们在园子里种些花吧。①Wegrowrice,wheatandcottoninmyhometown.在家乡,我们种植水稻、小麦和棉花。(不宜用raise)§202 glad/happy/merry/pleased这组形容词都有:“高兴、快乐”之意。Ⅰ.glad多用在与人见面时的客套语中,指使人感到:情绪上有短暂的喜悦,常用作表语,一般情况下不作定语。如:①I’mgladtohelpyouwithyourEnglish.我很高兴帮你学英语。Ⅱ.happy指使人感到内心的满足、幸福和愉快,祝贺新年或庆贺生日时常用到它,可用作表语和定语。如:①HappyNewYear!新年好!②I’llbehappytomeethim.我将高兴地与他见面。Ⅲ.pleased意为:“对……感到满意/高兴”常与be连用,后面接介词with(sb),at(sth)等引起的短语,或不定式;pleased通常不作定语。如:①Heispleasedwithhisnewjob.他对他的新工作很满意。②Shewasverymuchpleasedatthenews.她听到这个消息非常满意。[注意]:以下结构可互换:,beⅣ.merry除“高兴”之外,还有耳目可以感到的“热闹”,一般只作定语。如:MerryChristmas!祝祝zzzzzhristmas"thyourEnglish.§203 go/walkⅠ.go指朝着一定地点的方向运动。如:①Wegotoschoolatseveninthemorning.②Pleasegodownstairstohavelunch.③此外,go的主语还可以是动物、交通工具和机械等。如:Mywatchgoesfast.我的表走快了。ThetraingoestoBeijing.火车开往北京。Ⅱ.walk指朝着一定地点或无目的地“走”,常译为“步行、散步”如:①Heoftenwalksaftersupper.饭后他经常散步。②Theyarewalkingalongtheriver.他们正沿着河岸走。③Let’sgooutforawalk.我們出去散步吧。§204 goonwithsth/goondoingsth/goontodosthⅠ.goondoingsth,“(停顿以后)继续做某事”;“不停地做某事”即做原来在做的事情。如:①Nowlet’sgoonwriting.我们继续往下写。②It’sraining,butthefarmerswentonworking(=keptonworking)inthefields.天在下雨,然而农民們还在地里我停地干活。Ⅱ.goonwithsth表示:“间断后做原来没有做完的事”后面跟名词,不能接动词-ing形式。如:①Afterarest,theywentonwiththework.休息以后,他们继续劳动。Ⅲ.goontodosth.指“接着做另一件事”,即接下来做与原来不同人事情。如:①That’sallforthetext.Nowlet’sgoontolearnthegrammer.课文就到这里,现在我们接着学语法。②Hewentontoshowushowtotranslatethesentenceinadifferentway.他接着教我们如何用另一种方法翻译这个句子。,§205 gotobed/gotosleep/sleep/be(fall)asleepⅠ.gotobed指“就寝”,只表示“上床去睡”这一动作,无“睡着”之意。是终止性动词。它的对应词是getup“起床”Ⅱ.inbed表示一种状态,在句中常作表语,意为“躺在床上,睡着”。其中in不能用on替换。Ⅲ.gotosleep与gettosleep意义相近,也是终止性动词。即:“入睡、睡着”,强调进入梦乡的过程。“开始睡觉”,即:beingtosleep.如:①Idon’tknowwhenIwenttosleep/gotsleeplastnight.我不知道我昨晚什么时候睡着的。Ⅳ.fallasleep意为“睡着”表示一个动作的过程,侧重于“自然而然地入睡”,有时也含有“不想入睡而入睡”之意;beasleep“熟睡”,强调睡眠的状态,该短语在句中作谓语。Ⅴ.sleep可动词和名词,表“睡着”“睡眠”,是可持续性的动词。Ⅵ.asleep是表语形容词,不能作定语如:①Thechildrenareallasleep.孩子们都睡着了。②Areyouasleep?你睡着了吗?§206 good/fine/nice/wellⅠ.good是含义最广的形容词,表“好的质量”,“好的品质”。等意思。如:①Lucyisagoodgirl.②Theseeggsaregood(指鲜人品质)。Ⅱ.fine侧重于“质量的精细”,“身体健康”,还可以表示“天气晴朗”等。如:①Thisisafinehouse.②Howareyou?I’mfine,thankyou.③It’safinedayforwalk.这是一个散步的好天气。Ⅲ.nice指从外表上的“好看、漂亮”。取悦于人的感觉。也可指“(对人)友好和蔼”如:①It’sanicewatch,butit’snotagood/fineone.这块表看上去不错,但却不是一块好表。②It’sveryniceofyou.你真太好了。③Theyarenicemooncakes.这都是美味的月饼。Ⅳ.well是副词。表干/做得“好”,修饰动词。也可作表语,指身体好。如:①Welldone!干得好!②I’mwell.我好了。,§207 grow/increaseⅠ.作不及物动词,两者有相同的含意“增长”。如:①Thepopulationoftheworldisgrowing/increasingfasterandfaster.世界人口增长越来越来快。Ⅱ.grow还有“生长,发育”的意思。如:①Thericeisgrowingfine.水稻长势不错。Ⅲ.作及物动词,用法各异。grow种植,栽如:①WheatisgrowninnorthofChina.中国北方种植小麦。increase增加、增长如:①Theyareworkinghardtoincreaseproduction.他们正在努力工作以增加产量。Ⅳ.increase可作名词,意为“增加、增长”。如:①WearetryingourvesttoslowdownthepopulationincreaseinChina.在中国我们正在尽全力降低人口数量的增长。§208 handin/turninⅠ.handin“传递、交给”。指交作业等。如:Theteachertoldthemtohandintheirexercise-books.老师要他们交作业本。Ⅱ.turnin“上交、交出”。指将某物归公。或交给上级或组织以便找到失主。一般也可与handin互换。如:①Youshouldturninthemoney.你应该把那钱上缴。②Youshouldturnin/handinyourfinishedhomework.你们应该把完成的作业交上来。§209 handsup/putupone'shandⅠ.handsup是一句祈使语气的口语,相当于Putupyourarmsoveryourhead!“举起手来!”如:①“Handsup,orI’llshoot.”Thepolicemandemandedtherobber.“举起手来,不然我开枪了。”警察命令抢劫犯。Ⅱ.putupone’shand意思与handsup相同。但语气要弱得多。如:①Whoknowstheanswer?Handsup/Putupyourhands,please.谁知道这个答案?请举手。②Putupyourhandsifyouhaveanyquestion.如有问题请举手。§210 happen/takeplace/occur,都有“发生”之意Ⅰ.happen是普通用语,应用广泛,指事情的发生有直接原因或带有偶然性。即:“(某人)发生了什么事——happentosb”,或“(某物)发生了什么情况——happentosth”。其主语通常由accident或类似it,whatthis,that,thing,something等代词担任。还可表示“碰巧发生某事,——happentodosth.”如:①Whathashappened?发生什么事了?–––②Whathappenedtoyou?你发生什么事了?③Ithappenedthroughyournegligence.这事的发生是由于你的疏忽。④Hehappenedtobeworking.他恰好正在工作。⑤Ithinkit’sbecauseIhappenedtolikeEnglish.我想这是因为我碰巧喜欢英语。Ⅱ.takeplace常指经过安排的事,无偶然之意。其主语常是表:“运动、活动、会议等”的名词。如:①TheOlympicGamestakeplaceeveryfouryears.奥林匹克运动会每四年举行一次。②TheMay4thMovementtookplacein1919.五四运动发生于一九一九年。③Greatchangeshavetakenplaceinourcountrysinceliberation.解放来,我国发生了巨大的变化。Ⅲ.occur[ә`kә:]常与happen通用。但,是较为正式的用语。指在一定的时间内发生一定的事情。①Whendidtheaccidentoccur?那事故是什么时候发生的?②Don’tletthemistakeoccuragain?不要让这样的错误再次发生。§211 hare/rabbitⅠ.hare“野兔”比rabbit大,不打洞栖身。如:①Thatisahare.那是只野兔。Ⅱ.rabbit指“野兔”时,比hare小,不打洞栖身。它也可指家兔。如①Isawarabbithole.我看到一个野兔洞。②Hecamebackwithacoupleofrabbitsandahare.他带了一对家兔和一只野兔回来。§212 harm/hurtⅠ.harm与hurt均有“伤害”之意,但二者有区别:harm用面较广,往往暗示“不良的后果”,所指伤害往往是抽象、笼统的。,hurt往往暗示“肉体上疼痛或精神上的不快”其宾语常常是身体上一部分的名词,所指的伤害是具体的。可见的。①Thenoseofmachinesharmedtheirhearing.机器的噪声伤害了他们的听力。②Hehurthisbackwhenhefell.他跌倒时伤了背。§213 havebeento/havebeenin/havegonetoⅠ.havebeento…表示:“曾经到过某处”但目前人未在那儿。如:①Wherehaveyoubeen?你到哪儿去了?(现在已回来)IhavebeentoBeijing.我去北京了。(现不在北京)②Ihaveneverbeentherebefore,haveI?我以前从未去过那儿,是吗?Ⅱ.havebeenin表示:“去了某地,并曾在那儿(一段时间),或现在仍在那儿。①ShehasbeeninShanghaiforafewweeks.Ⅲ.havegoneto…表示:“去了”指人已经走了,(至少目前不在说话的地点,在去的途中或已经到目的地)。如:①Kateisn’tathome,Shehasgometoschool.凯特不在家,她上学去了。(在路上或已经在学校了)。②Sheisn’there,shehasgonetoNanjing.她不在这儿,她去南京了。§214 havesthdone/havesbdone/havesbdosth/havesb(sth)doing/havesb(sth)+prepⅠ.havesthdone“让某事被做”如:I’llhavemyhaircuttomorrow.明天我要去理发。(让别人理)。Ⅱ.haveshdone。“让某人被……”如:Hehadmewhipped.他叫人用鞭子打我。(让别人打)Ⅲ.havesbdosth.“让某人做某事”如:IwillhaveUncleWangrepairmyTV.我要让王叔叔修理我的电视机。Ⅳ.havesb./sth.doing“让某人/某物处于某种状态。如:①Don’thavethestudentsstudyingallday.别整天让学生們学习。②Theyhadthemachineworkingalldayandallnight.他们让这机器整日整夜地工作。Ⅴ.havesb./sth.+介词短语或副词,如:①Theteacherhadherstudentsintheclassroom.老师让学生留在教室里。,①Haveherhere!让她到这儿来。§215 haveto/mustⅠ.haveto“必须”往往着重于客观的需要,含有不得不的意味。如:①Doyouhavetoseeadoctortoday?你今天要去看医生吗?②Itwaslateandwehavetostayathome.时间已晚,我们只得呆在家里。Ⅱ.must“必须”往往着重于主观上认为有义务,有必要。如:①Wemustworkhard.我们必须努力工作。②Wemustgo.我必须去。§216 have/ownⅠ.have“有”表人与物/人,物与物之间存在的“所有;所属”的关系。有时人不一定是物/人的主人。如:①IhaveanEnglishbookhere.我这儿有一本英语书。②Doyouhaveanymoneywithyou?你带有钱吗?Ⅱ.own用于较正式场合,强调“(合法地)拥有”某物的所有权,主语一定是该物的主人。如:①Iownabike.我有一辆自行车。②Whoownsthecar?这辆小汽车是谁的?§217 head/brainsⅠ.head指外表看得见的,有形的“头”。如:Don’thittheboyonthehead.别打那孩子的头。Ⅱ.brains指抽象的,无形的“脑力、智力”。[注]useone’shead和useone’sbrains含义基本相同。brains常作单数看。§218 hear/hearof/hearfromⅠ.hear“听见”指听力,强调听的结果。如:①IoftenhearLucysinginthenextroom.Ⅱ.hearof“听说”强调间接听到有关某人的情况或得到消息。有时可用about代替of,意义无多大的区别。如:①Weareallgladtohearofyoursuccess.听到你成功的消息,我们都很高兴。②Haveyouheardofherlately?你最近听到她什么情况吗?,Ⅲ.hearfrom“接到……的来信(电话等)”如:①Hopetohearfromyousoon.希望你早点来信。②Wehavenotheardfromhimsinceheleft.自从他离开后,我们一直没有收到他的来信。§219 hear/listenⅠ.hear“听到”强调听的结果。不一定是有意识的。如:①Canyouhearme?你能听见我说话吗?②IheardhervoicebutIdidn’tbothertolistentowhathewassaying.我听到了她的声音,但并不用心去听她说的是什么。Ⅱ.listen“听”强调倾听的动作,当然未必能听到什么。是不及物动词,接宾语时常与介词to连用。如:①Listen!Whatdoyouhearwhatsheissaying?听!你听见她在说些什么?②Welistenedattentivelyforalongtimebutheardnothing.我们仔细地听了半天,但什么也没听到。§220 heaven/skyⅠ.heaven“天、天国、天堂”与earth和hell(地狱)相对。在文学语言中,它也可以指天空,常用算数形式。如:①Thecommunemembersarefightingheavenandearth.社员们在战天斗地。②Helookedatthestarryheavens=Heislookingatstarrysky.他瞧着布满星星的天空。Ⅱ.sky“天、天空”,一般用作单数。但在文学语言中,有时也用算数形式(skies).如:①Therewerenocloudsinthesky.天上没有云。②Bittersacrificestrengtnensboldresolve.Whichdarestomakesunandmoonshineinnewskies.为有牺牲多斗志,敢教日月换新天。(毛泽东)§221 high/tallⅠ.high“高(的)”,普通用语。与low相对。指块状物体的高度。主要指本身比一般同类东西较高,或指所处位置较高。如:①That’saveryhighmountain.那是一座很高的山。②Helookedatthehighceiling.他望着高高的天花板。Ⅱ.tall“高的”,常与short相对,也指同类中较高的,尤其是表示高度远远超过宽度或直径。即指细长物体的高度。因此可以指人,也可指物。当指物时,往往可与high,通用。但不可指山,或大型建筑物。如:①Sheisrathertall.她相当高。②Wecanseethetall(high)tower.我们可以看到那个高塔。§222 hill/mountainⅠ.hill“小山”通常比mountain小。如:①Iwentdownthehill.我从山上走下来。②Thehousestandsonthetopofahill.房子在山顶上。Ⅱ.mountain“高山”,比hill大。如:①Wemadeourwayupthemountain.我们登山。②Hewasbroughtupinthemountain.他在山里长大的。§223 helpwith/help…with.Ⅰ.helpwith“帮助”后面直接跟名词。如:①Joneswillhelpwiththeconcert.琼斯将帮助搞音乐会。②Thechildrenarehelpingwiththehousework.孩子们正在帮助做家务。Ⅱ.help…with.“帮助某人做某事”即helpstwithsth.如:①MayIhelpyouwithyourluggage?我帮你拿行李好吗?②Myfatherusedtohelpmewithmylessons.父亲过去常常帮助我做功课。§224 humanbeing/man/person/peopleⅠ.humanbeing“人类”,可数名词,算数为humanbeings.意义较具体,以区别于动物、鬼神之类。如:Therewerenosightofhumanbeingsontheislandalthoughthereweremonkeys,wildgoatsandsnakes.那个岛上虽然有猴子,野羊和蛇,但没有人居住过的痕迹。Ⅱ.man“人类”,单数或复数均可。其前不用限定词。如:Manmustmaketheearthsupportmorepeople.人类必须使地球养活更多的人。Ⅲ.person.“人”着重指个别而言。与animal相对。指男,女,老,少均可。如:Thereareonlythreepersonsintheroom.房间里只有三个人。Ⅳ.people“人”是集合名词。与enemy相对,有较强的感情色彩。指普通人时,可与person代换。其复数形式为“民族”之意。如:①Mostpeoplethinkso大多数人这样想。,①Therearemorethan50peoplesinourcountry.我国有50多个民族。§225 hanged/hung这两个词都是hang的过去分词。Ⅰ.hanged是hang用作“上吊;绞死”时的过去时和过去分词。①Themurdererwashangedthismorning.那个杀人犯今天上午被绞死。②Hehangedhimselffromabeamintheattic.他在阁楼上悬梁自尽了。Ⅱ.hung是hang用作“悬挂;下垂”等意思时过去时和过去分词。如:①ShehungtheChristmasdecorationsonthetree.她把圣诞节的装饰品挂在树上。②Hehunghisheadinshame.他羞耻得垂下脑袋。§226 hurryup/hurryoff(away)/hurrytoⅠ.hurryup中的up是副词。“赶快、快点、加紧”之意。含有催促、命令之意。且常用于肯定结构,偶而用于否定结构时,up可省。如:①Hurryup!Thereisnotenoughtime.赶快!时间不够了。②Don’thurry.Thereisenoughtime.别着急。还有时间。Ⅱ.hurryoff/away中的away是副词。“匆匆离去”无催促之意。如:①LiLeihurriedoff/awaywithoutaword.李雷一句话不说就匆匆走了。②Withthis,thewomanhurriedaway/off.=Withthis,thewomanwentawayinahurry.说完这话,那妇人匆匆离去。Ⅲ.hurryto是短语动词。to介词。“匆匆去某地”如:①Hehurriedtohisoffice.=Hewenttohisofficeinahurry.Ⅳ.inahurry.介词短语。“匆忙地(地)”,“慌忙地(的)”①Shedressedherselfforthepartyinahurry.她为参加联欢会而匆忙地换穿衣服。②Youarealwaysinahurry.你总是匆匆忙忙地。§227 hurt/injure/woundⅠ.hurt的意思是“使受伤、使疼痛、使伤心、伤害”,它是普通用语,可以表示使肉体受伤或疼痛,也可以表示使感情受到伤害。如:①Hehurthisbackwhenhefell.他跌到时伤了背部。②Myshoeistootight,ithurts(me).我的鞋太紧,使我的脚感到痛。③That’llhurtherfeelings.那会伤她的感情。,Ⅱ.injure的意思是“伤害、损害”,指损害一个人的外表、健康、完好的东西(如自尊心、名誉、成就)等。如:①Heinjuredanarminacaraccident.他在一次车祸中伤了一只手臂。②Youwillinjureyourhealthbysmokingtoomuch.你吸烟太多,有伤身体。③Thisinjuredhispride.这伤了他的自尊心。Ⅲ.wound的意思是“受伤、伤害”,通常指因外来的暴力使身体受伤,尤指在战争中或遭袭击受伤。它也可以指精神上受创伤。如:①Tensoldierswerekilledandthirtywounded.十名士兵阵亡,三十名受伤。②Thebulletwoundedhimintheshoulder.枪弹打伤了他的肩膀。③Hefeltwoundedinhishonour.他觉得他的名誉受到了伤害。§228 if/whetherⅠ.都有“是否”之意。在某种情况下右互换。如:①Idon’tknowif/whetherhe’llcometomorrow.我不知道明天他是否来。Ⅱ.但在下列6种情况下if不能替换whether:1.正式文体中,句中有ornot时。如:Iwonderwhetheritisbigenoughornot.我不知道它是否够大。2.引导主语、表语、同位语从句时。如:Whetheritistrue(ornot)isstillaquestion.它是不是真的还是一个问题。3.作介词宾语时,如:Ihaven’tdecidedthequwstionofwhetherI’llgobackhome.我还未决定是否要回家去。4.放在不定式前,与不定式组成词组。如:LiLeihasn’tdecidedwhethertogoornot.李雷还未决定去还是不去。5.作discuss等词的宾语时,如:Theydiscusswhethertheyshouldclosetheshop.他们讲座是否该关闭那家商店。6.引导的从句放在句首时。如:Whetherthisistrueornot,Icannotsay.这件事是否真实我说不上。Ⅲ.if还有连词的功能,意为“如果”引导条件状语从句;而whether另有“不管,无论”之意,引导让步状语从句。如:①Iwillbehappyifyoucallme.如果你打电话给我,我将很高兴。②Whetheryoulikeitornot,you’llhavetodoit.不管你喜欢不喜欢,你必须做这件事。,§229 ill/sickⅠ.ill“病”,常用作表语,一般不作名词的前置定语用;而sick可直接作前置定语用。如:①Sheislookingafterhersickmother.(不能用ill)她在照顾她生病的母亲。②Hewasillyesterday.昨天他病了。Ⅱ.ill可放在被修饰的名词后面。如:①HeisamanillwithTB.他是一个患肺结核的人。Ⅲ.ill的比较级和最高级分别是worse和worst.表病重时,一般不说heavilyill/sick.而应说:seriouslysick/ill.如:①Hecaughtacoldandsoongotworse.他得了伤风,不久就更厉害了。②Hisuncleisseriouslyill.他的叔叔病得很重。§230 in/after/later都有“在……之后”的意思,区别在于:Ⅰ.in是介词,用来表示从现在算起的“过一段时间以后”,常于将来时态的肯定句中,一般与go,come,start,arrive,return(beback),finish等表示瞬间动作的终止性动词连用。如:I’llcomeandseeyouintwodays.两天之后我再来看你。Ⅱ.after是介词,用来表示在某一具体时间或某一具体事件以后,谓语动词可用于过去时,也可用将来时。如:①Hewillarriveafterfouro’clock.他将在四点以后到达。②Shesaidshewouldbebackafterfiveo’clock.[注]此情况下时间名词应为点时间。after还可以表示从过去某时起若干时间之后,谓语动词用过去时,不能用将来时。如:Lucystartedaftertwodays.[注]此时应为段时间名词。Ⅲ.later是副词,不能用于从讲话时刻算起的若干时间之后,要根据上下文推断从何时起至何时之后。如:①IshallcallonMrLi之后laterys.edwoiyoulledandthirtyonMay1standshallcallagainaboutaweeklater.五月一日我将拜访李先生,大约一星期之后我再来拜访。②Ishallcallagainlater.[注]later只能放在段时间名词之后。§231 in/of,均可用来表比较范围。Ⅰ.of表“属性”,意为“在同类中,最……”Ⅰ.in表“在……内”,意指“在某地或某范围之中最……”,其后接表地点或组织、机构等的名词,与比较对象不属同一范畴。如:①LiLeiisthetallestofthethreeboys.②LiLeiisthetallestinourclass.§232inthefuture/infuture这两个词组都有“在将来”的意思,但含义上有区别。Ⅰ.infurture多指从现在开始近期的将来,在时间上包括现在。如:①Youmustbemorecarefulinfurture.你今后必须更加小心。②Hepromisedtogivememorehelpinfurture.他答应今后给我更多的帮助。Ⅱ.inthefurture多指较遥远的将来的某一时间,在时间概念上一般不包括现在。如:①Whocantellwhatwillhappeninthefurture?谁能说准将来会发生什么?②Inthefurturetravelagenciesmaybeorganizingtripstothemoon.将来,旅行社可能会组织去月球的旅行。[注]inthefurture的furture前加形容词时,不要去掉the。如inthenear/far/distantfurture。§233intime/ontimeⅠ.intime“及时”,指的是不迟到或在提前的时间之前做某事,后面可接不定式或for短语。Ⅱ.ontime“准时”,指按规定的时间或指定的时间做某事,后面不可以跟不定式或for短语。如:①Joewasjustintimeforthebud.Joe正好赶上那班汽车。②Theygotthereontimetoseetheexhibition.他们准时到那儿,去看了那个展览。③Canyougetthereintime?你能及时感到那儿吗?④Youmustalwaysreturnyourlibrarybookontime.你必须总是按时归还从图书馆借的书。§234 in/on/toⅠ.in表示“在某范围之内”,如:①IntheNorthwest,therewillbesnowinthenight.②BeijingisinthenorthofChina.Ⅱ.on表示“两地接壤”。如:①TianjinisonthenorthofBeijing.②JiangshuisonthesouthofShandong.,Ⅲ.to表示“在某范围之外,两地不接壤”。如:①TherewillbeastrongwindtothenorthoftheHuaiRiver.②JapanistotheeastofChina.§235 increaseby/increasetoⅠ.“increaseby+倍数或百分数”,表示“增加了。。。。。。倍/百分之”。“incteaseto+具体的增长后的数字”,表示“增加到了。。。。。。”。如:①Thepopulationofthistownhasincreaseby5percent.这个镇的人口增长了5%。②Thepopulationofourcountryhasincreasedto1.3billion.我们国家的人口已增长到了13亿。Ⅱ.表示“在。。。。。。方面增长”用in来引导的短语。如:①Ithasincrease30percentinprice.它的价格增长了30%。②Itsmembersareincreasinginnumber.它的成员数量正在增加。③Thecountryisfastincreasinginpopulation.这个国家人口增长很快。§236 indeed/reallyⅠ.indeed的意思是“真的、的确”,多用以肯定或证实人家所说的话,或加强自己说话的肯定语气,如:①-----It’sadifficultproblem.这是一个困难的问题。-----Indeeditis.的确如此。②Wewereindeedverygladtohearthenews.听到这消息我们真高兴。④Thankyouverymuchindeed.真感谢你。Ⅱ.really的意思是“真的、真正、的确”,指和事实或现实不相违背,用以表示肯定人家所说的是实话,希望人家说实话或强调自己说的是实话。它有时还用以表示对人家所说的话感到惊讶、生气、怀疑等。如:①-----Heisagoodstudent.他是一个好学生。-----Really.的确是。②Itwasreallynotmyfault.那的确不是我的错。①Doyoureallywishtogo?你真的想去吗?②------We’regoingtoQingdaothissummer.今年夏天我们要去青岛。------Oh,really?啊,真的吗?,§237 interest/interesting/interestedⅠ.interest.n.“兴趣;趣味”v.“使(人)产生兴趣”①Whatyousaidinterestsme.你的话引起了我的兴趣。②Heshowsaninterestinmusic.他对音乐感兴趣。Ⅱ.interesting.adj.“有趣的;引起兴趣的”可作表语或定语,指物或人本身能引起兴趣。如:③Thefilmisveryinteresting.电影非常有趣。④Heisaninterestingman.他是一个有趣的人。Ⅲ.interested是动词interest加ed构成的形容词,意为“感兴趣的”,其主语一般指人。常构成短语:interestedin,如:⑤Whenhewasonlyachild,hegotinterestedinscience.当他仅是一个孩子时,他就对科学产生了兴趣。§238 job/work两者均表示“工作”,后者(work)含义更广,为不可数名词。也可作不及物动词;前者(job)强调工作的性质或工种,为可数名词。如:①Ilikethejob/work.我喜欢这份工作。②Theworkiseasytodo.这份活很易做。名词otmyfault.gdaothissummer. henorthoftheHuai§239 join/joinin/takepartinⅠ.join可用来表示加入某个政党、团体、组织等,指成为其中的成员。如:①MyunclejoinedthePartyin1989.②Wearegoingforaswim.Willyoucomeandjoinus.我们要去游泳,你和我们一起去好吗?Ⅱ.joinin表“加入、参与”某种活动,后接名词或动词的ing形式,表“参加某人的活动”可以说:joinsb.in(doing)sth.如:①Hejoinedtheminthework.他同他们一起工作。②Willyoujoinusinplayingbasketball?你跟我们一起打篮球好吗?Ⅲ.takepartin指“参加”会议、考试、竞赛或群众性活动,重在说明句子主语参加该项活动并在其中发挥作用。如:①Theteachertookpartinourdiscussionyesterday.昨天老师参加了我们的讨论。②Whenwillyoutakepartinthemeeting?你将在什么时候参加会议?,[注意]:joinin后面可以不跟宾语。而takepartin后面必须跟宾语。如:Letmejoinin.让我参加吧。§240 journey/trip/voyage/tour/travelⅠ.journey“旅游”着重指:从甲地到乙地所走的路程和花费的时间。多指陆路“旅游”用英语可解释为:atripofsomedistanceusuallybyland.Ⅱ.travel“旅行、游历”多指到世界各地的活动,国与国之间旅行,(没有回到原出发地的含义)表某次具体的旅行时,常用复数。英译为:theactivityofmovingabouttheworld.①Onhisdoctor’sadvice,hewentonhistravels.遵照医生的意见,他出发旅行了。②Hecamehomeafteryearsofforeigntravel.Ⅲ.trip多指带有特殊目的或定期的旅行,为了高兴进行的较短距离的,旅游或远足。①We’llmakeatriponSunday.②Hecamebackfromatrip.他旅归来。Ⅳ.tour“周游、旅游、观光、游览”等,多指不同地点的漫游或短途旅行参观。通常是回到原出发地点时就意味着旅行结束。英译:ajourneyduringwhichseveralplacesofinterestarevisited;ashorttriptoorthroughaplaceonordertoseeit.如:①I’mgoingtosetoutonawalkingtour.我即将动身去徒步旅行。②HehasgoneforatourinEurope.Ⅴ.voyage多指较长距离的水上航行,但也指空中航行。①HemadeavoyagefromShanghaitoQingdao.他从上海航行到青岛。②TheymadeavoyagetoFrancebyair.他们乘飞机到法国。§241 knownas/knownby/knownfor/knowntoⅠ.knownas“作为…而出名”;“被称作…”,as后面的宾语与句子主语是同位的。如:①Georgeisknownasasuccessfulbanker.乔治作为成功的银行家而出名。②Thefirsttomb,knownasChangLing,wasbuiltinthe15thcentury.第一座陵墓叫长陵修建于是5世纪。Ⅱ.knownby“凭……来判断或认识”一般不太常用,多出现在某些谚语中。如:①Amanisknownbythecompanyhekeeps.(谚)见其友,知其人。Ⅲ.knownfor“因……而出名”,for后面多接表示特征、品质之类的词。如:①Guilinisknownforitsbeautifulsceneries.桂林因风景优美而闻名。②Heisknownforhisfrankness.他以坦率而出名。,Ⅳ.knownto“为……所知的”,to后面常接表示人的名词或代词。如:①Sheisknowntoeveryoneinthecollege. 他在学院里人人皆知。②Theusageofthatwordisknowntousall.这个词的用法我们人人皆知。§242 keekpdoingsth/keepondoingsth/keepsbdoingsth/keepsborsthfromdoingsth/stop……fromdoingsth/prevent……fromdoingsthⅠ.keepdoingsth表示“继续(不断)地做某事”指无停顿或停顿较短。或后接表静态的动词。如:sitsleep.Wait,stand,等。Hekeptsittingthereforhalfanhourwithoutmoving.他一动不动地在那儿站了半个小时。Ⅱ.keepondoingsth表经过一段时间的间隙后“继续做同一件事”后可接表动态的词。如walk,writetalk等。还暗指不顾困难、反对、警告而“坚持”做某事。Theykeptonworkinginthefield,thoughitwasraining.虽然天正在下雨,他们还是继续在田里干活。Ⅲ.keepsbdoingsth.“使某人处于某种状态”OurChineseteacherkeptusreadingbyourselvesthewholeclass.整个一节课,我们的语文老师都让我们自己看书。Ⅳ.keepsb/sthfromdoingsth.“阻止、防止某人/某物做某事”如:①Thepolicemankeptthechildrenfromcrossingtheroadwhenitwasdangerous.危险的时候,这位警察阻止了孩子们过马路。②Becarful!Keeptheglassfromdroppingontothefloor.当心!防止玻璃掉到地板上。Ⅴ.prevent……fromdoingsth与上同意,但较正式,隐含预防之意。From在被动语态中不可省。如:Inmanycountries,lawshavebeenpassedtopreventfactoriesfromsendingoutpoisonousgasesandpollutedwater.许多国家已制定法律来制止工厂排放有毒的气体和污水。Ⅵ,stop……fromdoingsth.与上可代换。它常指现场的具体行为。如:Thepolicemanstoppedthechildrenfromplayingfootballinthestreet.警察制止孩子们在街上踢球。§243 kill/murder/slaughterⅠ.kill的意思是“杀”,是普通用语,不限于用刀杀人,而可指用任何办法把人或动物弄死。如:①Hewaskilled.他被杀死了。②Hewaskilledinatrainaccident.他在一次火车事故中死亡。,①Theykilledanimalsforfood.他们宰杀动物为食。Ⅱ.murder的意思是“谋杀”,指非法地、存心不良地或有预谋地杀人。如:Theymurderedarevolutionary.他们谋害了一个革命者。Ⅲ.slaughter的意思是“屠杀”,指大批地、残酷地杀人,也可指屠宰动物。如:Oldmen,womanandchildrenweremercilesslyslaughtered.老人、妇女和孩子们都遭到残酷的屠杀。§244 kind/sortⅠ.kind表示种类的意思时,指属于同种类的东西。如:Thisisanewkindofmachine.这是一种新式机器。Whatkindofmanishe?他是怎样的人?Ⅱ.sort的意思也是“种类”,指大体相似的东西。在语言实践中,这两个词常被毫无区别地使用着,不过,当表示带有轻蔑的意味时,多用sort。如:①Whatsortofbookdoyouwant?你需要哪一种书?②I’llneverdothissortofthing.我决不会干这种事。③Whatsortofpeoplegothere?什么样的人到那儿去?§245 know/knowabout/knowofⅠ.know“知道”;“了解”。侧重直接性。如:①Iknowherverywell.我很了解她。②Idon’tknowhiscurrentaddress.我不知道他目前的地址。Ⅱ.knowabout“知道知道关于……的情况”。①Ihappenedtoknowabouthim.我碰巧了解他的情况。②Idon’tknowaboutthatmatter.我不知道那件事。Ⅲ.knowof“知道有……”;“听说过……”,侧重间接性。①IknowofthetownbutI’veneverbeenthere.我知道有那么个镇子,但从未去过那里。②Idon’tknowMark,butIknowofhim.我不认识马克,但我听说过他。§246 know/recognizeⅠ.know表示认识的意思时,可以表示认识或熟悉某人,也可以只表示认识某人是谁(即认得某人是个什么样子)。它不仅可以用于人,还可以用于地方等。如:①Doyouknowhim?你认识他吗?,①Ihaveknownhimformorethantenyears.我认识他有十多年某人knowplegotheret?ldrenweremercilesslyslmoon.了。②Iknowhimbysightbuthaveneverspokentohim.我认识他是谁,但从没有和他谈过话。③Heknowsthecitythotoughly.他很熟悉那个城市。Ⅱ.recognize表示认识的意思时,表示能认出曾经见过或原来认识的人或物。如:①Doyourecognizehim?你认得他是谁吗?②Ididnotrecognizehimatonce.我一下子都认不得他了。③WhenhecamebacktoNanjing,hehardlyrecognizedthecity.当他回到南京时,他几乎认不得这个城市了。§247 lay/lie这两个词常易混淆,主要是因为两者的意义及它们的过去式和分词形式极易混淆。Ⅰ.lay通常用作及物动词,意为“摆、放、下蛋或产卵”等,过去式、过去分词和现在分词分别为laid,laid,laying。如:①Helaidthepapersonthedeskandthenwentout.他把文件放在桌上,然后出去了。②Theywerelayingthefoundationofthehouse.他们在给房子打地基。③Thecuckoolaysitseggsinotherbirds’nets.杜鹃在别的鸟巢中产卵。Ⅱ.lie一般作不及物动词用,作“躺;平放”解时,其过去式和过去分词分别为lay,lain;作“撒谎”解时,其过去式和过去分词均为lied,现在分词均为lying。如:①Shelayonthebeachallmorning.她整个上午都躺在沙滩上。②Howlonghashelaintherelikethat?他像那样躺在那儿有多久了?③Heliedtome.他对我撒了谎。§248 learn/studyⅠ.这两个动词都作“学习”讲,有时可以互换使用。①Heislearning/studyingEnglishnow.现在他在学习英语。Ⅱ.learn往往通过学习、练习或由别人教授以获得某种知识或技能,侧重学习的成果,有“学会、学到”的意思。study通常指比较深入地学习,含有努力去学的意味,它侧重学习的过程,有“研究、钻研”的意思。如:①Hestudiedhardandfinallylearnedthelanguage.他努力学习,终于学会了这种语言。②Hestudiesinaschoolnearhere.他在附近的一所学校读书。③ButIamlearningtoskate.但我在学习滑冰。,§249 leavesw/leaveforswⅠ.Leave的意思是“离开”,既可作及物动词又可作不及物动词。①HeleftRome.他离开了罗马。②It’stimeforustoleave.我们该走了。Ⅱ.Leavefor的意思是“前往”,指离开某地去另一地,for后面跟表示目的地的地点名词。①HeleftforRome.他动身去了罗马。②ThedelegationleftforGuangzhoubyplane.代表团乘飞机前往广州。§250 leave/forgetⅠ.这二个词都有“忘记”的意思。但leave表示“忘了带……”;“把……落在某个地方了”,后面有地点状语。forget+如:①Ileftmyhandbagintheoffice.我把手提包落在办公室了。②WeoftenseeMr.Gatesstandingoutsidehisownhousebecauseheoftenleavesthekeyinthehouse.我们经常看到盖茨先生站在他自家门外,因为他常把钥匙忘在家里。③Ihaveneverforgottenmyfamily’sbirthdays.我从没忘记过家人的生日。Ⅱ.还有“离开、留下;使处于……状态;听任”的意思。如:①In1933,EinsteinandhisfamilyleftEuropeforUSA.1933年爱因斯坦和他的家人离开欧洲去了美国。②Jimleftamessageonthecomputertoyoujustnow.刚才吉姆在电脑上给你留言了。③Theywentintothecafé,leavingthecarunlocked.他们没锁车,走进了咖啡厅。[谚语]:Neverleavetoday’sworkuntiltomorrow.今天的事今天做。§251 lift/raiseⅠ.lift“举起、提起、抬起”常常表举(提、抬)起某物时需要费些力气。如:①Thisistooheavyformetolift.这太重了,我举不起。②Heliftedapailofwaterfromtheground.他把一桶水从地上提了起来。Ⅱ.raise“举起、抬起”着重指使某物竖立起来。如:①Thosewhoareready,pleaseraiseyourhand.准备好的人,请举手。,①Heraisedhishead.他抬起了头。§252 like/love/befondofⅠ.like“喜欢、喜爱”与dislike相对。是本组词中语意最弱的词。如:①Ilikethepoem.我喜欢这首诗。②Idon’tlikesmoking.我不喜欢抽烟。Ⅱ.love“爱、热爱”与hate相对。带有强烈的感情,是本组词中语意最强的词。如:①Weloveoursocialistmotherland.我们热爱我们的社会主义祖国。②Ilikeher,butIdon’tloveher.我喜欢她,但并不爱她。Ⅲ.befondof“喜欢、爱好”,语意比like强,但比love弱。其后不能接不定式。如:①Heisfondofmusic.他爱好音乐。②Iamfondofreading.我喜欢读书。③Heisveryfondofhismother.他很喜欢他的母亲。[注]:prefer“比起……更喜欢……”,其比较对象通常用在介词to后。如:Whichwouldyouprefer,teaorcoffee?Ipreferteatocoffee.茶和咖啡,你喜欢哪?比起咖啡来我更喜欢茶。§253 little/smallⅠ.little“小的”与big和great相对,表本身小,不含比一般小的意味。用这个词时,往往带有感情色彩。如:①Whataprettylittlehouse!一所多漂亮的小房子!②Iwantthelittlebox,notthebigone.我要小箱子,不要大的。[说明]:little指人时,表和成年人相比,个子小年龄也小。Ⅱ.small“小的”与large相对,它常与little通用。但多指,就一般标准而言比较小的东西,不带感情色彩。如;①Theboyissmallforhisage.就年龄来说,这男孩的个子小了些。②Helivesinasmallroom.他住在一个小房间里。§254 like/asⅠ.like用于比较或比喻,表示“像……一样”。①Sometimeshebehaveslikeafool.有时他的行为举止像个傻瓜。,①Ibegyounottosayanythinglikethattomyparents.我恳求你不要对我的父母说那样的话。Ⅱ.as则表示某人或某事实际上具有as后面所描写的特征或身份,此时as当“作为;当作”解。如:①Heworksasagardener.他的工作是个园丁。②Originally,ourhousewasusedasahotel.原先我们的房子是作旅馆用的。Ⅲ.另外一点要提及的是as可用作连词,后面接句子;like在正规英语中不能用作连词。如:①WheninRome,doastheRomansdo.(谚)入国问禁,入乡随俗。§255 look/lookat/notice/see/watch/read/gaze.Ⅰ.look“看”强调看的动作,指有意思地看,是不及物动词。接宾语时用介词at即:lookat.如:①Look,what’stheboydoing?Heislookingatthepicture.Ⅱ.see强调“看”的结果。指视力。如:①Helookedattheblackbordbuthedidn’tseenothing.Ⅲ.notice是指用眼睛或其它感官或感觉去“注意到”;“看到”①Inoticedthathecameearly,我注意到他来得很早。②Inoticedhimenter(ing)theoffice.我看到他走进了(正在走进)办公室。Ⅳ.watch强调“观看”其行为动作,跟踪其运动着的目标。含有“监视”之意。如:watchTV/agame/aplay/sb.看电视/比赛/戏曲/某人Ⅴ,read指“看书、报、杂志等”,指用大脑去思考,含有阅读之意。如:①Heisreadingabook.§256 look/lookfor/find/findout/lookupⅠ.look“看”指看的意识,强调看的行为动作。是不及物动词。不能直接接宾语。如:①Look,theyareplayingontheplayground.Ⅱ.lookfor“寻找”指有目的地找。强调“寻找”这一动作。①Whatareyoulookingfor?你在找什么?Ⅲ.find“找到、发现”指经过一番努力后“找到”丢失的人或东西。强调“找”的结果。如:①Ican’tfindmypen.我找不到我的钢笔了。②Thepoorgrannyislookingforherlittleson.Ihopeshecanfindhim.这个可怜的老奶奶在找她的小儿子,我希望她能找到他。Ⅳ.findout,“找出、查明”用着及物动词短语,常表达找出答案,弄明真相,查明情况等意思。如:①Pleasefindoutwhenthetrainleaves.请查一下火车什么时候离站。Ⅴ.lookup“向上看;查字典”如:①Shelookedupandshesawmanybirdsinthesky.②Youmustlookupthenewwordswhenyoudon’tknowhowtopronounceit.§257 what’s…like?/How’s…?Ⅰ.What’s…like?“询问某人或事物的持久的特性、特征,如相貌等。如:①---What’syoureldersisterlike?---She’sakindandhumorouswoman.你姐是怎样一个人?她是一个既和善又幽默的女人。②---What’syourfatherlike?---Heistallandfat.你父亲长得怎么样?他又高又胖。③---What’sthespringinthenorthlike?---It’susuallyverywindyanddry.北方的春天怎么样?通常风很大而且干燥。Ⅱ.How’s…?用来询问暂时的情况,或对经历过事的感受,或问候别人的健康。如:①--How’syourstudythesedays?--Verywell.Thankyou.近来的学习情况怎样?很好,谢谢。②Howwasthefilmlastnight?Great!昨晚的电影怎么样?好极了!③Howisyoursister?She’sverywell.你姐好吗(身体怎样)?她很好。[注意]:下面两句子的含义是不一样的。①Howwasthefilm?这电影怎样?②Whatwasthefilmlike?这电影讲什么?(请对方对电影作一番描述或评论)§258 none/nobody/nooneⅠ.none既可指人,也可指物,意为“没有人;没有东西”等,表三者或三者以上的人或物的全部否定。与all是反义词。后可接of短语。作主语时,如果它指代的是可数名词,谓语动词用单数、复数形式都可以,用单数时强调个体,表“没有一个人”;用复数则强调整体,表“所有人都没有”。如果它指代的是不可数名词,谓语动词用单数形式。常常用来回答howmany&howmuch以及有特定范围的问题。如:①Howmanyofthewomenareteachers?None(ofthemis/are).这些女士中有多少是老师?,一个也没有。①Howmuchwaterisleftinthebottle?Nove(ofitisleft).瓶子里还剩多少水?一点儿也没剩。②Whichoftheboysplaysfootballwell?None(ofthemdoes).这些男孩中哪个足球踢得好?一个也没有。Ⅱ.nobody&noone指代人,意为“没有人”。作主语时谓语动词有单数形式,后不能跟of短语,常常用来回答who和不确定的问题。如:①Luckily,nobody/noonewasgurtinthisaccident.幸运的是,没有人在这场事故中受伤。②Whowenttothenetbarthisweek?Nobody/Noone.这周谁去过网吧?没有人。§259 look/seemⅠ.seem“看来、似乎”既可作连系动词,以可做不及物动词,后接:形容词、名词、介词短语或不定式。如:①Motherseemedtoknowthat.母亲好像知道那件事。②Billdoesn’tseemtoaunderstand.比尔似乎不太理解。=Billseemsnottounderstand.(这更正式)Ⅱ.常用搭配:①Itseems(that)好像、看来、似乎,如:1.Itseemstomethatheraccidentisallyourfault!在我看来她出事都是你的错。2.Butitseemedthatitwasn’ttheonlyletter.但是好像这不是唯一的一封信。②seemasif/though.“看起来像”如:1.ItseemsasthoughKenwillwintherice.看来赛跑Ken好像要赢。2.Itseems(asif)itisgoingtorain.天好像要下雨了。Ⅲ.look“看来、似乎”着重于由视觉得出的印象,seem则暗示有一定根据,这种判断往往接近事实。在搭配上两者都可接:形容词、名词(前常有形容词修饰)、动词不定式tobe、过去分词和介词短语。如:①Helooks/seemsaniceman.他看上去是个好人。②Youlook/seemtired.Let’shavearest.看来你累了,我们休息一会儿。③Theboylooked/seemedtobeveryill.那男孩看上去病得很重。,Ⅳ,但在下面情况下,只能用seem,不能用look:1.后面接动词不定式:todo时。如:①Thecaptainseemedtoknowallhissoldiers.2.用于Itseemsthat…结构时。如:①Itseemedthathehadmissedthetrain.看来他没搭上火车。3.用于Thereseemedto(不定式)结构时:如:Thereseemedtobehundredsofpeopleontheplayground.运动场上好像有几百人。§260 lose/missⅠ.lose“丢失、失去”语气较强,一般指失去后不易找回;而miss指人们觉察到东西已经“丢失”,含有可能找回的意思。miss还有“想念”之意。而lose则没有。如:①Mygrandfatherlostalegininthewar.我爷爷在战争中失去了一条腿。②Weshallallmissyouwhenyougoaway.你不在时,我们都会想念你的。Ⅱ.作定语和表语用时,lose用过去分词lost,而mess用现在分词missing.如:①Whohasfoundmylostpen?谁找到了我丢失的钢笔?②Missingbookisfoundnow.丢失的书现在已经找到了。§261 meet/meetwithⅠ.meet“遇见、遇到;接(人)”;“集会”;“满足(要求等)”。①Iknowhisname,butI’venevermethim.我知道他的名字,但从未见过他。②Thestaffmemberswillmeettomorrowtodiscusstheproblem. 员工们明天开会将讨论这一问题。③Iwillmeetmywifeattheairport.我将去机场接我的妻子④Thiswillmeetyourneeds.这将满足你的要求。Ⅱ.meetwith.“遇到;碰到”强调偶然性;还常表示“遭遇;经历;遭到”此时不能只用meet. 如:①Imetwithachildhoodfriendonthebus.我在汽车上遇到一个儿时的朋友。②Theymetwithanaccidentontheirwayback.他们在回去的路上遇到车祸。③ImetwithsomedifficultieswhenItriedtoenterthecountry.我在入境时遇到一些困难。,§262 many/much/alotof/lotsof/agoodorgreatmany/manya/anumberof/agreatorlargenumberof/agreatdealof/plentyof/thenumberofⅠ.many“许多、大量”修饰可数名词复数。如:①Manystudentsthinkso.很多学生都这样想。Ⅱ.much指量而言,与不可数名词连用。如:①Hemevereatsmuchbreakfast.他早餐从来吃得不多。Ⅲ.thenumberof“……的总数”number指“数目、人数”是句中真正的主语。故动词须用单三式。如:①Thenumberofthestudentsinourclassissixty-five.其它的见下表:词汇后面可跟的词作主语时谓语动词的形式many复数可数名词复数much不可数名词单三式复数可数名词与不可数名词(一般用于肯定句中;否定句和疑问句多用many,much)复数或单三式amany复数可数名词复数manya单数可数名词单三式复数可数名词复数agreatdealof复数可数名词与不可数名词复数或单三式plentyof复数或单三式,复数可数名词或不可数名词(一般用于肯定句中;否定句或疑问句多用enough,manymuch)§263 maybe/maybeⅠ.maybe“也许是”“可能是”may是情态动词,与be一起作谓语。而maybe是副词,意为“也许”“可能”用作状语。如:①Maybeyouputitthere.也许你把它放在那里了。②ButI’mafraidImaybealittlelate.但我担心我可能晚了一点。③Maybehe’swrong.=Hemaybewrong.或许他错了。④Maybethetwinbrothersareboatingnow.=Thetwinbrothersmaybeboatingnow.现在那对双胞胎兄弟可能在划船。⑤Maybe/perhapsthey’llgoonapicnicnextweek.=Theymaygoonapicnicnextweek.他们下周可能要去野餐。§264 mend/repairⅠ.mend“修理、修补”。普通用语。指对由于穿戴或使用等原因而破烂或破损的东西加以修补或修理。如:①There’saholeinyourshirt.Bettermenditrightaway.你的衬衫上有一个洞,最好马上补一补。②Thebrokenwindowrequirestobemended.这扇破窗户需要修理。Ⅱ.repair“修理、修补”。常与mend换用。但当需要修理之物,由于使用或年代等原因已经损坏,修起来比较复杂时,多用repair.如:①Theyhaverepairedthecar.他们已把汽车修好了。②Itwilltakeallthesummertorepairthehouse.需要整个夏天才能把房子修好。§265 message/news,Ⅰ.这两个词都有“消息”之意,但词义范围有所不同。Message含义较广,可指书面、口头、无线电等多种渠道传来的信息,因而有“消息、口信、电报”等意思,为可数名词;news含义较窄,主要是通过报纸、电台、电视等新闻媒介向公众报道的最新消息,也可指原来未曾听到过而现在听到的消息,为不可数名词。如:①I’llleaveamessageforher.我将为她留个口信。②Ihaven’thadamessagefromhimforamonth.我一个月没有得到他的音讯了。[联想]:和news搭配的词组:latestnews最新消息。stalenews过时新闻currentnews时事highlightednews重要新闻insidenews内幕消息grapevinenews小道消息investednews不实消息distortednews歪曲的新闻§266 middle/centerⅠ.middle指“中间”,表示时间和空间的“中间”,是相对而言的,也可指笼统的“中部”,如:Wehavelunchinthemiddleoftheday.另外middle还可表程度的“中等”如:themiddleschoolⅡ.centre“中心”,通常用于空间方面,强调指正中心。它还可以用于借喻,表某一事物的中心。如:①Drayacircleroundagivencentre.就指定的中心画一圆圈。②WeliveinthecentreofLondon.我们住在伦敦中心。③Beijingisthepolitical,economicandculturalcentreofChina.北京是中国的政治、经济和文化中心。§267 mist/fogⅠ.mist“雾”指比fog薄的“薄雾”,形容词为:misty.它还可指:“(眼睛)朦胧”等。如:①Themountaintopwascoveredwithmist.山顶笼罩着雾气。②Shetriedtoseehimthroughthemistoftears.她试着透过朦胧的泪眼看他。Ⅱ.fog指较浓的“浓雾”,其形容词为:foggy.如:③Thefogwassothickthathehadtodriveveryslowly.雾太浓了,他必须慢慢地开车。§268 most/amost/themostⅠ.mostadv.前无冠词,一般表“很、十分”如:,①Mostlikelyitwillrain.很可能要下雨了。②Theauthorismostseriousinwritingtheessay.作者写这篇文章的态度是很严肃的。Ⅱ.amost后接形容词,修饰单数可数名词,意思是“很,十分”如:①Thatwasamostenjoyableparty.那是一次非常快乐的晚会。②Thesechildrenleadamosthappylife.这些孩子过着非常幸福的生活。Ⅲ.themost是muchormany 的最高级。意为“最”如:①That’sthemostbeautifulplaceI’veeverbeen.那是我到过的最美丽的地方。§269 mouse/ratⅠ.mouse“老鼠、耗子”,比rat小。如:①Ihavesetatrapformouse.我装置了一个捕鼠器捕鼠。②Whenthecat’saway,themicewillplay.[谚]:猫儿一跑耗子闹。Ⅱ.rat“老鼠、耗子”,比mouse大。如:①Arathasfallenintothetrap.一只老鼠落到了捕鼠器里。②Aratcrossingthestreetischasedbyall.老鼠过街,人人喊打。§270 muchtoo/toomuchⅠ.muchtoo太、非常,用作副词词组,修饰形容词或其它副词。如:①It’smuchtoocoldtoday.今天天气太冷。②Theoldmanwalkedmuchtooslowly.这位老人走得太慢了。Ⅱ.toomuch“太多”有三种用法:1.用作名词词组。如:③Yougavemetoomuch.你给我的太多了。2.用作形容词词组。修饰不可数名词。如:④Idon’tlikewinterbecausethere’stoomuchsnowandice.我不喜欢冬天,因为雪和冰太多了。3.用作副词词组,修饰动词,如:⑤Don’tspeaktoomuch.别讲得太多。[注]:muchtoo与toomuch都可用作副词词组,但toomuch不可以修饰形容词,muchtoo,不可以修饰动词。动词。owandice.becausethere'working.presents.§271 must/havetoⅠ.must“必须”,往往着重于主观上认为有义务,有必要。①Wemustworkhard.我们必须努力工作。②Imustgo.我必须走。Ⅱ.haveto“必须”往往着重于客观的需要,含有“不得不”的意味。如:①Doyouhavetoseeadoctortoday?你今天要去看医生吗②Itwaslateandwehavetostayathome.时间已晚,我们只得呆在家里。§272 neither/eitherⅠ.neither“(两者)都不”,pron如:①Neitherofthebooksismine.这两本书都不是我的。[注]作连词用时,neither与nor连用,表示“既不……也不”如:②Thegroundmustbejustright——neithertoowetnortoodry.地面务必适合——既不太湿,也不太干。Ⅱ.either“(两者中的)任何一个”pron.如:①Therearetwobikesintheroom.Youcanrideeitheriofthetwo.房里有两部自行车,你可以任骑一部。[注]作连词用时,与or连用,表示“或者……或者……”、“不是……就是……”。如:②Theywereeithertoobigortoosmall.它们不是太大,就是太小。▲作副词用时,二者都有“也不”之意,但所使用的句型及在句中的位置不同。如:①Hedoesn’tlikeswimming,Idon’tlikeswimming,either.②Hedoesn’tlikeswimming.NeitherdoI.(用于倒装结构中)§273 neither/noneⅠ.neither“两者都不”与both相对,其后的谓语动词用单三式。如:①Neitherofmyparentsisathome.我父母亲(任何一个)都不在家。Ⅱ.none“三者或三者以上都有不”,与all相对。如:,①Noneofthestudentsareintheclassroom.Theyhaveallgonetotheplayground.所有的学生都不(一个也不)在教室里,他们都到操场上去了。§274 next/thenextⅠ.next用于将来时态中Ⅱ.thenext用于过去时态中。有时也可用于将来时。如:①I’llfinishschoolnextJune.ThenextmonthI’llgoontriptomyhometwon.明年六月我要毕业了,第二个月(即七月)我就要回家乡。②Shesaidinherletterthatshewouldvisitusthenextweek.她在信中说她要在第二个星期拜访我们。§275 no/notⅠ.no“不”既可作形容词,又可作副词。作形容词时用来否定名词、代词或动名词。作副词时,主要用于否定回答。①Thepoorboyhadnomoneyforbooks.那个穷孩子没钱买书。②Nosmoking.禁止吸烟。③Isn’theateacher?No,heisn’t.Ⅱ.not“不”只用作副词。用来否定动词、不定式、形容词或副词。通常放在“三类词”(情态动词,助动词,系动词)之后,行为动词之前。否定不定式时,直接放在不定式的小品词to前。如:①IhavenotbeentoBeijing.②Hedoesn’tlikereading.▲no和not都可与形容词或副词的比较级连用,但句子的含义不同。如:①Iamnotallerthanhe.我不比他高。(两人都矮)②Iamnottallerthanhe.我不比他更高。(两人都高),▲no=nota或notany如:①Shehasnobooks=Shedoesn’thaveabook.=Shedoesnothaveanybooks.▲no表示它所修饰的名词的相反的意思。而not只能表示一般的否定。如:①Heisnoteacher.他根本(绝)不是老师。(不善于教书)②Heisnotateacher.他不是老师。(可能是其它职业)③Heisnofool=Heisclever.他不笨(他是聪明的)④Heisnotafool.他不是个傻子。§276 nolonger/not…anylonger/nomore/notanymoreⅠ.nolonger=not…anylonger,“不再”强调时间和动作不再持续,常与状态动词和延续性动词连用,如wait,stay,be等。但nolonger与nomore一样通常放在“三类词(情态动词、助动词、连系动词)”之后。行为动词之前。而not…anylonger与not…anymore一样,其中的not与谓语动词构成否定式,常放在“三类词”之后。anylonger,与anymore放在句末。如:①He’snolongerlivinginthiscity.他不住在这个城市了。②Youarenotachildanylonger.你已不再是个孩子了。Ⅱ.nomore=not…anymore“不再”强调数量、次数上不再增加和强调动作终止的结果,因此,常与名词、瞬间动词连用,如hear,see,leave等。如:①There’snomorebread.不再有面包了。②Hedidn’tgothereanymore.他再没去过那儿。§277 nomatterwhat/whatever/whateverⅠ.nomatterwhat“不管什么,无论什么”用来引导让步状语从句。类似的词组还有:nomatterwhere“不论哪里”,nomatterwhich“不论哪一个”,nomatterhow“不论怎样”如:①Theyaregoingtowinthefootballmatch,nomatterhowbadtheweatheris.不管天气多么糟糕,他们会赢得这场足球比赛。②Nomatterwhoknocks,don’topenthedoor.不管谁敲门,都不要开门。③Givemeacallfirstnomatterwhenyoucome.不管什么时候来,都请你先给我打个电话。Ⅱ.whatever,是连接代词,可以作“无论什么”解,引导让步状语从句,可以这样用的连接代词或连接副词有whoever,whichever,whenever,wherever,however等。如:①Whateveryoudo,doyourbest.=Nomatterwhatyoudo,doyourbest.无论你干什么,都要尽最大努力去干。②Whoevertelephones,tellhimIamout.=Nomatterwhotelephones,tellhimIamout.无论谁给我打电话,就说我出去了。③Whereverhemaybe,hewillbehappy.=Nomatterwherehemaybe,hewillbehappy.无论在什么地方,他都是乐呵呵的。Ⅲ.whatever还可以解作“凡是……的;所……的东西”(anythingthat),用来引导一个名词性从句,这时不能用nomatterwhat替换。如:①Takewhateveryouwant.你要什么就拿什么吧。②WhateverIhaveisyours.我所有的东西全都是你的。Ⅳ.whatever中的ever意为“究竟;到底”,用在疑问词what后面,以加强语气,着重表示说话者的情绪,如惊讶、愤怒、兴奋等,whatever在意义上等于whatonearth或whatintheworld,其他疑问词也可以这样用。如:①Whateverdoyouthinkyou’redoing?你想想,你到底在干什么?②Whoeverleftthedooropen?究竟是谁把门敞着不关?③Whereeverdidyoupickupthepen?你到底在哪儿捡到的这支钢笔?§278 notatall/not…atallⅠ.notatall是客套话,意为“别客气”相当于That’sallright;Youarewelcome.如:①--Thankyouverymuch.–Notatall.Ⅱ.not…atall“根本不”;“一点也不”。atall用以加强语气。如:①Shedoesn’tlikeitatall.她根本不喜欢它。②Hedidn’tcomeatall.他根本没来。§279 officer/officialⅠ.officer“官员”常指武官,有时也指文官。如:①Theofficerputdownhisarmsandjumpedintothepondforthefish.那军官放下武器,跳到池塘里捉鱼去了。,①Hisfatherisapoliceofficer.他父亲是警官。②Heisanadministrativeofficer.他是行政官。Ⅱ.official“官员”通常指政府的文职官员。如:①Anofficialissuspendedfromoffice.有一位官员被停职。②Theyaregovernmentofficials.他们是政府官员。§280 ontime/intimeⅠ.intime“及时”,指的是不迟到或在提前的时间之前做某事,后面可接不定式或for短语。Ⅱ.ontime“准时”,指按规定的时间或指定的时间做某事,后面不可以跟不定式或for短语。如:①Joewasjustintimeforthebus.Joe正好赶上那班汽车。②Theygotthereontimetoseetheexhibition.他们准时到那儿,去看了那个展览。§281 one/itⅠ.it所指代的,与前面的名词是同一事物;它常替代限定词the,this,that所修饰的单数名词,此外还可用来表示称赞或责备某人做了某事。如:①Whoseisthepen?Ohit’smine.这支笔是谁的?哦,是我的。②It’sverykindofyoutoinvitemetotheparty.承蒙邀请,不胜感激。(代toinvite…)Ⅱ.one所指代的是前面名词提到的同类事物,但不是同一件,它具有泛指的性质;它只能代替可数名词,复数形式是ones如:①Haveyougotapen?No,Ihaven’t.PleaseaskTom,Ithinkhehasgotone.你有钢笔吗?不,我没有。你去找一下汤姆吧,我想他有一只。§282 pardon/sorry/excuse/Ⅰ.pardon主要用于没有听清别人的说的话,请别人重复。或宽恕严重的过失或冒犯。可作名词和动词。sorry用于因做错了事或伤害了他人而向某人道歉。是形容词Excuse则用于打扰别人或防碍别人的场合。①Pleasepardonmefornotarrivingsooner.请原谅我没有及时赶到。②IdidwrongandI’mgoingtobegtheirpardon.我做错了,我打算去请求他们原谅我。③I’msorrytohearthatyourmotherisill.听说你的母亲病了,我很难过。,①You’llbesorryaboutthat.你会为此事后悔的。②Excuseme,mayuseyourpen?§283 past/passed/pass/passorⅠ.past是动词pass的过去时和过去分词。在句中作谓语。意为“通过、传递”,时间的“消逝”等。如:①Hepassed(by)thebank.他路经银行。②Shepassedhimthecake.她把蛋糕递给他。③Twomonthspassedbeforewehadanynewsofthem.两个月过去了,我们才得到一点他们的消息。Ⅱ.passer“过路人”;“过客”。Ⅲ.past不是动词形式,它除作为pass的过去分词形容词,作表语与定语外,还可作介词、副词及名词。如:①Hehasbeenworkinghardinthepastfewweeks.他在过去的几周里工作得很努力。(形)②Thepastispast.过去的事就让它过去了。(形,名)③Shewalkedpastihimhurriedly.她从他身边匆匆而过。(介④Theyearswentpastwithoutnotice.岁月不觉流逝。(副词)§284 path/road/wayⅠ.path“道路”侧重于指“小道;小径”通常指走出来的路或指人行道等。如:a)Thereisapathtothetopofthehill.有一条小路通向山顶。b)Keeptothepathoryoumaybeloseyourway.沿着这条路走,否则你可能会迷路。Ⅱ.road通常人和交通工具通行的一条条的路,它可以用作借喻,表示导致……途径。如:①Wheredoesthisroadleadto?这条路通什么地方?②Itwasveryhotday,andtheroadwasterribledusty.那是非常炎热的一天,路上的尘土多得惊人。③Itistheroadtosuccess.这是成功之路。Ⅲ.way不是指人和交通工具通行的一条条的路,而是指要达到特定的地点必须通过的地方。如:,①Itisalongwayfromheretothestation.从这儿到车站有一大段路。②Whichistheshortestwaythere?到那儿去哪条路最近?③Theyarestillontheway.他们还在路上。§285 personal/personnelⅠ.personal[`pә:sәnl]与personnel[pә:sә`nel]两个词音形相近,但词性和词义不同。如:personal是形容词,“个人的;私人的;亲身的”。①Thatismypersonalopinion.那是我个人的意见。②Shemadeapersonalappearance.她亲自到场。Ⅱ.personnel是个集体名词,没有复数形式。“全体人员;工作人员”如:①Ourpersonnelareveryhighlytrained.我们的工作人员训练有素。②Thepersonnelareunhappyaboutthesechanges.全体工作人员都不满意这些变动。§286 point/scoreⅠ.point指在考试、比赛中的“分”。如:①90points.90分②Wewon/lostthegameby3points.我们以三分之差得胜/失败。Ⅱ.score指“成绩”。如:①ascoreof90points.90分的成绩。②Shescored20pointsinthecompetition.=Herscoreofthecompetitionis20.她在竞赛中得了20分。§287 pointto/pointatpointto与pointat都有用手指着某人或某物的意思。但后者还可表“对准;瞄准”之意。如:①Shepointedtoaboyandsaidthathewasherbrother.②Hepointedhisgunattheenemyandshouted“Handsup”他把口对准敌人,大声喊:“举起手来”。§288 police/policemanⅠ.police常用作复数,其后不加-s.如:①Thepoliceareonduty.那些警察在值班。,Ⅱ.policeman“警察”与police同意。其复数形式为policemen.(policewoman→policewomen).但表一个警察时,应说:one/apoliceman.而不说:one/apolice.§289 problem/questionⅠ.problem通常指须急于解决或决定的重大问题或难题。如①Thisisadifficultsocialproblemtosolve.这是很难解决的社会问题。②Heiscleverenoughtoworkoutthemathsproblem.Ⅱ.question着重指由于对某事感到疑惑不解或不能断定而提出,并等待解答的问题。一般是不难的,在较短时间内能解决的问题。因此,我们可说:answerthequestion.如:①Pleaseanswerthequestion.§290 propose/suggestⅠ.propose“建议、提议”,是书面语,带有正式和庄严的色彩。如:①Iproposeanearlystart.我建议及早开始(或动身)。②Weproposethatthehouse(should)berepaired.我们建议对房屋进行修理。Ⅱ.suggest“建议、提议”,但没有propose正式。如:①Isuggestavisittothetheatre.我建议去看戏。②Isuggestthatwe(should)beginatonce.我建议我们立即开始。③HesuggestgoingtotheSummerPalace.他建议去颐和园。§291 pupil/studentⅠ.pupil特指“小学生;初等学校的学生”。也可指在教师指导下从事研究的“学生;门徒”如:Thepeanistoftengivespisnolessonstoherpupils.这位钢琴家经常给她的学生上钢琴课。Ⅱ.student指“大专院校的学生;中学生”。有时,也可指研究或攻读某一学科的人。如:—→acollegestudent.amiddleschoolstudent.Heisastudentofscience.他是一个理科学生。§292 quick/fast/rapid/soonⅠ.quick“快”一般指动作敏捷迅速,毫不延迟,在较短的时间内发生或完成某项动作。如:①Sheranwithquickstepstothehouse.她快步跑进屋子。Ⅱ.fast“快”主要用作副词。指运动着的人或物体速度快。①Thewatchisonlytwominutesfast.这只表只快两分钟。,Ⅲ.rapid指一个或一连串的动作迅速、敏捷,着重指运动本身,有时也指激流。如:①Thediligentboymakesrapidprogressinhisstudies.这个勤奋的男孩儿学业进步迅速。②Theircountryhousestandsbyarapidsteam.他们的农舍在急流的溪边。Ⅳ.soon着重指时间方面的快,可指现在或某个特定的时间的不久以后。如:①Hewillcomebackverysoon.他将很快就回来。§293 quite/very/tooⅠ.Quite是程度副词,可修饰副词、形容词和动词。跟表程度的词连用时,有“相当”“非常”的意思;跟没有程度差别的词连用时,作“完全”讲。如:①Ifeelquitewell.我觉得身体不很不错。②Iamquitetired.我相当累了。③Wearenotquiteready.我们还没有完全准备好。Ⅱ.Very也是程度副词。“很;非常”可用来修饰形容词或副词。如:①Thisfactoryisverylarge.②Herunsveryfast.[注意]:very不能直接修饰动词。如:①Iquitelikeher.=IlikeherverymuchⅢ.Quite与very有时可以通用。但在份量上very比quite重。试比较:①HisEnglishisquitegood.(=notbad)他的英语很不错。②HisEnglishisverygood.(=excellent)他的英语好极了。Ⅳ.Quite&very与不定冠词连用时位置不同。即依照:“a(n)+very+形容词+中心名词”和“quite+a(n)+形容词+中心词”的顺序排列。如:①Jimeswasquiteasmallbaby.Jimes是个小孩子。②Jimeswasaverysmallbaby.Jimes是个很小的孩子。Ⅴ.Too“太、过分”含有超过容许的程度。带有否定的意味。①Itistoocoldtoday.今天太冷了。(含有不喜欢或不……)②Itwasverycoldyesterday.昨天很冷。[注意]:very不能与too连用。不可以说:It’sverytoocold.应将very改为much或far.如:①Thecapistoobigforme.,§294 quite/rather/very都是程度副词,意为:“非常、相当、很”,无比较级和最高级。其区别在于:Ⅰ.quite可直接修饰动词。如:①Somepeopledon’tlikethewinter,butIquitelikeit.Ⅱ.rather不可直接修饰动词。语气稍强。可与would连用构成 wouldrather…than…这个平行连词结构。如:①Sheisrathertall.她相当高。②Iwouldratherstayathome(thangoforawalk)我宁愿呆在家里。(也不愿到散步)③Iwouldratheryoustayedathome.④Iwouldratherlistentomusicthantoswimming.我宁愿听音乐,也不愿去游泳。Ⅲ.very也不能直接修饰动词。修饰形容词或副词时,语气最强。如:①IlikeEnglishverymuch=IquitelikeEnglish.②HisEnglishisverygood.(程度强=excellent)→HisEnglishisquite(rather)good.(程度轻=notbad)[注]:quite(rather)和very与“不定冠词+形容词+名词”连用时位置不同。其排列顺序是:▲“quite+a(an)+adj+noun”→“a+quite(rather)+adj+noun”如:①Thisisquiteaninterestingfilm.②It’saquite(rather)finedaytoday.(只有名词前有形容词修饰时,冠词a/an才可置前。▲“a+very+adj+noun”如:①IwatchedaveryinterestingTVplay.§295 real/trueⅠ.real指客观上存在,并非想象和虚构的,它是与“无”相对而言的。如:①Thisisastoryofreallife.这是一个从真实生活中取材的故事。②Thisisarealdiamond.这是一颗真正的钻石。Ⅱ.true指符合某一标准或实际情况的,强调真实性。如:①Trueloveshouldlastforever.真爱永不渝。②Isittruethatyou’regoingabroadforyourholidays?你要到国外去度假是真的吗?[注]:cometrue“(梦想)实现”不用real.genuine[`dЗenju:in]指没有掺假的,货真价实的,强调纯真度。如:,Isthebracelet[`breislit]genuinegold?这手镯是真金的吗?§296 river/stream/brookⅠ.river指流向湖、海等有一定航运能力的“江、河”。是通用词。常见于河流名称中。如:①theChangjiangRiverⅡ.stream“川、溪、小河”指比江、河小的溪、小河等。Ⅲ.broom“小溪、小河”指流量极小的stream.§297 road/street/wayⅠ.road指人和交通工具通行的“路”,也借喻:“导致……的途径”如:①Wheredoestheroadleadto?这条路通什么地方?②Itistheroadtosuccess.这是成功之路。Ⅱ.street“街道”指由建筑物夹成的路。无road用法广泛。①Don’tplayinthestreet.Ⅲ.way不是指实实在在的路,而是指达到特定的地点所须经过的地方。与方向有关。如:①Itisalongwayfromheretothestation.从这儿到车站有一大段路程。②Whichistheshortestwaythere?到那儿去哪条路最近?§298 say/speak/talk/tellⅠ.say“说、讲”普通用语,指用言语表达思想,强调所说的内容。如:①Whatdidhesay?他说了些什么?②Hesaidthatitwastrue.他说那是真实的。Ⅱ.speak“说、讲”可表示以任何一种方式说话。它着重于说话这一动作本身。而不强调所说的内容。为不及物动词。作及物动词时与表语言的词连用。如:①Pleasespeakmoreslowly.请说得慢一些。②Thebabyislearningtospeak.这小孩在学说话。③ShecanspeakEnglishfluently.她英语说得很流利。Ⅲ.talk“谈话、讲话”,通常表连贯地与别人谈话。强调谈话这一动作,而不是内容。如:①Hewastalkingtoafriend.他在和一个朋友谈话。,①Hewentontalkingforalongtime,buthespokesofastthatfewofuscouldcatchwhathesaid.他滔滔不绝地讲了半天,但是他说得太快,我们几乎没有什么人能听懂他说的些什么。②Sheisalwaystalkingnonsense.她总爱讲废话。Ⅳ.tell“告诉、讲述”指将某事讲给别人听。它有时还有“吩咐、命令”等含义。如:①Hetoldthenewstoeverybodyinthevillage.他把这消息告诉了村子里的每个人。②Shetoldmenottowritetheletter.她叫我不要写信了。§299 seat/sitⅠ.seat多用作名词。表“座位”,当它用作动词时表“坐、就座”,是及物动词,与反身代词连用。如:①Heseatedhimselfatadesk.他在桌旁坐下。②Pleasebeseated,gentlemen.请就座,各位先生。③Pleasegobacktoyourseat.请回到你的座位上去。Ⅱ.sit为不及物动词。如:①Sitdown,please.§300 seesbdoingsth/dosthⅠ.seesbdoingsth.“看见某人正在做某事”,用动词的-ing形式作宾语补足语,表动作正在进行。Ⅱ.seesbdosth.“见到某人做了某事”,表动作发生了,即动作的全部过程已经结束了。类似的动词还有:hear,feel,watch,等感官动词,及have,let,make等使役动词。如:①Shesawaboygointoyourclassroom.她看见一个男孩进了人的教室。②Isawhimwalkinginthestreet.我看见他正在街上散步。③TheteacherheardJimreadingEnglishwhenshecamein.老师进来时,听见Jim在读英语。§301 so…that/such…thatⅠ.sothat可引导目的状语从句和结果状语从句,引导目的状语从句时,句中常有情态动词can,could等。如:,①Theyclimbedhighersothattheymightseefarther.他们爬得更高,以便看得更远。②IgotupearlythismornignsothatIcaughtthefirstbus.今天早晨我起得很早,结果赶上了头班车。Ⅱ.so…that“如此……以致……”,so是副词,在其后可跟形容词或副词,再跟that引导结果状语从句。如:①Hespokesofastthatnoonecouldunderstandhim.他说得太快,没人能听得懂。②TheT-shirtcostsolittlethatsheboughtseveral.那件T恤衫很便宜,她买了好几件。Ⅲ.such…that与so…that同意。但such后跟名词或名词短语。如:①Sheissuchagirlthateveryonelikesher.她是个人人喜欢的女孩。②HemadesuchrapedprogressthatbeforelonghebegantowritearticlesinEnglishforanAmericannewspaper.他进步如此之快,以至于不久就开始用英语给一家美国报纸撰稿了。[注]:如果名词前为many修饰时,用so而不用such.见下节例子。§302 so/suchⅠ.两者都可以表“这样、如此”之意。So是副词,用来修饰形容词或副词。如:①Iamsogladtohearfrommyfriend.收到朋友的信我真高兴。②Hewritessowell.他写得这么好。Ⅱ.Such是形容词,用来修饰单数可数名词,其后需加不定冠词a或an.如:①Hetoldussuchafunnystory.他给我讲了一个很有趣的故事。②Youareinterestedinsuchthings.你对这样的事感兴趣。[注意]:当单数可数名词前面有形容词修饰时,也可以有so,但要调整冠词的位置。①Hetoldussofunnyastory.他给我讲了一个如此有趣的故事。如果被修饰的名词前有表“多”或“少”这两个意义的many,much,small和little时,用so而不用such.如:①Don’tbamehim.Heisjustsuchalittleboy.别责备他,他只是这么小的一个孩子。②Wehavealongwaytogoyet,butthere’ssolittlewaterleft.我们还有很长的路要走,但所剩的水已很少了。§304 socks/stockings,Ⅰ.socks指不到膝盖的“短袜”如:①Heboughtapairofnylonsocks.他买了一双尼龙袜。②Mysockshavebeendarned[da:nd]againandagain.我袜子已经一补再补。Ⅱ.stockings指到膝盖或过膝盖的“长袜”。 如:①Sheboughtapairofsilkstockings.她买了一双长丝袜。§305 sometime/sometime/sometimes/sometimesⅠ,sometime,是副词,意为“在某个时候”,可与将来时连用,也可以与过去时连用。如:①Hewasheresometimelastyear.去年某一时候他在此地。②WeshallvisittheScienceMuseumsometimenextweek.我们将在下周的某一时候去参观科学馆。Ⅱ.sometime是名词词组,意为“一段时间”。也可副词词组,用来指一个未肯定的时间,常指将来,可与sometime通用。①Istayedhereforsometime.我在这儿呆了一段时间。②Let’shavedinnersometime(=sometime)nextweek.下星期我们找个时间一块吃顿饭。Ⅲ.sometimes.“有时、不时”,是频度副词,常与一般现在时或过去时连用。如:①Sometimestheymakemodesships.有时他们制作轮船模型。Ⅳ.sometimes“几次、几倍”表次数或倍数。如:①Wehavebeentheresometimes.我们去那儿几次了。§306 sound/voice/noiseⅠ.sound“声音”,为最常用词,指可以听到的任何声音,强的,弱的,令人愉快的或不愉快的,有意义的或无意义的。如:①Iwasreadinglastnight,whensuddenlyIheardasoundinthenextroom.昨晚我正看书时,突然听到隔壁房间有声音。②Notasoundwasheard.听不到一点声音。Ⅱ.noise常指太响或人们不愿听到的声音,“嘈杂声、喧闹声”。①Iamalwaysdisturbedbythenoiseofthetraffic.我老受到车辆噪声的打扰。②Theboysmadetoomuchnoise.孩子们太吵闹了。,Ⅲ.voice指“说话声”“唱歌声”“嗓音”如:①ThatsoundslikeMary’svoice.那声音听起来好象玛丽的声音。②Shehaslosthervoice.她嗓子哑了。§307 space/universeⅠ.space“宇宙”指“空间,时间”如:①Theearthmovesthroughspace.地球在太空中运行。②Themoonisournearestneighbourinspaceandmenhavevisiteditalready.在宇宙里,月球是我们最近的邻居,人们已经访问过它了。③Thereisn’tenoughspaceintheclassroomforthirtydesks.教室里没有足够的空间放三十张桌子。Ⅱ.universe“宇宙”是世界上独一无二的。前要用定冠词the.除指时、空外,还指在时、空内万事万物。①Ourworldisonlyasmallpartoftheuniverse.我们的世界只是宇宙的一小部分。§308 steal/robⅠ.steal“偷”,指暗中盗取,句型为“steal+被盗物+from+被盗人或地点”。如:①Theircarwasstolen。他们的汽车被偷了。②Hestolesomemoneyfromher.他偷了她的钱。Ⅱ.rob“抢劫”,指公然用暴力抢劫他人物品,句型为:“rob+被盗人或地点+of+被盗物”。如:③Theircarwasrobbed.他们的汽车被抢了。④Herobbedherofhermoney.他抢了她的钱。[注]:和steal相关的名词是“thief”(贼,小偷);和rob相关的名词是robber“强盗,盗贼”§309 stopdoingsth/stoptodosth/stopfromdoingsthⅠ.stopdoingsth.“停止做某事”表停止正在做的事情。如:①Theystopedtalkingtome.他们中断了与我交谈。②Stoprunningabout.不要乱跑。,Ⅱ.stoptodosth.“停下来去做某事”即停止正在做的事,而去做另一件事。不定式为stop的目的状语。如:①Theystoppedtotalktome.他们停下来和我交谈。②Let’sstoptohavearest让我们停下来休息一会儿。Ⅲ.stop(sb/sth).fromdoingsth.“阻止某人/物不要做某事”from可省略。=preventsb.fromdoingsth;keepsb.fromdoingsth.但keep~中的from不能省略。如:③Wemuststophim(from)doingsuchafoolishthing.我们必须阻止他做这样的蠢事。④TheGreenGreatWallstoppedthewindblowingthesandtothefieldofthesouth.⑤You’dbetterkeepthefire你最好§310 stop/stationⅠ.stop表“站”,一般指路途的公共汽车停靠点。Ⅱ.station着重指车、船等的始发和终点站,范围较前者在。如:Thebusstopisinfrontofthestation.§311 subject/theme/topicⅠ.subject“题目、科目”是应用最广泛的用语,可指讨论、研究、写作或艺术创作等的题目。如:①Let’schangethesubject.让我们改换话题吧。②Ihavestudiedthesubject.我研究过这个题目。Ⅱ.theme“题目、主题”,尤指文学或艺术作品的主题。如:①Thestudentsarediscussingthethemeofanovel.学生们在讨论小说的主题。②Waterfallsarefromveryearlytimesafavouritethemeforthepainter.瀑布很早就是画家喜爱的主题。Ⅲ.topic“题目”指选定作为个人写篇文章或一些人进行讨论的题目。如:①Thestudentswereaskedtowriteanessay[e`sei]ononeoftheassigned[ә`saind](指派)topies.要求学生根据指定题目当中的一题写文章。②Baseballistheirfavouritetopicofconversation.棒球运动是他们最喜好谈论的话题。[注]:title指书籍、诗歌、图画等的名称以及标题。,§312 surprise/surprising/surprisedⅠ.surprise作名词,意为“惊奇,诧异”。如:①Tomysurprise,theylost!使我惊奇的是他们输了!②Hesaidtomeinsurprise,“Can’tyouskate?”他惊奇地对我说:“你不会滑冰”?Ⅱ.surprise作及物动词,意为“使人惊奇,使感到意外”。如:①Yousurpriseme.你真使我惊奇。Ⅲ.surprising是现在分词作形容词用,意为“使惊奇的,出人意料的”,常指物。如:Thesurprisingsuccessmakesusveryhappy.这出人意料的成功使我们非常高兴。Ⅳ.surpised是过去分词作形容词用,指人“对。。。。。。感到惊奇”。如:We’resurprisedatyourwords.对你的话我们感到诧异。[联想]现在分词作形容词表“进行”,“主动”的含意;而过去分词常表“完成”,“被动”的含意。类似的词还有exciting/excited;interesting/intereisted,relaxed/relaxing,如:①Iwassurprisedatthenews.我对这消息感到吃惊。Thenewsissurprising.这消息令人感到惊奇。②Weareallinterestedinheridea.我们对她的想法感兴趣。Shehasaninterestingidea.她有一个有趣的想法。§313 talkwith/talkof/talkon/talkaboutⅠ.talkwith后接的对象作宾语,介词with可用to代替。如:①Hewastalkingwith/toafriend.他在与一位朋友谈话。Ⅱ.talkabout“谈论”,后接谈话的内容,宾语可以是人,也可以是物。如:①Whatareyoutalkingabout?你们在谈论什么?②Let’snottalkaboutitnow.咱们别谈这事了。Ⅲ.talkof“谈到、谈及”,与talkabout同义,只是talkof仅指“浅谈表面现象(如作者、书名等)”如:①Weoftentalkofyou.我们常谈到你。Ⅳ.talkon“论述”不仅指内容,而且还指评论。如:①Theyseldomtalkonpoliticsinthosedays.那时候他们很少谈论政治。,§314 telephone/ring/ringupⅠ.telephone“打电话”是及物动词,后接名词、代词或从句。也可作不及物动词,其后用介词to再接宾语。它可缩略为phone.多用于口语中。如:①DidyoutelephoneLiLei?②Telephone(Phone)metomorrow.③Hetelephonedthathecouldn’tattendthemeeting.Ⅱ.ring“打电话”可用作及物动词和不及物动词。如:①Hewantedyoutoringhim.他要你打电话给他。此外:ringfor按铃叫(某人);ringback回电话;ringoff挂断电话。Ⅲ.ringup“给……打电话”(=callup)如:①Iwillringhimup.我会打电话给他。§315 tellof/tellabout一般情况下tellof可与tellabout换用。Tell之后常接表示人的名词或代词,介词of与about后接谈到的事情或内容。但在表示提起某事时倾向于tellof;在表示详细地讲述有关情况时,倾向于tellabout。如:①Haveyoutoldyourmotherofyouridea?你把比的想法告诉你母亲了吗?②Itoldheraboutthattheotherday.前些天我和她谈了这件事。§316 thanksfor/thankstoⅠ.thanksfor=thankyoufor“为……谢”强调谢的原因。如:①Thanksforlendingmeyourumbrella.谢谢你借给我雨伞。②Thankyouforyourdictionary.谢谢你的字典。Ⅱ.thanksto“多亏了……”;“由于……的帮助”相当于becauseof…或withthehelpof…,在此短语中,to是一个介词,后接名词或代词。如:①Thankstothedoctor,Iamwellagain.多亏这位医生,我身体又康复了。②Thankstoourteachers,weallpassedtheexam.多亏了老师的帮助,我们都及格了。③Thankstoyourhelp,Ifinishtheworkontime.多亏了你的帮助,我才能按时完成工作。,§317 that/who/whichⅠ.引导定语从句的关系代词有:who,whom,whose(一般指人),which(一般指物),that(指人或物)等。关系副词有:where(地点)when(时间),why(原因)等。Ⅱ.that在从句中指物,也可指人,可作主语和宾语。如:①Waterthatispollutedoftencausesserousillness.受污染的水常会引起重病。(that在句中指物,用作主语)②Doyouhaveeverythingthatyouneed?(that在从句中指物,用作宾语)你所需要的东西都有了吗?③Heisthemanthattheytalkedaboutjustnow.(that在从句中指人,用作宾语)他时刚才他们谈论的那个人。④Doyouknowthemanthat/whospokejustnow?你认识刚才讲话的人吗?Ⅲ.who和whom在句中指人,分别作主语和宾语。如:①Adoctorisapersonwholooksafterpeople’shealth.(who在从句中用作主语)医生是保护人们健康的人。②IhavejustmetaladywhomIsawlastweek.(whom在从句中用作宾语)我刚遇上一位我上星期见过的人。Ⅳ.which在从句中指物,可作主语和宾语。如:①Myauntwasnotonthetrainwhicharrivedjustnow.(which在从句中作主语)我阿姨不在刚才到达的那列火车上。②Thisisthecoatwhichyouwanted.(which用作宾语)这就是你要的那件外套。Ⅴ.whose在从句中多指人,也可指物,用作定语。如:①Youaretheonlyonewhoseadvicehemightlistento.(whose作advice的的定语)只有你的话他可能听。②I’dlikearoomwhosewindowlooksoutoverthesea.我想要一个窗户面临大海的房间。[注意]:在下述情况下,定语从句中关连词只能用that.:Ⅰ.先行词是all,everything,nothing,something,anything,little,much等不定代词时,如:①Onlyascientistcouldunderstandallthatthispursuitmeant.只有科学家知道这追求意味着什么。②Iamsureshehassomethingthatyoucanborrow.我相信她有你能借到的东西。③Everythingthatwesawwasofgreatinteresttous.我们对见到的一切都感兴趣。,①ThereislittlethatIcanuse.我能用的东西几乎没有。②Hesawmuchthatwasbad.他见了很多坏东西。[注]:①先行词是something时,关系代词用that或which都可以。②先行词是:someone,anyone,everyone,somebody,anybody,nobody,everybody时,关系代词用that或who都可以。Ⅱ.先行词被all,every,veryno,some,any,little,much等修饰时,如:①Ihavereadallthebooksthatyougaveme.我把你给我的书全都看了。②Heistheverymanthatcamehereyesterday.他就是昨天来的人。Ⅲ.先行词被序数词、形容词最高级修饰时。如:①ThisisthefirstcompositionthathehaswritteninEnglish.这是第一篇他用英语写的作文。②Thesmallestlivingthingsthatcanbeseenunderamicroscopearebateria.在显微镜下我们能看见的最小的东西是细菌。③ThisisthebestnovelthatIhaveeverread.这是我读过的最好的小说。Ⅳ.先行词被theonly,thevery,thesame,thelast等修饰时。①ThatwhitefloweristheonlyonethatIreallylike.白花是我唯一真正喜欢的花。②ThisistheverybookthatIwanttofind.这正是我想要的书。③Thelastplacethatwevisitedwasthechemicalworks.我们最后参观的是化工厂。Ⅴ.当有两个或两个以上分别表示人和物的先行词时,定语从句只能用that与主句连接,而不能用who/whom/which引导。如:①Hetalkedabouttheteachersandschoolsthathehadvisited.他谈了关于他访问过的老师和学校的情况。Ⅵ.当主句是以who或which开头的特殊疑问句时,关连词只能用that.而不能用who/whom/which.如:①Whoisthepersonthatisstandingatthegate?站在门口的那人是谁。②Whichofusthatknowssomethingaboutphysicsdoesnotknowthis?我们当中哪一个懂物理的人不知道这个?[注]:在使用一些固定搭配的短语动词时,that与其它关系词有时可以互用,其介词不能提前,而必须放在动词之后,这时指物用that,which均可,指人时用who,whom,that均可.①Thisisthekeywhich/thatyouarelookingfor.②Heisaman(whom/that)youcansafelydependon.他是你能依赖的人。,①Thepersonwhom/that/whohelooksafterishismother.§318 thinkof/thinkabout/thinkoverⅠ.thinkof“想起、记起;有……想法、看法;对……有意见;考虑”如:①WillyouthinkofmeafterI’veleft?我离开后,你还会记着我吗?②Iknowthepersonyoumean,butIcan’tthinkofhisname.我知道你讲的人是谁,但记不起他的名字。②WearethinkingofgoingtoSpainforourholidaythisyear.我们今年有到西班牙去休假的想法(打算)。③Whatdoyouthinkofmynewdress?你认为我的新衣服怎么样?(可与thinkabout互换)④Shethinksofnoonebutherself.她除自己外不考虑任何人。Ⅱ.当它作“想到过去的某事”或“考虑到某事”解时,常与thinkabout通用。即:“……考虑”;“对……看法”①Wehavemanythingstothinkof/aboutbeforegoingthere.在动身去那之前,我们还有许多事情要考虑。②见Ⅰ④Ⅲ.thinkabout可以表“想、回想”着重于想的过程。如:①IamthinkingaboutthefriendsIhavelost.我正在回想那些失去了的朋友。[注]:thinkof可以表“想象一下,想想”而thinkabout则不能。—→Thinkofyourmother!想想你的母亲吧!—→Thinkofthedanger!想象一下危险吧!Ⅳ.thinkover“仔细考虑”其中over是副词。如:①Iwillthinkthethingover.我要把这事仔细考虑一下。§319 thinkmuch(well)of/thinkhighlyof/thinklittle(poorly)of/singhighpraiseof/speakhighlyofⅠ.speakhighlyof“高度评价,赞扬”,相当于thinkhighlyof如:①Ourheadmasterspokehighlyofmyclassmatesatthemeeting.我们校长在会上高度赞扬了我班的同学。②ThepeoplespeakhighlyoftheTVplay.人们对这部电视剧评价很高。,[注]speak构成的短语:speakEnglish讲英语(某种语言);speaktosb.和某人交谈;speakwell/illof说……的好/坏话;speaklikeabook大胆地说speakforoneself为自己辩护。Ⅱ.thinkmuchwellof“对……印象很好”如:①Weallthinkwellofyoursuggestion.我们都认为你的建议很好。Ⅲ.thinklittle/poorly/badlyof“对……印象不好”如:①Youthoughtverybadlyofhimatfirst,didn’tyou?起初你对他印象很坏,是吧?Ⅳ.thinkmuchof“比……更看重(考虑得多)”如:①Hethoughtmoreofhealththanofmoney.和金钱相比他更看重健康。Ⅴ.singhighpraisefor“高度赞扬某人/某物”§320 till/untiltill和until都可作介词或连词,其用法有两种:Ⅰ.在肯定句中,意为“到……为止”谓语动词一般要求是延续的。如:①Ishallstayheretill/untilnextday.我将留在这儿一直到下星期天。Ⅱ.在否定句中,意为“直到……才……”,表这个动词的动作直到till/until所表示的时间才发生。如:①Theyarenotgoingbacktoworkuntil/tilltheygetmoremoney.他们要等到增加了工资才复工。§321 todosth/doingsth动词不定式(todosth)与动词的ing形式,都是非谓语动词。一般地,不定式表示:具体的,某一次特定的或将来的行为。而动词的-ing形式则表示:抽象的,一般地,具有普遍性的,或正在进行的行为。在句中都能作:主语,宾语,定语,状语,宾补等。如:①Ilikeswimming,butIdn’tliketogotoday.我喜欢游泳,但今天我不想去。[注]:下列动词接todosth.和doingsth的不同意义:1.2.,3.4.5.6.7.§322 towards/to/forⅠ.for“向……”,接在leave,start,depart等动词之后,表方向。如:①SheisleavingforBeijing.她将动身到北京去。Ⅱ.towards仅表“方向”,比for的意味要强。如:①Heiscomingtowardsthehouse.他向这房子走来。Ⅲ.to“向,朝……”表目的地。接在动词come,go,return,proceed,move,march等后。如:①Let’sgotoYangzhoubysteamer.让咱们乘船去杨州吧!②Soonafterhisreturn(hereturned)toEngland,hisfatherdied.当他回英国不久后,他的父亲便去世了。§323 treat/heal二者都是动词,treat意为“治疗”,强调用药物或医疗手段医治的过程,并不表示治疗了效果。heal意为“治愈”,指医好伤病。如:①Thedentististreatinghisteeth.牙医在为他治牙。②Thedoctorhealedmyburns.医生治好了我的烧伤。§324 usedtodosth/beusedtodoingsth/beusedtodosth/wouldⅠ.Usedtodosth.“过去常常做某事”(现在不做了),只用于过去时态。如:①Heusedtogetupearly.过去他常早起。(现在已不这样了)②HermotherusedtogoshoppingonFridays,butnowshedoesitonSunday.,她母亲过去常在周五去购物,但现在她周日去了。Ⅱ.Beusedto(doing)sth.“习惯于做某事”,beused是被动语态结构。可用于现在、过去、将来多种时态。Be可用get,become等代替。如:①Hewillbe/hasbeenusedtogettingupearly.他将会/已经习惯于早起。Ⅲ.Beusedtodosth.“被用于做某事”,beused是被动语态结构,其中不定式表目的,可用于多种时态。如:①Woodisusedtomakepaper.木材用来造纸。[注]:usedto的否定式有两种:一是:usednotto二是:didn’tuseto如:①Myfatherusednottosmoke.=Myfatherdidn’tusetosmoke.我爸爸过去不抽烟。②Theyusednottoliveinthecountry.=Theydidn’tusetoliveinthecountry.其疑问式是将used提前,或添加助动词did.Ⅳ.would是情态动词,没有象usedto那样,有过去和现在的对比。不能说明是否现在还做不做。§325very/right/justⅠ.right“正好”“就”“立刻”等。如:①Mikelivesrightoppositethestreet.麦克就住在街对面。②There’sabigstonerightinthemiddleoftheroad.路正中有块在石头。③Lilymetanaccidentrighthere.莉莉就是在这儿出事的。④She’llberightback.她马上就回来。Ⅱ.Just作为副词,常用在祈使句前以加强语气。如:①Justthinkoftheresult.试想一下后果吧。②Justtouchit.你摸摸吧。③Justwaitamoment,please.请稍等。Ⅲ.very作为形容词,常与the,this或my,your等连用,以加强语气,表“正是那个”“恰好的”等。如:①YouaretheverypersonI’mlookingfor.(=Youaretherightperson…)你正是我要找的人。②Thetwomenfoughtonthisveryspot.(=rightinthisplace)那两个男子就是在这个地方打起来的。,§326 whynot/whydon’t此两者都是表建议的句型,一般可以代换。类似的还有:▲Let’s…▲ShallI/we…?▲How/Whatabout…?Ⅰ.whynot“好的、可以呀、为什么不可以呢?”如:①--Mum,mayIgoouttoplaybasketballnow?–Whynot?①Whynotaskyourteacher?怎么不去问一问你的老师呢?此外还可表一种不可理解的心情:①--Iwon’tseethefilmagain.–Whynot?Ⅱ.whydon’t是一种友好的建议(afriendlysuggestion).无论在什么场合,使用起来十分亲切。后面接主语。如:①Whydon’tyougoswimming?为什么不去游泳呢?②Whydon’tIgiveLilysomecolourfulpencils?我给莉莉一些彩笔,好吗?§327 work/jobⅠ.job“工作”,既可指固定的工作,也可指临时的或某项具体的工作,是可数名词,前面可用不定冠词a,也可以有复数形式。如:①Johnlosthisjob.John失业了。②Therewerejustnotenoughjobs.没有那么多的工作(可干)。③Tom’sfatherislookingforajob.Ⅱ,work是个普通用词,泛指一切工作,是不可数名词。如:①Ihavealotofworktothisevening.教师的工作就是教学。②Ateacher’sworkisteaching.老师的工作就是教学。[联想]:搭配apply/hungforajob.求职get/findajob.找到一份工作loseone’sjob。失业performoddjob.打零工quitajob.辞职have/workasidejob兼职takeapart-time/full-timejobinadepartmentstore.,在百货公司担任兼职或专职工作。§328 workat/workon/workoutⅠ.workat与workon都可以作“从事于”,后接名词、代词、或动词-ing形式作宾语。Workat侧重于表示所从事的工作和性质,而不在于说明正在做什么。此时可将workat译为“学习,研究,写作,致力于”等。如:①Theyhaveworkedatthissubjectformanyyears.他们研究这个课题已经有好多年了。②Heisworkingatanewinvention.他正致力于一项新的发明。Ⅱ.workon侧重于表示“从事某项工作”。可将它译为“造;创作;画;做……”。宾语为其具体的对象。常用于进行时态和完成时态。还可表示:“继续工作;对……起作用”如:①We’reworkinonsomewood-cuts.他们正在创作一些木刻作品。②Hehasbeenworkingonthispaintingfordays.这张画他已画了好些天了。③Theywillworkontillsunset.他们将继续工作,直到日落。④Thismedicinewillworkontheaffectedpart.这药能对患部起作用。§329 worth/worthyⅠ.worth可用作名词或形容词,作名词时,意为“价值”,无复数形式;也可解作“值一定金额的数量”如:①Nobodyknewthetrueworthofhiswork.没有人知道他的工作的真实价值。②Givemeoneyuan’sworthofapples.给我一元钱的苹果。▲worth作形容词时,只能用作表语,不能作定语,其后常跟钱数或相当于钱的词,表示:“值多少钱”;跟动词的-ing形式,表示“值得(做)……”。如:③Thedictionaryisworth5yuan.这本字典值5元钱。④Theplayisworthseeing.这场戏值得一看。Ⅱ.worthy是形容词,意为“值得”,主要用作表语,后跟of,再接名词或动词-ing的被动形式。Worthy后也可跟不定式。如表被动意思须接不定式的被动语态。如:①Sheisworthyofhelp.她值得帮助。②Thewatchisworthyofbeingbought.这块表值得买③Thequestionisworthytobediscussed.这个问题值得讨论。,,2010年中考英语作文预测(含分类)突发事件问题(热点)突发事件问题是中考书面表达的热点话题,从非典到雪灾,从地震到甲型HINI流感病例(A/HINIflucases),都频频出现在各地中考试卷中,因此必须重视。但这类文章的写作有一定的难度,掌握基本句式和写作技巧非常必要典型例句1.one+of+形容词最高级+名词复数OneofthebiggesteventsinChinain2008isthattheearthquakehappenedinWenChuan.2.It"sourdutytodosthIt"sourdutytohelpthem.3.As….aspossibleWeshoudhelpthemasmuchaspossible.4.herebe…..Herearelotsofthingswecando.5.Weshoudkeepcalminsteadofbeingafraid.6.make+sb+形容词Itmakesmanypeoplehomeless.7.too…..toTheyaretooyoungtolookafterthemselves例文1、汶川大地震(黑龙江鸡西)A.5月12日,四川省汶川地区发生了罕见的大地震,那里的人们痛失亲人和家园。全国人民众志成城,抗震救灾。作为一名中学生,请你谈谈你的做法和感受。要求:文章语言流畅,逻辑清晰,用词准确,80—100字左右;词汇参考:地震earthquake悲痛sorrow受到感动bedeeplymoved安慰comfort重建rebuild自愿做某事volunteertodosth参考范文: OnMay12th,abigearthquakehappenedinWenchun,Sichuan.Manypeoplelosttheirrelativesandtheirhomes.AlltheChinesepeoplefeelquitesorrow.Alotofpeoplevolunteertohelpthem.Somepeopleraisemoneyforthem,somepeoplebuysomethingforthem,somepeoplegotheretocomfortthesadchildren.ThousandsofsoldiershelpthemtosavetheirrelativesandrebuildtheirhomesEvenforeignfriendsalsogivethemahand., I’mdeeplymovedbythesepeople.So I’llusemypocketmoneytobuysomefoodandschoolthingsforthechildrenthere.Ithinkallofusshouldtryourbesttohelpthemtogetoutofthetroubletogether.2、雪灾去年春节期间,我国大部分地区遭受雪灾,特别是南方,室几十年未遇。公路、铁路、机场都被迫关闭,电网瘫痪,数百万人不能回家过年。部分山区人民生活异常困难,在各级政府的带领下,人民群众、解放军战士英勇抗击雪灾,涌现出大批可歌可泣的英雄事迹。作为一名中学生,你有何感想?有何打算?能不能改变这种状态?Asweknow,ourcountrysufferedheavysnowlastSpringFestival.Everythingwascoveredwithheavysnow.Itmadethebuses,trainsandplanesstop.Millionsofpeoplecouldn"tgohome.Manypeoplesufferedtrouble.Therewasnofood,waterorlightinsomeplaces.Ourgovernmentcalledonpeopletofightagainstheavysnow.Asastudent,Ithinkweshouldlearnfromthoseheroes.Wemuststudyhardatschool.Weshouldlearnallkindsofnowledgetomakeourmotherlandstronger,betterandricher.3.甲型HINI流感 从电视上看到美国正流行甲型HINI流感(A/HINIflu),部分学校停课你为你正在美国上学的笔友Mike的健康与安全担心。请立即给他写一封email询问他的情况,并给他提出防护建议。要点:一.询问1.他的健康状况;2.他们学校有无甲型HINI流感病例(A/HINIflucases);3.他们是否还上学。二.建议1.尽量呆在家里,少去人多的地方;2.勤洗手;讲卫生3.多开窗,保持空气新鲜;4.多吃水果蔬菜。DearMike,FromtheTVIknowmanyA/HINIIflucasesarereportedrecentlyintheUnitedStatesandmanyschoolsareclosedasaresult.I’msoworriedaboutyou.Areyoualright?ArethereanyA/HINIflucasesinyourschool?Doyoustillhavetoschooleveryday?,Tostayawayfromthedisease,you’dbetterstayathomeasmuchaspossibleandnotgotoplaceswheretherearemanypeople.Washyourhandsmoreoftentokeepthemclean;Openthewindowtohavemorefreshairintheroom;Andeatmorefruitandvegetabletokeepyourselffitandstrong.Sofarthediseaseisnotsodeadlyasitseemstobe.Dobeatease!Takecareandyou’llbeOK.Yourstruly,LiHua4、(四川南充)“5.12”汶川大地震后,某校将开展“人人为灾区孩子献爱心”的主题班会活动,现在请你以学生会的名义写一份倡议书,内容要点如下:1.许多孩子地震后不能上学 2.。没有足够的学习用品和衣物 3.每个孩子都应该有上学的权利4.我们应该作一些力所能及的事情去帮助、他们,比如…… 5.希望他们能尽快重返校园…….注意:1.可根据要点,适当发挥,(参考词汇:schoolthings,havetherighttodosomething,aspossibleasonecan) 2.词数:70词左右参考作文:Dearstudents, Aftertheterribleearthquake,therearelotsofchildrenoutofschool.Someofthemareevenhomeless.Theirschoolsandhouseshavedestroyed.Theycanjustliveintheopenair.Theydon’thaveenoughschoolthingsorclothes.Asweallknow,everykidhastherighttogotoschool,butnowtheyareintrouble.AsaChinese,weshouldhelpthemaspossibleaswecan.Wecanraisesomemoneyandthingsforthem.Andwecanalsowritetothemtoencouragethem.Ihopetheywillreturntoschoolassoonaspossiblewithourhelp. Students’Union 健康问题(热点) 健康问题是中考常考的话题,出题形式多样,有必要下苦功掌握。典型例句1.Itisveryimportanttokeephealthy。2.Howcanwekeephealthy?3.Wecan"tgotosleeptoolate.Wecan"tgetuptoolate。4.Weshouldeatthefoodhealthily。5.Weshoulddomoreexercise。6.LastTuesdayIgotacoldandhadapaininmyhead。,7.Ididn"tfeellikeeatinganything。8.Idecidedtoseethedoctor。9.Inthedoctor"soffice,thedoctorlooksovermecarefully。10.Hesaid:"Nothingserious."Andhetoldmetotakearestanddrinkmorewater。11.Anursegavemeaninjection.Itwasalittlepainful。12.Thedoctoraskedmetotakethemedicinethreetimesaday。13.Afewdayslater,Ifeltbetter.FromthenonIbelievethatkeepinghealthyisthemostimportantthingintheworld。例文1、根据图示,简要介绍一下如何才能保持健康,并展开想象,适当发挥。要求:词数80左右。短文开头已给出,不计入总词数。参考答案:Allofuswanttobehealthy.First,weshouldgetenoughsleepduringthenight.Wecangotobedearlyandgetupearly.Stayinguplateisbadforourhealth.Second,wemusthavetherightkindsoffood.Weshouldeatmorefruitandvegetablesandlessmeat.Weshoulddrinkalotofwater.Weshouldhavehealthyeatinghabits.Third,weshoulddomoreexercisetobuildupourbodies.Finally,weshouldwashhandsbeforemealsandbrushourteethtwiceaday.Ifwedon’tfeelwell,weshouldgotoseethedoctoratonce. 2.卫生健康饮食:健康一直是人们关注的问题我校要举行以“关爱健康”为题的主题班会,请根据下表内容谈谈你的看法,写一篇80字左右的演讲槁。保持健康的重要性保持健康的方法保持健康的结论9(你的看法?)1.多吃水果蔬菜保持饮食平衡避免含糖高脂肪高的食物2.多锻炼健身强体;3.鄙弃不良习惯(你的看法?)Howtostayourhealth/fit?范文1:Dearboysandgrils: I’mtalkingabout/Hereismyadviceabouthowtokeephealth/fit?Asamiddleshoolstudentfirstyou’dbetterdomoreexercisesuchasplayingballgamesrunningswimmingandjumpingrope(绳子).ThenyoushouldpayattentiontoyourdietormealsDon’teattoomuchmeatandsugerbut,morevegetablesandfruit.Thirdyouneedenoughsleeporrest.Nextkeepyourselfhappy.Aspeopleoftensaysmilingmakesyounger.Lastyoumustn’tdrinkwineorsmoke.Theyarebadforyourhealth.Thatismyadvice.Ihopeyouarehealthyandenjoyyourlife.Thankyoubye!范文2:Dearboysandgirls: I’mtalkingabout/Hereismyadviceabouthowtokeephealth/fit?Todaymanyteenagersareunhealthybecausetheydolessexerciseeatmorejunkfoodisn’tenoughtimetosleep.Ifwekeepfitwemustkeeptakingexerciseseveryday.Eatlotsoffruitandvegetables.Sleepforabout8hoursanight.Stayawayfromcigarettes/smoking/drugs毒品.Earlytobedearlytorise/getup.Breathe(呼吸)thefreshairintheopenair.Keephappyeveryday.Thatismyadvice.Ihopeyouarehealthyandenjoyyourlife.3、根据中英文提示,写出内容完整、意思连贯、符合逻辑的稿件。(字数不少于60词,英文提示词供选用) 有写学生不爱吃学校的午饭,常到校外去吃他们所喜欢吃的食物。但有些食物并不利于他们的身体健康。“英语角”打算针对这个问题展开讨论。请你准备一篇讨论稿,谈谈你的看法和建议。参考词汇:notlike,gooutofschool,beafraid,beback,moredelicious,offer范文: Weknowthatsomeofourstudentsdonotlikeeatinglunchatschoolbecausethefoodisn’tdelicious.Sotheyoftengooutofschooltobuysomethingtheyliketoeat.ButI’mafraidit’sbadfortheirhealthtoeatlunchoutsidebecausesomeofthefoodtheybuyisn’thealthyenough. Inmyopinion,ifourschoolswantmorestudentstobebackandenjoylunchinside,theyshouldmakethefoodmoredelicious,andalsotheyshouldofferourstudentsalargerchoiceoffoodaswell.关于环境保护问题(热点)环境保护问题是中考热门话题,出现频率高,难度较大,必须掌握。典型句子1. It’s our duty to save wate 2. As we know , water is very important to man, 3.we can’t live without water. 4.The amount of water which is suitable to drink is less and less. 5.But some people don’t care about it .6.Many rivers and lakes are seriously polluted. Something must be done to stop the pollution. ,7.It"sourdutytoprotectourenvironment。8.Itisveryimportanttotakecareofourenvironment9.Weshouldnotthrowlitterontotheground10.Weshouldnotspitinapublicplace/ cutdownthetrees11.Weshouldplantmoreflowersandtrees。12.Wemustpickupsomerubbishandthrowitintoadustbin13.Ifeveryonemakescontributiontoprotectingtheenvironment,theworldwillbecomemuchmorebeautiful。15.Trees are very helpful and important for us. 17.We should plant more and more trees in order to live better and more healthy in the future. t’s everyone’s duty to love and protect the environment.例文1.假如你是新华中学的学生,名叫MIKE。去年6月1日,我国已经禁止使用塑料袋,你对此有何看法和什么好的建议? I’mMike.IamastudentinHuaxingMiddleSchool.Doyouknowtheplasticbags?Doyouoftenusetheplasticbags?Idon’tlikethem.Ithinktheyusethewastingvaluableoiltheirproduction.Andtheycan’tdecompose(分解)inashorttime.Theplasticbagswillmakeourworldworse.Iagreewiththerule,whichpeoplecan’tgetthefreeplasticbagsintheshops,supermarkets.Itencouragespeopletousetheirclothbagsandbaskets.It’sgoodforourenvironment. SoIhopeallthestudentsinourclassstoptousetheplasticbags,anduseourownclothbags.Ihopewecantakecareofourenvironment. Let’smakeourworldmoreandmorebeautiful. 2、6月5日(June5)是世界环境保护日,我们周围的环境变得越来越糟糕,污染越来越严重……。假如你是学生Jone.,你校要进行“如何保护我们的环境?”专题演讲比赛,要求:1、举例说明环境存在的问题1—3方面;2、如何保护好我们的环境,采取怎样的措施,举例1—3方面进行说明,字数80左右。 Dearheadmasters,teachers,classmatesandfriends: I’mveryproudthatIhavechosentospeaktoyoualltoday,I’mabitnervousasI’venevermadeaspeechbeforetosomanypeople,sopleaseforgivemeifitshows. Asweallknow,theenvironmemtaroundusisgettingworseandworse.Insomeplaceswecan’tseefishswimmingintheriverortreesonthehills.Somepeopleevenhavenocleanwatertodrink.SoIthinkwemustdosomethingtoprotecttheenvironment..Butwhatcanwedo?Howtoprotect,ourenvironmemt?Forexample,wecangotoschoolonfootorbybike.wecanuseshoppingbassketsnotplasticbags.whenwegoshoppingandwecanusebothsidesofthepaperwhenwewrite.Inaword,ifeveryonepaysmoreattentiontoourenvironment,therewillbelesspollutionandourlifewillbebetter. “Thereisonlyoneearth”,Ihopeeveryonewillprotectourenvironmentwell.Thanks!3、(江苏南通)目前南通市正在积极创建全国文明城市,中学生也在为之努力。假如你是你是某中学的一名学生张通,请根据下列图表所示内容,给笔友John写一封电子邮件,介绍有关情况。 注意:1.邮件内容应包含所有要点,不要简单翻译,可适当发挥;2.文中不得使用真实姓名、校名等信息;3.词数90左右(邮件中已经写好了的部分,不计入总词数)。4.参考词汇:civilized文明的 respect 尊敬DearJohn, I’mgladtohearfromyou.Nowletmetellyousomethingaboutourcity.Nantongistryingtosetupanationalcivilizedcity.Wemiddleschoolstudentsarealsodoingsomethingforit.______________________________________________________________________________________________________ZhangTong参考答案:DearJohn, I’mgladtohearfromyou.Nowletmetellyousomethingaboutourcity.Nantongistryingtosetupanationalcivilizedcity.Wemiddleschoolstudentsarealsodoingsomethingsforit.Weareallpolitetoourteachers.(Inclass,welistencarefultothem./Whenwemeetthem,wealwayssayhellotothem./…)Wealsorespecttheold.Forexample,wehelpthemcrossthestreets. Wearealwaysreadytohelpeachother.(Whenonehasdifficultywithhisstudies,otherswillhelphimatonce./...)Weoftenshowourlovetothoseintrouble.Lastmonth,thestudentsofmyclassdonatedmoneytotheearthquake-hitareas. Besides,weplanttreestoprotecttheenvironmentandmakeourcitymorebeautiful. Nantongismyhometown.IwilldomybesttoturnNantongintoacivilizedcity. ZhangTong, 4、保护环境(四川乐山)从2008年6月1日起,国家将禁止商家免费提供塑料袋,掀起全国“拒塑”的环保运动。假如你是李华,准备以“WhatCanWeDofortheEnvironment” 为题,写一篇保护环境的英语演讲稿。内容包含:1.在购物时用布袋子替代塑料袋; 2.尽可能地再利用使用过的课本;3.离开教室应关灯;4.最好走路或骑自行车上学; 5.简述理由:保护环境,减少污染,节约能源等注意:1.词数:80词左右。开头和结尾已经为你写好,不计入总词数;2.可根据要点适当增加细节,使行文连贯; 3.文章中不能出现真实姓名和校名,否则以零分处理。3.参考词汇:布袋子clothbag塑料袋plasticbag保护protect能源energy污染pollution课本textbook WhatCanWeDofortheEnvironment Hello,everyone.I’mLiHua.It’snicetospeakaboutwhatwecandofortheenvironment,andIthinkeachofuscandoalittlebittohelpwiththisproblem.___________________________________________________Infact,eventhesimplesteverydayactivitiescanmakearealdifferencetotheenvironment.Ibelievewecanmaketheworldabetterplacetolivein. Thankyouforyourlistening!参考作文: WhatCanWeDofortheEnvironment Hello,everyone.I’mLiHua.It’snicetospeakaboutwhatwecandofortheenvironment,andIthinkeachofuscandoalittlebittohelpwiththisproblem. Thefirstthingwecandoistouseclothbagsinsteadofplasticbagswhenwegoshopping.Ithelpstoprotecttheenvironment.Thesecondthingwecandoistoreusetheoldtextbooksaspossibleaswecan.Weshouldalsoneverforgettoturnoffthelightswhenweleavetheclassroomsinordertosaveenergy.What’smore,itwouldbebetterifwewalkorrideabiketoschool.Weshouldtryourbestreducepollutionandwaste.Infact,eventhesimplesteverydayactivitiescanmakearealdifferencetotheenvironment.Ibelievewecanmaketheworldabetterplacetolivein. Thankyouforyourlistening! 5.环境问题:今天环境变得越来越糟糕,环境问题影响着人们的工作,学习,生活等,而我们的工作,生活,生产等又使环境污染越来越严重..........,如何保护我们的环境?请以“Howtoprotect/saveourenvironment/world?”为题写一篇短文。提示:存在问题:1.水污染越来越严重 2.砍伐森林严重 3.,大气污染严重 4.白色垃圾等。 要求:如何改善/保护环境?至少:3---4个方面,80字左右的。 范文:Howtoprotect/saveourenvironment/world? Theenvironmentalpollution isworseandworse/moreandmoreseriously today. Waterispolluted,wehaveno clean waterto drink Manytreesarecuttingdown,someanimalsisgettinglessandless.Some factoriesisporingdirty airinthesky,thepopulation isincreasingfasterandfaster,resourcesisgettinglessandless…etc.Notonlydoesitaffectourlivesandhealth,italsohasagreat affection inthe future.people"shealthhasbeengreatlyaffectedbyair,noiseandwaterpollution.Manypeoplediedofdiseases.Inordertoliveabetterlife,weneedprotectour world. Weshouldn’tthrowawayrubbisheverywhere.Wewanttorecycle,reduce,reuse things.Don’twastethings,Thissavesmoneyandreducespollution.Usethingsforaslongaspossible. Wedon’tuse plasticbags.Wemusplantmoretreesandstopthepeoplecuttingthem.Wehope ourworldismoreand morebeautiful. 6.为了保护地球有限的资源,我们应该采取什么措施呢?请根据下面的提示写一篇约80词的短文,短文开头已经给出。提示词;1.savewater,thesourceoflife,protectdrinkingwater,stoppolluting,makefulluseofit;2.saveelectricity,crucial,turnoff,otherelectricmachines;3.saveforests,useful,stopcuttingdown;4.recycleusefulrubbish,saveresources 参考作文:Althoughtheworlddevelopsmuchfasterandbetter,theresourcesontheearthgetfewerandfewer.Inordertoprotectthem,somethingmustbedone.Savewater.Wateristhesourceoflife.Nowater,nolife.Soit’sveryimportantforustodoso.Notonlyshouldweprotectdrinkingwaterandstoppollutingit,butalsomakefulluseofit.Saveelectricity.Itiscrucial.Wecan’timaginewhatthelifewillbelikewithoutit.Everyoneshoulddohisbesttosaveelectricity.Don’tforgettoturnofflightsorotherelectricmachineswhenwefinishworking.Saveforests.Theyareuseful.Pleasestopcuttingthemdownanduserecycledpaperinstead.Makeourworldagreenonetolivein.Recycleusefulrubbish.Plentyofrubbishcanberecycledlikecans,paper,bottles,andsoon.Wecansaveresourcesinthisway.语言学习 (热点)这是中考中的老话题,近几年常考,形式多样。典型例句,1.MyfavoritesubjectisEnglish。2.MorethanthreequartersoftheinformationontheInternetisinEnglish。3.Itisusedbytravelersandbusinesspeopleallovertheworld。4.ChinahasjoinedtheWTOandtheOlympicGameswillbeheldinChina.Englishbecomesmoreandmoreuseful。5.SoEnglishisveryimportantandIlikeEnglishverymuch。6.WehavealotoffunintheEnglishclass。7.OurEnglishteacheroftenmakesushappyintheEnglishclass。8.IhopeIcangoabroadoneday,andthenIcanspeaktoforeignersinEnglish。9.IlikeEnglishandtrymybesttolearnit。例文(浙江丽水)Ellen看到大家都对自己的未来充满期待,感到特别高兴。为了鼓励大家学好英语,他准备出一期英语学习经验交流专刊。请根据以下问题和答案的提示并结合你的实际情况,以“MyEnglishLearning”为题写一篇80词左右的英文稿件,要求至少涉及其中的三个问题,并且不能出现你的真实姓名、校名和县名等。提示:WhendidyoustartlearningEnglish?(in…/…yearsago)HowdoyoulearnEnglish?(listencarefully,studywithagroup,readEnglisheveryday…)Whatisdifficulttolearn?(listening,grammar…)WhatotherhelpfulwaysdoyouknowtolearnEnglishwell?(watchEnglishmovies,singEnglishsongs…)参考作文:EnglishisoneofmybestsubjectsandIstartedlearningEnglishwhenIwastenyearsold.Butattheverybeginning,listeningseemedalittledifficultforme.SoIhavebeendoingalotoflisteningpractice,suchaslisteningtotapes,watchingEnglishTVprograms.AndIfounditreallyhelpedalot.Infact,therearesomemorehelpfulwaystolearnEnglishwell.Forexample,IenjoysingingEnglishsongsandIwanttojoinanEnglishcluborfindapenpalfromEnglish-speakingcountries.Ibelievethatnothingisimpossibleifyouputyourheartintoit. 2、(四川资阳)假设你叫李华,你的英国笔友Linda为了来中国参观奥运会而报名参加了汉语培训班学习汉语。她最近写信向你询问学习外语的建议。请根据下列提示和你学习英语的体会给Linda写一封回信。注意:1.回信需要包括全部要点;2.开头和结尾已给出,不计入总词数 3.字数60左右。,DearLinda,I’mverygladthatyou’llcometoChinatowatchtheOlympicGames.Iknowitisn’teasytolearnaforeignlanguage,butIhavesomeideasthatmayhelp. …….BestwishesandlookingforwardtomeetingyouinChina Yours, LiHua参考作文:DearLinda,I’mverygladthatyou’llcometoChinatowatchtheOlympicGames.Iknowitisn’teasytolearnaforeignlanguage,butIhavesomeideasthatmayhelp.Firstly,it’sveryimportanttolistentotheteachercarefullyinclassandmakesomenotessothatyoucangooveryourlessonslater.Secondly,trytocatcheverychancetopracticespeaking,bothinandoutofclass.Don’tbeafraidofmakingmistakes.ThentrytolistenandreadmoreinChinese.What’smore,you’dbetterplanyourtimewellandstudyitregularlyeveryday.Aboveall,youshouldbeconfidentinyourselfanddon’tgiveupwheneveryoumeetwithdifficulty.I’msureyouwillsucceedthroughyourhardwork.BestwishesandlookingforwardtomeetingyouinChina. Yours, LiHua兴趣与爱好(热点)兴趣爱好是中考常考话题,难度相对较小1、介绍你的兴趣爱好MyHobbyIama15-year-oldstudentinjuniorGrade3.ThoughIamoccupiedwithmystudy,Iwouldliketospendtimeonmyhobbies,suchasplayingthepiano,surfingtheInternet.Oneofmyfavouritehobbyisreading.Readinghasbeeninmylifeformanyyears,sinceIbegantolearncharacters.Itcannotonlykillthetime,butalso,moreimportant,helpimprovemycomprehensionability.Whenreading,Icanlearnalot.ReadingShakespear"sworks,IknowhowHamletlookslike.ReadingSocrates,IcanseehowgreatancientGreekphilosophersare.ReadingLuXu,IcomebacktotheoldtimeofChina.Readingreallyaffectmylife.,2.Differentpeople,differenthobbies.Whathobbiesdoyouhave? Myhobbyissinging.It"sagreathobby!It"sfunanditmakesmefeelproud. Singingcanbeusedtorelieve(解除)myfatigues(疲劳),andcanhelpmeimprovemyaccent(腔调).SingingmakesmehappywhenI"msad.Singingsongscanmakeyouclever.Iamalwayssingingathometoshareeachother"sjoysandsorrow(悲痛)inourlifeandtolearnmanysongs.Ireallyenjoysinging. Itgoeswithoutsayingthattherearemanydifferentkindsofhobbiesandtheycan"tonly(不仅)broaden(拓宽)ourminds(智力)butalso(而且)addmorefuntoourlife.3、我的爱好(Myhobby)Chooseoneofyourhobbiesandwriteanarticlefortheschoolmagazineaboutit.Tellthemagazinereaders.·Whatexactlyyourhobbyis;·Whenandhowyoubecameinterestedinthishobby;·Whyyouenjoyyourhobby;·Aboutyourhopesandplansforthefuture.写作要求:1.根据所提供的内容,适当拓展想象空间,灵活地将提供的信息体现在文章中。2.条理清楚,语句通顺,书写清晰、规范。3.词数60-80. MyhobbyisreadingbooksWhenIwassevenyearsold.Ibecameinterestedinreadingbooks.Ilikeneedingbooksbecausetherearealotofusefulthingsinbooks.Icanlearnalotofknowledgefrombooks.Books canalsoteachmehowtobeagoodperson.Booksevencansolvemanyproblemsforme.Iwillreadmoregoodbookstoimprovemyself.写人记事篇这是中考出项频率最高的话题,其特点是难度相对较小,学生都有话可写,但掌握一些基本句子和模仿范文对夺取高分非常必要。典型例句1.HisnameisJack。2.HewasborninLondonin1982。3.Heis1.68meterstallandweighs52kilos。4.Heis20yearsold。5.HecomesfromEngland。6.Heisagoodping-pongplayer。,7.Heismediumbuild。8.Hehasshorthair。9.Heisoutgoing.Everyonelikestotalkwithhim.Hegetsonwellwithus。10.HeteachesEnglishverywell。11.Heworksveryhard.HeworksinNo.5MiddleSchool。12.Heloveswatchingfootballgamesafterwork。13.HeoftenhelpsmewithmyEnglish。14.Attheageofsix,hebegantoplaytabletennis。例文 1、假如你在2008奥运会期间碰到外国朋友,请你介绍进入NBA美国球队的中国球员易建联的情况。温馨提示:主题鲜明、语句通顺、意思连贯、适当发挥、拼写正确、书写工整。字数80左右。易建联生日1987.10.27出生地广东身高2.12米经历2003年他成为大学生college)2000年1月入选中国国家篮球队(NationalBasketballTeam)2007年7月进入美国NBA,继姚明后的第二个中国球员爱好他喜欢听流行音乐、玩电脑。其他现在还在努力学习英语。 YiJianlian,afamousbasketballplayer,isfromGuangdong,China.HewasbornonOctober27th.1987.Heis2.12meterstall.Thishandsomeboybecameacollegestudentin2003.HewaschosentoplayfortheNationalBasketballTeaminJanuary,2004.ThisyoungmanisthesecondChineseplayerinNBAafterYaoMing.Inhissparetime,helikeslisteningtopopmusicandplayingcomputergames.NowheistryinghisbesttolearnEnglishwell.2、(福建莆田)假如你是李华,你从报纸上看到2008北京奥运会志愿者的招聘广告。请你用英文写封简短的应聘信,介绍自己的情况(见下表)表示愿意为奥运会做一些工作,请组委会给予考虑,并能尽早予以答复,词数:80左右。姓名李华年龄16简历我市某中学学生爱好绘画、体育、唱歌、演讲、英语口语获奖情况,2007年12月获我市中学生英语演讲比赛一等奖身体状况健康联系电话0594--1356666提示词汇:1.志愿者voluteer 2.作为workas 3.答复replyto 4.比赛contestSir/Madam, Ireadyourad.inthenewspaperyesterday.I’mwritingtotellyouthatI’dliketoworkasavolunteerforthe2008BeijingOlympics.MynameisLiHua.I’msixteen.Ihavemanyhobbies,suchasdrawing,sports,singing,speeches,andspokenEnglish.IamproudthatIwonthefirstprizeinourcity’sEnglishSpeechContestforMiddleSchoolStudentinDecember,2007.InfactI’mhealthyandstrong. IfIamluckyenoughtobecomeavolunteer,Iwilltrymybesttodothisjobwell.Pleasereplytomesoon.Mytelephonenumberis0594—1356666.Yourssincerely LiHua3.、回顾初中三年成长过程,你一定有很多感受,从学习,生活,爱好等方面作出自我评价(毕业回顾评价) Ihavestudiedinmymiddleschoolforthreeyears.Ihavelearnedalot.Ihavelearnednotonlyhowtomakefriendsbutalsohowtotalktoothers.Ihavemanyhobbies.Ilikesports.Ioftenplaybasketball,footballandvolleyballwithmyfriends.Footballismyfavorite.Ofallmysubjects,IdobestinEnglishandChinese.Butmymathandphysicsarealittleweak.IthinkIwilltrymybesttolearnthemwell.IhopeIcanstudyinNo.1HighSchool.7、根据提示写一篇“MyEnglishTeacher”Name:Mr.KingAge:31Yearsofteaching:10Hobby:playingsports,watchingTv,reading.Relationwithhisstudents:strict,kind,patient.评论:teacher,friendMyEnglishTeacher Mr.KingisourEnglishteacher.Heis31yearsold.Hebecameateacher10yearsago. Helikesplayingsports,soheisverystrong.HelikesreadingandwatchingTvandhehasgoodknowledge.Allofuslovetolistentohisclassbecausehehasagoodwaytomakehislessonsinteresting.MrKingiskindtous,butverystrictwithusinourstudies.Heispatient,too.Heisagoodteacherandalsoagoodfriend.旅游和介绍地方篇(热点)中考高频率话题,出题形式灵活。,典型例句1.LastSunday(Saturday,…),itwassunny(rainy,windy,foggy,)2.Igotupveryearly(late).AfterbreakfastIwentto…withmyfriendsbybike,bus,…3.Weenjoyedourselves。4.Weforgotthetime.Wedidn"tcomebackuntil5o"clock。5.Weallfeltverytired,butwewerehappy。6.IthoughtIwouldneverforgetthistrip。7.Lastsummer,myparentsandIwenttoBeijingforourholidays。8.Wevisitedalotofplacesofinterest。9.Wehadagoodtimethere。10.Weboughtalotofthings.Theclothesherearegoodandcheap。例文1、(四川自贡)北京将迎来2008年的奥运会,请以主人的身份向外国朋友介绍一下北京和北京几个著名的景点。根据以下提示写一篇短文。1.北京是一个历史悠久的城市; 2.北京有许多名胜古迹; 3.紫禁城是最受来宾欢迎的景点之一;4.故宫非常漂亮和著名; 5.长城也是非常美丽可去一看的地方 6.天安门广场是一个好去处,可去漫步。注:⑴字数80左右。⑵请不要逐字翻译,可适当添加细节,使行文连贯、意思完整、符合逻辑。⑶参考词汇:紫禁城TheForbiddenCity 故宫TheSummerPalace 天安门广场Tian’anmenSquare参考作文:Beijingisacitywithalonghistory.Therearemanyplacesofinterestinit.Nowletmetellyousomeofthem.TheForbiddenCityisoneofthemostpopularonesforvisitors.ItisverybigandyoucanlearnmuchaboutthehistoryofChinafromit.TheSummerPalaceisbeautifulandfamous,too.TheGreatWallisalsoawonderfulplacetogo.AndTian"anmenSquareisagoodplaceforpeopletotakeawalk.IhopeyouwillenjoyyourstayinginBeijing. 4、(山东威海)请你根据下面提供的信息用英语为刘公岛写一篇题为WelcometoLiuGongIsland的旅游宣传材料。要点:刘公岛概况威海东部,岛长4.08km,宽1.5km,面积3.15km2,距陆地船程20,分钟,花草树木覆盖,历史博物馆、动物园等景点,水、陆环岛游等活动交通方式(来威海)汽车、火车、飞机等,交通便利浏览时间一天要求:1.包括以上要点,但不拘泥于其顺序,适当使用描绘性语言,展示刘公岛魅力。2.词数100词左右(已给出的开头、结尾不计入词数)。WelcometoLiuGongIslandThesummervacationiscoming.Wherewouldyouliketovisit?Haven’tyoudecided?CometoLiuGongIsland!_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________Wishyouagoodtrip! 参考答案 WelcometoLiuGongIslandThesummervacationiscoming.Wherewouldyouliketovisit?Haven’tyoudecided?CometoLiuGongIsland!LiuGongIslandisintheeastofWeihai,whichhasanareaof3.15km2.Itis4.08kmlong,1.5kmwide.Itwilltakeyou20minutestogettheislandfromthetravelportbyship.Thehistorymuseumontheislandiseducational.Thezooisinterestingtovisit.Anditismoreinterestingtotravelaroundtheislandeitheronlandorbyboat.Thereareallkindsoftreesandgrasseverywhere.It’sveryeasytotraveltoWeihai.Youcancomebybus,bytrain,orbyplane.Youcanspendadayhappilyontheisland.Itisagoodplacetovisit.Visitorsfromallovertheworldcometovisititeveryyear.Wishyouagoodtrip.新生事物评价(热点)这是中考热点,这类文章的特点是写作难度大,因此需要学生掌握方法,和基本句式,以做到考试时心中不乱。典型例句1.Computerisbecomingmoreandmoreimportant2.weshouldmakegooduseofit.3.Itmaybegetinthewayofourstudy.4.Wecandolotsofthingswithit’,5.Itmakesourlifemoreeasy6.Nowadaysmobilephonesarebecomingmoreandmorepopularamongthemiddleschoolstudents.例文1、网上购物 DoingShoppingOnlineWiththehelpoftheInternet,shoppingisnotadifficultjob.Justclickyourmousetochoosethearticleyoulike,andtheshoppingisfinished.Youneedn"tstepoutoftheroom. Itseemseasyandquick.Butthere"salwaysatraponline.Ifyouarecareless,itwillbringyousometrouble.Youmayfindthecolorofthearticleisdifferentfromwhatyouwant,orthesizeiseithertoosmallortoobig.Ifyouwanttobedifferent,you"dbetternotbuyclothesonline. Onceyouputontheclothesyouboughtonlineandgoout,youwillfindmanypeoplewearthesameclothesinthestreet.2、关于中学生使用手机赞成意见:1.现在是信息社会,手机是最快的信息交流的工具之一。2.应充分利用好手机。如偶遇突发事故,可立即拨打手机求助。3.可在每天学习之余利用手机游戏放松一下自己。4.只要正确使用好手机,紧跟时间并无过错,追求时尚可以理解,但学习是首要任务。反对意见:1.学校已提供了公共电话,因此手机并不能带来更多的方便,而且花费较多。2.若课堂接听手机会影响上课。3.学生玩手机游戏或接发短信,将无法集中精力学习。注意:1.可适当增加细节和连接词,使文章通顺连贯;开头部分已给出,不计入总词数;2.词数:100左右;DearEditor,Nowadaysmobilephonesarebecomingmoreandmorepopularamongthemiddleschoolstudents.Inmyopinion,…Yourstruly,WangLin参考作文:DearEditor,Nowadaysmobilephonesarebecomingmoreandmorepopularamongthemiddleschoolstudents.Inmyopinion,wecanbringmobilephonestoschool.Asweknow,the21stcenturyisamodernageandfullofinformation.Amobilephoneisoneofthequickesttoolsforustoexchangeinformation.Themobilephoneisafashionableandusefulinvention,soweoughttomakethebestuseofit.Supposethere’sasuddenaccident,itismoreconvenientforustodialforhelpimmediately.There’realsosomegamesinthemobilephone.We,canrelaxourselvesbyplayingthemwhenwe’retiredofourstudies.Inmyopinion,it’snotwrongtofollowthefashion,butthemostimportantthingishowtousethemobilephoneinarightway.Yourstruly,WangLin3、书面表达。(计10分)假如你叫李平。最近,你就使用电子词典的问题调查了各方面的意见(见下表)。现在,请你根据表格中的信息用英语给某报社编辑写一封信。注意:1. 信件须包括写信原由及表格所列内容; 2. 书信格式正确; 3. 书写整洁; 4. 词数在80个左右。生词提示:electronicadj.电子的 explanation(S)n.解释,说明 发表意见者对使用电子词典的不同意见同学有用,方便,节省查阅时间家长便于携带,多数家庭买得起英语教师对单词的解释太简单,不该使用本人会使我们变懒惰,不该使用 DearEditor, ReeentlvImadeasurveyabouttheuseoftheelectronicdictionary.Myclassmatesthinkthattheelectronicdictionaryisuseful,convenientanditcanhelptosavetimelookingupthewords.Theparentsalsothinktheelectronicdictionaryiseasytocarryandmostfamiliescanaffordit.ButmyEnglishteacherdoesn’tthinkweshoulduseit,becauseshe/hethinksitsexplanationsforthewordsaretoosimple.IsupposetheelectronicdictionarywillmakeUSlazyandweshouldn’tuseit. Yours,LiPing4.关于神州6号的 OnOctober17,afterChinacarriesthehumanaerospaceyearairship"godboat"sixtocontinuethedivinelandfivesuccessesreturns,theloadbearingtwoastronauticsheroessucceedoncemorethereturn,ChinabecomecontinuesUS,afterSovietUnion,thirdhastheabilityloadbearingmulti-,peopletoentertheouterspacethecountry.Enterstheouterspace,sinceislong-cherishedwishwhichthehumanityalwayshaslongedforevenindreams!看图作文同学们,看到下面的四幅图片及相应的报道后,你感到最担忧的是哪两种情形?请简述你担忧的理由并提出建议或希望。 要求: ⒈从所给素材中任选两种情形进行阐述,不可多选或少选。 ⒉条理清楚,意思连贯,语句通顺,标点正确; ⒊词数80~100。 参考词汇:建议suggestv.suggestionn. 气体gasn. 污染pollutionn.THEPOLLUTIONS ①Onethirdoftheworld"speopledon"thaveenoughcleanwater. ②Moreandmorediseasesarecausedbypollutedair. ③Peoplearedisturbedquiteoftenbykindsofnoises. ④Everypersoninourcitymakesabout1.8kilosofrubbisheveryday. 这道看图作文题,主题和图片连接得不是很紧密。从考查的形式上来说,虽是看图,实质上却属于提示性的作文。这个作文应该结合个人的观点,选择的余地还是很大的。做这个题应该注意几个方面:1、认真读题。注意,题目虽然给了四幅图,但是却只要求写其中的两个就行。2、题意要求的是阐述个人的观点-最担忧的两种情形。而不是对图片进行描述。3、结合所给的提示。提示中,对每种污染都进行了阐述,考生可以这些描述进行写作。4、注意字数,语法,拼写等,避免错误。 下面是两个例文,大家可以参考一下。 Onepossibleversion: Theenvironmentisbecomingworseandworse.TherearemanykindsofpollutionIworryabout.Themostserioustwoarewaterpollutionandairpollution,becausepeoplecan"tlivehealthilywithdirtywaterandpollutedair,norcananimals.Moreandmorediseasesarecausedbypollutedair. Ithinkfactoriesshouldnotpourdirtywaterintotheriverdirectlyorproducemorewastegas.We"dbettergoonfootorbylikeinsteadofbycar,becausemorecarsmeanmorewastegas.Weshouldmakeourworldmoreandmorebeautiful., Anotherpossibleversion: ThefirstfactIworryaboutisnoisepollution.Peoplecan"tsleepwellifthereistoomuchnoise.That"swhysomanypeopleprefertoliveinthecountrysideratherthanliveinthenoisycity.Isuggestallthefactoriesandcarsshouldn"tmaketerriblenoises.Iftheymaketerriblenoisethatisn"tallowed,theywillbefined,andwecanalsoproducethecarswhichcan"tmaketerriblenoise. Theotherpollutionisrubbishpollution.Ifeveryonemakessomuchrubbish,onedaywemayliveinaworldfilledwithrubbish.Somepeoplethrowthewastepaperabout.Isuggestrubbishshouldbeputintodifferentkindsofdustbinsorpaperbags.梦想和未来这是一个老话题,中考常考,难度较小。1.我的梦想是当一名医生(mydreamisdoctor) Iamanordinaryperson,Ihaveanordinarydream:Isadoctor.Becausedoctormaylettheseexperiencepersonallythehumanwhichtheindispositionsufferstogetridofthepain.Mayletthehumanchangethehealth.Atthesametime,Ibelievedthat,willhelpothers,ownalsotobeabletoobtainjoyfully.Therefore,IhopedfutureImightbeadoctor.2.以后十年内我的生活(MYLIFEINTENYEARS) Intenyears,IthinkI"llbeareporter.Iwiilliveinanapartementwithmysister.BecauseIdon"tlikelivingalone.AndIcanplaywithherinthaparement.Sointenyears,Iwillbaagoodreporter.IwillmeetalotofinterestingandfaouspeopleandIwillgotoanotherplacesonbusiness.Intenyears,iwillhavemanydifferentpets.MaybeIwillkeepapetturtle.IthinkIwillgoshoppingwithmysisteraslongasIhavetime.AndIwillgotolondononmyvacation. So,mylifeintenyearswillbebetterandbetter!3,新学期的打算(Theplanforthenewterm) Anothernewtermcomesagain,soishouldhaveastudyplantopromotmyself. Firstly,Idescidetofinishmyhomeworkmorecarefullythanbefore.Andpaymoreattentiontotheknowledgewhichididn"tknowitclearly. Secondly,Iwilldoalotofreadtowidentherangeofmyknowledge.andtrytocombinethoerytopractice. Finally,Iwilllearntoadjust,tobemorepositiveandmorehelpful. That"swhatIplanttodoinanewterm. 烦恼篇这类作文难度较大,掌握基本句式,背诵范文非常必要。典型例句,1.Iamsorrytohearthat……2.youshoudlearntoforget……3.youhadbetter……4youshoudlearntorelax5.youcanaskyourteacherforhelp例文(陕西省卷)假如你是HanMei,下面是一封你的笔友Alice给你发来的e-mail,请你根据e-mail的内容给她写一封回信,与她交流看法,并帮她排忧解难。提示词语:listento,mother"slove,careabout,communicatewith,getalongwith,smile写作要求:1.语句通顺,书写工整;2.可用所给提示词语,也可以适当发挥;3.词数在60-80左右 DearHanMei, I"mafraidI"vegotabigproblemrecently.Mymothertalkstoomuchtome.Shealwaystellsme,"Becarefulwhilecrossingthestreet.""Putonmoreclothes.""Didyoudoagoodjobatschool?"andsoon.I"mannoyed(烦恼)。WhatshallIdo? AliceDearAlice, Asateenager,Imetthesameproblemasyou.ButnowIcangetalongbetterwithmymother.Herearesomeideasforyou. Yourmothertalksmuch,becauseshecaresaboutyou.Maybeit"snotagoodway,butitshowsyourmother"slove.SoIthinkyoushouldlistentoher.Ifyouropinionsaredifferentfromyourmother"s,youcancommunicatewithher,andtellherwhatyouarethinkingabout. Ifyourmotherdoesn"ttakeyouradvice,justkeepsilentandgiveherasmile. IhopewhatIsayherecanhelpyoualot.初中英语57个中考必备句型1assoonas2as…as3as…aspossible4asksb.forsth.5ask/tellsb.(how)todosth.6ask/tellsb.(not)todosth.7beafraidofdoing/that8bebusydoingsth.,9befamous/late/ready/sorryfor…10begladthat11buy/give/show/bring/lend/send/pass/tell…sth.tosb.12buy/give/show/bring/lend/send/pass/tellsb.sth.13either…or14enjoy/hate/like/finish/stop/mind/keep/goondoingsth.15findit+adjtodosth.16get+比较级17getreadyfor/getsth.ready18hadbetter(not)dosth.19helpsb.(to)do/helpsb.with20Idon’tthinkthat21Iwouldliketo/Wouldyouliketo…?22isoneofthe+最高级+n(pl.)…23Itis+adj.forsb.todosth.24Itisagoodideatodosth.25Itisthesecond+最高级+n.26Itlookslike…/Itsoundslike…27Itseemstosb.that…28Itsounds+adj./Itlooks+adj.29Ittakessbsometime.todosth.30It’sbad/goodfor…31It’stimefor…/todosth.32It’stwometers(years)long(high,old).33keepsb.doing34keep/makesth.+adj.35liketodo/likedoing36make/letsb.(not)dosth.37neither…nor38not…atall39not…until40One…theother…/Some…others…41prefer…to,42see/hearsb.do(doing)sth.43so…that44spend…on/(in)doingsth.45stoptodo/stopdoing46sucha+adj.+n.that…47take/bringsthwithsb.48thanksbforsth.49Themore…thebetter50Thereissth.wrongwith…51too…to52usedto53Whatabout/Howabout…?54What’sthematterwith…?55What’swrong…?56Whynot…?57Will(would,could)youplease…?
版权提示
- 温馨提示:
- 1.
部分包含数学公式或PPT动画的文件,查看预览时可能会显示错乱或异常,文件下载后无此问题,请放心下载。
- 2.
本文档由用户上传,版权归属用户,莲山负责整理代发布。如果您对本文档版权有争议请及时联系客服。
- 3.
下载前请仔细阅读文档内容,确认文档内容符合您的需求后进行下载,若出现内容与标题不符可向本站投诉处理。
- 4.
下载文档时可能由于网络波动等原因无法下载或下载错误,付费完成后未能成功下载的用户请联系客服vx:lianshan857处理。客服热线:13123380146(工作日9:00-18:00)